COJVtBIISrEO
1900-1901
Digitized by the Internet Arciiive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis IVIembers and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/combinedcatalog1960univ
COMBINED CATALOG
Series 1960-1961
Volume One
COLLEGE PARK
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
The 1960-1961 Series of University of Maryland Catahos is vuhlished in
l^^o-volurne set of combined catalogs. Volume- One contains cataios pertan-
2 o c^cadenuc unUs located on the Colleoe Park Campus. Volume tL con-
I nis IS \ ol-nnie One. '
Catalogs in this volume are located
in this order:
Adventure in Learniug
(^General Information^
College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business
and Pzihlic Administration
College of Education
College of Engineering
College of Home Economics
College of Physical Education,
Recreation and Health
Department of Air Science
Graduate School Announcements
Summer School
University College
.sfe*^ ^:v
^'^-.3*
IMPORTANT NOTICE
The statements in this booklet are for information only.
The provisions of this pubUcation do not form a contract be-
tween the student and the University of Maryland.
Official notice concerning student life, grading systems and
other regulations are to be found in the publication General
and Academic Regulations, made available to all incoming
students.
The University reserves the right to change any provision or
requirement at any time within the student's term of residence.
The University further reserves the right at any time, to ask a
student to withdraw when it considers such action to be in the
best interests of the University.
O N T E N
iii Board of Regents
iv A Message from the President
1 To the Applicant for Admission
2 The University Heritage
3 You are the Vital Factor
5 Admission to the University
8 Physical Education and Military Instruction
9 Where Will I Live?
10 How Much Will It Cost?
12 Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life
14 Academic Standards
14 Special Services
1 5 Program in American Civilization
THE UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS
16 College of Agriculture
1 8 College of Arts and Sciences
22 College of Business and Public Administration
24 College of Education
26 College of Engineering
28 College of Home Economics
31 College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
33 School of Nursing
34 University College
APPENDICES
36 Appendix A. Fees and Expenses
40 Appendix B. Honors, Awards, Scholarships, Grants-in-Aid
and Loans
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
CHA IRMA N Charles P. McCormick
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
VICE-CHAIRMAN Edward F. Holter
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
SECRETARY
TREASURER
ASSISTANT
SECRETARY
ASSISTANT
TREASURER
B. Herbert Brown
The Baltimore Institute, JO West Chase Street, Baltimore I
Harry H. Nuttle
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
Enos S. Stockbridge
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Thomas W. Pangborn
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. Ewing Tuttle
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
William C. Walsh
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
ui
>^
< JA
THIS PUBLICATION EXPLAINS HOW YOU MAY TAKE ADVANTAGE OF
the opportunity for a quality education at moderate cost through
the programs and facihties of your State University.
The key to your future Hes in your own hands. The University
of Maryland exists to help you to develop your particular talents
and capabiUties to the maximum degree.
At College Park and at Baltimore, the faculties and staff serve
the citizens of the State through eight undergraduate colleges, a
graduate school, and five professional schools.
We welcome your inspection of our program and urge you to
visit the campus when you have an opportunity.
DR. WILSON H. ELKINS
President of the University
To the Applicant for Admission
This booklet is the all-purpose, general information booklet of the
University.
It contains the information you need
► to arrange your high school curriculum for acceptance by the various
colleges of the University
► to select a course of study at the University
► to apply for admission
► to matriculate
Adventure in Learning also covers fees and expenses, housing, scholarships
and loans.
The course catalog of the College of your choice will be made available to
you after you enter the University.
OR
You may consult reference copies in your high school library, principal's
office or office of the guidance counselor. Course catalogs usually require
interpretation for new freshman students and should, therefore, be used in
consultation with the high school guidance counselor or principal.
Professional school catalogs are available by writing to the office of the
appropriate dean on the Baltimore campus.
Prospective part-time and evening adult education students may obtain the
appropriate course catalog or brochure by writing to the Director, University
College (formerly College of Special and Continuation Studies), Skinner Build-
ing, University of Maryland at College Park.
Prospective graduate students may obtain the Graduate Catalog by writing
directly to the Dean of the Graduate School, Skinner Building.
Prospective summer students may write to the Director of the Summer
Session for copies of the Summer Session bulletin — usually available after
April 15.
The University Heritage
Few institutions of higher learning in the united states have had
as rich and proud a history as the University of Maryland. Students admitted
will find the institution stressing programs of educational excellence, vital
research, and important service to the community.
Just 3 1 years after the signing of the Declaration of Independence, there was
established in Baltimore a College of Medicine, the fifth such medical school in
the United States. The College began with no visible assets save determination,
enthusiasm and skill, and the first seven students enrolled received their lectures
in the homes of their professors. One member of the faculty. Dr. John Shaw,
died as a result of exposure suffered while working winter nights in a delapidated
structure that was the college's home in 1808. The other two members of the
faculty. Dr. John Beal Davidge and Dr. James Cocke, were extremely skillful
researchers — professionally outstanding in that day and even more so from the
perspective of today.
Under an 1812 act of the State Legislature, the College of Medicine of
Maryland was authorized to appoint and annex to itself three other colleges
and faculties: the Faculty of Divinity, the Faculty of Law, and the Faculty of
Arts and Sciences. These four colleges became known as the University of
Maryland. In the ensuing years, the departments of Dentistry and Pharmacy
as well as the Training School for Nurses were created under the College of
Medicine. Still, in 1907, on the University's one hundredth birthday, no
affiliated College of Arts and Sciences had been established.
Meanwhile, on the old Ross Borough Estate, south of Baltimore near
Washington, D. C, another institution, the Maryland Agricultural College, was
developing.
As THE result of INTEREST GENERATED BY A GROUP OF FAR-SIGHTED
Maryland farmers, "an act to establish and endow an agricultural college" had
been passed by the State Legislature in 1856, creating the second such institu-
tion established in the Western Hemisphere. In 1862 the College became a
land-grant institution under an act of the United States Congress. In 1920, by
an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland (Baltimore) was
merged with the Maryland State College of Agriculture (College Park) and
the combined institutions were given the name University of Maryland.
This, of course, forms only the briefest outline of the 150-year history of
the University.
Although the University is a State institution quite large in physical plant,
student enrollment, the number of courses and degrees offered, and services
performed, its objectives remain constant and form a base for all educational
activity. Simply stated they are: (1) to prepare students in the arts, the human-
ities, the pure and applied sciences, agriculture, business and public administra-
tion, home economics, industry, and for the professions; (2) to contribute to
the civic, ethical, moral, cultural, spiritual, and general welfare; (3) to provide
general education in its broadest sense, both formal and informal, for all
students who enroll; (4) to develop those ideals and finer relationships among
students which characterize cultured individuals; (5) to conduct systematic
research and to promote creative scholarship; and (6) to offer special, continu-
ation, and extension education in communities where it is feasible.
The goverament of the University is vested in a Board of Regents, each
member of which is appointed by the Governor of the State to serve a term of
nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the President.
The following is a listing of the major administrative divisions on both
campuses:
AT COLLEGE PARK
College of Agriculture
College of Arts and Sciences
College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration
College of Education
College of Engineering, the Glenn
L. Martin Institute of Technology
College of Home Economics
Department of Air Science
College of Physical Education, Rec-
reation and Health
University College (formerly College
of Special and Continuation
Studies)
Graduate School
Summer School
Agricultural Experiment Station
Agricultural and Home Economics
Extension Service
Agricultural Services and Controls
AT BALTIMORE
School of Dentistry
School of Law
School of Medicine
School of Nursing
School of Pharmacy
University Hospital
You are the Vital Factor
Where do you fit in? you are the basic, vital factor in the univer-
sity's educational program. It is with you in mind that the citizens of this
State (your parents) contribute toward the establishment of a well-equipped
University. Much has been done to provide the means for you to acquire an
excellent education. You will have an opportunity to fulfill this obligation by
diligent application in your studies.
If you are a high school student, or graduate, you are trying, certainly, to
decide ( 1 ) whether or not to spend the next four years of your life at a college
or university and (2) which institution and which course of study is the right
one for you.
First you should know that the administration and faculty of the University
of Maryland will make every attempt to help you find the answers to these
questions. Through personal counseling, letters, and transmittal of information
dealing with the academic program, the University attempts to present to the
prospective student as complete a picture of its activities as possible. The
University is willing to go all the way for you, both during your period of
decision and (if accepted for admission) during your academic tenure. Now,
here is what the University expects of you.
The University expects you to be a good student; it expects you to be a
conscientious student. Even though the University is concerned with a large
number of students, emphasis remains on the individual. An estimate of the
value of the individual at the University was given recently by the President
of the University, Dr. Wilson H. Elkins, in an address entitled "A Quantity
of Quality."
During the last few decades we have been witnessing a social
revolution with the individual as the center, and it is extremely
important that this revolution have a clear objective. Otherwise,
it could very easily result in a widespread conviction that every
one should share and share alike, the benefits of a free society
regardless of the capacity, effort, initiative, and ambition. Among
other things this would lead to the weakening of higher education
by the admission and retention of all comers to the campuses of
the colleges and universities, and the reduction of our program
to a low common denominator. This would be a disservice to
society. We must therefore strive to direct the revolution toward
the recognition of individual differences while assuring each
individual of the opportunity to go as far along various courses
as his talents and energies will permit.
What Dr. Elkins has said is that there are wide and impressively deep educa-
tional opportunities offered to each individual at the University of Maryland,
but it is up to each individual to prove his own worth and to develop his talents
according to his own special capabilities. The University makes every attempt
to maintain small, intimate classes and the teaching staff makes every attempt to
provide individual guidance and instruction for each student.
When you visit the campus at college park or in Baltimore, you will
see a number of newly-completed buildings and several under construction.
Among the major buildings planned or under construction at College Park are
a new building for the College of Business and Public Administration and
a Physical Sciences Lecture Hall. Among the major buildings completed in
the last several years are the new Journalism Building and the new Main Library.
The latter building provides one of the finest library facilities of its kind on any
state university campus in the nation. It is located in the geographical center of
the University, on the Mall, and has become the center of campus intellectual
activity. Its four floors and seven levels contain these main study centers:
Fine Arts, Maryland Room and Rare Books, Special Collections, Technology
and Science, Social Science, Humanities, Browsing Room, General Reference,
Study Room and Reserve Book Room. Ultimately, the Library will house
some 1,000,000 volume^. It accommodates 2,000 readers. Other libraries are
located in the various educational branches. Notable among these are the
modern libraries located in the College of Engineering and the Department
of Chemistry at College Park, and in the Psychiatric Institute in Baltimore.
Professional students will have the advantage of a new modern Medical Sciences
Library, to be completed in 1959 on the Baltimore campus.
The University has at its disposal some 2,500 acres of land. The main campus
at College Park encompasses about 300 acres with 800 additional acres adjacent
to it available for agricultural research and teaching. At College Park there are
seventy-five principal buildings all designed in a Georgian colonial style. On
the Baltimore campus, located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene Streets,
are situated a number of buildings including the original School of Medicine
building constructed in 1812, the Out-Patient Department, the University
Hospital, the Psychiatric Institute, the Frank C. Bressler Building, the Dental
School Building, Pharmacy School and Nursing School, the School of Law
Building, the Gray Laboratory and others.
New and recent construction in Baltimore includes a building for the School
of Pharmacy, the School of Nursing, a Union-Dormitory Building, and the
modernization of existing facilities in the Schools of Dentistry and Medicine.
In summary, the University offers:
► a large, modern physical plant;
► extensive educational and research facilities;
► accommodations for a large student body;
► a spirit of inquiry and helpfulness which aims
at the individual rather than at the class;
► and a rich, colorful, and proud heritage.
Admission to the University
Now YOU WILL WANT TO ASK THIS QUESTION: WHO MAY BE ADMITTED TO
the University?
The University says officially: "Admission from secondary school is based
upon evidence indicating the applicant's probable success in the program of
his choice."
By the word "evidence" the University means that:
1) You must be a graduate of an accredited secondary school;
2) Your principal or headmaster should recommend you for entrance to
the University;
3) Your high school program should have provided you with the subjects
required for the college and curriculum which you wish to enter.
Actually, during your high school years, you have been preparing for the
University. You should have maintained a good scholastic record and planned
your curriculum so that you will have at graduation the required number of
units to begin your university program.
A graduate of an accredited secondary school in Maryland whose secondary
record indicates probable success in the University will be admitted without
examination, provided that his program has included the subjects required
for the college and curriculum which he wishes to enter, and provided that
he has a satisfactory general recommendation from his secondary school as
to his character and ability.
A graduate of an accredited secondary school of Maryland whose secondary
school preparation has not included the subjects necessary for the college and
curriculum which he wishes to enter or whose academic performance has not
been consistently satisfactory may be asked to take examinations to supplement
his secondary school record.
Examinations are given at College Park at stated intervals during the year.
On the basis of the applicant's secondary school record and his performance
on the examination, he may be given a regular admission or he may be
admitted on a trial status.
The student who is admitted on a trial status receives special counseling
and guidance for which a special fee is charged. He is required to take a
limited program until he has demonstrated that he can do satisfactory work
at the college level. He is not eligible for re-instatement if his college perform-
ance during his first semester is unsatisfactory.
General Requirements
In general, your subject requirements for entrance total 16 high school units.
The University requires that 7 of these 16 units be in college preparatory sub-
jects as follows: English, 4 units; Mathematics (preferably algebra), one unit;
history or social sciences, one unit; biological or physical sciences, one unit. Of
course, your remaining nine units should be selected to give you as strong
preparation as possible for work at the University. You should most certainly
consult the sections titled, "Recommended Preparation in High School," found
under each College heading beginning on page 16.
How about Mathematics ?
Most programs in the University require some college work in mathematics.
The student who plans to go to college should be sure to take College Prepara-
tory Mathematics for two, three or four years. Some programs in the Univer-
sity, for example Engineering, require from three and one-half to four years
of College Preparatory Mathematics.
Courses in General Mathematics, Commercial Mathematics, and Shop
Mathematics are not considered as College Preparatory Mathematics.
A four-year program in College Preparatory Mathematics will include
Algebra (usually two years). Plane Geometry (usually one year), and Trigo-
nometry. Analytical Geometry, Solid Geometry, and introduction to the
Calculus are desirable if available.
How about English ?
A considerable portion of the work in English during the freshman year at
the University is devoted to expository writing. The high school student should
therefore get as much preparation as possible in composition. The student who
passes the English Classification test in the top fifteen percent of his entering
class will be placed in an advanced English grouping.
Where do you apply ?
The Office of Admissions is chiefly responsible for advising prospective
students prior to application for admission and for processing applications when
submitted. All inquiries concerning undergraduate work, therefore, should be
submitted to:
DIRECTOR, OFFICE OF ADMISSIONS
NORTH ADMINISTRATION BUILDING
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE PARK, MARYI AND
In your first letter of inquiry you should state your educational background
and your expected date of graduation from secondary school, your educational
objectives, and the date of your expected entrance to the University. You
should request application forms for admission and housing. It is not essential
that you receive a course catalog for the College in which you are interested
prior to your registration.
Your completed forms, accompanied by a $10 application fee, should be
returned to the Office of Admissions as soon as possible after your mid-year
grades are available, assuming you are making application while a high school
senior. The fee should be in the form of a check made payable to the University
of Maryland and is non-refundable under any circumstance. The fee will be
applied in lieu of the matriculation fee provided the applicant enrolls for the
term applied for on his application. Applicants who have been enrolled with
the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College Park or Balti-
more, or at one of its off"-campus centers are not required to pay the fee
since they have already paid a matriculation fee.
The Transfer Student
A student must be in good standing as to scholarship and character to be
eligible for transfer to the University. Advanced standing is assigned to a
transfer student from an accredited institution under the following conditions:
( I) A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester
hours (including the meeting of all University and curricular requirements) is
necessary for a degree; (2) The University reserves the right to make the
assignment of transfer credit conditional upon the student's making a satis-
factory record during his first semester at the University; (3) The University
reserves the right to revoke advanced standing if the transfer student's progress
is at any time unsatisfactory.
The Special Student
An applicant who is at least twenty-one years of age, and who has not
completed the usual preparatory course, may be admitted to such courses as
he seems qualified to take. A special student is ineligible to matriculate for a
degree until he has satisfied the entrance requirements.
The Unclassified Student
An applicant who meets entrance requirements but who does not wish to
pursue a program of study leading to a degree is eligible for admission to
enroll in courses for which he has the prerequisites.
The Foreign Student
The foreign student applying for admission to the undergraduate schools
of the University of Maryland should make application at least three months
in advance of the term for which he is applying. He will be required to submit
an application for admission on a form furnished upon request by the Admis-
sions Office of the University and official copies of his secondary school prepa-
ration, certificates of completion of state secondary school examinations, and
records of college or university studies completed in schools in the United
States or elsewhere. He will also be required to furnish proof of his ability to
read, write, speak, and understand English sufficiently well to pursue satisfac-
torily an approved course of study m one of the Colleges of the University.
Arrangements can be made for administering an English test to prospective
students both in the United States and in countries abroad.
The foreign student accepted for admission to the University will receive
from the Director of Admissions the Immigration 1-20 form needed to secure
a student visa from the American consul.
Every foreign student is expected to see the Foreign Student Adviser as
soon as possible after arrival at the University. The office of the Adviser is
located in the North Administration Building, Room 223.
When do you enter ?
New students should plan, if possible, to enter the University at the beginning
of the fall semester. Application should be filed not later than August 15 for
the fall semester and January 1 for the spring semester. If a student does not
apply by these. dates it may not be possible to process his application even if
his records and recommendations are acceptable.
Musts— Physical Education Training
and Military Instruction
The university is concerned with the physical fitness of each
student. Therefore, all undergraduate men and women students, classified
academically as freshmen or sophomores registered for more than six semester
hours of credit, are required to enroll in and successfully complete four pre-
scribed courses in Physical Education for a total of four semester hours of
credit. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during their first
two years of attendance at the University whether they intend to graduate or
not.
The University operates one of the largest Air Force Reserve Officer Training
Corps units in the United States. Successful completion of the required two-
year course is prerequisite for graduation. The course must be taken during
the first two years of attendance. Those students interested in a career in the
Air Force, and who have not yet reached their 25th birthday at the time of
initial enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum, may apply for
advanced training in the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps upon satis-
factory completion of the basic requirements. Successful completion of this
advanced training course, and attainment of a baccalaureate degree leads to a
commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a Certificate of Com-
pletion.
Bases for Exemption From Military Instruction
1. Students who have completed the basic program in other approved units
of the United States Air Force, Army, or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit.
8
2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy,
Marine Corps, Coast Guard, or Air Force will receive credit.
3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast
Guard, or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equiva-
lent to the training received in the basic A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive
credit. Short periods of service in any of the branches named above will be
evaluated and allowed as credit toward completion of the course.
4. Graduate students will be exempt.
5. Students classified as "special students" who are registered for less than
seven semester hours will be exempt.
6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting the
course will be exempt from any part of the course not already completed.
7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial
possessions will be exempt. Students having applied for United States citizenship
will not be exempt.
Where Will I Live?
Dormitories
Room reservations. If you desire to room in a dormitory, you should
request room application cards by so indicating on your application for
admission. The Director of Admissions will refer these applications to the
offices of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Application cards or
blanks will be sent to you and should be promptly returned to the proper
office. A fee of $25.00 will be required, which will be deducted from the
first semester room charges when the student registers. A room is not assured
until you receive acknowledgment from the Dean concerned. If you do not
claim your room on your proper registration day, the reservation will be
cancelled. You may hold a room by special request until after classes begin
providing you notify the dormitory offices by the first day of registration.
If you desire to cancel your room reservation, fees will not be refunded if
your cancellation notice is received later than July 15 for the first semester.
Applications for rooms are acted upon only when you have been fully
admitted academically to the University.
All undergraduate women except those who live at home or with close
relatives are required to room in the University dormitories. (If an under-
graduate woman is 21 years of age or over at the time she applies for
admission she may be referred to off-campus housing.) All male freshmen
except those who live at home or with close relatives are required to room
in the University dormitories when accommodations are available.
New students are urged to attend to their housing arrangements at least
three months in advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and
board arrangements which are made for the fall semester are binding for the
spring semester.
Room and board charges begin with the evening meal prior to the first day
of the registration period and include the last day of classes for each semester,
with the exception of the Christmas recess and the Easter recess. If you are
unable to make other arrangements for the holidays you may consult the
Dean of Men or the Dean of Women for assistance.
Equipment. You should bring with you sufficient single blankets, sheets,
pillow cases, towels, a pillow, a laundry bag, a waste paper basket and a study
lamp. Each student assumes responsibility for all dormitory property assigned
to him. Any damage done to the property, other than that which results from
ordinary usage, will be charged to the student concerned. Where individual
responsibility for damage cannot be ascertained, the amount of the damage
will be prorated among the occupants of the room or dormitory in which the
damage occurred.
You will be furnished with a key for your room, for which a deposit of
$1.00 will be made. The deposit will be returned in exchange for the key at
the end of your stay at the University dormitory.
Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service. You are
responsible for your own laundry. There are several reliable laundry concerns
in College Park, or if you prefer, you may send your laundry home. It is
also possible to make arrangements to rent towels and bed linens. You may
do laundry (not including bed linens) in the laundry rooms which are located
in each dormitory.
Personal Baggage. Baggage sent via the American Express and marked
with the college housing address will be delivered when you notify the
College Park Express Office of your arrival.
Off-Campus Housing
Only upperclass and veteran male students are allowed to live in houses off
the campus. A list of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the
Dean of Men. All housing arrangements for undergraduate women students
must be approved by the Office of the Dean of Women. Most of the "off-
campus" houses have double rooms with twin beds and provide linens and
towels. Some require that you furnish your own bed linens. The price for a
person in a double room is about $25.00 a month.
Meals
Those of you who live in University dormitories must have your meals at
the University Dining Hall, where three meals are served daily and two on
Sunday. (No special diets will be furnished.)
Others may make arrangements to board by the semester at the Dining
Hall. If you live off campus, lunches on school days may be obtained at the
University cafeteria; lunches, breakfast and Sunday suppers may be obtained
at the Student Union. There are also eating establishments available in College
Park.
No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall or in
other places where board is paid for in advance.
How Much Will It Cost?
Student tuition and fees and expenses for dormitory board and
lodging contribute less than half of the actual expense of educating a student
at the University of Maryland. The deficit is made up from monies appropriated
by the State Legislature. The fees listed on the following page are effective
July 1, 1960.
10
Fees Elective July 1, 1960
Fees for Undergraduate Students, First Second
Maryland Residents Semester Semester Total
FIXED CHARGES
$ 92.00
$ 93.00
$185.00
INSTRUCTIONAL MATERIALS
12.00
12.00
24.00
ATHLETIC FEE
15.00
15.00
STUDENT ACTIVITIES FEE
12.00
12.00
SPECL\L FEE
20.00
20.00
RECREATIONAL FACILITIES FEE ....
20.00
20.00
INFIRMARY FEE
5.00
5.00
ADVISORY AND TESTING FEE
5.00
5.00
Total for Residents
$181.00 $105.00 $286.00
Residents of the District of
Columbia, Other States and
Countries
TUITION FEE FOR NON-RESIDENT
STUDENTS
$150.00
$150.00
$300.00
Total for Non-Residents
$331.00
$255.00
$586.00
Board and Lodging
BO\RD
$200.00
85-100
110-125
$200.00
85-100
110-125
$400.00
DORMITORY ROOM
MARYLAND RESIDENTS
OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES
170-200
220-250
For complete information concerning fees see Appendix A.
Can You Work Your Way Through College ?
A number of students are employed on a part-time basis by the University,
others work in various capacities in shops and stores located in the College
Park area. If you seek employment while pursuing a regular program of
instruction, you should consult the Office of the Dean of Men who maintains
a listing of available jobs within the University and in nearby commercial
areas. Holiday and summer employment for undergraduates as well as full-time
career employment for graduating seniors and alumni are available through
the University Placement Service. The Placement Service also maintains a
guidance and information service relative to full-time career employment. This
assistance is on a non-fee basis.
How About Grants and Scholarships ?
For promising young men and women who might not otherwise be able to
provide themselves an opportunity for higher education, a number of grants
and scholarships are available. All requests for information concerning these
awards should be directed to:
DIRECTOR
OFFICE OF SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
COLLEGE PARK, MARYLAND
11
In deciding whether you are eligible to receive a grant or a scholarship, the
Committee considers such qualifications as leadership, character, achievement,
and participation in student activities, as well as academic ability and financial
need.
You should know of the five major groupings of grants and scholarships.
These are:
FULL UNIVERSITY SCHOLARSHIPS — Covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees
and books;
UNIVERSITY GRANTS — awarded to deserving and qualified secondary school
graduates covering fixed charges only;
GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS — for fixed charges only, awarded by members
of the State Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of
the House of Delegates, only to persons in the county or in the legislative
district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents;
SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS — awarded to students of exceptional aca-
demic ability by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid;
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS — supported by income from funds
especially established for this purpose.
Are Loans Possible ?
Several loans are made available by private organizations to worthy students
in financial need.
The American Bankers' Association Loan Fund provides loans of $250 for
one year only to senior or graduate students who are emphasizing Banking,
Economics, or related subjects.
Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a loan fund is available for
worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.
Under provisions of the National Defense Education Act, loans are available
to qualified students in amounts not to exceed $1000 per year.
Extracurricular, Social and Religious Life
Organized student activities are recognized and encouraged
Opportunities are open in student government, fraternities, sororities, clubs,
civic and service organizations, subject matter organizations, and recreational
organizations. You may be interested in joining the band or the staff of one of
the student publications. You may be interested in athletics or perhaps you will
want to become a member of a club or society which has a primary interest in
the informal investigation of an academic specialty.
The Student Government Association represents all students and operates
under an approved constitution and by-laws. The Associated Women Students,
in cooperation with the Dean of Women, is concerned with matters pertaining
to women students. The Men's League, in cooperation with the Dean of Men,
is concerned with matters pertaining to men students.
The University Band is under the supervision of the Department of Music
and is composed of four groups: the Marching Band, the Symphonic Band, the
Air Force R.O.T.C. Band, and the Pep Band. Membership is open to all
registered students who meet the requirement of audition.
Five student publications are published with faculty guidance and the general
supervision of the Committee on Student Publications and Communications.
12
They are: The Diamondback, the campus newspaper; The Terrapin, the student
yearbook; The Old Line, a magazine of humor, hterature and art; The M Book,
the student handbook; and Expression, campus literary magazine.
Athletics and Recreation
The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of
all students and, in addition to the required physical education for freshmen
and sophomores, sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural
program. Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and
to learn the skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. The
intramural program, which covers a large variety of sports, is conducted by
the Physical Education Department for both men and women.
The Council on Intercollegiate Athletics sponsors and supervises a full
program of intercollegiate athletics in every form necessary to meet the needs
of the student body. By keeping this program in proper bounds, it becomes an
incidental feature of University life. Each student is encouraged to participate
in the program, either as an athlete or as a spectator. A strong intercollegiate
program creates the incentives for extensive participation in the intramural
program and, further, the program furnishes a rallying point of common
interest for students, alumni, and faculty.
The University is a member of the Atlantic Coast Conference, the National
Collegiate Athletic Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse
Association, the Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and
cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur
athletics.
The University has an activities building which contains a modern gymnasium,
a swimming pool, training facilities for indoor sports, physical education
laboratories, and an arena; also a large armory; a modern stadium with a
running track; a number of athletic fields; tennis courts; golf course; baseball
diamonds; and a gymnasium and swimming pool for women.
To Round Out Your Experience
Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, scientific, social, and
other special objectives function at the University. Some of these are strictly
student organizations; others are conducted jointly by students and members of
the faculty.
To round out your college experience there are many social functions occur-
ring throughout the year. Formal dances are presented by each of the classes
and there is the Homecoming Dance each November. In addition, various
clubs, sororities, and fraternities have smaller parties taking place throughout
the year. Dormitories sponsor exchange desserts and open houses from time
to time. For freshmen there is an extensive Orientation Week program which
includes a number of social events, designed to acquaint new students with
each other and with the University.
The All-Faith Memorial Chapel is one of the most beautiful structures of
its kind in the nation. Within its shelter are housed the offices of chaplains,
representing the major denominational bodies, and there are many opportunities
for you to consult with th' minister of your faith. Chances are that you will
want to join a religious club such as the Canterbury Association (Episcopal),
Channing Fellowship (Unitarian), Christian Fellowship (non-denominational),
13
Christian Science Club, Hillel Foundation (Jewish), Lutheran Students Asso-
ciation, Newman Club (Roman Catholic), Westminster Foundation (Presby-
terian), and the Wesley Foundation (Methodist).
Academic Standards
The student who maintains at least a "c" average in academic sub-
jects is proceeding satisfactorily toward graduation. The student who does not
maintain this average is falling behind.
The student who fails fifty percent or more of his academic work will
normally not be permitted to continue. Special provisions, however, are made
for the student who has difficulty in the first semester of his freshman year.
The student who fails more than 35% of his academic work in any semester
or who fails to make a minimum 1.5 average for the academic year will be
placed on academic probation. Each student must earn junior standing within
a specified time in order to be eligible to continue in the University.
The regulations governing junior standing, academic probation, and academic
dismissal are printed in a separate publication, University General and
Academic Regulations. Every student should familiarize himself with these
regulations. The student who is granted a trial admission will find in this
publication a statement of the special rules applicable to students who have
been granted this conditional admission.
Special Services
Student Health
The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of its
students. All new undergraduate students are required to undergo a thorough
physical examination prior to their registration. A well-equipped infirmary is
available for the treatment of sick or injured students, and a nurse is on duty
at all hours.
All dormitories, oflf-campus houses, sorority and fraternity houses are
inspected periodically by the Student Health Service to make certain that
proper sanitary conditions are maintained.
Group Accident Insurance, issued by a national company, is available to
students on a voluntary basis.
Counseling Services
The services of three offices are available for counseling and guidance: the
Office of the Dean of Men, the Office of the Dean of Women, and the Uni-
versity Counseling Center which provides individual assistance concerning
vocational choice, personal problems and personal educational progress.
The Counseling Center is staffed by a well trained group of counseling
psychologists. Psychiatric and other medical consultation is available if needed.
As part of its program, the Counseling Center operates a Reading and Study
Skills Laboratory for students having difficulties in reading or studying efl'ec-
tively. In the laboratory, students typically meet in small groups set up to deal
with common problems. Individual work is also provided so that individual
problems may be dealt with.
14
University Post Office
The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch and delivery of
the United States Mail, including parcel post items, and for inter-oflfice com-
munication. The office is not part of the United States Postal System and no
facilities are available for the receipt or transmission of postal money orders;
all registered and insured mail must be picked up at the regular United States
Post Office in the town of College Park.
At the time of registration, each student is assigned a postal box for which
a small fee is charged.
The Student Union
It is the University policy to assign meeting space in the Student Union
Building, as far as it is practical to do so, for all student and faculty organiza-
tions. This building has available a total of 9 meeting rooms varying in capacity
from 25 to 300. No charge will be made for any student or faculty organiza-
tion on the College Park campus that wishes to meet in the Student Union.
Special charges for dances and other extra services may be necessary. Located
in the building are lounges for relaxation or study, television rooms, music
lounge with a record library, billiard room, coflfee shop, tobacco shop, student
supply store and campus post office.
The Program in American Civilization
In this modern era of ideological conflict, with the presence of
totalitarian systems and their cynical philosophies, the University considers it
important for every student to achieve an appreciative understanding of his
country, its history and its culture. It has therefore established a compre-
hensive program in American Civilization to provide the student with a general
educational background which is the rightful heritage of every American citizen.
Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University.
The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in
this area. The third level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this
area. Majors in American Civilization should obtain a catalog for the College
of Arts and Sciences, and graduate students should obtain a catalog for the
Graduate School from offices of the respective deans upon the student'^ arrival
on campus.
The University of Maryland takes pride in its rich and colorful past, its
tradition of tolerance, and its constant dedication to the ideals on which the
American Republic was founded. It attempts, through the American Civiliza-
tion Program, to pass on this common heritage to each of its students.
The succeeding pages describe briefly the undergraduate programs offered
by each of the colleges. Sufficient information is provided herein to enable
the applicant to select a major area of specialization and to matriculate at the
University. Course catalogs of the various colleges may be obtained at the
appropriate dean's office and should be used by the new student in consultation
with his major field adviser.
15
>%&;
rrr' -
;^
^iiMs
^^
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE
Four-year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree
include courses in the American Civilization Program, in basic biological and
physical sciences, along with courses in the various phases of agriculture.
agriculture-general. For students preparing to return to the farm and for
those preparing to work in any general field of agriculture.
agricultural chemistry. Prepares students for work in food laboratories and
fertilizer industries and for research in industries related to agriculture.
agricultural economics. Prepares students for employment in agri-business,
production and marketing of agricultural products.
agricultural and extension education. For students preparing to teach
vocational agriculture to pursue extension work or rural education services.
agriculture-engineering, a five-year program in Agriculture and Engineer-
ing leading to a B. S. degree in agriculture at the end of the fourth year and a
B. S. degree in one of the engineering fields at the end of the fifth year.
agronomy (crops and soils). The basic principles of crop production, soil
science and soil conservation.
animal husbandry. Basic and applied training in the specialized field of
animal husbandry.
botany. The basic plant science work includes plant morphology, taxonomy
and plant pathology and plant physiology and ecology.
dairy (dairy husbandry and dairy technology). Basic and applied training
in dairy production and dairy processing and distribution.
entomology. Basic training in entomology and related fields of insect life and
control.
horticulture (fruits and vegetables, floriculture and ornamental
horticulture and food processing). Technical training in fruits, vegetables,
flowers, ornamental gardening and processing of horticultural crops.
POULTRY. Basic training in poultry production, marketing and processing
poultry products.
16
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
PRE-FORESTRY. Fundamental courses for students preparing to study forestry in
another institution.
PRE-THEOLOGY. Fundamental courses in agriculture as a preparation for the
rural ministry.
PRE-VETERiNARY. A program designed for students who wish to prepare for
the study of Veterinary Medicine.
TWO-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE. A program designed for students desiring
two years of specialized college training.
l.ABORATORY
Up-to-date laboratory facilities are provided for effective instruction in plant
and animal sciences and related fields in agriculture. Research facilities provide
an additional opportunity for effective instruction.
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
English English
Government & Politics Sociology, Philosophy or
R. O. T. C. {men) Psychology
Health (women) R.O.T.C. (men)
Agriculture Health (women)
Botany Zoology
Agricultural electives Agricultural electives
Physical Activities Physical Activities
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
English 4 units
Mathematics (College Preparatory) 2 units
(Algebra 1 unit and Plane Geometry 1 unit — Agriculture-Engineering
and Agricultural Chemistry require 2 additional units)
Biological and Physical Sciences 3 units
History and Social Sciences 2 units
Two units of foreign language are recommended for students in Agriculture-
Engineering, Agricultural Chemistry, Botany and Entomology.
17
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
BACHELOR OF ARTS
The college of arts and sciences offers its students a liberal
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the
problems which confront them and whose general education will be a con-
tinuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction.
The programs combine liberal education with special concentration in one or
more of the basic intellectual or artistic disciplines.
A liberal arts education is the normal preparation for the student who plans
to go to law school; to a post-graduate or professional school of business
administration, library science or social service; or to a theological seminary.
The student interested in research (business and industry, government, uni-
versity) and in college teaching will receive the undergraduate preparation
necessary for the graduate work required in these fields.
By including the appropriate courses in education, a student in many of
these areas can qualify for public school teaching. For students interested in
foreign service, the foreign area programs combine intensive study of a language
with study of the civilization of the area. Other special fields in business and
government are open to the student who completes a liberal arts education
with a suitable concentration in a single field of study.
Specialized programs are also offered in the fine arts (art, drama, music) and
in speech therapy.
18
FOUR YEAR BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE PROGRAMS
American Civilization
Art**
Economics*
English
Foreign Area Studies (French, German, Latin American, Russian, Spanish)
French
Geography*
German
Government and Politics*
Greek
History
Latin
Music (see also Bachelor of Music degree)
Philosophy
Psychology
Sociology (including also a program in Crime Control)
Spanish
Speech (including also programs in Dramatic Art and in Speech Therapy)
* Programs in these fields are also offered in the College of Business and Public
Administration.
** A program in Practical Art is offered in the College of Home Economics. A
student may also earn a degree in Art Education.
PRE-LAW. A three year program, followed by three years of Law at the
University of Maryland Law School, leads to the A. B. and LL.B. degree.
Pre-law students may also follow any of the four-year programs and earn the
Bachelor of Arts degree before entering law school.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC. Four year program leading to the Bachelor of Music
degree. Professional training in theory-composition, history-literature, and
applied music (voice or instrument).
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
Typical program for the freshman year for students following a program
leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree:
FIRST SEMESTER
English
Science or Mathematics
Foreign Language
Sociology or Philosophy
Public Speaking
R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities
SECOND SEMESTER
English
Science or Mathematics
Foreign Language
American Government
Public Speaking
R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities
19
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
English 4 units
Mathematics 3 or 4 units of College
Preparatory Mathematics
Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units
History and Social Sciences 1 or more units
Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
The program in each of the science fields combines liberal educa-
tion with a concentration in one of the basic sciences or in mathematics. The
graduates of these science programs are prepared for speciahzed positions in
industry and government.
The student in these science programs can also gain the preparation necessary
for admission to the professional schools of medicine and dentistry or for
admission to graduate work leading to advanced degrees in Mathematics,
Chemistry, Physics, and the Biological Sciences. Research work (industry,
government, university) and college teaching are among the possibilities open
to the student who successfully completes an undergraduate and graduate
program in mathematics or one of the basic sciences.
four year bachelor of science degree programs
Botany'^
Chemistry
Mathematics
Microbiology
Physics
Psychology
Zoology
General Biological Sciences
General Physical Sciences
* A curriculum in Botany is also offered in the College of Agriculture.
pre-medical and pre-dental programs, a three-year program meeting mini-
mum requirements for medical school or dental school. A four-year program
in any of the major fields in the College of Arts and Sciences leading to an
A. B. or B. S. degree.
typical program for the freshman year
first semester second semester
English English
Mathematics Mathematics
Science (one or more of the Science (continued)
introductory courses) American Government
Sociology or Philosophy Public Speaking
R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women) Health (women)
Physical Activities Physical Activities
20
For the pre-medical and pre-dental student . . .
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
English English
Mathematics Mathematics
Chemistry Chemistry
Zoology Zoology
R. O. T. C. (men) R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women) Health (women)
Physical Activities Physical Activities
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
English 4 units
Mathematics 4 units of College
Preparatory Mathematics
Biological and Physical Sciences 1 or more units, including
Chemistry and Physics, if
possible
History and Social Sciences 1 or more units
Foreign Languages and Latin 2 or more units
21
COLLEGE
AND PUBLIC
OF BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree are
offered by the College of Business and Public Administration in the following
fields:
BUSINESS organization AND ADMINISTRATION. The curriculums of the Depart-
ment of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles
and problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and
the methods, techniques and procedures of execution — in other words, the
essence of Administration and Management. The program of study for any
individual student may be so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing
for specific lines of work such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade,
industrial administration, marketing administration, personnel administration,
transportation, office management, real estate practice, insurance, journalism,
public relations, government employment, office techniques, teaching and
research.
ECONOMICS. The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to
meet the needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor
scale in this division of the Social Studies.
FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. If the Student CXpCCtS tO
enter the foreign service, he should be well grounded in the language, geog-
raphy, history, and politics of the region of his anticipated location as well as
in the general principles and practices of organization and administration. It
should be recognized that only a limited training can be secured during the
undergraduate program.
22
GEOGRAPHY. This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the
facts concerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and
analyzing the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social
activities. The student interested in international trade, international political
relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find
the courses in this department of great practical value.
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. The Department of Government and Politics offers
course work designed to prepare students for government service, politics,
foreign assignments, and intelligent and purposeful citizenship. If desired,
students may specialize in international relations, foreign governments, public
administration, public law, public policy, political theory, state and local govern-
ment and administration, or a combination of these fields.
JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS. The Department offers two professional
majors: one in editorial journalism, for those who seek beginning news jobs
upon graduation; the other in public relations, for those who plan to work in
public relations, in public information, or on company publications.
OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECHNIQUES. The purposc of the curriculums is
not only to furnish merely technical or vocational training, but also, to aid the
student in developing his natural aptitudes for secretarial and administrative
positions. The development of the student's capacity to plan, organize, direct,
and execute is the guiding principle followed in these curriculums.
The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing
a type of professional and technical education that will aid the capable and
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity.
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER
English
Geography
Economics
Organization and
Control
Government & Politics
Speech
R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities
SECOND SEMESTER
English
Geography
Economics
Organization and
Control
Government & Politics
Speech
R. O. T. C. (men)
Health (women)
Physical Activities
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
In general, four units of English and one unit each of Social' Studies and
Natural Sciences are required. At least one unit of Algebra is required and one
unit of Plane Geometry is desirable. While foreign language is desirable for a
certain program, no foreign language is required for entrance. Fine Arts,
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
23
COLLEGE OF EDUCATION
The curriculums in the college of education provide opportunities
for persons to qualify for certification to teach in the public schools in the
following subject matter areas and/ or grade levels, except in the one instance
noted which is a program preparing for positions of an educational nature in
industry. These are four-year programs leading to a Bachelor of Arts or
Bachelor of Science degree:
ACADEMIC education (SECONDARY SCHOOLS). English, foreign languages,
mathematics, social sciences, natural sciences, speech (minor only).
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS. OFFERED BY THE COLLEGE
OF AGRICULTURE)
ART EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS)
BUSINESS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS)
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION (NURSERY SCHOOLS AND KINDERGARTEN BOTH PUBLIC
AND PRIVATE)
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS; GRADES 1-6)
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCATIONAL OR GENERAL)
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; INDUSTRIAL ARTS OR VOCATIONAl -
INDUSTRL\L EDUCATION)
EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY (PREPARES STUDENTS FOR ENTRANCE INTO SUPER-
VISORY OR MANAGEMENT POSITIONS IN INDUSTRY)
MUSIC EDUCATION (ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY SCHOOLS; VOCAL OR INSTRU-
MENTAL)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCATION (SECONDARY SCHOOLS; PHYSICAL
EDUCATION ALSO IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOLS)
Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B. A. degree.
Majors in mathematics may receive either degree. Majors in all other fields
receive the B. S. degree.
SPECIAL FACILITIES
The Institute for Child Study conducts child study programs and provides
for the supervision of undergraduate students in the study of children as a part
of their program in preparation for teaching. Modern equipped shops and
classrooms in a new building house the Industrial Education Department. A
nursery-kindergarten laboratory school provides for practical experience of
students in childhood education. Schools in nearby areas offer rich opportuni-
ties for observation and student teaching.
24
I. TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
For Students Preparing to Teach in Elementary Schools or
Nursery Schools and Kindergartens.
FIRST SEMESTER
Ed. 1 Freshman Orientation
Eng. 1 Composition and American
Literature
Soc. 1 Sociology of American Life or
Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern
Man or an Economics Course
Bot. 1 General Botany
Art 15 Fundamentals of Art (Elem.
major)
A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men)
Health 2 Personal Health (women)
P.E. Physical Education
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 2 Composition and American
Literature
G.&P. 1 American Government
Zool. 1 General Zoology
Mus. 16 Music Fundamentals for the
classroom teacher (Elem. major)
A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men)
Health 4 Community Health
(women)
P.E. Physical Education
Sp. 3 Fundamentals of General
American Speech (Childhood
Education major)
C.Ed. 2 Introduction to Childhood
Education (Childhood Education
major)
II. TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
For Students Majoring in any of the Fields Preparing to Teach
in Secondary Schools.
FIRST SEMESTER
Ed. 1 Freshman Orientation
Eng. 1 Composition and American
Literature
Soc. 1 Sociology of American Life or
Phil. 1 Philosophy for Modern
Man or an Economics Course
Sp. 1 Public Speaking
A.S. 1 R.O.T.C. (men)
Health 2 Personal Health (women)
P.E. Physical Education
Science, mathematics, foreign lan-
guage, or requirements in major
and minor fields
SECOND SEMESTER
Eng. 2 Composition and American
Literature
Sp. 2 Public Speaking
G.&P. 1 American Government
A.S. 2 R.O.T.C. (men)
Health 4 Community Health
(women)
P.E. Physical Education
Science, mathematics, foreign lan-
guage, or requirements in major
and minor fields
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences,
and mathematics are required. For some major fields two units of mathematics
are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, social sciences,
and foreign languages are desirable for a program that permits the greatest
amount of flexibility in meeting the requirements of various College of Educa-
tion curricula. Fine arts, txade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
25
COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING
Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology
Four-year programs lead to the bachelor of science degree in aero-
nautical, chemical, civil, electrical, and mechanical engineering. Each program
integrates these elements: (1) basic sciences including mathematics, physics,
chemistry; (2) engineering sciences including mechanics of solids and fluids,
engineering materials, thermodynamics, electricity and magnetism; (3) profes-
sional studies in aeronautical, chemical, civil, electrical or mechanical engi-
neering; (4) LIBERAL arts AND SOCIAL STUDIES in "The American Civilization
Program," and (5) certain other required subjects including military
science and physical activities.
Each program lays a broad base for continued learning after college in
professional practice, in business or industry, in public service, or in graduate
study and research.
The following is representative of work performed by engineering graduates.
the aeronautical engineer deals with problems related to transporting
people and things by air and through space. Aerodynamics, thermodynamics,
and the mechanics of fluids and solids are among his, basic sciences. He may
apply them in some phase of planning or producing airplanes, missiles, or
rockets, or devising means to sustain and control their flight.
THE chemical ENGINEER applies chemistry to development and economic
production of industrial chemicals, fuels, modern synthetics and certain alloys.
He also applies mechanics, thermodynamics, reaction kinetics and aspects of
nuclear science to unit operations and processes which are fundamental in the
design and operation of the chemical industries.
THE CIVIL ENGINEER is primarily a planner, a designer, a builder, and a
manager of public works and private enterprise. His professional service plays
a major role in designing, supervising construction, or managing virtually every
large building, bridge, dam, highway, railway, airport, water supply, waste
disposal system, city plan, industrial plant, public works project, etc.
THE electrical ENGINEER puts mathematics and the physical sciences to
practical use in designing systems to generate, transmit, distribute, and use
electrical energy; to transmit and receive "intelligence," as for example by
telephone, radio, radar, television and computers; and to regulate and control
mechanical and industrial processes by electronics and servomechanisms.
THE MECHANICAL ENGINEER figurcs ways to transmit power economically by
heat or by mechanical systems. He applies the mechanics of fluids and solids,
thermodynamics, and an understanding of the behavior of engineering materials
under different conditions. As a professional engineer he devises processes for
industrial production. As an industrial agent he serves as a supervisor, manager,
or sales representative.
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
If you wish to become a professional engineer you should enroll in an
academic program in high school. Subjects that are recommended and re-
quired for admission are these:
SUBJECTS RECOMMENDED REQUIRED
English 4 units 4 units
Mathematics (college preparatory) — including
algebra (2), plane geometry (1 ), and solid
geometry, trigonometry, or advanced
mathematics 3V2 3V2
History and social sciences 2 1
Physical sciences 2 1
Foreign language — German or French 2
Unspecified academic subjects or suitable
elect ives 2V2 6V2
Total 16 16
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
All engineering students enroll in essentially the same subjects during their
first year in college as follows:
SEMESTER
SUBJECTS I jl
Composition and American Literature 3 3
Public Speaking — 2
Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5 5
General Chemistry 4 4
Engineering Drawing 2 2
Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. 3 3
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 18 20
The numbers are "semester-credits." A student should plan to devote each
week, on the average, three hours of effective work for each semester-credit
on his schedule.
Each engineering student will select his major-line department — aeronautical,
chemical, civil, electrical, or mechanical — before he begins his sophomore
year's work. Thereafter he will pursue the approved program of his department
which leads to the bachelor's degree.
Advanced engineering students who show promise of creativity and leader-
ship in engineering, in the engineering sciences, and in teaching and research,
are encouraged to continue in a program of graduate study leading to master's
and doctor's degrees. There is an acute shortage of engineers with earned
doctor's degrees. There are challenging opportunities for able men with such
top-level preparation. The time to plan and to begin working for these top-level
opportunities is while you are in high school. Your parents and your teachers
can help provide the opportunity — after that your education is up to you.
Plan to make the best of it!
27
tzi
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
The educational program of the college of home economics is
planned to help students function effectively as individuals, as family members
and responsible citizens; to interpret the art and science of better home living,
and to prepare men and women for positions for which home economics is a
major or minor preparation. Basic course requirements are similar for all
home economics curricula. Entering freshmen may enroll the first year without
choosing a specific major area and an assigned adviser will counsel with him
relative to his program.
Coordination of the sciences and arts toward constructive family life
appropriate to our society is a primary function of home economics. This
College, as part of the University, provides students the opportunity to elect
studies in many fields. The function of home economics is to integrate the
contributions of the physical biological sciences, the social sciences, psy-
chology, philosophy, and art in the treatment of all phases of home and family
life, to the end that they are used by families in all parts of society and by
the agencies serving families.
There are four departments in the College: Home Management, Equipment,
and Family Economics; Food, Nutrition, and Institution Management; Prac-
tical Art and Crafts; Textiles and Clothing. Eff'ort is made to interrelate the
work of the departments so that students think of them not as isolated divisions
but rather as different aspects of the total program of offerings in home
economics and closely allied fields.
Graduates of the College of Home Economics have basic preparation for a
wide variety of occupations or careers. The present program of offerings leading
to the Bachelor of Science degree includes the following major curricula:
28
GENERAL HOME ECONOMICS. The program is designed to meet the needs of
students who wish a background in several areas of home economics related to
home and community living. Courses may be selected from the various areas
of home economics to meet individual needs and interests. Preparation for the
profession of homemaking is a recognized aspect of this curriculum. Graduates
are employed with business firms — working with textiles, clothing, or equip-
ment; in promotion — testing, demonstrations, consumer education, writing, or
a combination of these.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION. This program is designed for students who are
preparing to teach education for home and family living in the schools, or to
engage in any phase of home economics work which requires a knowledge
of teaching methods. It includes studies of all phases of home economics and
the allied sciences, with professional training for teaching these subjects. A
student majoring in this curriculum may qualify for a science minor.
HOME ECONOMICS EXTENSION. The program to prepare a student to become a
home demonstration agent combines the general home economics courses with
extension methods and home economics education. Courses in speech, journal-
ism, and rural sociology are essential, and suggested elective subjects include
literature, philosophy, art, drama, and radio.
FOOD AND NUTRITION. Students learn the scientific principles underlying food
selection, purchase, preparation and service; nutritional needs of persons of
different ages and occupations; food processing and marketing, and consump-
tion practices. They develop some skill in handling foods and some ability to
manage time, energy, and money effectively in supplying food for the family.
They learn how food affects health and human relations and they acquire the
ability to improve the nutritional well being of individuals and families. Because
food and nutrition are applied sciences, courses in chemistry, physiology,
bacteriology, psychology and economics are essential to their understanding.
Graduates find positions in the consumer education departments of food
companies and their trade associations, magazine and advertising firms, in
testing, editorial or promotion work, or as nutritionists with industry or in
state or community programs.
INSTITUTION MANAGEMENT. The courscs in Institution Management emphasize
food preparation and service in quantity, food science, sanitation, organization
and administration procedures, personnel management, human relations, teach-
ing methods, nutrition, menu planning, quantity purchasing, cost control,
physical plant layout, and the selection and care of institution equipment.
Work experience in an institutional food service is required during the summer
between the junior and senior year. Graduates have positions dealing with food
production, supervision, diet therapy, administration or teaching in school
lunch programs, colleges or commercial food service, government institutions
or hospitals.
PRACTICAL art; CRAFTS. This program permits a choice of three majors: art in
advertising, interior design and costume design. Graduates will have studied
in the areas of designing, promotion, selling or buying of wearing apparel or
house furnishings or both. The crafts program permits a choice of two voca-
tional areas: pre-occupational therapy and teaching. In this program emphasis
is given to creative expression through ceramics, metalry and weaving.
29
TEXTILES AND CLOTHING; TEXTILES. The programs are planned for students
desiring to capitalize on their interest in clothing or home furnishings for
personal living and future careers through a fuller development of knowledge
and talents in these fields. Experience gained from courses in textiles, clothing
and related fields of the social and physical sciences promotes understanding
of textiles, fashion, clothing design and construction in relation to technological
and social developments influential in determining consumer and employee
behavior in the ever-changing textile and clothing market. Graduates have
positions in homemaking and/ or merchandising, designing, fashion promotion,
textile testing, and in research.
LABORATORY FACILITIES
Facilities for studying work simplification and household equipment are
available in a home management laboratory. A home management house
serves as a residence-laboratory for senior students to experience managerial
situations under family living conditions.
Three foods laboratories are available for teaching the courses in food prep-
aration, preservation, economics, and experimental and foreign foods. For
meal management study a dining room is provided adjacent to the foods
laboratory.
The nutrition laboratory includes facilities for biochemical analysis of food,
including vitamin determination, and facilities for rat feeding experimentation.
Well-equipped contemporary studios enable students in practical art to
sample specialized techniques and media, such as display, photography, air
brush, silk screen, water color painting, scale drafting, enameling on metal,
and clay sculpture.
Textiles and clothing facilities include two well equipped laboratories for
clothing design and construction, a workroom for use by students and faculty,
and two laboratories used in textile analysis and testing.
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
English Composition and English Composition and
Literature Literature
American Government Sociology of American Life
Public Speaking Textiles
Home Economics Orientation Community Health (women)
Design R.O.T.C. (men)
Personal Health (women) Physical Activities
R.O.T.C. (men) General Chemistry, Science, or
Physical Activities Elective
General Chemistry, Science, or
Elective
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
Four units of English and one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences,
and mathematics are required. Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences,
social sciences, foreign language, and home and family living are desirable
for a program that permits the greatest amount of flexibility in meeting the
requirements of various curricula in the College.
30
COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
RECREATION, AND HEALTH
Four year programs leading to the bachelor of science degree:
PHYSICAL EDUCATION. The curriculum provides an adequate background in
general education and scientific areas closely related to this field. Development
of skills in a wide range of motor activities is emphasized. Many vocational
opportunities are available in public and private schools, organized camping,
youth and adult organizations which offer a program of physical activity.
DANCE. With the increasing recognition of the importance and scope of dance
in educational programs, the need for teachers adequately trained in dance
far exceeds the number available. The professional curriculum in dance is
constructed to meet the steadily rising demand for personnel qualified to teach
dance in college, secondary, elementary schools, in camps, recreational agencies
and in preparation for dance therapy.
RECREATION. Through area courses in sports, speech and drama, music, arts
and crafts, nature lore, and those courses in the major field itself, program
planning, organization and administration, leadership, techniques, etc. students
are qualified to accept leadership positions in hospitals, industry, churches,
public departments, with the armed forces or the many public and private
agencies.
HEALTH EDUCATION. A healthy nation is not primarily the responsibility of
physicians and druggists but of the people themselves. This means that people
need to know how to live healthfully and to utilize available health facilities
— that is they all need health education. Persons qualified to teach health are
needed in schools, colleges, community health agencies and hospitals. Students
interested in qualifying for supervisory or college-level positions are encouraged
31
to plan on doing graduate work either in school health or public health
education.
PHYSICAL THERAPY. Physical therapy is one of the professions which has
come into prominence as the scope of medical care has expanded. The modern
concept of the rehabilitation of acute and chronically disabled persons has
created an increasing demand for physical therapy service. It offers careers
for both men and women who are interested in becoming members of a
service which assists the ill and handicapped achieve maximum restoration of
physical function.
The University of Maryland offers a course of physical therapy leading to
the Bachelor of Science degree and to a certificate of proficiency in physical
therapy.
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
In addition to the four units of English and one unit each of Social and
Natural Sciences, it is especially desirable for students to have at least one
unit each in Biological and Physical Science and in Algebra and Plane Geometry.
Any experience in music, drama, camping, playground and recreational activi-
ties, and group leadership also will be helpful. In addition, participation in
school programs of health and safety education and in physical education and
athletics are desirable.
SPECIAL FACILITIES
The facilities on the campus include five gymnasia, two swimming pools, a
physical fitness research laboratory, tennis courts, sports fields, golf driving
range and golf course, dance studio, and an excellent library. The Washington
YMCA camp. Camp Letts, also is used for certain activities.
Students also are encouraged to use the excellent facilities of the Library of
Congress, Army Medical Library and Museum, and the National Institutes
of Health.
EXPERIENCES
In addition to classroom and laboratory work, opportunities for teaching
on and off campus and participating in field experience are provided. Member-
ship in professional groups such as Phi Alpha Epsilon, Aqualiners, Dance
Club and Gymkana troupe is encouraged as well as participation in other
campus activities. In each of the fields of specialization in this College unique
opportunities in dance, sports, recreation, musical and dramatics organizations
exist in the environs of Washington and Baltimore.
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER. English; Government and Politics; Speech; Introduction to
Physical Education, Recreation and Health; Rhythmic Analysis and Move-
ment; Sport Skills and Gymnastics; Basic Body Controls (Women); R.O.T.C.
(Men)
SECOND SEMESTER. English; Zoology; Sociology, Philosophy or Economics;
Modern Dance Techniques (Women); Skills in Square and Social Dance; Sport
Skills and Gymnastics; R.O.T.C. (Men)
32
"■^^^^^■^
^ A •
t^ /.
THE
SCHOOL OF NURSING
The school of nursing offers both general and fundamental educa-
tion for students who wish to prepare for professional nursing: (A) A generic
four year college program planned for students who have no previous experi-
ence or knowledge in nursing; and (B) A program designed to bring up to full
collegiate level the basic preparation of graduates of three year hospital diploma
schools. Both programs lead to the degree Bachelor of Science in Nursing.
In association with the Graduate School of the University the School of
Nursing prepares professional nurses who hold Bachelor of Science degree in
Nursing with a "B" or better average as instructors, supervisors, and clinical
specialists in medical and surgical nursing, psychiatric nursing, pediatric nursing,
obstetrical nursing and Administration in Nursing Education and/or Services.
Beginning students in nursing spend the first two academic years on the
College Park campus. Students from other accredited colleges may be admitted
directly to the Baltimore campus providing they meet admission requirements.
Students in the graduate nurse supplementary program attend classes on
either campus. Masters students take most of their work on the Professional
School campus in Baltimore.
The School of Nursing is accredited by the National League for Nursing in
all areas including public health nursing.
33
SPECIAL FACILITIES
The facilities for instruction used by the School of Nursing include the
various colleges and professional schools of the University and the University
Hospital. Other facilities include the Baltimore City Health Department, Mary-
land State Health Department, the State Department of Mental Hygiene and
Montebello State Hospital.
TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR THE FRESHMAN YEAR
FIRST SEMESTER SECOND SEMESTER
English English
Sociology Government and Politics
Zoology Chemistry
Chemistry Speech
Speech Nwsing
Physical Activities Physical Activities
English M^th 10 Algebra
RECOMMENDED PREPARATION IN HIGH SCHOOL
English "^y^^^^
Mathematics 2 years
History and Social Sciences 2 years
Foreign Language ^ years or more
Science ^ y^^^
(Biology, Chemistry or Physics)
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
The PRIMARY PURPOSES OF THE COLLEGE ARE: (1) TO EXTEND THE FACILI-
ties of the University by offering adult educational programs in the on-campus
evening division and at conveniently established off-campus centers located
throughout the State of Maryland, the District of Columbia and at various
overseas military centers; (2) to offer a Bachelor of Arts degree m General
Studies and a Bachelor of Science degree in Military Studies to adult off-
campus students; and (3) to arrange conferences, institutes and special
programs for interested groups of adults.
Undergraduate and graduate courses are offered in the arts and sciences,
business administration, education, military studies, and engineenng. Both the
Bachelor of Arts degree in General Studies and the Bachelor of Science degree
in Military Studies are available through University College, and either may be
completed in its entirety off-campus. Graduate courses are offered only in the
State of Maryland and the District of Columbia.
The General Studies curriculum provides opportunity for progranis in the
areas of the social sciences, with concentrations of study m such fields as:
economics, history, government and politics sociology, g^^g^.^^f >; P;^'^^^/^^^^
and commerce. The military studies curriculum is designed for armed services
34
personnel desiring to pursue military careers. Only persons who hold or have
held a commission are eligible to complete this degree.
In addition, University College offers conferences, institutes, and special
programs for interested adult groups. Many high school students who obtain
employment upon graduation may avail themselves of these short-term educa-
tional opportunities.
Admission requirements for credit courses are the same oflf-campus as they
are on-campus. Undergraduate students, who are undecided about their future
plans may register in off-campus classes as special students. Graduate courses
are open only to students who are fully matriculated in the Graduate School
prior to the date of registration.
During the 1958-59 school year, educational programs were available at
the stateside centers listed below:
Aberdeen Proving Ground
Andrews
Annapolis
Baltimore
Bel Air
Boiling Air Force Base
Bureau of Ships
Campus (College Park)
Cambridge
Centreville
Chestertown
Cumberland
David Taylor Model Basin
Denton
District Heights
Dundalk
Easton
Edgewood Army Chemical Center
Ellicott City
Fort Holabird
Fort George G. Meade
Fort Ritchie
Frederick
Gaithersburg
Glen Burnie
Hagerstown
Hughesville
La Plata
Maryland Penitentiary
Marley
Metropolitan Police
Montgomery Blair
National Bureau of Standards
Naval Ordnance Laboratory
Naval Research Laboratory
Oakland
Park Lawn
Patuxent
Pentagon
Prince Frederick
Princess Anne
Reisterstown
Rockville
RoUingwood
Salisbury
Silver Spring
Snow Hill
Suitland
Towson
Viers Mill
Walter Reed
Westinghouse
Woodlin
For further information, see the University College catalog which may be obtained by writing the Dean,
University College, University of Maryland, College Park. Maryland.
35
APPENDIX A
FEES AND EXPENSES
EFFECTIVE JULY 1, 1960
GENERAL
All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of Maryland for the
exact amount of the charges. In cases where students have been awarded General Assembly
Grants or University Grants, the amount of such grants will be deducted from the bill.
All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should come prepared
to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be admitted to classes until such payment
has been made.
The University reserves the right to make such cnanges in fees and other charges as may be
found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep the cost to the student as low as
possible.
No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of record issued to
a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his account.
EXPLANATION OF FEES
The application fee for the undergraduate colleges and the summer session partially defrays
the cost of processing applications for admission to these divisions of the University. If a student
enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.
Applicants who have enrolled with the University of Maryland in its Evening Division at College
Park or Baltimore, or at one of its off-campus centers are not required to pay the fee since they
have already paid a matriculation fee.
The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help defray the cost of
operating the University's physical plant, to pay administrative and clerical expenses and other
costs which ordinarily would not be included as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching
supplies.
The Instructional Materials Fee represents the average of laboratory fees assigned to full-
time undergraduate students. Graduate students, part-time undergraduate students and students
enrolled in University College and the Summer School will be billed for individual laboratory
fees, and not the Instructional Materials Fee. Full-time undergraduate students subject to the
fees set forth below will be billed the appropriate fee and also will be billed the Instructional
Materials Fee: Math. and Math. 1, $30.; Prac. Tech., $30.; Applied Music, $40.; and P. E.
8 Riding Class, $26.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics.
All students are eligible and all students are encouraged to participate in all of the activities of
this department and to attend all contests in which they do not participate.
The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construction of the
Student Union Building, the Activities Building, and the Swimming Pool.
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the Student Govern-
ment Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, student newspaper; the Old Line,
Uterary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; class dues; and includes financial support for the
musical and dramatic clubs and a cultural entertainment series.
The Infirmary Fee is charged for the support of the Student Health Service, but does not
include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expensive drugs will be charged at
cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as X-ray, electro-cardiographs, basal metabolic
rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest cost prevailing in the vicinity.
Full-time undergraduate students who register for the second semester but who were not
full-time undergraduate students in the first semester are required to pay the following addi-
tional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Student Activities, $8.00; Special, $10.00; Recreational Facilities
Fee, $10.00; Infirmary, $2.50; Advisory and Testing, $5.00.
The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a fund which will be used to expand the recrea-
tional facilities on the College Park campus, especially the Student Union Building.
The Advisory and Testing Fee is charged to cover partially the cost of the University
Counseling Center and the Freshman Testing Program.
36
J
DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE
Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time of their
•egistration their parents have been domiciled in the State of Maryland for at least one year.
The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first registration
n the University and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, in the case of a minor, his
parents move to and become legal residents of Maryland by maintaining such residence for at
east one full year. However, the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident status
;o resident status must be established by him prior to the registration period set for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registration they have
jeen domiciled in Maryland for at least one year provided such residence has not been acquired
vhile attending any school or college in Maryland or elsewhere. Time spent on active duty in the
irmed services while stationed in Maryland will not be considered as satisfying the one year
period referred to above except in those cases in which the adult was domiciled in Maryland for
It least one year prior to his entrance into the armed service and was not enrolled in any school
luring that period.
The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent place of abode.
For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be maintained.
FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON-RESIDENTS— EFFECTIVE JULY I, 1960
■EES FOR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS :
MARYLAND RESIDENTS
Fixed Charges
Instructional Materials
Athletic Fee
Student Activities Fee
Special Fee
Recreational Facilities Fee
Infirmary Fee
Advisory and Testing Fee
lESIDENTS OF THE DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA,
OTHER STATES AND COUNTRIES
Tuition Fee for Non-Resident Students.
Total for Non-Resident Students
First
Second
Semester
Semester
Total
$ 92.00
$ 93.00
$185.00
12.00
12.00
24.00
15.00
15.00
12.00
12.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
$181.00
$105.00
$286.00
Semester
Semester
Total
$150.00
$150.00
$300.00
$331.00
$255.00
$586.00
lOARD AND LODGING
Board
Dormitory Room:
Maryland Residents
Other States and Countries .
$200.00
85-100
110-125
$200.00
85-100
110-125
$400.00
170-200
220-250
The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veteran's Housing Units. The rates for these
amily units are as follows: two-room apartment $40 per month; three-room apartment $43
>er month.
JPECIAL FEES
Application Fee (see "Explanation of Fees," preceding page) $ 10.00
Vlatriculation Fee 10.00
Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree 1 0.00
Jpecial Fee for students requiring additional preparation in Mathematics, per semester 30.00
(Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5, 10 or 18 and who fail in
qualifying examination for these courses.)
Jpecial Guidance Fee per semester (for students who are required or who wish to take
advantage of the effective study course, and /or the tutoring service offered by the
Office of Intermediate Registration 15.00
loom Key Deposit (A room key deposit is payable upon initial entry to the dormitories.
Upon return of the key, a refund will be made whenever the student does not plan
to re-enter the dormitories the next succeeding semester.) 1.00
Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to students registered for
credit, with the exception that the non-resident fee will not be charged in the case of
students not registering for credit in any courses.
37
LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES
Paid by all students except full-time undergraduate students who are assessed the Instruc-
tional Materials Fee.
LABORATORY FEES PER SEMESTER COURSE:
Agricultural Engineering S 3.00 Horticulture 5.00
Botany 6.00 and 10.00 Industrial Education 5.00 and 7.50
Business Administration 7.50 and 10.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00
Journalism 3.00 and 6.00 Microbiology 1 1 .00 and 20.00
Statistics 3.50 Physical Activities Courses 6.00
Chemical Engineering 8.00 and 10.00 Physics —
Chemistry 10.00 and 20.00 Lecture Demonstration 2.00 and 3.00
Education (depending on Labora- Introductory 3.00
tory) 1.00,2.00,3.00, 5.00 All Other 10.00
Dairy 3.00 Psychology 4.00
Electrical Engineering 4.00 Office Techniques and Manage-
Entomology 3.00 ment 7.50 and 10.00
Home Economics — Speech (depending on Labora-
Practical Art, Crafts, Textiles and torv) 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 7.50 and 10.00
Clothing 3.00 Radio and Stage Craft 2.00
Foods and Home Management, Zoology 8.00
each 3.00, 7.00 and 1 0.00
MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES
Fee for part-time student per credit hour 12.00
(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to mean undergraduate students taking
6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying more than 6 semester hours are
considered to be full time and must pay the regular full-time fees.)
Late Registration Fee 5.00
(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the filing of class
cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration days. Those who do not
complete their registration during the prescribed days must pay this fee.)
Fee for change in registration 3.00
Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00
Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00
Makeup Examination Fee (for students who are absent during any class period when
tests or examinations are given) 1.00
Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished without charge) 1.00
Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged for damage to property or equip-
ment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, the individual student will
be billed for it; where responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage
or replacing equipment will be prorated.
Library Charges:
Fine for failure to return book from General Library before expiration of loan
period per day .05
Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of loan
period :
First hour overdue .25
Each additional hour overdue .05
In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be made.
In the event it becomes necessary to transfer uncollected charges to the Cashier's office,
an additional charge of $1.00 is made.
TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES
Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs vary with the course pursued, but will
average per semester 35.00
FEES FOR GRADUATE STUDENTS
Fees for student carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 120.00
Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit hours 12.00
Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00
Graduation Fee for Master's Degree 10.00
Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00
Infirmary Fee (voluntary) 5.00
Foreign Language examination (first examination without charge) 5.00
Testing Fee (Education Majors) 5.00
38
Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether or not they are
residents of the State of Maryland.
All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the time of registration
for each semester.
Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation.
No provision for housing students is made by the University.
The Infirmary services normally furnished the undergraduate students are available to
graduate students who elect to pay the fee of $5.00 for the year (not including Summer
School), provided that the fee is paid not later than the end of the first week of classes
in the regular academic session. A graduate student entering in February may benefit
in the same manner by the payment of $2.50.
FEES FOR OFF-CAMPUS COURSES
Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all students — full time
and part time, candidates for degrees, and non-candidates):
For Undergraduates 10.00
For Graduates 10.00
Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking off-campus
courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per credit hour 12.00
Laboratory Fees: A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is charged in
laboratory courses. Fees vary with the course and can be ascertained in any case by
inquiry to the Dean of University College.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the academic year should
file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper signatures, in the Office of the Registrar.
If this is not done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honor-
able dismissal, and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be entitled.
The date used in computing refunds is the date the application for withdrawal is filed in the Office
of the Registrar.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written consent of the
student's parent or guardian.
Students withdrawing from the University will be credited for all fees charged to them
except the Application Fee, the Matriculation Fee and board in accordance with the following
schedule:
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks
The Application Fee and the Matriculation Fee are not returnable in any instance.
Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the University. Refunds of
board are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining Hall cards issued to boarding students must
be surrendered at the Auditor's Office in the Administration Building on the day of withdrawal,
before any refund will be processed.
In computing refunds to students who have received the benefit of scholarships and loans
from University Funds, the computation will be made in such a way as to return the maximum
amount to the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to the University.
No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Special Recreational Facilities, Infirmary, and
Advisory and Testing Fees is made to students who withdraw at the close of the first semester.
No refunds of Fixed Charges, Lodging, Tuition, Laboratory Fees, Instructional Materials
Fee, etc., are allowed when courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the
University.
When regularly enrolled part-time students in off-campus instruction officially drop a course
or courses and continue with one or more courses, they may receive a refund of 80% for the
dropped courses if they are officially dropped prior to the third meeting of the class or classes.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from the Office of
the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for additional copies, there is a charge of
$1.00 for each transcript, except when more than one copy is requested at the same time. In that
case, one dollar is charged for the first copy, and fifty cents for each additional copy. Checks
should be made payable to the University of Maryland. Transcripts of records should be requested
at least one week in advance of the date when the records are actually needed. No transcript of a
student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus whose financial obligations to the
University have not been satisfied.
39
APPENDIX B
HONORS, AWARDS, SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID
HONORS, AWARDS
SCHOLARSHIP HONORS — Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded to one-fifth
of the graduating class in each College. First honors are awarded to the upper half of this group;
second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for honors, a student must complete at least two
years of resident work at the University with an average of B (3.0) or higher.
ALPHA CHI SIGMA AWARD — The Alpha Rho Chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary
Fraternity offers annually a year's membership in the American Chemical Society to the senior
majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose average has been above 3.0 for three and
one-half years.
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR CERTIFICATE AWARD — Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta,
honorary scholastic society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5, receive this
certificate.
ALPHA ZETA MEDAL — The Professional Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually
a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest average record
in academic work.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN AWARD — This award is presented to a senior
woman selected for scholarship and community leadership.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS AWARD — A Certificate, pin, and magazine
subscription are awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who attained the highest
overall scholastic average during his freshman and sophomore years.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERS AWARD — The Washington Section of the
American Institute of Electrical Engineers defrays the expenses of a year's membership as an
associate in the Institute for the senior doing the most to promote Student Branch activities.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS AWARD — The Maryland Section of the American
Society of Civil Engineers awards annually the first year's dues of an associate membership in
the Society to a senior member of the Student Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of
the Department of Civil Engineering.
APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD IN BOTANY — The Department of Botany offers a scholarship
award of $100 in honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S. Norton to a senior
major in Botany who is considered worthy on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence
in scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships upon the recom-
mendation of a committee of the faculty of the Department of Botany.
DINAH BERMAN MEMORIAL MEDAL — The Dinah Bcrman Memorial Medal is awarded annually
to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in the College of
Engineering. The medal is given by Mr. Benjamin Berman.
CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR MEN — President Emeritus H. C. Byrd, of the Class of 1908, annually
presents this award to the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate career, has most
nearly typified the model citizen and who has done most for the general advancement of the
interests of the University.
CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR WOMEN — This prize is presented annually as a memorial to Sally
Sterling Byrd, by her children, to that member of the senior class who best exemplifies the enduring
qualities of the pioneer woman. These qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness,
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice for others, strength of character,
and those other qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a fundamental part in
the building of the nation.
CIVIL ENGINEERING HONOR SOCIETY AWARD — A year's Subscription to Civil Engineering is
awarded annually by the Society to the outstanding civil engineering sophomore.
BERNARD L. CROziER AWARD — The Maryland Association of Engineers awards a cash prize
of twenty-five dollars annually to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opinion
of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in scholarship during his stay at the University.
DAVIDSON TRANSFER AND STORAGE COMPANY AWARD — A $500.00 award is made to a high-
ranking student in the College of Business and Public Administration who is concentrating in
transportation. This award is made through the College of Business and Public Administration.
40
DELTA DELTA DELTA MEDAL — This soFority awards a medal annually to the woman who
attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore year.
DELTA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP AWARD — This award IS offered to the woman member of the
graduating class who has maintained the highest average during three and one-half years at the
University,
DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY — This award is offered to a member of the graduating
class who has maintained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year course in the
College of Business and Public Administration.
GODDARD MEDAL — The James Douglass Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded annually to
the resident of Prince Georges County, born therein, who makes the highest average in his studies
and who at the same time embodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne
G. Goddard James of Washington, D. C.
GRANGE AWARD — The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious service to the
College of Agriculture.
MAHLON N. HAINES AWARD — An award of one hundred dollars is presented each year to the
students in the Department of Fine Arts for outstanding work in the painting classes.
CHARLES B. HALE DRAMATIC AWARDS — The University Theatre recognizes annually the man
and woman members of the senior class who have done most for the advancement of dramatics
at the University.
INSTITUTE OF AERONAUTICAL SCIENCES AWARDS — Free memberships in the Institute for one
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Student Branch meeting and for the
graduating aeronautical senior with the highest academic standing.
machinery's AWARD — For excellence in machine design, a copy of Machinery's Handbook
and a copy of the Handbook Guide is awarded annually to a mechanical engineering senior.
INDUSTRIAL PRESS ACHIEVEMENT AWARD — An award by the Industrial Press Company for
scholastic excellence in air conditioning, heating, and ventilation studies.
MARYLAND MOTOR TRUCK ASSOCIATION AWARD — A five hundred dollar award is made to a
student majoring in Transportation with an interest in motor transportation who has shown in
three years of training an apparent ability to succeed. This award is made through the College
of Business and Public Administration.
OMICRON NU SORORITY MEDAL — This honorary sorority awards a medal annually to the fresh-
man woman in the College of Home Economics who attains the highest scholastic average during
the first semester.
PHI ALPHA AWARD — Epsilon Chapter of Phi Alpha Fraternity awards annually a plaque to
the man in the junior class who has attained the highest scholastic average during his first two
years at the College Park colleges of the University.
PHI CHI THETA KEY — The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded to the outstanding graduating senior
woman in the College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scholarship, activities,
and leadership.
PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS, INC., AWARD— A five hundred dollar award is made to a senior student
in the College of Business and Public Administration who has majored in transportation and
who has demonstrated competence in this field of study. This award is made through the College
of Business and Public Administration.
PI SIGMA ALPHA — FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD — This award. Consisting of the sum of thirty
dollars, is presented by an alumnus to the senior in Government and Politics having the highest
average in departmental courses.
PI TAU SIGMA AWARD — An annual handbook award to the most outstanding sophomore in
mechanical engineering on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings.
WILLIAM s. ROSENBAUM MEMORIAL FOUNDATION AWARD — This award. Consisting of twenty-five
dollars, is presented for excellence in Hebrew studies by Barbarossa Lodge 133, Knights of Pythias,
Philadelphia, Pennsylvania.
SIGMA ALPHA OMICRON AWARD — This award is presented to a senior student majoring in
Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership.
SIGMA CHI CUP — Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in the freshman class
who has made the highest scholastic average during the first semester.
41
ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARD — The New York Southern Society, in memory of its
first president, awards annually medallions and certificates to one man and one woman of the
graduating class and one non-student who evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpful-
ness to other men and women.
TAU BETA PI AWARD — The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, national
engineering honor society, awards annually an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the greatest improvement in scholarship
over that of his freshman year.
WASHINGTON pAnhellenic ASSOCIATION AWARD — The sum of two hundred dollars is presented
to a woman student, a member of the National Panhellenic Conference Sorority, who has done
most to promote social relations among the sororities on the campus.
DAVID ARTHUR BERMAN MEMORIAL AWARD — This award is offered by the family of David
Arthur Berman to the highest ranking junior in the Department of Chemical Engineering who
is also a member of Tau Beta Pi.
HAMILTON AWARD — Thls award is offered by the Hamilton Watch Company to the graduating
senior in the College of Engineering who has most successfully combined proficiency in his major
field of study with achievements — either academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the social sciences
or humanities.
men's LEAGUE CUP — This award is offered by the Men's League to the graduating male senior
who has done the most for the male student body.
PHI BETA KAPPA ASSOCIATION AWARD — This award is presented to the graduating senior with
the highest cumulative scholastic average whose basic course program has been in the liberal
studies.
MILITARY AWARDS
AIR FORCE ASSOCIATION MEDAL — This silver medal is awarded to the outstanding advanced
cadet in the A.F. R.O.T.C. course who has demonstrated outstanding ability in scholastic grades,
both general and military, in individual characteristics, and in performance during the period of
summer camp.
ALUMNI CUP — The Alumni Association offers each year a cup to the Leader of the best drilled
Flight in competitive drill.
AMERICAN LEGION POST NO. 217 AWARD — This award is presented to the senior advanced
cadet who displays outstanding leadership.
AMERICAN LEGION GOLD MEDAL — The gold medal is awarded to the senior advanced cadet
for academic achievement in leadership.
ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS MEDAL — This medal is awarded to the senior advanced cadet
in recognition of outstanding achievement in the field of electronics.
ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY PLAQUE — This plaque is awarded to the second year advanced cadet
who has done the most to advance the A.F.R.O.T.C. interests and activities for the Arnold Air
Society.
CONSOLIDATED vuLTEE AIRCRAFT CORPORATION AWARD — This award is presented to the
sophomore cadet displaying leadership ability and academic excellence.
DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS' GOLD CUP — This cup is awarded to the senior advanced cadet
who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship, and citizenship.
DISTINGUISHED A.F.R.O.T.C. CADET AWARDS — Thcsc awards are presented to senior cadets
who have been outstanding in A.F.R.O.T.C. and who are outstanding in their academic major
fields. Distinguished A.F.R.O.T.C. cadets are eligible to apply for regular Air Force commission.
governor's CUP — This cup is oflTered each year by His Excellency, the Governor of Mary-
land, to the best drilled squadron.
HAMiLL MEMORIAL PLAQUE — This plaquc, offered by the local chapter of Theta Chi Fraternity,
is presented to the sophomore cadet excelling in leadership and scholarship.
DISTINGUISHED A.F.R.O.T.C. GRADUATE — Presented to distinguished cadets of the A.F.R.O.T.C.
who continue to display outstanding academic and leadership qualities.
A.F.R.O.T.C. ANGEL FLIGHT AWARD — Presented to the most outstanding member of the
Angel Flight.
42
CHARLES H. DICKINSON MEMORIAL PLAQUE — Offered by the Veterans Club, University of
Maryland, to the Junior cadet who has shown leadership ability, outstanding individual char-
acteristics of military bearing.
VANDENBERG GUARD AWARD — Presented to the member displaying most leadership ability.
GLENN L. MARTIN AERONAUTICAL ENGINEERING AWARD — This award is presented for academic
excellence in the field of aeronautical engineering to a senior advanced cadet who has applied
for flight training.
MARYLAND STATE SOCIETY DAUGHTERS OF FOUNDERS AND PATRIOTS OF AMERICA AWARD —
This award is presented to the freshman cadet attaining the highest over-all academic grades.
NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION AWARD — This Organization offcrs a citation
in recognition of leadership qualities, academic standing, aptitude for military service, and note-
worthy service in furtherance of the aims and objectives of the Association in promoting prepared-
ness for the national defense of the United States.
PERSHING RIFLE REGIMENTAL MEDAL — Presented to the member of Pershing Rifles who shows
outstanding service to the company.
PERSHING RiELE AWARDS — The Pershing Rifle Company presents medals to most outstanding
basic cadets who are members of the Pershing Rifles.
PERSHING RIFLE AWARD — Medal presented by Pershing Rifle Company to the best drilled
cadet of the corps who is not a member of Pershing Rifles.
PERSHING RIFLE MEDAL — This medal is awarded to the outstanding member of the Pershing
Rifles.
RESERVE officers' ASSOCIATION MEDALS — Three medals, gold, silver, and bronze, are presented
by this association to the three senior cadets demonstrating outstanding academic achievement
in the A.F.R.O.T.C. and in other studies.
RESERVE officers' ASSOCIATION RiBBON.s — The Air Force Reserve Officers Association presents
ribbons to the 40 outstanding freshman cadets, the 30 outstanding sophomore cadets, and to 10
outstanding Juniors.
SCABBARD AND BLADE COBLENTZ MEMORIAL CUP — This cup awarded to the Commander of
the winning Squadron in drill competition.
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD — This award is presented to the senior Advanced
Cadet who exhibits in his work a high degree of merit with respect to leadership, military bearing,
and excellence in his academic course of study.
SUN NEWSPAPER AWARD — This award is presented to a basic cadet in recognition of being the
best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill.
ATHLETIC AWARDS
TOM BIRMINGHAM MEMORIAL TROPHY — This trophy presented by Major Benny Alperstein and
Major Hotsy Alperstein in memory of the late Tom Birmingham, of the Class of 1937, is awarded
to the outstanding member of the boxing team.
WILLIAM p. COLE, III, MEMORIAL LACROSSE AWARD — This award. Offered by the teammates
of William P. Cole, 111 and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is presented to
the outstanding midfielder.
HERBERT H. GOODMAN TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Herbert H. Goodman to the most
outstanding wrestler of the year.
JOE DECKMAN-SAM siLBER TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Joseph H. Deckman and
Samuel L. Silber to the most improved defense lacrosse player.
HALBERT K. EVANS MEMORIAL TRACK AWARD — This award, given in memory of "Hermie"
Evans, of the Class of 1940, by his friends, is presented to the outstanding graduating senior
trackman.
CHARLES LEROY MACKERT TROPHY — This trophy is oflcred by William E. Krouse to the
Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at the University.
MARYLAND RING — The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles L. Linhardt, of
the Class of 1912, to the Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.
CHARLES p. MC coRMicK TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Charles P. McCormick to the
senior letterman who has contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career.
ANTHONY c. NARDO MEMORIAL TROPHY — This trophy is awarded to the best football lineman
of the year.
43
EDWIN POWELL TROPHY — ^This trophy is offered by the Class of 1913 to the player who has
rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year.
SILVESTER WATCH FOR EXCELLENCE IN ATHLETICS — A gold watch, given in honor of former
president of the University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annuallj' to "the man who typifies the best
in college athletics."
TEKE TROPHY — This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon
Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the University has rendered the greatest
service to football.
ROBERT E. THEOFELD MEMORIAL — This trophy is presented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman
and is awarded to the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit and strong
character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member of the boxing team.
DIXIE WALKER MEMORIAL TROPHY — This trophy, offered by Theta Chi Fraternity, is awarded
to the boxer who has shown the most improvement over his performance in preceding years.
THE ALviN L. AUBiNOE BASKETBALL TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for
the senior who has contributed most to the squad.
THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE FOOTBALL TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for
the unsung hero of the current season.
THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE TRACK TROPHY — This trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the
senior who has contributed most to the squad during the time he was on the squad.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS
Keys are awarded to the members of the Executive Committee of the Student Government
Association, Men's League, Association of Women Students, and other organizations who
faithfully perform their duties throughout the year.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID
All requests for information concerning scholarships and grants-in-aid should be addressed
to the Director of the Office of Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland. Regulations and procedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by
this committee.
The Board of Regents of the University authorizes the award of a limited number of scholar-
ships each year to deserving students. All scholarships and grants for the undergraduate depart-
ments of the University at College Park are awarded by a faculty committee. Applicants are subject
to the approval of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission to the
University are concerned. All recipients are subject to the academic and non-academic regulations
and requirements of the University.
Scholarships and grants are awarded to young men and women based upon apparent
academic abihty and financial need. In making awards, consideration is given to character,
achievement, participation in student activities and to other attributes which may indicate success
in college. It is the intent of the Committee to make awards to those quahfied who might not
otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity for higher education.
The recipient of a scholarship or a grant is expected to make at least normal progress toward
a degree. Normal progress toward a degree is defined by the Academic Probation Plan.
The Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid reserves the right to review the scholar-
ship program annually and to make adjustments in the amounts and recipients of awards in
accordance with the funds available and scholastic attainment.
The types of scholarships, grants and loan funds available follow:
FULL SCHOLARSHIPS
The University awards fifty-six full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed charges, fees
and books. Not more than twenty of these scholarships may be held by out-of-state students and
at least twelve are reserved for women. Scholastic achievement and participation in student
activities are given primary consideration in the award of these scholarships.
UNIVERSITY GRANTS
The University awards to deserving and qualified secondary school graduates a limited
number of grants covering fixed charges only.
GENERAL ASSEMBLY GRANTS
These grants are for fixed charges and are awarded by members of the Legislature, three for
each Senator and one for each member of the House of Delegates. They may be awarded by a
member of the House of Delegates or by a Senator only to persons in the county or in the legis-
lative district of Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such grants
are subject to approval by the Committee on Scholarships and by the Director of Admissions as
to qualifications for admission.
44
SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS
A limited number of scholarships is awarded each year to students of exceptional academic
ability out of funds derived from campus enterprises. The amount of these scholarships varies
depending upon the extent of need. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships
and Grants-in-Aid in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all other
scholarships.
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
The University has a number of endowed scholarships and special grants. These are paid for
by income from funds especially established for this purpose. Brief descriptions of these awards
follow:
ALBRIGHT SCHOLARSHIP — The Victor E. Albright Scholarship is open to graduates of Garrett
County high schools who were born and reared in that county. Application should be made to
the high school principals.
ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS — The General Alumni Council of the University Alumni Association
pro\ ides eleven scholarships in the amount of S250 each to be awarded respectively to schools or
colleges represented on the Alumni Council. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership
and need and are awarded by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid.
ALviN L. AUBiNOE STUDENT AID PROGRAM — Scholarship grants up to S500 per school year to
students in engineering, preferably those studying for careers in civil engineering, architecture or
light construction.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR METALS SCHOLARSHIP IN METALLURGY — A Scholarship of S500 is
available to a competent student in the field of Metallurgy. The award will be made by the faculty
in Metallurgy in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all scholarships
in the University.
BALTIMORE PANHELLENic ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP — A Scholarship is awarded annually by
the Baltimore Panhellenic Association. This scholarship will be awarded to a student entering
the junior or senior class, who is an acti\ e member of a sorority, u ho is outstanding in leadership
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. This award is made by the Committee on
Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Women.
BALTIMORE suNPAPERS SCHOLARSHIP IN JOURNALISM — The Board of Trustccs of the A. S.
Abell Foundation, Inc., has contributed S500 to provide a scholarship in journalism to be awarded
to a worthy senior in the College of Business and Public Administration who is majoring in
Editorial Journalism.
SAMUEL WOLFE BLANKMAN GRANT — The sum of SlOO is awarded each year to a foreign
student on the basis of worth and need to be determined by the Committee on Scholarships. The
student must be a permanent resident of a country other than the United States, its possessions,
or Canada. He may be a member of any college or school in the University.
BORDEN AGRICULTURAL AND HOME ECONOMICS SCHOLARSHIPS— A Bordcn Agricultural
Scholarship of S300 is granted to that student in the College of Agriculture who has had two or
more of the regularly listed courses in dairying and who, upon entering the senior year of study,
has achie\ed the highest a\erage grade of all other similarly eligible students m all preceding
college work.
A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of S300 is granted to that student in the College of
Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in foods and nutrition
and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest average grade of all
other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work.
CAPITAL FARM AND GARDEN SCHOLARSHIP — This Scholarship of S400 per year is made available
by the Capital Division of the Women's National Farm and Garden Association, Inc. to help
rural girls and women through scholarships and guidance to the best training in agriculture,
horticulture, home economics and the related professions. This scholarship is awarded by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in accordance with terms of the grant.
WILLIAM F. CHiLDS, JR., GRANT — The Maryland Highways Contractors Association provides
a grant of S500 annually to be awarded to a capable and worthy senior in the Department of
Civil Engineering uho plans to enter the field of Highway Engineering upon graduation. The
award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aijd in cooperation with the
College of Engineering.
DR. ERNEST N. CORY SCHOLARSHIP — This award is made annually to an outstanding junior
or senior in the College of Agriculture, preferably one majoring in Entomology. The amount of
the award will vary depending upon the earnings of a trust fund established in honor of Dr.
Ernest N. Cory upon his retirement. The Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid cooper-
ates with the College of Agriculture in selecting the student for this award.
THE DANFORTH FOUNDATION AND THE RALSTON PURINA SCHOLARSHIPS — The DanfoFth Foun-
dation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer scholarships to outstand-
ing men students in the College of Agriculture, one for a student who has successfully completed
his junior year, the other for a student who has successfully completed his freshman year. The
purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young men for leadership training.
45
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer
scholarships to outstanding Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one to a
freshman. The purpose of these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young women for
leadership training.
DAIRY TECHNOLOGY SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS — Thc Dairy Technology Society of Maryland
and the District of Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and grants-in-aid for
students majoring in Dairy Products Technology. These awards are a\ ailable both to high school
graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students who have completed one or more
years of their Uni\ersity curriculum. The purpose of these awards is to encourage and stimulate
interest in the field of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership,
personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field of dairy technology.
These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation
with the Dairy Technology Society.
DOUGLAS AIRCRAFT COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship in the amount of $800 is awarded
to an outstanding and deserving senior student in aeronautical, mechanical or electrical engineer-
ing in this order of preference. The recipient must be a citizen of the United States and indicate
a willingness to accept employment in California.
EXEL SCHOLARSHIPS— A Substantial grant for endowed scholarships was made by Deborah
B. Exel. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships to worthy students in accord-
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.
ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT — This grant is awarded
to a high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum in the College of
Engineering. The amount of the award is S300 per >ear and will be a\ ailable to the recipient for
the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant is awarded by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Anne Arundel County
Volunteer Fireman's Association and the College of Engineering.
LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT This grant is
awarded to an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the Fire Protection Curriculum
in the College of Engineering. The amount of this award is S500 per \ear and will be available
to the recipient for the normal period of time to complete the program being pursued. This grant
is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Ladies
Auxiliary to the Maryland State Firemen's Association and the College of Engineering.
MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT — A S300 scholarship is awarded annually
to an outstanding high school student who enrolls in the Fire Protection Curriculum of the College
of Engineering. This scholarship is for four years and is awarded to a student of high scholastic
ability with a reputation of good character and outstanding fire service interest. The award is
made by the Faculty Committee on Scholarships in cooperation with the Maryland State Fire-
men's Association and the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering.
PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY VOLUNTEER firemen's ASSOCIATION GRANT — An annual Scholarship
of S300 is awarded to an outstanding high school student w ho enrolls in the Fire Protection Cur-
riculum of the College of Engineering. The award is based on high scholastic ability, good
character and outstanding fire service interest. The Faculty Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid cooperates with the Fire Protection Department of the College of Engineering
and the Board of Directors of the Prince Georges Counts Volunteer Firemen's Association in
selecting the student.
FOOD FAIR STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS — Each year a number of scholarships is made
available by the Food Fair Stores Foundation to students from Anne Arundel, Baltimore,
Frederick, Montgomery, and Talbot counties and Baltimore City. Students receiving these
scholarships may pursue any of the four-year curriculums of the University. The scholarships are
for S250 for an academic year and are awarded bv the Committee on Scholarships as in the case
of all other scholarships. Under certain conditions they may be granted from year to year.
VICTOR FRENKiL SCHOLARSHIP — A Scholarship of S250 is granted annually by Mr. Victor
Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the University.
This scholarship is awarded in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships in accordance
with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.
GENERAL MOTORS SCHOLARSHIP — -This Scholarship is granted annually to any young man or
young woman who is an outstanding individual entering the freshman year. The scholarship is
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships. The amount of the stipend depends upon the
demonstrated need of the individual. The Sponsored Scholarship Service evaluates the financial
need in each case.
GODDARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIPS — Four $500 scholarships are available annually under
the terms of the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through the wills of
Morgan E. Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard. In granting these awards the Committee on Scholar-
ships will consider outstanding scholastic achievement and financial need. Each award will be
made on a year-to-year basis depending upon the accomplishment of the student.
46
WILLIAM RANDOLPH HEARST FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS — Thcsc Scholarships ETC made avail-
able through a gift of the Baltimore News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, in honor of
William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships up to $500 are awarded annually to undergraduates
pursuing a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to SI, 000 are awarded annually for
graduate study in history. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and
Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the Departments of History and Journalism.
IOTA LAMBDA SIGMA (nu CHAPTER) SCHOLARSHIP — This Scholarship is awarded annually to
any outstanding male freshman student who enrolls in the Industrial Education curriculum. The
student must be a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention of teaching in
Maryland.
VENiA M. KELLER GRANT— The Maryland State Council of Homemakers' Clubs makes avail-
able this grant of $100 which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise who wishes
to enroll or is enrolled in the College of Home Economics. It is awarded through the College of
Home Economics in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships.
KiwANis SCHOLARSHIP — A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is awarded by
the Prince Georges County Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince Georges County, Maryland,
who, in addition to possessing the necessary qualifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship
record, must have a reputation of high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship.
HELEN ALETTA LiNTHicuM SCHOLARSHIPS — Thesc Scholarships, several in number, were estab-
lished through the benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Linthicum, widow of the late Con-
gressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Congress from the Fourth District of Maryland
for many years. They are granted to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State
of Maryland and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation
for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead.
THE M CLUB GRANTS — The M Club of the University of Maryland provides each year a limited
number of awards. They are granted by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who show
promise in sports other than football.
DR. FRANK c. MARINO SCHOLARSHIP — Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a $200 annual scholarship
in Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship occur, it is awarded by the Committee on
Scholarships to a student who demonstrates special interest and promise in this field.
MARYLAND ASSOCIATION OF CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS SCHOLARSHIP — A $200 scholarship
is awarded to a superior student in the College of Business and Public Administration who is
concentrating in Accounting. This award is made through the College of Business and Public
Administration in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships.
MARYLAND EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION GRANTS — The Maryland Educational Foundation
provides funds each year for the education of several promising young men. These grants are
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships to applicants who qualify under the provisions of
the Foundation.
EUGENE E. AND AGNES E. MEYER SCHOLARSHIPS — A number of Scholarships is made available
each year to promising students in meeting the costs of furthering their education, with preferential
consideration to children of persons employed in public service, including service in the armed
forces and the judiciary. The awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance
with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.
MILLER CHEMICAL AND FERTILIZER CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP — A $250 Scholarship has been
made available for a student who needs financial aid, who has a farm background, and who has
a major in Entomology, Plant Pathology, Agronomy, or Horticulture. The award is made by the
Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of
all other scholarships.
MORTAR BOARD SCHOLARSHIP — The Mortar Board Scholarship is awarded annually to a
woman student on the basis of scholastic attainment, character, and need. The selection of the
student for this award is made through the Office of the Dean of Women and a representative of
Mortar Board in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general
principles underlying the award of all other scholarships.
PANHELLENic ASSOCIATION OF WASHINGTON, D. c, SCHOLARSHIP — A $300 Scholarship is
awarded annually by the Panhellenic Association of Washington, D.C. This award is made to a
member of a national Panhellenic Conference Sorority who in her sophomore or junior year has
had a 3.0 average or better, who has done the most to promote good social relations among the
sororities on the campus, and who is an outstanding leader in student affairs sponsored by the
University. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships in terms of the provisions of
the grant.
PENINSULA HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP — The Pcninsula Horticultural Society pro-
vides annually a $200 scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student, a resident of
Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who is majoring in Horticulture or related subjects,
particularly as they apply to the culture of fruits and vegetables. The award is made in cooperation
with the Committee on Scholarships.
PHI BETA KAPPA SCHOLARSHIP — A $250 Scholarship is awarded to the student who at the end
of the junior year has attained the highest cumulative average and whose basic course program
has been in liberal studies.
47
THE PRICE WATERHOUSE FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS — The Pricc Watcrhousc Foundation
offers two $500 scholarships to exceptional senior students concentrating in accounting who are
registered in the College of Business and Public Administration. The award is made by the
Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with the College of Business and
Public Administration.
THE SEARS ROEBUCK FOUNDATION GRANTS — Ten grants of $200 cach are provided by the Sears
Roebuck Foundation to the sons of Maryland farmers who enroll in the freshman class of the
College of Agriculture. One $250 grant is awarded each year to the sophomore student in the
College of Agriculture who has proved to be the outstanding student holding a Sears Roebuck
grant during the previous year. These grants are awarded annually by the Committee on Scholar-
ships.
A limited number of similar grants from the Sears Roebuck Foundation is also available for
students in the College of Home Economics.
SOUTHERN STATES COOPERATIVE SCHOLARSHIPS — Two Scholarships are awarded each year to
sons of Southern States members — one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and the other for out-
standing work in FFA. The amount of each scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for
four years. These scholarships are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid
in cooperation with the College of Agriculture.
JANiE G. s. TALIAFERRO SCHOLARSHIP — Under the tcrms of the will of the late Janie G. S.
Taliaferro a bequest has been made to the University of Maryland to provide scholarship aid to
worthy students. The income of the estate amounting to $350 annually is used as a scholarship
to a worthy young man or young woman who qualifies. The award is made by the Committee
on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in accordance with the general principles underlying the
award of all other scholarships.
J. Mc KENNY WILLIS AND SON GRANT — A grant of $500 is made available annually by J.
McKenny Willis and Son, Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland, to an out-
standing student in vocational agriculture in Talbot County who will matriculate in the College
of Agriculture. This grant is assigned by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with
the terms of the award. Application blanks for this grant may be procured at the office of the
County Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County or by writing directly to the Chairman of
the Committee on Scholarships.
WASHINGTON STEWARDS' EDUCATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND — This fund providcs grants to be
awarded to a junior or senior who is preparing for a career as a food manager or dietitian. These
grants are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation with
the Department of Foods and Nutrition of the College of Home Economics.
WESTERN ELECTRIC SCHOLARSHIP — This scholarship is awarded to a student in the College
of Engineering. The amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and fees not to exceed
$800 nor to be less than $400. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-
in-Aid in cooperation with the College of Engineering.
WESTINGHOUSE AIR ARM DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP — The Westinghousc Electric Corporation has
established a scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineering and the physical
sciences. The scholarship is awarded to a sophomore student and is paid over a period of three
years in six installments of $250. Students in electrical or mechanical engineering, engineering
physics or appUed mathematics are eligible for the award. Selection of the recipient is based on
achievement as reflected by scholastic standing and general college record. The award is made by
the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in coooeration with the College of Engineering.
THE ARTHUR YOUNG AND CO. FOUNDATION, INC. SCHOLARSHIP — The Arthur Young and Co.
Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship of $750 for an exceptional senior student
concentrating in accounting who is registered in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration. This award is made by the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid in cooperation
with the College of Business and Public Administration.
STUDENT LOANS
NDEA STUDENT LOANS — The National Defense Education Act of 1958 provides funds for
student loans. A student may borrow in one year a sum not exceeding $1,000 and during his
entire course of study may borrow a sum not exceeding $5,000. The borrower must sign a note
for the loan and agree to interest and repayment terms established by the University. Repayment
of the loan begins one year after the borrower ceases to be a full time student and must be com-
pleted within ten years thereafter. No interest is charged on the loan until the beginning of the
repayment schedule. Interest after that date is to be paid at the rate of 3 percent per annum.
The National Defense Education Act contains a provision which provides that up to fifty
percent of a student loan plus interest may be cancelled in the event the borrower becomes a full
time elementary or secondary school teacher. Such cancellation is to be at the rate of 10 percent
a year to five years.
CATHERINE MOORE BRiNKLEY LOAN FUND — Under the will of Catherine Moore Brinkley, a
loan fund is available for worthy students who are natives and residents of Maryland.
48
COLLEGE
of
AGRICULTURE
Catalog Series 19604961
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
VOLUME 14 APRIL 10, 1960 NO. 6
University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in
March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November, and December.
Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
CONTENTS
University Calendar
Board of Regents
Officers of Administration
Committee Chairmen, Faculty
Senate
The College
General Information
Special Advantages
Coordination of Agricultural
Work
Facilities and Equipment
Costs
Air Science
Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid
IV
vi
vii
GENERAL
Student Organizations 4
Student judging Teams 4
Additional Information 5
Awards 5
X Academic Information 6
1 Departments and Curricula ... 6
1 Admission 6
2 Admission Requirements Table 8
Junior Standing 9
2 Requirements for Graduation . . 9
3 Student Advisers 9
3 Electives 9
4 Field and Laboratory Practice. 10
4 Freshman Year 10
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
Agriculture Curriculum 11
University Requirements 11
College Requirements 11
Agriculture— General 12
Agricultural Chemistry 13
Agricultural Economics 13
Agricultural Education and
Rural Life 15
Agriculture— Enaineerino 16
Agronomy— Crops and Soils 20
Crops 20
Soils 22
Animal Husbandry 23
Botany 24
Dairy' 25
Entomology 28
Horticulture 29
Poultry Husbandry 31
Special Curricula 32
Pre-Forestry 32
Pre-Theological 32
Pre-Veterinarv 32
Special Students 33
Two- Year Program 34
COURSE OFFERINGS
Agriculture 35
Agricultural Economics 36
Agricultural Education and
Rural Life 40
Agricultural Engineering 43
Agronomy— Crops and Soils .... 46
Animal Husbandry 50
Botany 53
Dairy 58
Entomology 61
Florticulture 63
Poultry Husbandry 67
Veterinary Science 70
Agricultural Experiment Station 70
Agricultural Extension Service 71
Service and Control Programs 73
Faculty of the College 77
Supervising Teachers in Agriculture 89
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Exfires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman ^^^^
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
Vice-Chairman lyoo
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary ^^^^
The Balfmore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
i-iAKx..
Treasure! '^ttle
Denton
Louis L. KaplAi^
Assistant Secrttaiy 1961
5800 Park Hen^ts Avenue, " Baltimore 15
Enos S. Stockbridg,
Assistant Treasurer . _ 1960
10 Light Street, BaltimoiP 2
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, P^^gbom Blvd.," Hage'rstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Can^li Avenue, Takoma Park
C. EwiNG TuTTLE 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streeib, ILaltimore 2
William C. Walsh 196%
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst l^^y
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms ot t,ine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
•< vi
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Princi'pal Administrative Officers
WILSON H. ELKiNS, President
B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.
ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; PH.D., 1948.
ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development
B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.
R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Facidty
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.
Emeritus
HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.
Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges
MYRON s. AiSENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.
RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.
GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.
RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College
B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.
NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy
PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.
LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health
B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.
CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE
GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS
Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES
Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID
Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH
Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES
Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS
Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES
Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE
Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE
Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP
Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Dr. Clyne S. ShafFner (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE
Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES
Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
Dr. Guy B. Hathorn (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman
THE COLLEGE
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE OFFERS AN EDUCATIONAL PROGRAM DESIGNED
to prepare students for careers in agricultural sciences, agricultural technology
and agricultural business. Students receive a basic fundamental and cultural
education, correlated with technical agricultural courses and related sciences.
HISTORY
The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the
name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the College was
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the state and
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore,
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of
this larger, more comprehensive organization.
In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agri-
cultural Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were estab-
lished as the result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively.
A more complete description of these two services appears later in this bulletin.
General Information
Graduates of the College of Agriculture are trained for employment in
scientific areas related to agriculture, in agricultural business and industry or
with a local, state or federal agency. Curricula in the College of Agriculture
provide for broad training in cultural and scientific courses as well as in courses
related to various areas of agricultural specialization. Programs are offered for:
(1) those planning to pursue the agricultural sciences and who plan to do
graduate study; (2) those planning to pursue the business activities in agricul-
tural and related industries, and (3) those planning to pursue the technology of
animal and plant production, the engineering, chemistry, and food processing of
agricultural products as well as teaching and extension in agriculture.
Many professors also conduct research studies in their respective fields.
Through these studies the frontiers of knowledge are constantly being extended.
These new findings are incorporated in courses thereby making the instruction
in agriculture dynamic.
The close relationship of extension specialists, county agents, and home
demonstration agents with farmers and farm families enables workers in the
College to evaluate the farm situation. New farm problems are brought to
the attention of the research worker and new developments are presented to
farmers and their families.
The coordination of teaching, research and extension provides for the
effective training of students in the College of Agriculture for a career in
1 ►
General Information
agriculture. Many professors also contribute to the research and extension pro-
grams concerned with agriculture and food production, the development of
new varieties and processing procedures, as well as adjustments in agricultural
production and marketing.
Trained workers in the College of Agriculture, through regulatory and
service activities, are constantly working with actual problems associated with
the improvement and maintenance of standards for farm products. Regulatory
and control work extends over a wide range of activities and is concerned
with reducing losses due to insect pests and diseases; preventing and controlling
serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals and plants; analyzing fertilizer,
feed and lime for guaranteed quality; and analyzing and testing germination
quality of seeds to insure better seeds for farm planting. Marketing services
include federal-state inspection, fresh egg law, dairy inspection, seed inspection,
weight and measures and market news service.
SPECIAL ADVANTAGES
The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Agricultural Researct
Center of the United States Department of Agriculture. This is the largest,
best manned, and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world
Also, the University of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washingtor
D. C, ofiBces of the Department of Agriculture and other government depart
ments, including the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencie;
and become acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work
Such contacts have proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates.
Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings anc
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture ii
the United States is physically located to offer like opportunities to its students
COORDINATION OF AGRICULTURAL WORK
The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Marylanc
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu
latory functions vnthin the individual departments, between the several de
partments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several de
partments are closely associated with the research, extension and regulator
work being carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote i
portion of their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordin
ation of these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronge
faculty in the College of Agriculture, and afFords a higher degree of speciali
zation than would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity
to keep informed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly ii
touch with current trends and problems which are revealed in extension an(
regulatory activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end
General Information
so that the student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers
of the several fields of knowledge as it is possible for an organization to put him.
In order that the work of the College shall be responsible to agricultural
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural
industries in the state, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be
made most helpful for students who pursue them, advisory councils have
been constituted in the major industries of agriculture. The councils are
composed of leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and
the instructional staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their
council and advice. By this means the College, the industries, and the students
are kept abreast of developments.
FACILITIES AND EQUIPMENT
In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni-
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and in-
struction in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 2,000 acres,
are operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most
complete and modem plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle,
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in
the Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for
soils research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and
classrooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks of the important breeds
of poultry. A research farm is available for experimental testing under field
conditions. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building, and
has ample orchards, gardens and greenhouses for its various lines of work. A
research farm is located near Salisbury where experimental work is carried on
in the area of intense production.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $170.00 to $200.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $220.00 to S250.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A charoe of
$300.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland,
is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland.
A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for ad-
mission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is
accepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.
Complete information regarding costs is available in the publication An
Adventure in Learning.
3 ►
General Information
AIR SCIENCE
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years. The
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it must
be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students
who do not have the required two years of R.O.T.C. training will be required
to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve
commission in the United States Air Force.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID FOR AGRICULTURAL STUDENTS
A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students.
These include awards granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the Borden
Company, Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust Fund, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston
Purina Company, Southern States Cooperative, Inc., J. McKenny Willis and
Sons, Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and District of Columbia, Miller
Chemical and Fertilizer Corporation, and Peninsula Horticultural Society.
These scholarships and grants-in-aid are awarded by the Faculty Com-
mittee in accordance with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed
information about these awards is contained in the publication An Adventure in
Learning.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organi-
zations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate
4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Student Institute of Food Technology, Future
Farmers of America, Agronomy Club, Riding Club, Poultry Science Club,
and the Veterinary Science Club.
Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fraternity. Members are chosen
from students in the College of Agriculture who have met certain scholastic
requirements and displayed leadership in agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is beneficial
to the College.
STUDENT JUDGING TEAMS
The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members
General Information, Awards
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges.
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An AdvenUire in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled. University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.
Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:
COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:
Dean
(College in which you are interested)
The University of Alaryland
College Park, Maryland
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:
Dean
(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Awards
ALPHA ZETA MEDAL
The honorary agricultural fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the hiohest
average record in academic work. The presentation of the medal does not
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high
scholarship.
APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD
This award is made annually to a senior for excellence in botany.
GRANGE AWARD
The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has
5 ►
Awards, Academic Information
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meri-
torious service to the College of Agriculture.
NATIONAL BLOCK AND BRIDLE AWARD
The National Block and Bridle awards annually a plaque to the member
of the Block and Bridle Club who has done the most for the local club during
the year.
NATIONAL PLANT FOOD INSTITUTE AWARD
National Plant Food Institute awards annually the Agronomy Achievement
Award to the outstanding junior or senior student in Agronomy. The amount of
award is $200.
VIRGINIA DARE AWARD
The Virginia Dare Extract Company awards annually a plaque and $25.00
to the outstanding student in ice cream manufacturing with an over-all good
standing in dairy.
EDGAR P. WALLS AWARD
Dr. Edgar P. Walls awards annually a gold watch to the senior doing
outstanding work in horticultural processing.
Academic Information
DEPARTMENTS AND CURRICULA
Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are a<
follows: Agricultural Economics (including agricultural business); Agricultura.
Education and Rural Life; Agriculture-Engineering; Agronomy (including crop;
and soils); Animal Husbandry; Botany (plant morphology and taxonomy, plani
pathology, and plant physiology and ecology); Dairy (dairy husbandry and dair)
technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture (pomology
olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and commercial processing)
Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there are curricula ir
Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of study may alsc
be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one or more year:
of training in practical agricultural subjects.
ADMISSION
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply t(
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
The high school or preparatory school student who intends to apply fo
admission to the University should plan his secondary school program care
fully. He should select a program that will prepare him adequately to begii
college work at the college level. He should allow for the fact that hi
interests may change by selecting a secondary school program that will en
< 6
Academic Information
able him, when he enters the University, to have a maximum freedom of
choice among the various curricula offered at the University.
Every candidate for admission to the University must normally present
sixteen units of high school subjects. It is required that seven of the minimum
sixteen units be in college preparatory subjects as follows:
English 4 units
Mathematics (preferably algebra) 1 unit
History or Social Sciences 1 unit
Biological or Physical Sciences 1 unit
The other units should be chosen to give the student as strong a prepara-
tion as possible for his work at the University. At least twelve of the units
presented should be in college preparatory courses in academic subjects.
Although there is no entrance requirement in foreign languages, two or more
units are highly desirable for many programs and are suitable for all pro-
grams. Likewise it is desirable that each student offer two units in history
or social sciences, and two units in the biological and physical sciences. It
is strongly recommended that all students present a unit of plane geometry
in addition to the one or two units of algebra.
The following preparatory program has been designed to give the pro-
spective applicant great freedom of choice among the many curricula at the
University. The student who successfully completes this program will be able
to enter any curriculum at the University and to proceed without loss of time.
English 4 units
Mathematics 3!/< units
(algebra, 2 units; plane geometry, 1 unit; trigonometry,
14 unit. Prospective engineering students should in-
clude solid geometry, % unit)
History or social sciences 2 units
Biological and physical sciences 2 units
Foreign language 2 units
Unspecified 2y^ units
16 units
Deviation from these recommendations is permitted, but should be under-
taken only upon competent advice. An unwise selection of preparatory courses
can effectively prevent the student from pursuing certain curricula at the
University or materially increase the time necessary to complete a particular
curriculum. Every prospective applicant should be certain that his prepara-
tion in mathematics is adequate for any program he might conceivably wish
to enter. A special fee will be charged for all remedial work in mathematics
with the exception of the course in solid geometry.
A well-planned program of college preparatory work contributes much
to the success of a student in his college work. This fact has an important
bearing in estimating whether a candidate for admission is likely to be suc-
7 ►
<
D
Q
<
O
cc
m
Q
Z
D
C/5
D
O
< ai
H
i-l
D
u
w
H
O
H
o
CO
C/}
Q
<
H-l
l-s
ir;
p
o
u
Ui
c/5
bo o
tM
Pr
■s s
1— 1
i °
a «
CO
Q
w
Q
Z
w
§
o
u
w
cc
Q
z
<
Q
w
PC
D
&
g
o
o
_ o
u
.2
TS tn
13 oj
•v
01 -u
0) -M
v
'3
•3|
•ri
u
s _
P
c
c?
a* 4) _
V 01
V
m rt
I- t; -a
t- i; T!
h
o o
o o
W g
S SI
•ti SI
-M
^^ S s
i
3
6
a
1
2 »-
o
s
a
u
h
3
oj c"
s
c*
C
OS
►J
3
OJ
g
0)
_U1
4) _ . 2
0)
M
h
6 c <= S
Z S 2 "
o
■S^- E
3
"53
u
g
lil
!
fc
g£
o
I?
m
i
M S
a
g bo
bo 3 S
T3 o
V
B G
v a
c
3
2 o •«
.2
>4
•a
r^ 3 -M
It!
-sT
'S
3
-3^
"3 rt
3 C
I
7
O O
h
■Cm?;
;- rs
n
ta
t< ^ m
n
0) -2 «
CO 0)
^w
-S " "S
*^ S .5: S
5 >l
•2 g "5
-u 'O
g
'm
^g
'5 !;
3 °
C u >.
^ JS JS
C t; g
3 O g
B o (u
O
EL,
== ^ -O CJ
pH N
1-1 (M
rH <
n
1
■^5
(3 ^
P 2
SI
^1 M.
+i
•a
1 -s
'S
3
"S
3
>.
U
5i N ti
a
o
nS
a
Oh
1 s -^
* S3
s i-g
"■5 -2 «
2 •« ^< --
B
3
T
« 1
1 §
"(3
3
s
O
B
O
2 g S s
3 S V s
^ - 1 o .^
" >. 2 s
.■S bt 0) C
3
II
■5 M -S
=3^
CJ
>>
.2 5
0> 3 i?
C bO
0)
bo
'u
IS
C bo 14 rH C
|<S 2
< <
«t-i
o
S C M rt rt
3 |<! Ph
en
M
H
M
,H W
ja
5 1
5 "S
2 "S
•3 >«
•s ><
"S ►<
c -^
B ■'^
c •«
t*
5 3
3 3
S 3
c
»
W
w
W
^ z
^ 2
^ o;
»
P4
>.
t) s ^ § a
,
tf
>.
«
o
1
D
.i £
!=
'o
H
M .2
H
s
H 3 C 73 £
J
W qj
h^
iJ .a <« w ^ 3
tD
P
c
55 ".-^ a 3
O
3 «
O
Pi
s
5^
G
>t
<:
3 3
<
3 r^ l- >"
fc
"n 3
fe
o
fe 0) W to S 5-
^ M =3 § g
_g -
o
be o
o
c
•s a
3 «
>H bo
o
O
w
m '^
W
03
>> P.
ij
2 .S
J
b
^
•^
o
O
o
3 fc,
cj
o
S c
O
s
cj S < S -5 i
Pi C
Academic Information
cessful in his work at the University.
The accompanying chart summarizes the specific requirements of the various
curricula offered in the College of Agriculture.
JUNIOR STANDING
To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In
computing this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses
carrying one or more credits which have been taken up to the time of compu-
tation shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall not be included; in
every course only the most recent grade shall be counted; courses in the basic
R.O.T.C., the physical education required of all University students, and the
health courses required of all women students (i.e., the courses numbered A. S.
1, 2, 3, 4; P. E. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8; Hea. 2, 4) shall not be included, but
courses in the advanced R.O.T.C. and courses in health or physical education
which are taken as electives shall be included.
Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Each student must acquire a minimum of 120 semester hour credits in
academic subjects other than basic air science and physical activities. Men must
acquire in addition 8 hours in Basic Air Science and 4 hours in physical activities.
Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 4 hours in physical
activities.
STUDENT ADVISERS
Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser,
either departmental or general. Departmental ad\'isers consist of heads of
departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in
their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who
have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the
general curriculum in agriculture.
ELECTIVES
The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to
add to their general training.
With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a
student may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable
to meet the requirements of his particular need.
Academic Information
FIELD AND LABORATORY PRACTICE
The head of each department will help to make available opportunities for
practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each stu-
dent whose major is in that department and who is in need of such experience.
For inexperienced students in many departments this need may be met by
one or more summers spent on a farm.
FRESHMAN YEAR
The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the
same for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an
opportunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs
in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of
the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of
Agriculture to a curriculum in some other college of the University with
little or no loss of credit.
Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum
in mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selec-
tion of freshman electives from the standpoint of their special interests and
their probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with
no definite curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists
with the choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year ac-
quaints the students with opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of
Agriculture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the
freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum,
he continues under the guidance of his general adviser in the General Agri-
culture curriculum.
10
CURRICULA
AGRICULTURE CURRICULUM
All students in the College of Agriculture are required to complete a series
of courses to satisfy University requirements, College requirements and depart-
mental requirements. The remaining courses needed to complete a program of
study are elected by the student with the approval of his adviser.
Semester
University Requirements: Credit Hours
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature ' 6
G. & P. 1— American Government ' 3
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or alternate ' 3
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature or
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 6
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 6
FOR men:
Basfc Air Science 8
Physical Activities 4
FOR women:
Hea. 2-Personal Health 2
Hea. 5— Community Health 2
Physical Activities 4
College of Agriculture Requirements:
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 8
Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2
Agr. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1
ELECT TWO OF THE FOLLOWING:
Bot. I— General Botany (4)
Zool. 1— General Zoology (4)
Microb. 1— General Microbiology (4)
Students failing to pass the pre-registration test in mathematics will he
required to take Math. 0.
Students expecting to pursue the curriculum in either Agricultural
Chemistry or Agriculture-Engineering should, if qualified, take
Math. 18 or 19. If not quahfied they should take Math. 1.
Departmental Requirements: 77
Required courses are determined by the department for each specific curriculum
and elective courses are approved by the adviser of the student's program.
A program of courses for the freshman year is essentially the same for all
students. However, there are some variations in several curricula.
* For classification tests and alternate courses, see Program in American Civilization
section published in University General and Academic Regulations.
11 ►
General Agriculture Curriculum
r— Semester-
Freshman Year ^ ^^
Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government 3
* Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life or alternate • . 3
Agr. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1
Bot. 1— General Botany 4
Zool. 1— General Zoology • • 4
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
Agron. 1— Crop Production • • 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women)
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2
Hea. 4— Community Health (women)
1 1
AGRICULTURE— GENERAL
This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, enter
work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a specialized
knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to work in any
general field in agriculture or agri-business.
By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect
courses that contribute to a liberal education.
University Requirements (see page 11)
College of Agriculture Requirements (see ipage 11^
Semester
General Agricultural Requirements: Credit Hours
A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education 3
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3
Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics 2
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3
Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 3
Agron. 151 —Cropping Systems 2
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3
Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
Hort. 5 or 58— General Horticulture 3
P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3
Elect either of the following pairs of courses:
Science Sequence 8
B. A. 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 8
Electives ^ 21
'Three-fourths of the electives must be 100 level courses.
^ 12
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY
This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those
handling food products.
University Requirements (see fage 11^
College of Agriculture Requirements (see fage 11^
Semester
Agricultural Chemistry Requirements: Credit Hours
Chem. 1 5— Qualitative Analysis 4
Chem. 21— Quantitative Analysis 4
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Lecture 2
Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2
Chem. 37— Elementary Organic Lecture 2
Chem. 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2
Chem. 123— Quantitative Analysis 4
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Bot. 1-General Botany 4
Geol. 1— Geology 2
Math. 20-Calculus 4
Math. 21-Calculus 4
Modem Languages 12
Phys. 20-General Physics 5
Phys. 21— General Physics 5
Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Electives in Biology 6
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 14
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
This Department combines training in the business and economic aspects
of agricultural production and marketing as well as the biological and physical
sciences basic to agriculture. Programs are available for students in agricultural
economics and in agricultural business. Students desiring to enter agricultural
marketing, foreign service, or businesses affiliated with agriculture may elect the
agricultural business option. Students interested primarily in the broad aspects
of production and management as it relates to the operation of a farm business
may elect the agricultural economics option. These programs train students for
employment in agricultural business and industry, in positions of sales or manage-
ment, with local, state or federal agencies, extension workers, college teachers,
researchers, farm operators or farm managers.
Courses for the freshman and sophomore years are essentially the same for
all students. In the junior year the student elects the agricultural economics or
agricultural business option according to his particular interest. Courses in this
13 ►
Agricultural Economics Curriculum
Department are designed to provide training in the application of economic
principles to the production, processing, distribution and merchandising of agri-
cultural products as well as the inter-relationship of business and industry
associated with agriculture in a dynamic economy. The curriculum includes
courses in general agricultural economics, marketing, farm management, finance,
prices, taxation, land economics, agricultural policy, and foreign agricultural
trade.
University Requirements (see 'page II)
College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee page 11^
Semester
Required of both options: Credit Hours
Econ. 3 1 , 32— Principles of Economics 6
Math. 5— General Mathematics 3
A. E. 50— Farm Economics 3
A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products 3
A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products 3
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
A. E. llO-Seminar 2
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
B. A. 1 30— Elements of Business Statistics 3
A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3
Agricultural Economics Option:
A. E. 104— Farm Finance 3
A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3
A. E. 11 1— Land Economics 3
A. E. 101— 'Farm Machinery 3
Agron. 1 5 1— Cropping Systems 2
Dairy 1— Dairy Production or
P. H. 1-Poultry Production 3
Select three of the following courses:
A. E. 1 14— Foreign Trade in Farm Products 3
Geog. 10— General Geography 3
Agr. Engr.— Gas Engines and Tractors 3
A. H. 150-Livestock Markets and Marketing 3
Soc. 1 1 3— The Rural Community 3
Electives 18
Agricultural Business Option:
A. E. 103— Cooperation in Agriculture 3
A. E. 112— Economic Development of American Agriculture 3
A. E. 1 14— Foreign Trade in Farm Products 3
Geog. 1 0— General Geography 3
B. A. 20— Principles of Accounting 4
B. A. 1 50— Marketing Management 3
< 14
Agricultural Education and Rural Life Curriculum
Select three of the following courses:
A. E. 119— Foreign Agrictiltural Economics 3
Econ. 1 32— Advanced Economic Principles 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
B. A. 151 —Advertising 3
B. A. 180-Business Lavi^ 4
Electives 16
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare students for teach-
ing vocational agriculture. It also prepares them for work as county agents
and allied lines of the rural educational services. Graduates are in demand
in rural businesses, particularly of the cooperative type; a number have
entered the federal service; others are engaged in teaching and research in
agricultural colleges; quite a few have returned to the farm as ovwier-managers.
Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as
well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension service oper-
ates. Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these
courses.
In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, in-
volving graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing
the agricultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired
adequate farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years.
All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings
of the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their
junior and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers
of high school chapters of FFA upon graduation. Freshman and sophomore
agricultural education majors are also urged to become members of the FFA
and to participate in the activities of the organization.
15 ►
Agricultural Education, Agriculture-Engineering Curriculunis
University Requirements Qsee 'page J J )
College of Agriculture Requirements (see page J I )
Semester
Departmental Requirements: Credit Hours
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
Agron. 1— Crop Production 3
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3
P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3
Agr. Engr. 56— Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3
Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines Tractors and Autos 3
Agr. Engr. 104— Farm Mechanics 2
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
H. D. Ed. 100, 101-Principles of Human Development I and II 6
R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practices and Demonstrations 3
R. Ed. 103-Practice Teaching ' 5
R. Ed. 107— Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture 3
R. Ed. 109— Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3
R. Ed. Ill— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 1
R. Ed. 1 12— Departmental Management 1
R. Ed. 1 14— Rural Life and Education 3
Science electives 6
Agriculture electives 4
AGRICULTURE-ENGINEERING
For students of agriculture, the Department offers training in those agri-
cultural subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects
may be grouped under five heads: farm power and farm machinery, farm
structures, soil and water practices, such as drainage, erosion control and irri-
gation, as related to engineering, farm electrification, and mechanics and equip-
ment for agricultural processing.
FIVE-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING
For those students who vdsh to specialize in the application of engineering
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degree
from each of these colleges.
'Majors in agricultural education are also required to take R. Ed. 104, Practice
Teaching, four credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior
to the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year.
M 16
Agriculture-Engineering Curricuhim
This program prepares graduates to enter such diversified fields of employ-
ment as soil and water conservation, management of water resources, and design
of farm structures; the design and supervision of rural electrification distribu-
tion systems and applications of electrical equipment; the design, application, and
distribution of farm machinery; or the development of new uses for farm
products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and by-products.
To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four-
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the fundamentals
of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could furnish.
Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree in
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering.
CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURE — ENGINEERING
Freshman Year
Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature
Sp. 7— Public Speaking
Math. 18, 1 9— Elementary Mathematical Analysis^
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry
Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing
Agr. 1— Introduction to Agriculture
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)
Physical Activities
-Sentester-
II
3
2
5
4
2
Total
Agriculture-Engineering Requiretnents:
Civil Engineering Option, 4 years.
2
1
19
Semester
Credit Hcnirs
A. E. 108
Agr. Engr.
Agr. Engr.
Agr. Engr.
Agr. Engr.
Agr. Engr.
Agr. Engr.
Engr,
Engr.
Engr.
Engr.
Engr.
10-
Farm Management
101— Agricultural Machinery
102— Agricultural Tractors and Power Units
105— Farm Structures
107— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering
56— Introduction to Farm Mechanics; or
109— Farm Applications of Electricity
131— Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory
1 32— Farm Power Analysis Laboratory
135— Farm Structures Design Laboratory
137— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory
139— Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory
General Soils
Agr.
Agr.
Agr.
Agr.
Agr.
Agron
C. E. 21-Statics
C. E. 23-Strenoth of Materials
^A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math.
1, Introductory Algebra, wdthout credit.
17 ►
Agriculture-Engineering Curriculum
Semester
Agricultural Engineering Requirements: Qcontinued^ Credit Hours
C. E. 24-Dynamics 3
C. E. 30— Materials of Engineering 2
C. E. 100-Seminar 2
C. E. 110, 1 ll-Surveying I, II 6
C. E. 140-Fluid Mechanics 3
C. E. 160-StructuraI Analysis 1 3
C. E. 1 80— Transportation 3
Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 4
E. E. 50— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3
Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis ^ 10
Math. 20, 21-Calculus 8
Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers 3
Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 10
Elect one of the following:
A. H. 1 ^Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3)
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying (3)
P. H. 1— Poultry Production (3)
Elect one of the following:
Agron. 1— Crop Production (3)
Hort. 5— Tree Fruit Production (3)
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production (3)
Hort. 59— Berry Production (3)
Electives 6
Civil Engineering Option, 5th year 36
C. E. 101— Construction Planning 3
C. E. 150-Soil Mechanics 3
C. E. 161— Structural Analysis II 3
C. E. 162-Structural Design (Steel) 3
C. E. 163— Structural Design (Concrete) 3
C. E. 170-Water Supply 3
C. E. 171— Sewerage 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 6
M. E. 105— Principles of Mechanical Engineering 3
Technical Electives 6
In order to provide depth in selected fields, students shall elect, with the advice
and approval of the Department of Civil Engineering, from such groups of tech-
nical courses as will be offered in the fields of highway engineering, hydraulic
engineering and hydrology, sanitary engineering, soils and foundations and struc-
tural engineering with a senior project in the field selected,
^ A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math.
1, Introductory Algebra, without credit.
^ 18
Agriculture-Engineering Curriculum
Mechanical Engineering Option, 4 years 100
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
Agr. Engr. 1 1 —Agricultural Machinery 2
Agr. Engr. 1 02— Agricultural Tractors and Power Units 2
Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Structures 2
Agr. Engr. 107— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering 1
Agr. Engr. 56— Introduction to Farm Mechanics, or 2
Agr. Engr. 109— Farm Applications of Electricity
Agr. Engr. 131— Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory
Agr. Engr. 1 32— Farm Power Analysis Laboratory
Agr. Engr. 135— Farm Structures Design Laboratory
Agr. Engr. 137— Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory
Agr. Engr. 139— Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Ch. E. 1 40— Introduction to Nuclear Technology 2
Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 4
E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 8
Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis' 10
Math. 20, 21-Calculus 8
Math. 64— DiflFerential Equations for Engineers 3
M. E. 20, 21— Manufacturing Tools and Processes 2
M. E. 22, 23-Starics and Mechanics of Materials 6
M. E. 24-Dynamics 3
M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 3
M. E. 101-Heat Transfer 3
M. E. 102-Fluid Mechanics 3
M. E. 103-Metallography 3
M. E. 104— Kinematics 2
Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 10
Elect one of the following:
A. H. 1 ^Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3)
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying (3)
P. H. l-Poultry Production (3)
Elect one of the following:
Agron. 1— Crop Production (3)
Hort. 5— Tree Fruit Production (3)
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production (3)
Hort. 59— Berry Production (3)
Electives 4
Mechanical Engineering Option, 5th year 37
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 6
M. E. 150, 151-Heat Power, Chemical and Nuclear 8
M. E. 152, 153— Mechanical Engineering Design 7
M. E. 154, 155-Mechanical Laboratory 4
Approved Technical Electives 12
' A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student is
adequately prepared for Math. 18. A student failing this test is required to take Math.
1, Introductory Algebra, without credit.
19 ►
Agronomy— Crops and Soils
To be selected from the following:
M. E. 156— Heating and Air Conditioning 3
M. E. 1 57— Refrigeration 3
M. E. 158, 159-Applied Elasticity 6
M. E. 160, 161— Advanced Dynamics 6
M. E. 162, 163— Advanced Thermodynamics 6
M. E. 164-Research 3
M. E. 165— Creative Engineering 3
M. E. 166, 167— Advanced Fluid Mechanics 6
For the student vv^hose final objective is a degree in electrical or chemical
engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged.
AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS
The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in production and breeding
of forage crops, cereal crops, and tobacco; weed control; soil chemistry; soil fer-
tility; soil physics; soil classification; and soil conservation. A technical or a gen-
eral curriculum may be elected by a student in either crops or soils. The tech-
nical curricula provide training in basic courses which will increase the students
understanding of the applied crops and soils courses. Training in these basic
courses is required for advanced work in agronomy and is desired by many em-
ployers of students graduating in agronomy.
General curricula in crops and soils permit the student to confine his train-
ing to applied courses but students following these curricula are encouraged to
elect some of the basic courses included in the technical curricula.
Depending on the electives chosen, students graduating in agronomy are well
prepared for advanced study, trained for general farming, farm management,
specialized seed production, extension work, soil conservation, or employment
with commercial seed, fertilizer, chemical or farm equipment companies. Addi-
tional information on opportunities in agronomy may be obtained by writing to
the Department of Agronomy.
CROPS
University Requirements Qsee page II)
College of Agriculture Requirements (see fcige 11^
Semester
Department of Agronomy Pxequirements: Credit Hours
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Agron. 101— Senior Seminar in Agronomy 1
Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 2
Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3
Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 3
Agron. 1 5 1— Cropping Systems 2
Agron. 1 54— Weed Control 3
Agron. —Advanced Soils Courses 6
Bot. 1 1 —Plant Taxonomy 3
■< 20
Agronomy— Crops and Soils
Bot. 20-Diseases of Plants 3
Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4
Bot. 117— General Plant Genetics or
Zool. 104— Genetics 2 or 3
Technical and General Courses for Crops Students
(see explanation and lists below) 29
Electives 12
TECHNICAL CROPS CURRICULUM
A minimum of 20 of the 29 hours of technical and general courses required
above must be selected from the technical courses. If the student desires to take
more than 29 hours of technical courses they can be used as part of his 12 hours
of electives or they can be substituted for other Department of Agronomy require-
ments with permission of the crops adviser.
GENERAL CROPS CURRICULUM
Same as Technical Crops Curriculum except that the 20-hour minimum of
courses from the technical group does not apply.
Semester
Technical Courses Which May he Selected hy the Crops Student Credit Hours
Math. 10-Algebra 3
Math. 1 1 —Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3
Math. 13— Elements of Mathematical Statistics 3
Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis 5,5
Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4, 4
Chem. 1 5— Qualitative Analysis 4
Chem. 19— Elements of Quantitative Analysis 4
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2, 2
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1,1
Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 4, 4
Bot. 102-Plant Ecology 3
Bot. 1 1 1-Plant Anatomy 3
Agr. 100— Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3
General Courses Which May he Selected hy the Crops Student
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3
A. E. 50— Farm Economics j. 3
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3
Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3
Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agriculture Crops 4
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3
Geog. 4 1 —Introductory Climatology 3
Hort. 5— Fruit Production 3
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3
Agron.— Soils or crops courses not previously required 10
21 ►
Agronomy— Cro'ps and Soils
SOILS
University Requirements Qsee page II)
College of Agriculture Requirements (see fage 11^
Sem^ester
Department of Agronomy RequiTem.ents: Credit Hours
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 3
Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 3
Agron. 1 14— Soil Classification and Geography 4
Agron. 1 1 6— Soil Chemistry 3
Agron. 1 1 7— Soil Physics 3
Agron.— Additional Advanced Soils courses 6
Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4
Technical and general courses for soils students
(see explanation and lists below) 35
Electives 12
TECHNICAL SOILS CURRICULUM
A minimum of 30 of the 35 semester hours of technical and general courses
required above must be selected from the technical group. If the student desires
to take more than 35 semester hours of technical courses they can be used as
part of his 12 hours of electives or they can be substituted for other Department
of Agronomy requirements with permission of the soils adviser.
GENERAL SOILS CURRICULUM
Same as Technical Soils Curriculum except that the 30-hour minimum of
courses from the technical group does not apply.
Semester
Technical Courses Which May he Selected hy the Soils Student Credit Hoiirs
Math. lO-Algebra 3
Math. 1 1 —Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3
Math. 18, 19— Elements of Mathematical Analysis 5,5
Math. 20, 21-Calculus 4, 4
Math. 64— DiflFerential Equations for Engineers 3
Chem. 1 5— Qualitative Analysis 4
Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 4
Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry 2, 2
Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory 2, 2
Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics or 4, 4
Phys. 20, 21-General Physics 5, 5
Agr. 100— Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3
General Courses Which May he Selected hy the Soils Student
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3
A. E. 50— Farm Econonlics 3
^ 22
Animal Husbandry Curriculum
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3
Agr. Engr. 1 06— Farm Mechanics 2
Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage and Irrigation 2
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Zool. 104— Genetics 3
Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Bot. 102-Plant Ecology 3
Bot. 1 17— General Plant Genetics 2
Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 3
Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3
Geog. 41— Introductory Climatology 3
Hort. 5— Fruit Production 3
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3
Microb. 1 35— Soil Microbiology 4
Agron.— Any advanced agronomy courses not previously required. ... 10
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in animal husbandry is organized for the purpose of pre-
paring students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry such
as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research
workers in federal, state, and private institutions, and as workers in specialized
fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary.
By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a county
agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain types of
private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical and specialized
training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges, for investiga-
tional work in state and federal experiment stations or in commercial research
laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of teaching of highly special-
ized research should elect the more scientific course offered by this and by other
departments.
University ReqiiiTements Qsee page II)
College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 1 1 )
Semester
Department of Anim.al Husbandry Requirements: Credit Hours
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock 3
A. H. 1 10— Feeds and Feeding 3
A. H. 1 1 1-Animal Nutrition 3
A. H. 120— Principles of Breeding 3
A. H. 130-Beef Cattle Production 3
A. H. 131-Sheep Production 3
A. H. 1 32— Swine Production 3
A. H. 140— Livestock Management ^ 3
A. H. 150— Livestock Markets and Marketing 2
' Required for students lacking farm experience.
23 ►
Botany Curriculum
Semester
Department of Animal Htishandry Requirements: Qcontinued') Credit Hours
A. H. 160-Meat and Meat Products 3
A. H. 199A-B-Seminar 2
A. E. 108— Farm Management 3
Agron. 1— Crop Production 3
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 4
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry— laboratory 2
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy 3
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3
Microb. 1— General Microbiology ^ 4
V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3
V. S. 102-Animal Hygiene 3
Elect one of the following:
Zool. 104-Genetics (3)
Bot. 117-Plant Breeding (2)
Electives 8-9
BOTANY
The Department offers three major fields of work: plant morphology, cytology,
cytogenetics and taxonomy; plant pathology; and plant physiology and ecology.
The required courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for
all students. In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to
suit his particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute
toward a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the
chosen field of botany.
The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of botany
for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for graduate
work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research in state or
federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories.
Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions
viith seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns.
Students who wish to meet the requirements for certificates in secondary edu-
cation may elect basic courses in education. An additional semester will usually
be necessary to take certain courses in education, including the required practice
teaching. As long as the demand continues, a series of advanced courses will
be offered in rotation in the summer session especially for teachers working to-
ward the degree Master of Education in science teaching.
^Required in addition to Zool. 1, General Zoology, and Bot. 1, General Botany.
M 24
Botany, Dairy Curriculunis
University Requirements Qsee -page 11^
College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee 'page 11')
Semester
Department of Botany Requirements: Credit Hours
Bot. 2-General Botany 4
Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Bot. 101-PIant Physiology 4
Bot. 102-Plant Ecology 3
Bot. 1 11-Plant Anatomy 3
Bot. 1 1 7-General Plant Genetics 2
Modem Language, preferably German 12
Math. 10, 11 6
Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Phys. 10, 1 1— Fundamentals of Physics 8
Botany electives 10
Electives 12
Students specializing in plant morphology or plant taxonomy will elect
Bot. 114 and/or Bot. 128; those specializing in plant pathology will elect Bot. 122,
Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; those
specializing in plant physiology or plant pathology will elect Organic Chemistry,
Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34.'
DAIRY
The Dairy Department oflFers instruction in two major lines of work; dairy
husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, students
are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, management,
and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suitable choice of
courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for breed promotion and
sales work, or emplo}Tnent \\'ith private and cooperative business organizations,
and for county agent work. The dairy technology curriculum is designed to pre-
pare students for practical and scientific work concerned with the processing and
distribution of milk, manufacture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and
other products, in dairy plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection
and quality control. Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy technology are quali-
fied for the many technical and applied positions in the various branches of the
dairy industry.
By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for re-
search in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested curricula
will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students.
25 ►
Dairy Curriculums
DAIRY HUSBANDRY CURRICULUM
University Requirements Qsee page 11^
College of Agriculture Requirements (see page ]])
Setnester
Dairy Department Requirements: Credit Hours
Agron. 1— Crop Production 3
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 3
A. H. 11 1— Animal Nutrition 3
Bot. 1— General Botany 4
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3
Dairy 20— Dairy Production 3
Dairy 102— Physiology of Reproduction 3
Dairy 103— Physiology of Milk Secretion 3
Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding 3
Dairy 1 99— Seminar 1
Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4
Microb. 1 33— Dairy Microbiology 4
V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 3
V. S. 102-Animal Hygiene 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Zool. 104— Genetics 3
A. E. 11 5— Marketing Dairy Products 3
Elect at least 6 semester credits from the following (electives should
form an organized unit):
Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 32— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Chem. 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory CO
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Chem. 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Electives 20
DAIRY TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM*
Semester
Technical Phase Credit Hours
Agr. Engr. 1 1 1— Fundamentals of Food Processing 3
Bot. 1— General Botany 4
Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 4
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3
Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products 2
Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4
Dairy 109-Market Milk 4
* Students may elect to take either the Technical or the Business Phase.
M 26
Dairy Curricuhims
Semester
Technical Phase Qcontinued^ Credit Hours
Dairy 110— Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter 4
Dairy 1 12— Ice Cream Making 4
Dairy 1 16— Dair\' Plant Management 3
Dairy 199— Dair)' Seminar 1
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3
Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4
Microb. 1 33— Dairy Microbiology 4
Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Elect at least 6 semester credits from the following (electives should
form an organized unit):
Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 32— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory' (1)
Chem. 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 34— Elements of Organic Chemistr}' Laboratory' CO
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Chem. 37— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 38— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Elect one of the following:
Math. 5 -Business Algebra (3)
Math. 10-Algebra (3)
Electives 25
Business Phase
A. E. 11 5— Marketing Dairy Products 3
Agr. Engr. 1 1 1— Fundamentals of Food Processing 3
Bot. 1— General Botany 4
B. A. 10— Organization and Control 2
B. A. 1 1— Organization and Control 2
B. A. 20— Principles of Accounting 4
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dair)'ing 3
Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products 2
Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4
Dairy 109-Market Milk . .' 4
Dairy 110— Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter 4
Dairy 1 12— Ice Cream Making 4
Dairy 1 16— Dairy Plant Management 3
Dairy 199— Dairy Seminar 1
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3
Math. 5— Business Algebra 3
Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4
Microb. 133— Dairy Microbiology 4
Zool. 1— General Zoology 4
Elect an organized unit from the following of at least three credits:
Chem. 31— Elements of Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 32— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory (1)
Chem. 35— Elementary Organic Chemistry (2)
Chem. 36— Elementarj' Organic Chemistry Laboratory (2)
Electives 21
27 >
ENTOMOLOGY
This curriculum prepares students for work in various types of entomological
positions. Professional entomologists are engaged m fundamental and applied
research, regulatory and control services with state and federal agencies, com-
mercial pest control, sales and developmental programs with chemical companies
and other commercial organizations, consulting work, extension work, and
teaching.
A student wishing an undergraduate minor in entomology should take the
introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of both the
major and minor departments will select courses that will contribute most to
the end he has in view.
Most of the first two years of this curriculum is devoted to obtaining the
essential background. In the junior and senior year there is opportunity for some
specializing.
University Requirements (see page II)
College of Agriculture Requirejnents (see 'page II)
Semester
Department of Entom-ology Requirements: Credit Hours
Ent. 1 —Introductory Entomology 3
Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
Ent. 105— Medical Entomology 3
Ent. 120— Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4
Ent. 198-Special Problems 2
Ent. 199-Seminar 2
Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4
Elect 30 semester credits from the following:
A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3
Agr. 100— Introductory Agri. Biometrics 3
Agr. Engr. 102— Farm Engines and Tractors 3
Agron. 1— Crop Production 3
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Bot. 1 1 7— General Plant Genetics 3
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 4
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Lab 2
Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying 3
French 1 , 2— Elementary French 6
German 1, 2— Elementary German 6
Math. 10-Algebra 3
Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry 3
Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3
Phys. 2— Elements of Physics 3
Zool. 104— Genetics 3
Electives 19
< 28
HORTICULTURE
The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits),
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental horticulture, and
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter com-
mercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and vegetable
processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared to enter the allied
industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer companies, equipment manu-
facturers, and others. Students who wish to enter specialized fields of research
and teaching may take advanced work in the Department.
POMOLOGY AND OLERICULTURE CURRICULUM
University Requirements (see •page J I)
College of Agriculture Requirements (see page J I)
Semester
Department of Horticulture Reqtiirements: Credit Hours
Hort. 5, 6— Tree Fruit Production 3, 2
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3
Hort. 59— Berry Production 3
Hort. 101— Technology of Fniits 3
Hort. 103— Technology of Vegetables 3
Hort. 1 14— Systematic Horticulture 3
Hort. 161— Physiology of Maturation and Storage of
Horticultural Crops 2
Hort. 199-Seminar 1
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4
Bot. 1 17— General Plant Genetics 2
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Ent. 20— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
Elect one of the following courses:
Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops (2)
Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2)
Elect 7 semester credits from the following:
Hort. 11— Greenhouse Management (3)
Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening (2)
Hort. 62— Plant Propagation (3)
Hort. 107, 108-Woody Plant Materials (3, 3)
Hort. 198-Special Problems (2, 2)
Electives 28
29 ►
Horticulture Curriculums
FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURAL CURRICULUM
University Requirements Qsee 'page 11^
College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee page 11)
Semester
Department of Horticulture Requirements: Credit Hours
Hort. 1 1 —Greenhouse Management 3
Hort. 16— Garden Management 3
Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 2
Hort. 56— Elements of Landscape Design 2
Hort. 62— Plant Propagation 3
Hort. 105— Technology of Ornamentals 2
Hort. 107, 108-Woody Plant Materials 3, 3
Hort. 150, 151— Commercial Floriculture 3, 3
Hort. 1 52, 1 53— Landscape Design 3, 3
Hort. 199-Seminar 1
Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 3
Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 3
Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4
Bot. 1 17— General Plant Genetics 2
Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Crops 2
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Ent. 1 1 6— Insect Pests of Ornamental and Greenhouse Plants 3
Electives 22
PROCESSING OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS CURRICULUM
University Requirements (see page 11^
College of Agriculture Requirements (see page 11^
Semester
Department of Horticulture Requirements: Credit Hours
Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 3
Hort. 6 1 —Introduction to Fruit and Vegetable Processing 1
Hort. 101— Technology of Fruits 3
Hort. 103— Technology of Vegetables 3
Hort. 123-Quahty Control 3
Hort. 124— QuaUty Control Systems 3
Hort. 155, 156— Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Processing. ... 3, 3
Hort. 161— Physiology of Matvu^ation and Storage of Horticultural
Crops 2
Hort. 199-Seminar 1
Bot. 101-Plant Physiology 4
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2, 2
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 1, 1
Agron. 10— General Soils 4
Phys. 1 , 2— Elements of Physics 3, 3
Microb. 13— <Food and Sanitary Microbiology 4
Agr. Engr. 1 1 1— Mechanics for Agricultural Processing 3
Agr. Engr. 1 1 2— Machinery and Equipment for Food Processing.... 2
^ 30
Poultry Hushandry Curriculum
Semester
Department of Horticulture Requirements: (^continued') Credit Hours
Elect 8 semester credits from the following:
Hort. 198-Special Problems (2, 2)
B. A. 150-Market Management (3)
B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management (3)
Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis (4)
Electives 15
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
The curriculum in poultry husbandry is designed to give the student a
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the market-
ing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improvement vi^ork;
and as a basis for graduate training of teaching and research in poultry husbandry.
The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of in-
dividual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for a
professional career in poultry husbandry, are encouraged to take a language.
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com-
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry.
University Requirements Qsee page 11^
College of Agriculture Requirements Qsee page II)
Semester
Department of Poultry Hushandry Requirements: Credit Hours
P. H. l-Poultry Production 3
P. H. 3— Physiology of Hatchability 3
P. H. 101-Poultry Nutrition 3
P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management 3
P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry 3
P. H. 105-Poultry Genetics 3
P. H. 109-Avian Physiology 3
Agron. 1— Crop Production 3
A. E. 11 7— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry 3
Agr. 1 00— Introductory Agricultural Biometrics 3
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3
Eng. 7— Technical Writing 2
Math. 5— General Mathematics 3
Microb. 1— General Microbiology 4
Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3
Sp. 1, 2— Public Speaking 2, 2
V. S. 107-Poultry Hygiene 3
V. S. 108-Avian Anatomy 3
Zool. 104-Genetics 3
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 2, 2
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1
Agriculture-Engineering Elective 2-3
Business Elective (B. A. 20, or 150, or 180) 4, 3, 4
Electives 18
31 ►
SPECIAL CURRICULA
PRE-FORESTRY STUDENTS
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who wishes
to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred to a standard
forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which a student fol-
lows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans to enter. All pre-
forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Department of
Botany of the University for counsel and advice in these matters.
PRE-THEOLOGICAL STUDENTS
The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue courses
in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre-theological stu-
dents may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four year training of
the College. In either case they should enroll as members of the general curricu-
lum in the College of Agriculture.
The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological require-
ments as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the offerings of
the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agricultural eco-
nomics, rural sociology, modem language, English, economics, psychology, sociol-
ogy, natural science, education and the like. Students desiring to pursue a pre-
theological program in the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland,
should consult with the president or admissions officer of the theological seminary
which they expect to attend.
PRE-VETERINARY STUDENTS
This program is designed for students desiring to prepare for the professional
course in veterinary medicine.
A combined degree is available to students in pre-veterinary science. A
student who has completed 90 academic semester credits at the University of
Maryland and who has completed 30 additional academic semester credits at the
University of Georgia or at any accredited veterinary school is eligible to make
application for the Bachelor of Science degree from the University of Maryland.
The State of Maryland has entered a regional agreement with the State
of Georgia which makes ten spaces a year available in the School of Veterinary
Medicine, University of Georgia. The spaces are to be filled on a competitive
basis from among qualified applicants.
Candidates, to be considered qualified, must have:
a. Completed the curriculum shown below with grades not less than "C"
in any subject;
b. Taken the veterinary medical aptitude test; and
c. Must be a bona fide resident of Maryland.
M 32
S'pecial Curricula
All requirements must be completed by June prior to the September in which
the student desires to matriculate in veterinary college. The pre-veterinary cur-
riculum can be completed in two years but may be extended, thus making it
possible for the applicant to select desirable electives.
After the names of the candidates have been received, a Georgia Board of
Admissions will assemble at the University of Maryland and will interview each
candidate and receive the transcript and all pertinent documents relating to him.
The selection will be made by the OflGce of Admissions, University of Georgia.
The pre-veterinary curriculum should contain:
Semester
Credit Hours
American Government 3
Biological Sciences 12
Botany (4)
Zoology C8)
English 9
Physical Sciences 26
Inorganic Chemistry (8)
Organic Chemistry C6)
Mathematics (6)
Physics C6)
Animal Science 9
Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3)
Fundamentals of Dairying (3)
Poultry Production C3)
Air Science 8
Physical Education 4
SPECIAL STUDENTS IN AGRICULTURE
Mature students may, with the consent of the Dean, register as special students
and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum, but
arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All University fees for these special
students are the same as fees for regular students.
There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses in
their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements have
been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of the Col-
lege of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit classes
and work in the laboratories of the diflFerent departments. This opportunity is
created to aid florists, poultrymen and fruit-growers, gardeners, or other especially
interested persons who are able to get away from their work at some time during
the year.
The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit hour
per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for any
amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four years.
33 ►
Special Curricula
TWO-YEAR PROGRAM IN AGRICULTURE
The objecrive of the two-year program is to offer a course of study to students
desiring to study agriculture in college but who may be able to spend not over two
years in college. This program offers training to prepare students to return to the
farm or for employment in related agricultural business and industry.
Students in the two-year program will be admitted to the College of Agri-
culture under established University entrance requirements. Students in this
program will be required to take Basic Air Science (8 hours), physical
activities (4 hours) and basic sciences pertinent to agriculture. Other courses
may be elected according to the specific interest of the student. Each student
will be assigned to an adviser to assist him in developing a program of study.
34
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to vidthdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insuflScient number of students have registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not all
courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.)
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with
a double number extends through two semesters.
Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of credit
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course.
A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, places
of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out his pro-
gram. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
AGRICULTURE
Agr. 1. Introduction to Agriculture. (I)
First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in agriculture.
Other students must get the consent of the instructor. A series of lectures introducing
the student to the broad field of agriculture. CPoffenberger.)
Agr. 100. Introductory Agricultural Biometrics. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Introduction
to fundamental concepts underlying the apphcation of biometrical methods to agricul-
tural problems with emphasis on graphical presentation of data, descriptive statistics,
chi-square and t-tests, and linear regression and correlation. (Schultz.)
Agr. 200. Agricultural Biometrics. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite,
Agr. Biom. 100 or equivalent. A continuation of Agr. 100 v^dth emphasis on analysis
of variance and co-variance, multiple and cur^dlinear regression, sampling, experimental
design and miscellaneous statistical techniques as applied to agricultural problems.
(Schultz.)
Agr. 202, 203. Advanced Biological Statistics. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of instructor. An advanced course
deaUng with specialized experimental designs, sampling techniques and elaborations
of standard statistical procedures as applied to the animal and plant sciences.
CSchultz.)
35 ►
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS
Professors: poffenberger, beal and walker.
Visiting Professor: taylor.
Associate Professors: Hamilton and smith.
Assistant Professors: ishee, swope and wysong.
Instructor: nuckols.
A. E. 50. Farm Economics. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 37. A general course in agricultural economics,
with special reference to population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agri-
cultural wealth, land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements,
and marketing. (Swope.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. The development of mar-
keting, its scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions, costs, methods used
and services rendered. CSwope.)
A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture. (3)
First semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Historical and comparative development of
farmers' cooperative organizations; reasons for failure and essentials to success; com-
modity developments; operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends.
(Smith.)
A. E. 104. Farm Finance. (3)
Second semester. (Offered 1960-61.) A study of credit principles as applied to
private and cooperative farm business and the agencies extending farm credit. The
needs for the benefits of farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life in-
surance. (Ishee.)
A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products. (3)
Second semester. A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis,
with emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Wysong.)
A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business. (3)
First semester. A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and an-
alyzing of farm accounts. (Hamilton.^
A. E. 108. Farm Management. (3)
Second semester. A study of the organization and operation of farms from the stand-
point of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors
affecting profits. Students vidll make an analysis of the actual farm business and
practices of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations as to how
these farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 111. Land Economics. (3)
First semester. (Offered 1961-62.) A study of the principles, problems and pohcies
in the utilization of land vwth special emphasis on agricultural land. (Ishee.)
-< 36
Agricultural Economics
A. E. 112. Economic Develo-pment of American Agriculture. (3)
First semester. (OfiFered 1960-61.) This course is designed to acquaint students with
major economic development in American agriculture. It places particular emphasis
upon the economic impact of major agricultural movements, such as, colonial agra-
rianism, the disposition of the public domain, farm organizations, recent governmental
farm programs and the relationship of agriculture to public affairs. (Smith.)
A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products. (3)
First semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Economic principles in historical setting, trade
barriers, foreign exchange problems, measures to promote trade, past and prospective
trends of American imports and exports of farm products. (Taylor.)
A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products. (2)
First semester. (Offered 1960-61.) A study of principles and practices in the mar-
keting of milk and manufactured dairy products, including the influence of significant
geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution.
(Beal.)
A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables. (2)
Second semester. (OfFered 1960-61.) A study of principles and practices in the
marketing of fresh and processed fruits and vegetables, including the influence of
significant geographical and institutional relationships on costs and methods of dis-
tribution. (Swope.)
A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry. (3)
Second semester. (Offered 1961-62.) This course embraces the economic phases of
egg and poultry marketing. Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be dis-
cussed along with marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities,
transportation, government grading, storage and eSiciency in marketing. Consumer
preference, acceptance and purchases udll be related to consumer income, pricing of
competitive products and display methods. (Smith.)
A. E. 118. Foreign Agricidtural Policies. (3)
Second semester. Tliis course deals with how the agricultural policies of the United
States and foreign countries of major agricultural importance are formulated and
conducted. Specific policies are evaluated. The effect of various incentives and
barriers to American exports and imports of agricultural products is appraised with
the assistance of visiting discussion leaders working at the policy level in the United
States and other major agricultural countries. (Taylor.)
A. E. 119. Foreign Agricultural Economics. (3)
First semester. This course deals with differences bet^veen the agricultural economies
of several countries and their significance to world-wide production, trade, and con-
simiption of the agricultural products of major importance to the United States.
Special emphasis is given to the roles of institutional and governmental arranoements.
(Taylor.)
A. E. 198. Research Problems. (2-2) (2 cr. max.')
First and second semesters. With the permission of the instructor, students will
work on any research problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional
class meetings for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.)
37 ►
Agricultural Economics
A. E. 199 A-B. Seminar, (i, i)
First and second semesters. Students will prepare and present reports on economic
literature and current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.}
Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry.
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104.
Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems.
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 107.
Market Milk.
See Dairy 109.
Livestock Markets and Marketing.
See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150.
Meat and Meat Products.
See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160.
Advertising.
See Business Administration, B. A. 151.
Retail Store Management.
See Business Administration, B. A. 154.
For Graduates
A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis. (I)
Summer session only. An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts.
Designed especially tor teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy. (3)
Second semester. The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, em-
phasizing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.)
A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation. (3)
First semester. (Offered 1960-61.) Principles, theory and practical problems of tax-
ation applied to the field of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equaliz-
ing and reducing farm tax burdens; taxation of farm cooperatives; forest lands and
interstate agricultural commerce; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farm-
ers; taxation of agriculture in foreign countries. (Walker.)
A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of farm Taxation. (3)
Second semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Taxation policies and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as they affect
public services for rural people, with special emphasis on public education, public
highways, public welfare, social security, public debt; and governmental research, exten-
sion, and regulatory activities directly concerning agriculture. (Walker.)
■< 38
AxgricvUural Economics
A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing. (3)
Second semester. Advanced study of the complex theoretical, institutional and legal
factor governing both domestic and foreign agricultural trade, with particular atten-
tion given to policies and practices affecting cost and price. (Beal.')
A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management. (3)
Second semester. An advanced course in farm organization and management which
applies the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of different
sizes, types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is also given to ad-
justments which have taken place in farming specific areas and probable changes in the
future. Clshee.)
A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management, (i, I)
Summer session only. An advanced course in farm organization and management,
especially designed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.)
A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques. (3)
First semester. A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research tech-
niques. Experience is given in outhning and conducting research projects. A critical
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of resvilts. CBeal.)
A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics. (3)
Second semester. A critical analysis of the principles and problems in issuing and
controlling land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, vdth special
consideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and
water resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised, problems of
landed property are presented; and criteria essential to the development of a soimd
land pohcy are studied. (Ishee.)
A. E. 220. World Agricultural Production. (3)
First semester. A world-wide appraisal of the economic significance of the growth
of population, changes in food and fiber requirements, development of land resources,
development of crop and livestock productivity, substitute or supplementary products
from factory and sea the economic imbalance between developed and under-developed
countries, .financial and social limitations, and organized international agricultural
development activities. (Taylor.)
A. E. 301. S'pecial Problems in Farm Economics. (2) (4 cr. max.')
First and second semesters. An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the
economic problems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices,
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.)
A. E. 302. Seminar. (,1) C^ cr. mux.)
First and second semesters. Students vidll be assigned research in agricultural eco-
nomics under the supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original
investigation in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.)
A. E. 199. Research.
Credit according to work accomplished. This course will consist of special reports
by students on current economic subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by
the members of the class and instructional staff. (Staff.)
39 ►
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE
Professor: warner.
Assistant Professors: hopkins and smith.
For Advanced Under graduates
R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practiciinis and Demonstrations. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course is designed to assist
the student in relating the learning acquired with the problems of doing and demon-
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of agriculture.
(Smith.)
R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching. (5)
First semester. Open only to students majoring in agricultural education who have
a satisfactory scholastic average. Five weeks, full time. Under the direction of a
supervising teacher and the supervision of a teacher-trainer the student is required to
analyze and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach
lessons, supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform the duties of
a high school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than 125 clock hours, exclu-
sive of observation, shall be required. CHopkins.)
R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching. Ci-4)
First and second semesters. Registration concurrent or after R. Ed. 103. One to
four weeks full time. To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in
farming program supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities
not generally a part of R. Ed. 103. (Hopkins.)
R. Ed. S108 A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics. Cl-i^
Summer session only. The latest developments in the teaching of farm mechanics.
Various methods in use wall be compared and studied under laboratory conditions.
R. Ed. 161. 4-H Organization and Procedure. (2)
A study of the youth phase of cooperative and extension work. Emphasis is placed
on the philosophy, objectives, organization, leadership development and methods used
in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and county level.
R. Ed. 198. Special Problems in Agricidtiiral Edtication. (i-3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, approval of staflE.
Credit in accordance with amount of work planned. A course designed for advanced
undergraduates for problems in teaching vocational agriculture. (Staff.)
R. Ed. S199 A-B. Seminar in Agricultural Education. Q-O
Summer session only. Investigations, reports and papers on the organization and
administration of agricultural education. (Hopkins, Smith.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching Agriculture. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This course deals
with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. (Smith.)
-< 40
Agricultural Education and Rural Life
R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculttire. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of high school departments of
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming pro-
grams, the organization and administration of Future Fanner activities, and objectives
and methods in all-day instruction. (Hopkins, Smith.)
R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups, (i)
First semester. Characteristics of young and adult fanner instruction in agriculture.
Determining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; and
class management. Emphasis is on the conference method of teaching. (Smith.)
R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management, (i)
Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, R. Ed. 107 and 109,
or permission of the Flead of the Department. The analysis of administrative pro-
grams for high school departments of vocational agricultiue. Investigations and re-
ports. (Hopkins, Smith.)
R. Ed. 114. Rtiral Life and Education. (3)
Second semester. An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural
communities, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal
life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects of
educational offerings.
R. Ed. 150. Extension Education. (2)
Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The
Jiistory, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used in ex-
tension work. (Warner.)
R. Ed. 160. Agricidtural Communications. (2)
First semester. A general introduction to communications and the application of com-
munication principles and problems of teaching agricultural workers, person to person,
with groups and through mass media. (Warner.)
R. Ed. 170 A-B. Workshop Teaching Conservation of Natural Resotirces. (3-3)
Fee, $25.00. This workshop is devoted to a study of the state's basic wealth, its
natural resources, natural resource problems and practices pertinent to local, state,
national and world welfare.
For Graduates
R. Ed. 201. Rural Life and Education. (3)
First semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate
years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. A sociological approach to rural educa-
tion as a movement for a good life in rural communities. (Smith.)
R. Ed. 203. Farm Organizations and Rural Education. (3)
Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than
alternate years.) Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. The part played by farm
organizations in formal and informal education in the rural community. (Hopkins.)
41 ►
Agricultural Education and Rural Life
R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often
than alternate years.) In this course special emphasis is placed upon the current
problems facing teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially for per-
sons who have had several years of teaching experience in this field. (Smith, Hopkins.}
R. Ed. S207 A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture. (I-J)
Summer session only. A critical analysis of current problems in the teaching of
vocational agricvdture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day
programs. (Hopkins, Smith.)
R. Ed. S209 A-B. Adult Education in Agricidture. (M)
Simimer session only. Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, espec-
ially young and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instructional
methods are stressed. (Staff.)
R. Ed. S210 A-B. The Land Grant College System. Q-O
Summer session only. Development of Land Grant colleges and the role they have
played in improving rural conditions. (Staff.)
R. Ed. S213 A-B. Swpervision and Administration of Vocational Agriculture.
(M)
Summer session only. Administrative and supervisory problems in vocational agri-
culture including scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher rela-
tionships and the responsibilities of superintendents and principals in the program.
(Hopkins.)
R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching. (I)
Arranged. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more often than alternate
years.) The role of the supervising teacher in checking progress, supervising and
grading student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide program
in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation of beginning
teachers. (Hopkins.)
R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction, (i)
Second semester. (Given in accordance with demand, but not more than alternate
years.) Open to graduate students and members of the faculty in the College of
Agriculture. A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and lectures
dealing vdth the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural subjects
at the college level. (Staff.)
R. Ed. S250 A-B. Critique in Rural Education. (.1-1^
Summer session only. Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and
discussed. Students are required to make investigations, prepare papers and make
reports. (Hopkins, Smith.)
R. Ed. 301. Field Problems in Rural Education. Cl-3')
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, six semester hours of grad-
uate study. Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student
and the facilities available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final report
must follow accepted pattern for field investigations. (Staff.)
-^ 42
Agricultural Engineering
R. Ed. 302. Seminar in Rural Education, (i, i)
First and second semesters. Problems in the organization, administration, and super-
vision of the several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports.
(Hopkins, Smith.)
R. Ed. 399. Research.
First and second semesters. Summer session. Credit hours according to work done.
(Staff.)
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERLNG
Professor: green.
Associate Professor: gienger.
Assistant Professor: Matthews.
Agr. Engr. 2. Seminar. Qno credit^
First semester. One hour per week. Required of all students upon registration in
agricultural engineering curriculum. A series of discussions on applications of engi-
neering sciences in agriculture. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 56. Introduction to Farm Mechanics. (2)
Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. A study of the hand tools and power equipment and their safe use as it
applies to mechanized farms. Principles and practice in arc and gas welding, cold
metal and sheet metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting, woodworking, plumbing,
blue print reading and use of concrete. (Gienger.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
Agr. Engr. 199. Seminar, (i)
Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Advanced undergraduates
will review literature, present reports and discuss topics in agricultural engineering.
(Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agr. Engr. 101. Agricultural Machinery. (2)
First semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 121 or
131 required. Materials and construction of agricultural machinery with particular
reference to functions of unit assemblies and complete machines, and factors affecting
their adaptation and management. (Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 102. Agriculttiral Tractors and Power Units. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr.
122 or 132 required. Principles of internal combustion engines and fundamentals of
power transmission and control mechanisms in self-propelled or stationary units.
(Matthews.)
43 ►
Agricultural Engineering
Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Available
only to seniors in agricultural education. This course consists of laboratory exercises
in practical farm shop and farm equipment maintenance, repair, and construction
projects; and a study of the principles of shop organization and administration.
(Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Structures. (2)
First semester. Two lectures per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 135
required for students in agricultural engineering curriculum. Functional and environ-
mental requirements of farm structures are stressed. Characteristics of materials and
structural details of conventional types of construction are included. (Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 107. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering. CO
Second semester. One lecture per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 127
or 137 required. Applications of engineering sciences in erosion control, drainage, irri-
gation, and watershed management. (Green.)
Agr. Engr. 109. Farm Applications of Electricity, (i)
Second semester. One lecture per week. Concurrent registration in Agr. Engr. 129
or 139 required. Applications of electricity for lighting, heating, cooling or power and
characteristics of motors and equipment considered in design to meet requirements.
(Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 111. Mechanics for Agricultural Processing. (3)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
A study of the fundamentals of physics and mechanics and how they are applied in
agriculture. Included are the basic laws and applications of mechanics, power trans-
mission, heat and heat transfer, fluid flow, refrigeration, instruments, and lighting.
(Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equifment for Food Processing. (2)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) One lecture and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite, Agr. Engr. 111. A study of the mechanical and engineering operations
pertaining to food processing plants. Emphasis is placed on machinery and equip
ment for processing methods, plant sanitation, plant maintenance, and materials hand-
ling. Plant layout and design is also included. (Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 121. Agricultural Machinery Laboratory. (])
First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 101 required. Studies of operating characteristics, adjustments and where
applicable, calibration of current models of machinery. (Matthews.)
Agr. Engr. 122. Agricultural Tractors and Power Laboratory . (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 102 required. Studies of power unit components as related to overall
engine and tractor performance. (Matthews, Gienger.)
Agr. Engr. 127. Soil and Water Conservation Laboratory. (1)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 107 required. Simple surveying and use of level for erosion control,
irrigation and drainage. (Green.)
M 44
Agricultural Engineering
Agr. Engr. 129, Farm Electrification Laboratory. (I)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 109 required. Layout and design of farmstead wiring plans together
with essentials of wiring practices. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 131. Agricultural Machinery Design Laboratory. (1)
First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 101 required. Prerequisite, C. E. 24 or M. E. 24. A study of design
factors and force analysis including design of simple units. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 132. Farm Power Analysis Laboratory, (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 102 required. Prerequisite, M. E. 100. Determination of efficiency of
internal combustion engines, forces and moments of tractor loading, and stability.
Engineering aspects of hydraulic control systems and power transmissions are included.
(Staff".)
Agr. Engr. 135. Farm Structures Design Laboratory. (J)
First semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 105 required. Prerequisite, C. E. 160. Design of structures with
emphasis on functional and environmental requirements for agriculture. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 137. Soil and Water Conservation Engineering Laboratory, (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisites, C. E. 110 and
C. E. 140 or M. E. 102. Hydraulic design of water conveyance systems for erosion
control, drainage and irrigation. (Green.)
Agr. Engr. 139. Farm Electrification Engineering Laboratory, (i)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Concurrent registration
in Agr. Engr. 109. Prerequisite, E. E. 52. Study of farmstead electrical loads and
the design of distribution networks therefor. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 198. S'pecial Problems in Farm Mechanics. (2-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, approval of Department. Not acceptable for
majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned in proportion to credit regis-
tered for. (Gienger.)
For Graduates
Agr. Engr. 201. Special Topics in Agricultural Engineering. (3)
First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Timely
topics in specialized areas of agricultural engineering will be selected as needed by
graduate students; for example. Instrumentation for Agricultural Engineering Research.
(Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 301. Special Problems in Agricultural Engineering. Cl-6^
First and second semesters. Summer session. Work assigned in proportion to amount
of credit. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 302. Seminar, (i, J)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)
Agr. Engr. 399. Research. Cl-6^
Credit according to work accomplished. (Staff.)
45 ►
AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS
Professor: street.
Associate Professors: axley, bourbeau, decker, leffel and strickldnjc.
Assistant Professors: clark, kresge, meade, miller, newcomer and
santelmann.
CROPS
Agron. 1. Crop Production. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Culture, use,
improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field crops. (Santelmann.)
for Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. 103. Crop Breeding. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 117 or Zool.
104. Principles and methods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plants and
perennial forage species. (Lcffcl.)
Agron. 104. Tobacco Production. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of the history,
adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of various types of tobacco, with
special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. Physical and chemical
factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco will be stressed. (Street.)
Agron. 107. Cereal Crop Production. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. Study of the principles and practices of com,
wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean production. (Clark.)
Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. Study of the production and management of grasses and legumes for quality
hay, silage and pasture. (Decker.)
Agron. 109. Turf Management. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Bot. 1. A study of principles and practices in management of turf for lawns,
athletic fields, playgrounds, airfields, and highway planting.
Agron. 151. Cropping Systems. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. The
coordination of information from various courses in the development of balanced crop-
ping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various areas of the state and
nation.
^ 46
Agronomy— Crofs and Soils
Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (OEFered 1960-61.) One lecture and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of seed production,
processing, and distribution; federal and state seed control programs; seed laboratory
analyses; release of new varieties and maintenance of foundation seed stocks.
(Newcomer.)
Agron. 154. Weed Control. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1 or equivalent. A study of tbe use of cultural
practices and chemical herbicides in the control of weeds in field crops and tmf.
(Santelmann.)
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.
For Graduates
Agron. 201. Advanced Crap Breeding. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62).) Prerequisite, Agron. 103 or equiva-
lent. Genetic, cytogenetic, and statistical theories underljing methods of plant breed-
ing. A study of quantitative inheritance, heterosis, heritability, interspecific and in-
tergeneric hybridization, polyploidy, sterihty mechanisms, inbreeding and outbreeding,
and other topics as related to plant breeding. (Leffel.)
Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Field plot technic, application
of statistical analysis to agronomic data, and preparation of the research project.
(LeQerg.)
Agron. 205. Advanced Tobacco Production. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures a week. Prerequi-
site, permission of instructor. A study of the structural adaptation and chemical
response of tobacco to en\ironmental variations. Emphasis will be placed on the
alkaloids and other unique components. (Street.)
Agron. 207. Advanced Forage Crops. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures a week. Prerequisites,
Bot. 101, Chem. 31 and 32, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A fundamental
study of physiological and ecological responses of grasses and legumes to environmental
factors, including fertilizer elements, soil moisture, soil temperature, air temperature,
humidity, length of day, quality and intensity of light, wind movement, and defoUa-
tion practices. Relationship of these factors to hfe histor)', production, chemical and
botanical composition, quality, and persistence of forages will be considered.
(Decker.)
Agron. 208. Research Methods. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff. Development of research Wew-
point by detailed study and report on crop research of the Marj'land Experiment
Station or re'view of literature on specific phases of a problem. (Staff.)
47 ►
Agronomy— Crops and Soils
Agron. S210. Crcp-ping Systems. (I)
Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest
developments in the field.
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.
SOILS
Agron. 10. General Soils. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period each week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 1 or permission of instructor. A study of the fundamentals of soils including
their origin, development, relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, physical
properties, and chemical properties. (Kresge.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Agron. Si 10. Soil Management, (i)
Simimer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and county agents dealing with factors involved in management of
soils in general and of Maryland soils in particular. Emphasis is placed on methods
of maintaining and impro\ang chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils.
(Striclding.)
Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Princi-ples. C^')
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisite, Agron. 10. A study of the chemical, physical, and biological characteristics
of soils that are important in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations
are discussed and illustrated. C Striclding.)
Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of
instructor. A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers.
(Axley.)
Agron. 113. Soil Conservation. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of instructor. A study of the
importance and causes of soil erosion, and methods of soil erosion control. Special
emphasis is placed on farm planning for soil conservation. The laboratory period vidll
be largely devoted to field trips. (Miller.)
Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agron.
10, or permission of instructor. A study of the genesis, morphology, classification and
geographic distribution of soils. The broad principles governing soil formation are ex-
plained. Attention is given to the influence of geographic factors on the development
and use of the soils in the United States and other parts of the world. The laboratory
periods will be largely devoted to field trips and to a study of soil maps of various
countries. (Bourbeau.)
M 48
Agronomy— Crofs and Soils
Agron. 116. Soil Chemistry. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, or permission of instructor. A study of the
chemical composition of soils; cation and anion exchange; acid, alkaline and saline soil
conditions; and sod fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil analysis wdll
be studied wdth emphasis on their relation to fertilizer requirements. (Axley.)
Agron. 117. Soil Physics. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (OfiFered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and a course in physics, or permission of
instructor. A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relation-
ship to soil productivity. (Striclding.)
Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy. (4)
First semester, alternate years. (OflFered 1961-62). Two lectures and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A study of the fundamental
laws and forms of cr)'Stal symmetry and essentials of crj'stal structure; structure, occur-
rence, association and uses of minerals, determination of minerals by means of their
morphological, chemical and physical properties. Particular attention is given to soil-
forming minerals. Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about
75 minerals. (Bourbeau.)
Additional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.
For Graduates
Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Miyieralogy. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Agron. 10, Agron. 119 and permission of instructor. A study of the structure
physical-chemical characteristics and identification methods of sod minerals, particu-
larly clay minerals, and their relationship to soil genesis and productivity.
(Bourbeau.)
Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An advanced study of the theory of
the chemical methods of soil investigation with emphasis on problems involving appli-
cation of physical chemistry. (Axley.)
Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectiires and one labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisites, Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. An ad-
vanced study of physical properties of soils vdth special emphasis on relationship to
soil productivity. (Strickling.)
Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Chemistry. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A continuation of Agron. 116
with emphasis on soil chemistry of minor elements necessary for plant growth.
(Axley.)
Addirional courses under CROPS AND SOILS.
49 ►
Animal Hushandry
CROPS AND SOILS
For Advanced Undergraduates
Agron. 198. Special Problems in Agronomy, (i)
Second semester. Prereqiaisites, Agron. 10, 107, 108 or permission of instructor. A
•detailed study, including a written report of an important problem in agronomy.
CStafiF.)
Agron. 199. Senior Seminar. CO
Second semester. Prerequisites, Agron. 107, and 108. Reports by seniors on current
scientific and practical publications pertaining to agronomy. CSantelmann.)
For Graduates
Agron. 260. Recent Advances in Agronomy. (2-4)
First semester. Two hours each year. Total credit four hours. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. A study of recent advances in agronomy research. CStaflF.)
Agron. 302. Agronomy Seminar. (I, I)
First and second semesters. Total credit toward M. S., 2; toward Ph.D., 6. Pre-
requisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.)
Agron. 399. Research.
First and second semesters. Credit according to work done. (Staff.)
ANIMAL HUSBANDRY
Professors: foster and green.
Associate Professor: leffel.
Assistant Professors: buric and young.
A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Hushandry. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the gen-
eral problems in breeding, feeding, management and marketing of beef cattle, sheep,
swine and horses. Practice is given in the selection of animals to meet market demands.
Field trips may be made to near-by farms and packing plants. (Staff.)
A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, A. H.
1. A study of the various types and breeds of Hvestock, their development, characteris-
tics and adaptability. Practice is given in selection according to standards of excellence.
(Staff.)
A. H. 90. Livestock Judging. (2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or permis-
sion of instructor. Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and
horses. Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and flocks are main-
tained. (Buric.)
-^ 50
Animal Husbandry
For Advanced Undergraduates
A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 90 and permission
of instructor. An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and com-
mercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this course are
chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate livestock judging con-
tests. (Buric.)
A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem.
1,3. Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the various feeds
to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the calculation and compounding
of rations. (Leffel.)
A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 1,
A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of beef
cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feed-
ing, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Foster.)
A. H. 131. Sheep Production. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, A. H.
1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of sheep,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feeding,,
management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. (Leffel.)
A. H. 132. Swine Production. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory' period a week. Prerequisites, A. H.
1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of swine,
including a study of the breeds and their adaptabilit}'; selection, breeding, feeding, man-
agement and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Young.)
A. H. 134. Light Horse Production. (J)
First semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Study of the light horse
breeds with emphasis on the types of usefulness of each. A discussion of principles
of selection and breeding of light horses is included in this course. (Leffel.)
A. H. 135. Light Horse Production. (I)
Second semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. II. 1. Included is a study of
the organization of the light horse farm, proper methods of feeding and training, control
of disease, treatment and care of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.)
A. H. 140. Livestock Management. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory^
periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 110. A course designed to offer practical expe-
rience in working with livestock, especially to students who lack farm experience.
Pro\ades opportunities for students to leam practical methods of handling and manag-
ing beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Practice and training in fitting animals for shows
and sales. (Buric.)
51 ►
Animal Husbandry
A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products. (3)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H.
1. Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the nation's meat
supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which effect the value of meat
and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses and meat distributing centers.
(Ferguson, Buric.)
A. H. 198. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry. Ci-2) (4 cr. max.^
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Pre-
requisite, approval of staff. A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which
specific problems relating to animal husbandry will be assigned. (StaflF.)
A. H. 199 A-B. Seminar, (i, ])
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Advanced under-
graduates will be required to review literature, present reports and discuss assigned topics
relating to arrimal husbandry. (Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
A. H. HI. Animal Nutrition. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34; A. H. 110.
Graduate credit allowed, wath permission of instructor. Processes of digestion, absorp-
tion, and metabolism of nutrients; nutritional balances; nature of nutritional require-
ments for growth, production and reproduction. (Leffel.)
A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 104 and A. H. 130 or A.
H. 131 or A. H. 132 or Dairy 101. Graduate credit (1-3 hours), allowed with per-
mission of instructor. The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation,
selection, development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered.
(Green.)
A. H. SI 30. Beef Cattle. (J)
Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and Extension Service workers. Principles and practices underlying the
economical production of beef cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adapta-
bihty; selection, breeding, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and com-
mercial herds. (Foster.)
A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing. (2)
First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Graduate credit allowed,
with permission of instructor. History and development of livestock markets and sys-
tems of marketing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation
and refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Young.)
For Graduates
A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1959-60.) Two lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, A. H. 120 or equivalent and Biological Statistics. This course deals wdth
the more technical phases of heredity and variation; selection indices; breeding sys-
tems; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.)
M 52
Botany
A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, approval of staff. An intensive study of the newer
developments in animal breeding, animal physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology,
and other closely allied fields as they apply to the management and commercial produc-
tion of livestock. (Staff.)
A. H. 207. Advanced Livestock Nutrition. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Three lectures a week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 or equivalent and A. H. Ill, or permission of in-
structors. Experimental techniques and recent developments in the feeding and
nutrition of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel, Young.)
A. H. 30L S'pecial Problems in Animal Husbandry. (1-2) (4 cr. m.ax.')
First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. Pre-
requisite, approval of staff'. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to the
character of work the student is pursuing. (Staff.)
A. H. 302. Seminar. (2) (5 cr. max.')
First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon cur-
rent scientific publications relating to animal husbandry or upon their research work,
for presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.)
A. H. 399. Research. 0-6)
First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by amount and character of work
done. With the approval of the Head of the Department, students will be required to
pursue original research in some phase of animal husbandry, carrying the same to com-
pletion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.)
BOTANY
Professors: bamford, gauch, cox, weaver, d. t. morgan and krauss.
Associate Professors: brown, o. d. morgan and rappleye.
Assistant Professors: sisler, wilson, paterson and galloway.
Bot. L General Botany. (4)
First and second semesters. Svmimer session. Two lectures and two laboratory periods
a week. Laboratory fee, $6.00. General introduction to botany, touching briefly on
all phases of the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the
higher plants.
Bot. 2. General Botany. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1 or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A brief evolutionary study of algae,
fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants, emphasizing
their structure, reproduction, habitats, and economic importance.
53 ►
Botany
Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the principles of plant
classification, based on the collection and identification of local plants.
Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1,
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of the symptoms and
causal agents of plant diseases and measures for their control.
For Advanced Undergraduates
Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Principles and methods involved in the collection, preserva-
tion and preparation of plant materials for microscopic examination, including the
preparation of temporary and permanent mounts, and photomicrography.
(Paterson.)
Bot. 199. Seminar. (I)
First and second semesters. Two semester hours maximum credit. Prerequisite, per-
mission of instructor. Discussion of special topics, current hterature, problems and
programs in all phases of botany. For seniors only, majors and minors in botany or
biological science. (Brown.)
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 101. Plant Physiology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot. I
and General Chemistry. Laboratory fee, $6.00. A survey of the general physiological
activities of plants. (Krauss.)
Bot. 102. Plant Ecology. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 11, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of plants in relation to their
environments. Plant successions and formations of North America are treated briefly
and local examples studied. (Brown.)
For Graduates
Bot. 200. Plant Biochemistry. (2)
First semester. Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and elementary organic chemistry, or equiva-
lent. A study of the important substances in the composition of the plant body and
the chemical changes occurring therein. (Galloway.)
Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry Laboratory. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 200 or concurrent
registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of apparatus and techniques
to the study of the chemistry of plant materials. (Galloway.)
< 54
Botany
Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics. (2)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, Bot. 101 and introductory
physics, or equivalent. An advanced course dealing with the operation of physical
phenomena in plant life processes. CGallowayO
Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods. (2)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two laboratory periods a week. Labora-
tory course to accompany Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Galloway.)
Bot. 204. Growth and Development. (2)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, 12 semester hoiu-s of plant
science. A study of current developments in the mathematical treatment of growth and
the effects of radiation, plant hormones, photoperiodism, and internal biochemical
balance during the development of the plant. (Krauss.)
Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants. (2)
Second semester. Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in con-
nection with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Krauss.)
Bot. 209. Physiology of Algae. (3)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, Bot. 201, the equivalent in allied fields, or permission of the in-
structor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A study of the physiology and comparative bio-
chemistry of the algae. Laboratory techniciues and recent advances in algal nutrition,
photosynthesis, and growth will be reviewed. (Krauss.)
PLANT MORPHOLOGY, CYTOLOGY AND TAXONOMY
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy. (3)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 110,
or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The origin and development of the organs and
tissue systems in the vascular plants. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 113. Plant Geography. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. A study of plant distribution
throughout the world and the factors generally associated with such distribution.
(Brown.)
Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants. (3)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) One lecture and two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 111. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A detailed microscopic study
of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable crops. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany, (i)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, Bot. 1 and permission of
instructor. Discussion of the development and ideas and knowledge about plants,
leading to a survey of contemporary work in botanical science. (Bamford.)
Bot. 117. General Plant Genetics. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. The basic principles of plant
55 ►
Botany
genetics are presented; the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors in relation
to the Hfe cycle of seed plants, the genetics of specialized organs and tissues, sponta-
neous and induced mutations of basic and economic significance, gene action, genetic
maps, the fundamentals of polyploidy, and genetics in relation to methods of plant
breeding are the topics considered. (D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. A survey of the plants which
are utilized by man, the diversity of such utilization, and their historic and economic
significance. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 15 IS. Teaching Methods in Botany. (2)
Summer session. (Not offered 1960-61.) Five two-hour laboratory and demonstration
periods per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A
study of the biological principles of common plants, and demonstrations, projects, and
visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools.
Bot. 153S. Field Botany. (2)
Summer session. (Not offered 1960.) Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or General Biology. Five
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $5.00. Offered 1958 and in
rotation with other courses thereafter. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs,
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals, keys, and other techniques will
be used. Numerous short field trips will be taken. Each student will make an in-
dividual collection. (Brown.)
For Graduates
Bot. 211. Cytology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, intro-
ductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00. A detailed study of the chromosomes in
mitosis and meiosis, and the relation of these to current theories of heredity and evo-
lution. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.)
Bot. 212. Plant Morphology. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Bot^
11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A comparative study of the mor-
phology of the flowering plants, with special reference to the phylogeny and develop-
ment of floral organs. (Rappleye.)
Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics. (3)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, introductory genetics. Laboratory fee, $10.00. An advanced study
of the current status of plant genetics, particularly gene mutations and their relation
to chromosome changes in corn and other favorable genetic materials. (D. T. Morgan.)
PLANT PATHOLOGY
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology. (2)
First or second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or
M 56
Botany
equivalent. Laboratory tee, $5.00. Advanced training in the basic research techniques
and methods of plant pathology. CWilson.)
Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants. (2)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Symp-
toms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning the diseases which
affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern states. (Wilson.)
Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The symptoms and control of
the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.)
Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Cro'ps. (2)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. Symp-
toms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the eastern United States.
(Weaver.)
Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The recognition and control
of diseases affecting the production of important vegetable crops grown in the eastern
United States. (Cox.)
Bot. 128. Mycology. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 2, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $6.00. An introductory study of the mor-
phology, classification, life histories, and economics of the fungi. (Wilson.)
Bot. 141. Nematode Disease of Plants. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20 or permission of instructor. Designed to acquaint
students in agricultural sciences with the role of nematodes as plant pathogens; study
of representative diseases caused by nematodes; principles and practice of control.
Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology, (i)
Summer session. Daily lecture for three weeks. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent.
Given in accordance with demand. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not offered 1960.) A course
for county agents and teachers of vocational agriculture. Discussion and demonstration
of the important diseases in Maryland crops. (Cox, Staff.)
For Graduates
Bot. 221. Virus Diseases. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Bot.
20 and Bot. 101. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Consideration of the physical, chemical
and physiological aspects of plant viruses and plant diseases. (Sisler.)
Bot. 223. Physiology of Fungi. (2)
First semester. Prerequisites, Organic Chemistry and Bot. 101 or the equivalent in
bacterial or animal physiology. A study of various aspects of fungal metabolism,
nutrition, biochemical transformations, fungal products, and mechanism of fungicidal
action. (Sisler.)
57 ►
Dairy
Bot. 224. Physiology of Fungi Lahoratory. (i)
First semester. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 223 or concurrent
registration therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Application of equipment and techniques
in the study uf fungal physiology. CSisler.)
Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control. (3)
First semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. An ad-
vanced course dealing with the theory and practices of plant disease control. CCox.)
Bot. 241. Plant Nematology. (3)
Second semester. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Detailed study
of the nematodes parasitic on plants, their general morphology, taxonomy, reproduction,
embryology, physiology, and ecology. Special emphasis will be given to recent ad-
vances in plant nematology.
Bot. 301. Special Problems in Botany. (2 or 3)
First or second semester. Credit according to time scheduled and organization of
course. Maximum credit toward an advanced degree for the individual student at the
discretion of the Department. This course may be organized as a lecture series on a
specialized advanced topic, or may consist partly, or entirely, of experimental procedures.
It may be taught by visiting lecturers, or by resident staff members. Problems or topics
may be in physiology, ecology, pathology, mycology, nematology, cytology, cytogenetics,
morphology, anatomy, or taxonomy.
Bot. 302. Seminar in Botany. (I)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. Discussion of
special topics and current literature in all phases of botany. (Staff.)
Bot. 399. Research.
Credit according to work done. A minimum of 6 credit hours is required for the
M.S. degree, and an additional minimum of 12 hours is required for the Ph.D. degree.
Students must be qualified to pursue wdth profit the research to be undertaken.
(Staff.)
DAIRY
Professors: davis and arbuckle.
Associate Professors: keeney and mattick.
Assistant Professors: hemken, king, stewart, vandersall and Williams.
Instructor: seeley.
DAIRY HUSBANDRY
Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. This course is designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content of the
course deals wdth all phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and management and the
manufacturing, processing, distribution and marketing of dairy products.
(Davis, Mattick.)
M 58
Dairy
Dairy 20. Dairy Production. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Dairy
1. A comprehensive course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy cattle
nutrition, feeding and management. (Hemken.)
Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging. (2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course offers complete in-
struction in the selection and comparative judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various
dairy farms for judging practice will be made. CHemken.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 102. Physiology of Re'production. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Anatomy, endocrine
physiology, reproductive processes and artificial insemination of cattle. (Williams.)
Dairy 103. Physiology of Milk Secretion. (3)
Second semester. (Alternate years, given in 1961-62.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1 and Organic Chemistry. The
anatomy, evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland including hormonal control
and the biosynthesis of milk constituents. (Williams.)
Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding. (3)
Second semester. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites, Dairy 1, Zool. 104. A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Em-
phasis is placed on methods of evaluation and selection, systems of breeding, and breed-
ing programs. (Davis.)
Dairy 198. Special Problems in Dairying. Cl-^^ C^ cr. max.")
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Credit in accord-
ance with the amount and character of work done. Special problems will be assigned
which relate specifically to the work the student is pursuing. (Staff.)
Dairy 199. Dairy Seminar, (i)
Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Presentation and discussion
of current literature and research work in dairying. (Staff.)
DAIRY TECHNOLOGY
Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products. (2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Market
grades and the judging of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. (King.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Dairy 108. Dairy Technology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week, Prereqmsites,
Dairy 1, Microb. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Composition standards for
milk and milk products, critical interpretation and application of practical factory
methods of analyses for fat and solids; quahty tests. (Keeney.)
59 ►
Dairy
Dairy 109. Market Milk. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Dairy 1, Microb. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Commercial aspects of the
market milk industry relating to transportation, processing, and distribution; operation
of a market milk plant; quality problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese.
(King.)
Dairy 110. Concentrated Milk, Cheese and Butter. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and one five-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites,
Dairy I, Microb. 133 or equivalent; Chem. 1, 3. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Methods of
production of butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and milk products. Con-
sideration is given to the procedures of processing, quality control and the physio-
chemical principles involved. (Mattick.)
Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Dairy
108. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The ice cream industry; commercial methods of manu-
facturing ice cream; fundamental principles; ingredients; quality control.
CArbuckle.)
Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management. (3)
Second semester. Two lecture periods and one three-hour laboratory period per week.
Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products technology courses. Principles of
dairy plant management record systems; personnel, plant design and construction;
dairy machinery and equipment. CMattick.)
For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology
Dairy SlOl. Advanced Dairy Production, (i)
Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca-
tional agriculture and countv agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.)
Dairy 201. Advanced Ruminant Nutrition. (3)
First semester. (Alternate years, given in 1960-61.) Two one-hour lectures and one
two-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, permission of Department. Biochemical,
physiological and bacteriological aspects of the nutrition of nmiinants and other
animals. (Davis.)
Dairy 202. Dairy Research Methods. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1959-60.) Prerequisite, permission of De-
partment. The application of physio-chemical and bio-chemical techniques to dairy
research problems including chromatography, spectrophotometry, radio-active isotope
tracer techniques and animal balance studies. (Stewart.)
Dairy 30 J. Special Problems in Dairying. Ql-S^ (4 cr. max., M.S.; 8 cr. max.,
Ph.D.:)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of professor in charge of work.
Credit in accordance with the amount and character of work done. Methods of
M 60
Entomology
conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are stressed. A research
problem which relates specifically to the work the student is pursuing will be assigned.
(Staff.)
Dairy 302. Advanced Dairy Seminar. (I)
First and second semesters. M.S. candidates can obtain 4 credits; Ph.D. candidates can
obtain 6 credits. Assigned readings, presentation and discussion of timely topics and
fundamental research in dairy science. (Staff.)
Dairy 399. Research. (2-8)
First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by the amount and quality of
work done. Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the
major professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a thesis in
accordance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.)
ENTOMOLOGY
Professor: bickley.
Associate Professor: jones.
Assistant Professors: abrams, Harrison, haviland and Johnson.
Lecturers: sailer and shepard.
Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology. (3)
First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisite, one semester of college zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The position of
insects in the animal kingdom, their gross structure, classification into orders and
principal families and the general economic status of insects. A collection of common
insects is required.
Ent. 4. Beekee'ping. (2)
First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the
honeybee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic
importance and bee lore in literature.
Ent. 20. bisect Pests of Agricultural Crops. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory' periods a week. Prerequisites,
Zool. 1 and Bot. 1. Laboratory fee, S3. 00. The recognition, biology, and control of
insects injurious to fruit and vegetable crops, field crops and stored products.
For Advanced U ndergradiiates and Graduates
Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The theory' and practice of apiary manage-
ment. Designed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowl-
edge of bee management. (Abrams.)
Ent. 105. Medical Entomology. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week Pre-
requisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of
insects and related arthropods that affect the health and comfort of man directly and
61 ►
Entomology
as vectors o£ disease. In discussions of the control of such pests the emphasis will be
upon community sanitation. CJones.)
Ent. 107. Insecticides. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. The development and use
of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with refer-
ence to their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility, and host injury. Recent research
emphasized. (Shepard.)
Ent. 109. Insect Physiology. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures and occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent
of the Department. The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to
blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the
nervous system, and metabolism. (Jones.)
Ent. 115. Quarantine Procedures. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the Department. Lectures on the principles
and procedures involved in preventing the introduction of foreign pests and the
limitation of spread of endemic or introduced pests. (Johnson.)
Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Bot. 1 and Zool. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology, and
control of insects injurious to plants grown in ornamental plantings, nurseries, and
under glass. (Haviland.)
Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals. (2)
First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Ent. 1, or consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, biology,
and control of insects and related arthropods injurious to horses, cattle, hogs, sheep,
goats, and poultry. (Haviland.)
Ent. 120. Insect Taxonomy and Biology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Ent. 1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Introduction to the principles of systematic
entomology and the study of all orders and the important families of insects; im-
mature forms considered. (Bickley.)
Ent. S121. Entomology for Science Teachers. (4)
Summer. Five lectures and five two-hour laboratory periods a week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. This course will include the elements of morphology, taxonomy and biology of
insects using examples commonly available to high school teachers. It will include
practice in collecting, preserving, rearing and experimenting with insects insofar as
time will permit. (Haviland.)
Ent. 198. Special Prohlems. (J -3)
First and second semesters. Credit and prerequisites, to be determined by the Depart-
ment. Investigations of assigned entomological problems. (Staff.)
Ent. 199. Seminar. (I, J)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Presentation of original
work, reviews and abstracts of literature. (Staff.)
-4 62
Entomology, Horticulture
For Graduates
Ent. 203, Advanced Insect Mor'phology. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Lab-
oratory tee, $3.00. Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis
on internal anatomy. Cii\en in preparation for advanced work in physiology or
research in morphology. (Haviland.)
Ent. 205. Insect Ecology. (2)
First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
consent of the Department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of fundamental factors
involved in the relationship of insects to their environment. Emphasis is placed on
the insect as a dyn.mic organism adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.)
Ent. 206. Culicidology. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1960-61.) One lecture and one three-
hour laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The classihcation, distribution,
ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes. (Bickley.)
Ent. 207. Advanced Insect Physiology. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Labor-
atory fee, $3.00. Prerequisites, one year of Organic Chemistry and Ent. 109 or
equivalent. In this course students rear experimental insects, make up reagents and
solutions to be used, set up equipment, calibrate it, and make detailed measurements
and observations on the functions of selected organ systems. (Jones.)
Ent. 301. Advanced Entomology. (1-6)
Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the Department. First and second
semesters. Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied entomology,
with particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual research.
(Staff.)
Ent. 399. Research.
First and second semesters. Required of graduate students majoring in entomology.
This course involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub-
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the requirement
for an advanced degree. (Staff.)
HORTICULTURE
Professors: haut, kramer, link, scott, shanks, stark and Thompson.
Associate Professors: Reynolds, shoemaker and wiley.
Instructor: todd.
Hort. 5, 6. Tree Fruit Production. (3, 2)
First and second semesters. (Second semester offered in alternate years only, 1961-62.)
One or two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Courses must be taken in
sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of commercial varieties and principles and
practices in fruit production, harvesting and storage. One field trip required.
Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management.
63 ►
Horticulture
Hort. 16. Garden Management. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, and
roses and their cultural requirements.
Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening. (2)
First semester. The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their
application to pri\'ate and public areas.
Hort. 56. Elements of Landscape Design. (2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods per week. A course dealing with basic
design in the use of trees, shrubs, evergreens, annual and perennial flowering plants on
home properties.
Hort. 58. Vegetable Production. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production.
Hort. 59. Berry Production. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite,
Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices involved in the production of small
fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and cranberries.
Hort. 6L Introduction to Fntit and Vegetable Processing. CO
Second semester. Early history and development of the various types of preserva-
tion of horticultural crops, such as canning, freezing, dehydration, pickling or brining.
The relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases are
emphasized.
Hort. 62. Plant Propagation. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1.
A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants.
Hort. 63. Flower Store Management. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the operation
and management of a flower store. Laboratory period devoted to principles and prac-
tice of floral arrangements and decoration.
For. 30. Elements of Forestry. (3)
Second semester. (Offered 1959-60.) Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite, Bot 1. Not open to freshmen. A general survey of the field
of forestry, including timber values, conservation, protection, silviculture, utilization,
mensuration, engineering, recreation and lumbering. Principles and practices of wood-
land management.
M 64
Horticulture
For Advanced Undergraduates
Hort. 152. LandsciTpe Design. (3)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort.
22; prerequisite or concurrently, Hort. 107. A consideration of the principles of land-
scape design and supplemented by direct application in the drafting room.
CShoemaker.)
Hort. 153. Landscape Design. (3)
Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. Ad-
vanced landscape design. CShoemaker.)
Hort. 199. Seminar, (i)
First semester. Oral presentation of the results of investigational work by reviewing
recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (StafiF.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Hort. 101. Technology of Friiits. (3)
First semester. (Offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, Hort. 6, Bot. 101. A critical analysis
of research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and
botany to practical problems in commercial production. (Thompson.)
Hort. 103. Technology of Vegetables. (3)
Second semester. (Offered 1961-62.) Prerequisites, Hort. 58, Bot. 101. For a descrip-
tion of these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101. (Stark.)
Hort, 105. Technology of Ornamentals. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A study of the physiological plant processes
as related to the growth, flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants.
(Link.)
Hort. 107, 108. Woody Plant Materials. O,^^
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 11. A field and laboratory study of
trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings.
Hort. 114. Systematic Horticulture. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship and horticultural classi-
fication of fruits and vegetables.
Hort. Si 15. Truck Crop Management. (])
Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture
and extension agents. Special emphasis wdll be placed upon new and improved methods
of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will
receive special attention.
Hon. 123. Quality Control (3)
First semester, alternate 3'ears. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Principles involved in the evaluadon of factors of quality in horti-
cultural products including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanitation factors and
statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.)
65 ►
Horticulture
Hort. 124. Quality Control Systems. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 123. Development ot quality control systems de-
signed to maintain specific levels of quality for selected food products. CKramer.)
Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management, (i)
Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and
county agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new improved commercial
methods of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and
their solution will receive special attention.
Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture. (1)
Simmier session only. A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstra-
tion agents and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of
lavras, flowers and shrubbery to beautify homes.
Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre-
requisites, Hort. 1 1 . Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the
marketing of cut flowers. (Link.)
Hort. 155, 156. Fundamentals of Fruit and Vegetable Processing. (3, 3)
First and second semesters, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory fee, $5.00
per semester. The fundamentals of canning, freezing and preserving of horticultural
crops with emphasis on the chemical, biochemical and microbiological aspects of pro-
cessing. (Wiley.)
Hort. 159. Nursery Management. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1961-62.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. A study of all phases
of commercial nursery management and operations.
Hort. 160. Arhoricidture. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites or concurrently, Hort. 107 and 108. A study of the
planting and maintenance of ornamental shrubs and trees, including basic principles
of park, institution and estate maintenance.
Hort. 161. Physiology of Maturation and Storage of Horticultural Crops. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Two lectures a week. Pre
requisite, Bot. 101. Factors related to maturation and application of scientific prin-
ciples to handling and storage of horticultural crops. (Scott.)
Hort. 198. Special Problems. (2, 2) (4 cr. max.")
First and second semesters. Credit arranged according to work done. For major stu-
dents in horticulture or botany. Four credits maximum per student. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Hort. 200. Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organization of research projects
< 66
i
Poultry Hushandry
and presentation of experimental results in the field of biological science. Topics
included will be: Sources of research financing, project outline preparation, formal
progress reports, public and industrial supported research programs, and technical and
popular presentation of research data. CHaut.)
Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific
knowledge and practical observati(jns as applied to commercial practices in pomology.
CThompson.)
Hort. 203, 204, 205. Experimental Olericulture. (2, 2, 2)
First semester and in sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 101, a systematic review of scien-
tific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in
olericulture. (Stark.)
Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific knowledge
and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in floriculture. (Link.)
Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. A critical
study of research methods which are or may be used in horticulture. (Scott.)
Hort. 210. Experimental Processing. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A systematic review of scientific
knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in processing.
(Kramer.)
Hort. 302. Advanced Seminar. (,1, O
First and second semester. Oral reports vwth illustrative material are required on
special topics or recent research pubHcations in horticulture. Three credit hours max-
imum allowed toward the M.S. degree or six credits maximum toward the Ph.D. degree.
(Haut, StaflF.)
Hort. 399. Advanced Horticultural Research. (2-12)
First and second semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.)
POULTRY HUSBANDRY
Professors: shaffner and combs.
Associate Professor: quigley.
Assistant Professors: creek, helbacka and wilcox.
P. H. 1. Poultry Production. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This is a general
comprehensive course covering all phases of modern poultry husbandry practices, in-
cluding breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, feeding, culling, marketing, caponizing,
and the economics of production and distribution of poultry products. (Quigley.)
P. H. 3. Physiology of Hatchahility. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1959-60.) Two lectures and one lab-
oratory period a week. The physiology of embryonic development as related to
67 ►
Poultry Husbandry
principles of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery
industry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are
assigned. (Shaffner.)
P. H. S9. Advanced Poultry Judging. (I)
First semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week.
The theory and practice judging and culling by physical means is emphasized, including
correlation studies of characteristics associated with productivity. Contestants for re-
gional collegiate judging competitions will be selected from this class. (Quigley.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1960-61.) Two lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Nutritive requirements of poultry and the ingredients used to meet
these requirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases
commonly encoxmtered imder practical conditions. CCombs.)
P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Not offered in 1960-61.) Prerequisite, ten hours
of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. A symposium on finance, investment, plant
layout, specialization, purchase of supplies, and management problems in baby chick,
egg, broiler, and turkey production; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products,
production and financial records. Field trips required. (Quigley.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1959-60.) Two lectvures and one laboratory
period per week. A study of the technological factors concerned vwth the processing,
storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry, and of the factors affecting their quaHty
and grading. (Helbacka.)
P. H. 105. Poidtry Genetics. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1960-61.) Prerequisites, P. H. 1 and
Zool. 104. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Inheritance of factors
related to egg and meat production and quality are stressed. An experiment utilizing
procedures of pedigreed matings will be performed in the laboratory. (Wilcox.)
P. H. 109. Avian Physiology. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Zool.
1 and V. S. 108. (V. S. 108 may be taken simultaneously with P. H. 109.) The
basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding the reproductive system. Special
emphasis is given to physiological differences between birds and other vertebrates.
(Wilcox.)
A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poidtry. QS')
Second semester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics, A. E. 117.)
M 68
Poultry Husbandry
Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107.
Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108.
P. H. Sill. Poultry Breeding and Feeding, (i)
Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems
concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will be
devoted to nutrition. (Combs, Wilcox.)
P. H. SI 12. Poultry Products and Marketing, (i)
Svimmer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational
agriculture and county agents. It deals vdth the factors affecting the quality of poultry
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading, pre-
ser\'ation problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. (Helbacka.)
P. H. 198. Special Poidtry Problems. C^-2) (3 or. max.")
First and second semesters. For senior poultry students. The student will be assigned
special problems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The poultry
staff should be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.)
For Graduates
P. H. 202. Advanced Poidtry Nutrition. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites,
P. H. 101, Chem. 31, 32, 33 and 34, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A
fundamental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, antibiotics, and
carbohydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and metabolism of these
substances. Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of synthetic diets are con-
sidered. (C!ombsO
P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H.
102 or its equivalent. The role of the endocrines in avian reproduction, is considered.
Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. (Shaftner.)
P. H. 205. Poidtry Literature, (i-4)
First and second semesters. Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written re-
ports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are dis-
cussed. (Staff.)
P. H. 207. Poidtry Nutrition Laboratory. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Not offered 1959-60.) One lecture and one laboratorj'
period a week. To acquaint graduate students with common basic nutrition research
techniques useful in conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials
with chicks, as well as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed.
(Combs, Creek.)
P. H. 302. Poidtry Seminar. (I) (2 cr. max.')
First and second semesters. Oral reports of current researches by staff members,
graduate students, and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.)
69 ►
Veterinary Science, Experiment Station
P. H. 399. Poultry Research. 0'6j
First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Practical and
fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the supervision of staff
members toward the requirements for the degrees of M. S. and Ph.D. (Staff.)
VETERINARY SCIENCE
Professors: brueckner, poelma, de volt, hansen and reagan.
Associate Professor: byrne.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Normal structure of
the domesticated animals; normal physiological activities; interrelationship of structure
and function.
V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Nature of disease;
immunity; prevention and control; common diseases of farm animals.
V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Microb.
1, P. H. 1. Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases; parasitic diseases; prevention, con-
trol, and eradication. (De Volt.)
V. S. JOS. Avian Anatomy. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1. Gross
and microscopic structure, dissection and demonstration. (De Volt.)
For Graduates
V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy. (2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Theory of
the electron microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, photography.
(Reagan, Byrne.)
V. S. 399. Animal Disease Research. (2-6)
First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite,
veterinary degree or consent of staff. Studies of practical disease phases.
(Poelma, DeVolt, Hansen, Byrne, Brueckner.)
THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director
The Agricultural Exporiment Station serves Maryland agriculture in much
the same manner as research laboratories serve large corporations. Maryland agri-
culture is made up of over thirty thousand small individual businesses, and there
< 70
Agricultural Experiment Siatioit, Extension Service
is not sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct
research. Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such as farming,
are as numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our
production of food would be much more costly if it were not for the research
results that have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station.
The station is a joint federal and state undertaking. Passage of the Hatch
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose
of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged
by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Pumell Act in 1925, the Bank-
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946.
The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup-
ported by these Acts and by state appropriations centers at College Park. On the
University campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and diseases,
soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also the location of
the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental herds. About eight miles
from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of
about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fertility, plant breeding
and general crop production problems. An ex-perimental farm near Upper Marl-
boro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. A farm near Salis-
bury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of broilers and of vege-
table crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Two experimental farms are
operated near Ellicott City; one is devoted to livestock problems and the other to
dairy cattle nutrition and forage research. Also tests of various crop and soil re-
sponses are distributed throughout the state. These difFerent locations provide
the opportunity to conduct ex-periments under conditions existing where the re-
sults will be put into practice. The solution of many difficult problems in the past
has given the Station an excellent standing with farmers of the state.
AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE
Paul E. Nystrom, Director
Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established
by state and federal laws in 1914, extends practical agricultural and home in-
formation beyond the classrooms of the University of Maryland to young people,
farmers, homemakers, and people in businesses relating to agriculture and home
economics.
It is conducted under a Memorandum of Understanding between the Ex-
tension Service of the University of Maryland and the United States Depart-
ment of Agriculture. The Extension Service is the educational arm in Mary-
land of the United States Department of Agriculture.
The work of the Extension Service is cooperatively financed by the federal,
state and county governments. In each county there is a County Agricultural
71 ►
Agricultural Extension Service
Agent and a County Home Demonstration Agent. In counties where funds
permit, and work requires, there are associates and assistants. Backed by a
staff of speciahsts at the University, these agents are in close contact with local
people and their problems.
Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations
and carries the scientific and economic results of the E.'cperiment Station and
the U. S. Department of Agriculture to people in ways that they understand
and use.
In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all rural
groups and organizations. In addition to work on the farms and in the farm
homes, the Extension program is aimed at the many rural and urban people
who service the agricultural industries of the state, including consumers.
In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and train-
ing, and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverance,
citizenship and leadership.
The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture and
the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various lines,
many of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have been
held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and
demand develop.
RURAL women's SHORT COURSE
The Rural Women's Short Course has provided special educational opportu-
nities for Maryland women since 1923. The attendance has grown steadily
to more than 1,000 women from all counties and Baltimore City. The short
course program lasts for one week and is held on the University campus.
boys' and girls' club week
Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation
is provided.
CANNERS' SHORT COURSE
For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in
keeping abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held
in February.
M 72
Service and Control Programs
OTHER SHORT COURSES
Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, poultr)' prod-
ucts marketing, beekeepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, conservation, cow testers,
and feed manufacturers and distributors are among those held in recent years.
Announcement of such courses is made to those who may be interested.
SERVICE AND COiNTROL PROGRAMS
The state law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Mary-
land shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. Numerous serv-
ices are performed by technically trained personnel which result in the improve-
ment and maintenance of high standards in the production, processing and dis-
tribution of farm products.
In addition the improvement of many control or regulatory activities are au-
thorized by the state law and are carried out by the following agencies responsi-
ble to the State Board of Agriculture.
DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE
The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How-
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on Article
43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Section 542 through Section 558, of the
Laws of Maryland, 1951. The Dairy Department is charged with the admin-
istration of the law.
The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure pro-
ducers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that sam-
ples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products are correct;
(b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents shall cor-
rectly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correctness of tests
made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these purposes the
law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and cream from pro-
ducers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, and the licensing
of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream when the results
of such samples, weights, and tests are to ser\'e as a basis of payment to producers.
Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the
Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers,
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers,
testers and dairy plants.
DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS
All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the impor-
tance in modem agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products. The
73 ►
Service and Control Programs
Department endeavors to sen^e the every-day needs of the farmer in marketing
his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the farmer in all deal-
ings which he may have concerning the marketing of his products. In the per-
formance of these responsibilities, the Department carries out programs in ex-
tension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and disseminates marketing
information and market data, operates a market news service, provides an agri-
cultural inspection and grading service, maintains a consumer information serv-
ice and enforces and interprets the agricultural marketing laws of the state. The
regulatory aspects of the Department's functions are carried out as the agent of
the State Board of Agriculture under the autnority of various state laws relating
to the marketing of farm products. A close working relationship is maintained
viath other specialists in the Extension Service, all departments of the Agricul-
tural Marketing Service, the Maryland Crop Reporting Service, and the Agri-
cultural Marketing Service of the United States Department of Agriculture. The
voluntary and dynamic cooperation of the personnel in these various activities
brings to bear on agricultural marketing problems an effective combination of
research, education, and service.
The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems.
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the state pro-
gram under Title II of this act.
Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all inter-
ested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals are interested, marketing
specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities. Field offices
are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock and Pocomoke. Department head-
quarters is at the University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE
The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of Agri-
culture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the introduction of
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the
suppression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health.
Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis
are conducted in cooperation with the Agricultural Research Service of the United
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control
programs. The control of swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies,
and many other disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside
assistance.
Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in
^ 74
\
Service and Control Programs
the main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salis-
bury, Centreville, Bel Air, Frederick, Hagerstown and Oakland.
SEED INSPECTION SERVICE
The Seed Inspection Service administers the state seed law; inspects seeds
sold throughout the state; collects seed samples for laboratory examination; reports
the results of the examinations to the parties concerned; publishes summaries of
these reports which show the relative reliability of the label information sup-
plied by wholesale seedsmen; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for planting
in the state; makes analyses tests, and examinations of seed samples submitted
to the laboratory; and advises seed users regarding the economic and intelligent
use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the Agricultural Alarketing Serv-
ice of the United States Department of Agriculture in the enforcement of the
Federal Seed Act in Maryland.
The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement
of the seed law however, for state citizens may submit seed samples to the lab-
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit-
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establish-
ment of the laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are
directly interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields.
STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT
In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the tide "Inspection" as
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland
of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and re-enacted
Vidth amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re-en-
acted with such changes in the wording as were necessarv to bring them into con-
formity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture and
Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory func-
tions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, and
aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under Chapter
391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly."
Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A con-
siderable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards, crops,
nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the federal
government in the inspection and certification of materials that come under quar-
antine regulations is another major function of the Department. The Department
enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of apiaries. This
service includes control and eradication of diseases of strawberries and other small
75 ►
Service and Control Programs
fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., inspection and certification of potatoes and
sweet potatoes for seed, control of white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc.
STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE
The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the state, to cor-
relate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the state and to cooper-
ate with state and federal agencies in the interest of a permanent program of
improved drainage.
STATE INSPECTION SERVICE
Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials and Pesticides
The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural prod-
ucts against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes necessary.
These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the State
Inspection Service. Included in this legislation are the State Feed, Fertilizer,
Agricultural Liming Materials, and Pesticide laws.
Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases: First, the
commodities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and
with proper labels; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's
inspectors from all parts of the state; third, chemical and physical examinations
must be made to establish that professed standards of quality are being met;
fourth, results must be assembled and published in concise and understandable
form, with the reports made available to all interested persons; and fifth, the
prosecution of those responsible for flagrant violations.
Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime sam-
ples submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service.
Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable
federal agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not only
state-wide, but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and
unbiased fair treatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike.
The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu-
facturer with technical advice, and to safeguard him from unfair competition.
For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large
measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However,
in those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both
federal and state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance.
76
FACULTY
1960-1961
COLLEGE OF
AGRICULTURE
Administrative Officers
GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agricnlture and Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; m.s., 1938; ph.d., 1940.
PAUL R. POFFENBERGER, Assistant Dean-lnstriictio-n, and Professor of Agric^dt^lral
Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; ph.d., American University, 1953.
iRviN c. HAUT, Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head of Horti-
cidture
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1933.
PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director of Extension and Professor of Agricidt7iral Economics
B.S., University of California, 1928; m.s., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a.,
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.
Professors
WENDELL s. ARBUCKLE, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing
B.S., Purdue University, 1933; a.m.. University of Missouri, 1937; ph.d., 1940.
RONALD BAMFORD Profcssor and Head of Botany
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Colvunbia University, 1931.
GEORGE M. REAL, Professor of Agrictdtiiral Economics
B.S., Utah State College, 1934; m.s.. University of Wisconsin, 1938; ph.d., 1942.
WILLIAM E. BiCKLEY, Professor and Head of Entomology
B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; m.s., 1936; ph.d.. University of Mar)'land,
1940.
ARTHUR L. BRUECKNER, Professor and Head of Veterinary Science
B.S., University of Kentucky, 1914; v.m.d., University of Pennsylvania, 1924.
FRED L. BULL, Extension Professor, Soil Conservation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925.
GEORGE J. BURKHARDT, Profcssor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1933; b.s.m.e., 1934; m.s., 1935.
77 ►
Faculty
GERALD F. COMBS, Profcssor of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1940; ph.d., Cornell University, 1948.
CARROLL E. COX, ProfcssoT of Plant Pathology
A.B., University of Delaware, 1938; m.s., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1940; ph.d.,
University of Maryland, 1943.
RICHARD E. DAVIS, Professor and Head of Dairy
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1950; M.S., Cornell University, 1952; ph.d.,
1953. ^ ^.
HAROLD M. DEVOLT, Pvofessor of Poulirj Pathology
M.S., Cornell University, 1926; d.v.m., 1923.
LEWIS P. ditman, Research Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; m.s., 1929; ph.d., 1931.
DOROTHY EMERSON, Extension Professor, Associate State 4-H Club Agent
JOHN E. FOSTER, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry
B.S., North Carolina State CoUege, 1926; m.s., Kansas State College, 1927; ph.d.,
Cornell University, 1937.
HUGH G. gauch, Professor of Plant Physiology
B.S., Miami University, 1935; m.s., Kansas State College, 1937; ph.d.. University
of Chicago, 1939.
ROBERT L. GREEN, Profcssor and Head of Agricultural Engineering
B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1934; m.s., Iowa State College, 1939; ph.d., Michi-
gan State University, 1953. Registered Professional Engineer.
willard w. GREEN, Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; m.s., 1934; ph.d., 1939.
POUL A. HANSEN, Profcssor of Veterinary Bacteriology
B. OF ph., Copenhagen University, 1922; M.S., Royal Technical College, Copen-
hagen, 1926; PH.D., Cornell University, 1931.
RUSSELL c. hawes, Profcssor of Marketing
B.S., Rhode Island State College, 1921; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1942.
MARY JUHN, Research Professor, Poidtry Physiology
B.S., Zurich, 1916; ph.d.. University of Ziuich, 1923.
ALBERT V. KREWATCH, Extension Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Delaware, 1925; M.S., 1929; E.E., 1933.
AMiHUD KRAMER, Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1942.
ROBERT w. KRAuss, Pvofessor of Plant Physiology
A.B., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1951.
^ 78
Faculty
ALBiN o. KUHN, Professor of Agronomy and Executive Vice-President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.
GEORGE s. LANGFORD, Professor of Entomology and State Entomologist
B.S., Clemson College, 1921; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; ph.d., Ohio State
University, 1929.
CONRAD B. LINK, Piofessor of Florjctdttire
B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; ph.d., 1940.
MARGARET T. LOAR, Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent
Leader
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941.
JOHN w. MAGRUDER, Extension Professor and County Agent header
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925; M.S., Gamell University, 1941.
DELBERT T. MORGAN, Professor of Botany
B.S., Kent State University, 1940; m.a., Columbia University, 1942; ph.d., 1948.
MARGARET OLIVER, Extension Professor and Home Demonstration Agent Leader
B.S., Huntington College, 1932; m.a., Columbia University, 1954.
LEO J. POELMA, Profcssor of Animal Pathology
M.S., University of Maryland, 1928; d.v.m., Kansas City Veterinary College, 1916.
REGINALD L. REAGAN, Professor of Veterinary Virology
Major, U. S. Army, Retired.
RUSSELL G. ROTHGEB, Research Professor in Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1924; M.S., Iowa State College, 1925; ph.d., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1928.
EVELYN D. SCOTT, Extension Professor, Assistant Home Demonstration Agent
Leader
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1932; m.a., George Washington University, 1958.
LELAND E. SCOTT, Professor of Horticidtiiral Physiology
B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State College, 1929; ph.d., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1943.
CLYNE s. SHAFFNER, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., Michigan State College, 1938; m.s., 1940; ph.d., Purdue University, 1947.
JAMES B. SHANKS, Profcssor of Floricidturc
B.S., Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; ph.d., 1949.
MARY s. SHORE, Research Professor, Nutrition
B.S., College of Idaho, 1928; sc.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1933.
FRANCIS c. stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops
B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; ph.d., 1948.
79 ►
Faculty
ORMAN E. STREET, Professor of Agronomy
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1924; m.s., Michigan State College, 1926; ph.d.,
1933.
CLIFFORD c. TAYLOR, Visiting Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Colorado State College, 1917; m.s., Iowa State College, 1923; m.a., Harvard
University, 1926; ph.d., 1930.
ARTHUR H. THOMPSON, Profcssor of Pomology
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1945.
ALBERT F. viERHELLER, Extension Professor of Horticulture
B.S., West Virginia University, 1918; M.S., University of Maryland, 1923.
WILLIAM P. WALKER, Pvofessor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1921; m.s., 1924.
KENNETH F. WARNER, Profcssor of Extension Studies and Training
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1912; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1915; d.agr.,
University of Nebraska, 1954.
LESLIE o. WEAVER, Extension Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; ph.d., Cornell University, 1943.
w. SHERARD WILSON, Extension Professor and State 4-H Cluh Agent
B.S., University of Maryland, 1932.
Associate Professors
JOHN H. AXLEY, Associate Professor of Soils
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937; ph.d., 1945.
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Associate Profcssor of Soils and Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.
THEODORE L. BissELL, Extension Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1920; M.S., Cornell University, 1936.
GERARD A. BOURBEAu, Associate Professor of Soils
B.A., St. Francis Xavier College, 1938; b.s., Laval Quebec University, 1943; m.s..
University of Wisconsin, 1946; ph.d., 1948.
RUSSELL G. BROWN, Associate Professor of Botany
B.S., West Virginia University, 1929; m.s., 1930; ph.d., University of Maryland,
1934.
ROBERT L. BRUCE, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent
Leader
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1949; m.s., Cornell University, 1952.
^ 80
Faculty
ROBERT J. BYRNE, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
D.V.M., Cornell University, 1944.
JAMES L. CASON, Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Louisiana Polytechnic Institute, 1948; M.S., Michigan State College, 1950; ph.d..
North Carolina State College, 1956.
CORNELIA M. COTTON, Research Associate, Veterinary Science
A.B., Cornell University, 1921; M.S., Syracuse University, 1926; ph.d.. University
of Marj'land, 1943.
A. MORRIS DECKER, JR., Associate Professor of Crops
B.S., Colorado A. & M, 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 1950; ph.d., University
of Maryland, 1953.
HARRY w. DENGLER, Extension Associate Professor, Forestry
B.S., Syracuse University, 1935.
RAYMOND N. DOETscH, Associate Professor of Microbiology
B.S., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., University of Indiana, 1944; ph.d., University
of Maryland, '1948.
JAMES RILEY FERGUSON, Extension Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., Colorado A. & M., 1941; M.S., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1953.
GUY w. GiENGER, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; m.s., 1936.
PAUL M. GALBREATH, Associate Professor of Soil Conservation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1939; M.S., 1940; ll.b., 1954.
CASTILLO GRAHAM, Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927; M.S., University of Mar)'land, 1930; ph.d.,
1932.
ARTHUR B. HAMILTON, Associate Professor of Agricidtural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1929; M.S., 1931.
BASIL c. HATZiOLOS, Associate Professor of Pathology
D.V.M., Veterinar)' School of Alfort, France, 1929; dr. vet. in an. hus., Veterinary
School of Berlin, Germany, 1932.
JOHN h. hoyert. Associate Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; ph.d., 1951.
ROBERT B. JOHNSON, Associatc Professor of Veterinary Physiology
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1939.
JACK COL YARD JONES, Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1942; ph.d., Iowa State College, 1950.
Faculty
MARK KEENEY, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University, 1948; ph.d.,
Pennsylvania State College, 1950.
EMORY c. LEFFEL, Associate Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1953.
ROBERT c. LEFFEL, Associate Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., lovpa State College, 1950; ph.d., 1952.
WILLIAM A. MATTHEWS, Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930.
JOSEPH F. MATTiCK, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; ph.d., 1950.
VIRGINIA MCLUCKiE, Extension Associate Professor and Home Economist
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1953.
CHARLES p. MERRICK, Extension Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.
AMOS R. MEYER, Extension Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S., Ohio State University, 1940.
JEANNE s. MOEHN, (mrs.), Extension Associate Professor and Family Life S'pe-
cialist
B.S., Iowa State University, 1940.
OMAR D. MORGAN, JR., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology
B.ED., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; ph.d.. University of Illinois, 1950.
JOHN L. MORRIS, Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Iowa State College, 1943; m.s.. University of Delaware, 1958.
RAY A. MURRAY, Associatc Profcssor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; m.a., Cornell University, 1938; ph.d., 1949.
GILBERT J. PLUMER, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; d.v.m., New York State Veterinary College,
Cornell University, 1953.
GEORGE D. QUiGLEY, Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., Michigan State College, 1925.
ROBERT D. RAPPLEYE, Associate Professor of Botany
E.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1949.
CHARLES w. REYNOLDS, Associate Professor of Vegetable Crops
B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; b.s., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S.,
1949; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1954.
■< 82
Faculty
WADE H. RICE, Extension Associate Professor of Poultry Hzishandry
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1921.
BENJAMIN L. ROGERS, Extension Associate Professor of Pomology
B.S., Clemson College, 1943; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; ph.d., University
of Maryland, 1950.
VINCENT scHULTZ, Associate Professor— Agricultural Biometrician
B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; m.s., 1948; ph.d., 1949; m.s.. Statistics, Virginia
Polytechnic Institute, 1954.
mark m. SHOEMAKER, Associate Professor of Landsca-pe Gardening
B.A., University of Michigan, 1921; m.l.d., 1922.
HAROLD D. SMITH, Associate Professor of Agricidtiiral Economics
B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1947; ph.d., Ameri-
can University, 1952.
EDWARD STRicKLiNG, Associate Professor of Soils
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937; ph.d., 1949.
WILLIAM c. suppLEE, Research Associate in Poidtry Husbandry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; m.s., 1927; ph.d., 1931.
M. GIST WELLING, Extension Associate Professor and Assistant County Agent
Leader
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1957.
BOYD T. WHITTLE, Extension Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry
B.S., Idaho University, 1947; M.S., Illinois University, 1948.
ROBERT c. WILEY, Associate Professor of Horticidture Processing
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; ph.d., Oregon State College, 1953.
PAUL N. WINN, Research Associate Professor of Agricidtural Engineering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 1958.
Assistant Professors
GEORGE J. ABRAMS, Assista7it Professor of Apicidture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; M.S., 1929.
JOHN BURic, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., West Virginia University, 1948; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952.
SING c. CHANG, Assistant Professor in Veterinary Virology
B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1929; ph.d., Rutgers University, 1939.
NERi A. CLARK, Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; ph.d., 1959.
83 ►
Faculty
CHARLOTTE A. CONAWAY, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H
Club Agent
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1957.
RICHARD D. CREEK, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry
B.S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1955.
JOHN L. CROTHERS, JR., Extension Assistant Professor, Department of Markets
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954.
DONALD w. DICKSON, Assistant Professor and Publications Editor
B.S., Baldwin Wallace College, 1947.
CHARLES P. ELLINGTON, Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Georgia, 1950; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1952.
KENNETH E. FELTON, Assistant Professor of Agricidtural Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; b.s.c.e., 1951.
RAYMOND A. GALLOWAY, Assistant Professor of Plant Physiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1958.
LOREN F. GOYEN, Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Agent
B.S., Kansas State University, 1951; m.s., University of Maryland, 1959.
FLOYD P. HARRISON, Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; ph.d., University of Maryland,
1955.
ELIZABETH E. HAviLAND, Assistant Professor of Entom-ology
A.B., Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; m.a., Cornell University, 1926; M.S., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1936; ph.d., 1945.
NORMAN V. HELBACKA, Assistant Professor, Poultry Marketing
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1956.
ROGER w. HEMKEN, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1950; M.S., 1954; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957.
LAvoNiA HiLBERT, Extension Assistant Professor and Clothing S'pecialist
B.S., West Virginia University, 1937; m.a., Columbia University, 1946.
HAROLD H. HOECKER, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Iowa State College, 1941.
WILLIAM L. HOLLis, Research Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops
B.S., University of Delaware, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d.. University of Maryland,
1957.
H. PALMER HOPKINS, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education
B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1936; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1948.
•^ 84
Faculty
HERMAN A. HUNTER, Extension Assistant Professor of Vegetable Cro'ps
B.S., Clemson College, 1923; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1926.
SIDNEY iSHEE, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
E.S., Mississippi State College, 1950; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952;
PH.D., 1957.
CARL N. JOHNSON, Extension Assistant Professor of Landsca'pe Gardening
B.S., Michigan State College, 1947.
WARREN T. JOHNSON, Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.S., Morris Harvey College (W. Va.), 1947; m.s., Ohio State University, 1951;
PH.D., University of Maryland, 1956.
JAMES G. KANTZES, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; PH.D., 1957.
RAYMOND L. KING, Assistant Professor of Dairy Manufacturing
A.B., University of California, 1955; ph.d., 1958.
JAMES D. KORNDER, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Medicine
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1950; M.S., Ohio State University, 1952; d.v.m.,
1956.
CONRAD B. KRESGE, Assistant Professor of Soils
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; m.s., 1956; ph.d., 1959.
CONRAD h. liden. Assistant Professor, Administrative Assistant to the Dean
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S., 1949.
FLOYD V. MATTHEWS, JR., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1951.
JOHN A. MEADE, Assisiant Professor of Crops
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., 1955; ph.d., Iowa State University, 1958.
JAMES R. MILLER, Assistant Professor of Soils
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953; ph.d., 1956.
JOSEPH L. NEWCOMER, Assistant Professor— Seed Programs
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1955.
JAMES L. NICHOLSON, Extension Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry
E.S., University of Maryland, 1951.
ROBERT A. PATERSON, Assistant Professor of Botany
B.A., University of Nevada, 1949; m.a., Stanford University, 1951; ph.d.. University
of Michigan, 1957.
Faculty
JUDITH A. PKEiL (mrs.), Extension Assistant Professor in Food and Nutrition
B.S., Hood College, 1931.
JOANNE w. REiTZ, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Management Spe-
cialist
B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., Pennsylvania State University,
1952.
ANNIE N. ROGERS, Extension Assistant Professor, Program Planning Specialist
B.A., Columbia College, 1938; m.ed.. University of Maryland, 1955.
PAUL w. SANTELMANN, Assistant Professor, Crofs
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., Michigan State College, 1952; ph.d.,
Ohio State University, 1954.
JOHN R. SCHABINGER, Extension Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., University of Delaware, 1943; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1947.
HUGH D. siSLER, Assistant Professor in Plant Pathology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; ph.d., 1953.
CLODUS R. SMITH, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1950; M.S., 1955.
ROBERT J. SNYDER, Assistant Professor of Vegetahle Crops
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.S., 1951; ph.d., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1955.
ALLEN L. sTEiNHAUER, Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S., Oregon State CoUege, 1955; ph.d., 1958.
GEORGE A. STEVENS, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; M.S., 1949; ph.d.. University of Mary-
land, 1957.
WOLCOTT E. STEWART, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Cornell University, 1953; m.s., 1956; ph.d., 1957.
DANIEL A. swoPE, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., Cornell University, 1943; ph.d.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1958.
BERNARD A. TwiGG, Extension Assistant Professor
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; ph.d., 1959.
JOHN h. vandersall. Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., Ohio State University, 1950; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1959.
DONALD o. wiERSiG, Assistant Professor of Veterinary Medicine
D.V.M., Iowa State College, 1949.
M 86
Faculty
FRANK H. WILCOX, Assistant Professor of Poultry Pliishandry
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1951; m.s., Cornell University, 1953; ph.d., 1955.
WALTER L. wiLLL'^MS, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry
B.S., University of Missouri, 1952; ph.d., 1955.
JACK B. WILSON, Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., West Virginia University, 1953; m.s., 1954; ph.d., 1957.
JOHN w. WYSONG, Assistant Professor of Agricidtural Economics
B.S., Cornell University, 1953; m.s.. University of Illinois, 1954; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1957.
EDGAR P. YOUNG, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry
B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; ph.d., 1958.
Instructors
CLEMENTINE B. ANSLiNGER, Extension Instructor in Marketing
B.A., College of St. Rose, 1936.
ROBERT J. BEiTER, Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1957.
MELViN c. BRENNAN, Instructor, Visual Aids
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.
THOMAS J. CORCORAN, Extension Instructor and Information Sjiecialist
B.S., University of Illinois, 1949.
SANFORD FARWELL, Extension Instructor and Exhibits Specialist
B.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1954.
WALLACE c. HARDING, JR., Extension Instructor in Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1956.
GROVER HARRIS, Extension Instructor in Poultry Husbandry
B.S., West Virginia University, 1952; m.s., 1956.
LE MOYNE hogan, Instructor in Horticidture
B.S., Louisiana State University, 1953; M.S., 1957.
DONALD s. HUDSON, Extension Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., Cornell University, 1949.
ELROY R. KRESTENSEN, Instructor in Entomology
B.S., University of Florida, 1949; M.S., 1951.
WILLIAM G. LANGSTON, Extension Instructor in Agricidtural Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., 1954.
87 ►
Faculty
M. LEE MC GOOGAN, Extension Instructor and Information Specialist
B.S., University of Georgia, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1959.
RALPH E. MOTSiNGER, Extension Instructor in Agronomy
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1956.
GRAY N. NUCKOLS, JR., Instructor in Agricultural Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1953.
BURNELL K. REBERT, Extension Instructor, Marketing
B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1947.
DONALD J. SEELEY, Instructor in Dairy Technology
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950.
HERMAN s. TODD, Instructor in Horticulture
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937.
JOSEPH T. WHiTLAW, JR., Instructor in Entomology
B.S., Clemson College, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1956.
Research Associate
ESAM AHMED, Research Associate in Horticulture
B.S., Cairo University, 1945; M.S., Alexander University, 1953; PH.D., Universif
of Maryland, 1957.
Research Fellow
CONSTANTINE A. soROKiN, Research Fellow, Plant Physiology
Diploma in Agronomy, Donn Agricultural Institute; m.a., Russian Academy o
Agricultural Science, 1936; ph.d.. University of Texas, 1955.
Lecturers
REECE I. SAILER, Lecturer in Entomology
A.B., University of Kansas, 1938; ph.d., 1942.
HAROLD H. SHEPARD, Lecturer in Entomology
B.S., Massachusetts State College, 1924; M.S., University of Maryland, 1927; ph.d
Massachusetts State College, 1931.
Emeriti
CHARLES o. APPLEMAN, Professor of Plant Physiology, Emeritus
PH.D., University of Chicago, 1910.
ERNEST N. CORY, Professor of Entomology, Emeritus
B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913; ph.d., American Universif
' 1926.
Faculty
SAMUEL H. DEVAULT, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketino
kmentus ^'
A.B., Carson-Newman College, 1912; a.m., University of North Carolina 1915-
PH.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931.
WILLIAM B. KEMP, Director of Experiment Station, Emeritus
E.S., University of Maryland, 1912; ph.d., American University, 1928.
JOHN B. s. NORTON, Professor of Botany, Emeritus
B.S., Kansas State College, 1896; m.s., 1900; sc.d., (hon.), University of Maryland.
THOMAS B. SYMONS, Dean of Agriculture, Emeritus
B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1902; m.s., Maryland State College 1905-
D. AGR., University of Maryland, 1918. e ' '
'^Supervising Teachers in Agriculture
AHALT, LOUIS F., B.S., University of Maryland, 1940; m.s. 1952.
Middletown High School, Middletown, Maryland. '
BAER WILFRED o., B.S., The Pennsylvania State University, 1942; ms 1952
Sudlersville High School, Sudlersville, Maryland.
BIGGS, w. HARLAN, B.S., University of Maryland, 1933
South Hagerstown High School, Hagerstovvn, Mainland.
LEWIS, GLENN w., B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1953
Easton High School, Easton, Maryland.
MILLER, HARRY T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; m.s., 1952
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland.
pope, JAMES L., B.S., University of Maryland, 1957
Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland.
reid, j. MARTIN, B.S., University of Maryland, 1950
North Dorchester High School, Hurlock, Maryland.
5COTT, JOSEPH K., B.A., Bridgewater College, 1935; m.s., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, 1940 ^
Williamsport High School, Williamsport, Maryland.
SPARKS, LORiNG T., B.S., University of Maryland, 1953
Hereford High School, Parkton, Maryland.
fHOMPSON, JOHN L., B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1959
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland.'
VATKiNS, DONALD E., B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; m.s. Cornell Uni-
■crsity, 1924 '
Gaithersburg High School, Gaithersburg, Maryland.
^Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers during the prac-
ice teachmg period in cooperation with the Department of Agricultural Education.
89 ►
Ci>ih
1^
n Av-'^ccMj'^ t /«'• N"! Ap^I6,i'?(^^ ^o «^
COLLEGE
of
ARTS AND SCIENCES
Catalog Series 19604961
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
VOLUME 14 MAY 20, 1960 NO. 11
University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in
March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November, and December.
Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
CONTEiNTS
GENERAL
University Calendar v
Board of Regents vii
Officers of Administration viii
Chairmen, Faculty Senate xi
General Information 1
History 1
Requirements for Admission ... 1
Costs 2
Degrees 2
Residence 3
For Additional Information .... 3
Academic Information 3
General Requirements for
Degrees 3
Work in Freshman and
Sophomore Years 4
The Program in American
Civilization 4
Air Science, Physical Education
and Health 5
College Requirements 6
Junior Requirements 7
Normal Load 7
Advisers 7
Electives in Other Colleges
and Schools 8
Certification of High School
Teachers 8
Special Honors 8
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
General A.B. Curriculum 9
I. American Civilization 9
II. The Humanities 10
Art 10
Classical Languages and
Literatures 11
Comparative Literature .... 12
English 12
Foreign Languages and
Literatures 12
Music 13
Philosophy I4
Speech and Dramatic Art . . 15
III. The Social Sciences 16
Economics 16
Geography 16
Government and Politics ... 17
History I7
Psychology 18
Sociology 19
General B.S. Curriculum 20
IV. The Biological Sciences. ... 20
General Biological Sciences. 20
Botany 2I
Microbiology 22
Psychology 23
Zoology 24
V. The Physical Sciences 24
General Physical Sciences. . 24
Chemistry 25
Mathematics 26
Physics 26
VI. Pre-Professional
Curriculums 27
Combined Program in Arts
and Sciences and Law. ... 27
Combined Program in Arts
and Sciences and Dentistry 29
Combined Program in Arts
and Sciences and
Medicine 30
(^continued on next fage')
iii ►
CONTENTS
COURSE OFFERINGS
American Civilization 33
Art 33
Botany 36
Chemistry 36
Classical Languages and
Literatures 42
Comparative Literature 45
Economics 47
English Language and Literature 47
Foreign Languages and Literatures 5 1
Geography 63
Geology 63
Government and Politics 63
History 63
Library Science 70
Mathematics 71
Astronomy 82
Microbiology 82
Music 85
Applied Music 89
Philosophy 90
Physics 94
Psychology 102
Sociology 107
Speech and Dramatic Art 114
Zoology 121
Faculty
127
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
FALL SEMESTER 1959
JANUARY 1960
4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
SPRING SEMESTER 1960
FEBRUARY
1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH
25 Friday— Maryland Day
APRIL
14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY
18 Wednesday— Military Day
26 Thxusday— Pre-Examination Study Day
May 27-}
Tune 3f ^^^^y t° Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations
29 Simday— Baccalaureate Exercises
30 Monday— Memorial Day, Hohday
JUNE
4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises
SUMMER SESSION 1960
JUNE 1960
27 Monday— Stumner Session Registration
28 Tuesday— Sxmimer Session Begins
AUGUST
5 Friday— Summer Session Ends
SHORT COURSES 1960
JUNE 1960
20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST
8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER
6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
V ►
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
FALL SEMESTER I960
SEPTEMBER
12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration
19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER
23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER
20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961
3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Hohday
25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
Jan. 26-)
Feb. l}
S?RING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY
6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Hohday
MARCH
25 Saturday— Maryland Day
30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL
4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY
17 Wednesday— Military Day
30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE
2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day
3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations
4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises
10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises
SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961
26 Monday— Siunmer Session Registration
27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
AUGUST
4 Friday— Siunmer Session Ends
SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961
19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST
7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER
5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
^ vi
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Exfires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
Vice-Chairman 1968
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1960
The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1961
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
Enos S. Stockbridge
Assistant Treasurer 1960
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. Ewing Tuttle 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
William C. Walsh 1968
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967
4101 Green way, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Principal Administrative Officers
WILSON H. ELKiNS, President
B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.
ALBBv o. KUHN, Executive Vice President
E.S., University of Maryland, 1938; m.s., 1939; ph.d., 1948.
ALViN E. coRMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Develo-pment
B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.
R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Facidty
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State Universitv, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.
Emeritus
HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.
Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges
MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.
RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.
GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.
RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College
B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.
NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy
ph.c. South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; m.s., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.
LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health
B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.
M viii
FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursino
B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.
LADisLAus F. GRAPSKi, DirectoT of the University Hospital
R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s.. University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.
mviN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of HoTticidture
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1933.
ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,
1917.
wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station
B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.
SELMA F. LIPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics
B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.
FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering
B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.
PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agrictdtiiral Extension Service
B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a..
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.
J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business artd Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.
LEON p. smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome de I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.
WILLIAM s. STONE, Dcun of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education ayid Research
B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d.. University of Loirisville, 1929;
PH.D., Chon.), University of Louisville, 1946.
General Administrative Officers
G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.
THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department oj
Air Science
B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.
NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar
B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.
ix ►
B. JAMES BORRESON, Execiitive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.
DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.
c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business
B.A., University of Marj'land, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.
WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.
LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d., University of Iowa, 1926.
GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men
B.S., Mar)'land State College, 1920; m.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
HARRY D. FISHER, Coii:ptroller and Budget Officer
B.S., University of Maryland, 1945.
GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.
ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.
GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associatc Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant QBaltimore^
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.
HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries
B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.
ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women
B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a., University of Maryland, 1924.
GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.
Division Chairmen
JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.
HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences
B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.
wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences
B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.
CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.
ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities
B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.
CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE
GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairmmj
COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS
Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES
Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID
Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH
Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES
Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS
Dr. Charles A. Taff (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES
Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE
Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE
Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
Dr. Mar\'in H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP
Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE
Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES
Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman
xi ►
THE COLLEGE
General Information
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES OFFERS ITS STUDENTS A LIBERAL
education. It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the
problems which confront them and whose general education will be a continuing
source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. It
also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of his
choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his education
and as a foundation for further professional training or pursuits.
Students in other colleges of the University are oflFered training in funda-
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education.
The courses required by the University for the baccalaureate degree in
any college emphasize the development and nature of American civilization.
All of these courses except one are given by the College of Arts and Sciences.
HISTORY
This college is an outgrowth of the Division of Language and Literature
and the Division of Applied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts of
Mar)'land State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and the School
of Chemistry were combined and other physical and biological sciences were
brought into the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences. In later reorgani-
zations some departments have been added and some transferred to the admin-
istrative control of other colleges.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are,
in general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools
of the University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
The student who intends to pursue a program of study in the College of Arts
and Sciences should include the following subjects in his high school program:
English, 4 units; college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane geometry), 3
or 4 units; foreign language, 2 or more units; biology, chemistry, or physics, 2
units; history and social sciences, 1 or more units.
The student who wishes to major in chemistrj^ mathematics, physics, botany,
microbiology, zoology, or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or pre-dental pro-
gram, should include 4 units of college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane
geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced mathematics, if available). He should
also include chemistry and physics.
General Information
A complete statement of admission requirements and policies will be found
in the publication entitled An Adventure in Learning. A copy may be obtained
by writing to the Office of University Relations, North Administration Building,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $210.00 to $240.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $260.00 to $290.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new registrants. A fee of
$10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If a
student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu of
the matriculation fee. A charge of $300.00 is assessed students who are non-
residents of the State of Maryland.
For a more detailed statement of these costs vio-ite for a copy of the publica-
tion entitled An Adventure in Learning.
DEGREES
The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements pre-
scribed bj' the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of
Science, and Bachelor of Music.
Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors
in departments of the humanities or social sciences are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Arts.^ Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in
departments of biological or physical sciences are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Science." Those who complete satisfactorily a special profession-
al program in the Department of Music are awarded the degree of Bachelor
of Music.
Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of
-Arts and Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will
be granted the degree of Bachelor of Science. Students who complete satis-
factorily the prescribed combined program of Arts and Sciences and Law will
be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts.
^ The Departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, al-
though administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer
courses for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments
as in those of the other departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are
administered by the College of Arts and Sciences.
'' The Department of Botany, although administered by the College cf Agriculture,
offers covirses for Arts and Sciences students. A major may be elected in this depart-
ment as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Sciences ad-
ministered by the College of Arts and Sciences.
General Information, Academic Information
RESIDENCE
The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a bac-
calaureate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in resi-
dence in this University.
Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30
semester hours credit of the arts program in residence in the College of Arts
and Sciences, College Park.
The complete statement of this requirement may be found in the University
publication, University General and Academic Regulations.
FOR ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be
obtained on request from the Ofl&ce of University Relations, North Administra-
tion Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed explanation
of the regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University
publication titled. University General and Academic Regidations. This is mailed
in September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February
to all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.
Requests for course catalogs for the individual sshools and colleges should be
directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:
COtLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:
Dean
(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:
Dean
(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Academic Information
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements:
1. University requirements.
2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements.
Academic Information
A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than
basic air science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in
addition 8 semester hours in Basic Air Science, and 4 semester hours in physical
activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours in hygiene and
4 semester hours in physical activities.
WORK IN THE FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS
The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is de-
signed to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him
for concentration in the latter part of his course.
It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such
proficiency in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the
field of his special interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability
must also be demonstrated, if permission to pursue a major study is to be
obtained.
The student should follow the curriculum for which he is believed to be
best fitted. It will be noted that a common group of studies is required of all
students who are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should
be taken, if possible, during the freshman and sophomore years.
THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
The University considers that it is important for every student to achieve
an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. It
has therefore established a comprehensive program in American Civilization.
This program is also designed to provide the student with a general educa-
tional background.
Work in American civilization is oflFered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University
and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate students wishing
to carry a major in this field. The third level is for students desiring to do
graduate work in this field (see catalog for the Graduate School).
All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of Mary-
land must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) obtain
24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the American
Civilization Program. Although the courses in the program are prescribed
generally, some choice is permitted, especially for students who demonstrate in
classification tests good previous preparation in one or more of the required
subjects.
The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows:
1. English (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2 and 3, 4 or 5, 6), American history (6
hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are required
■< 4
Academic Information
subjects; however, students who quahfy in one, two, or all three of these
areas by means of University administered tests are expected to substitute
certain elective courses. Through such testing a student may be released from
3 hours of English (9 hours remaining an absolute requirement), 3 hours
of American history (3 hours remaining as an absolute requirement), and 3
hours of American government. Students released from 3 hours of EngHsh
will take Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in
history will take H. 56 instead of H. 5 and 6. Students who have been
exempted from courses in English, American history, or American government
may not take such courses for credit.
Sftecial note for foreign students:
The foreign student is required to take a special classification test in English
before registering for the required English courses. He may be required to take
Foreign Language 1 and 2— English for Foreign Students— 27efore registering
for English 1.
The foreign student may meet the foreign language requirement by taking
additional courses in English as stated below under the foreign language require-
ment.
2. For the additional hours of the 24 hours required the student elects
one course from the foUovidng group (Elective Group I):
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics (not open to freshmen; students
who may wish to take additional courses in economics should substitute
Econ. 31 for Econ. 37).
Phil. 1— Philosophy for Modern Man.
Psych. I— Introduction to Psychology.
Sec. 1— Sociology of American Life.
3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history, or Amer-
ican government (see 1 above), shall select the replacements for these courses
from any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced courses in the
same department as the required courses in which the student is excused, or
(b) Elective Group I (see 2 above) provided that the same course may not
be used as both a Group I and a Group II choice, or (c) Elective Group II.
Group II consists of the following 3-hour courses:
H. 2— History of Modern Europe; either H. 51 or 52— The Humanities;
either Music 20— Survey of Music Literature or Art 22— History of American
Art; and Soc. 5— Anthropology.
AIR SCIENCE, PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH
1. Basic Air Science for men — eight semester hours. Required freshman
and sophomore years.
5 ►
Academic Information
2. Health for women— four semester hours. Required freshman year.
3. Physical Activities for men and women — four semester hours. Re-
quired freshman and sophomore years.
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regula-
tions, are required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years.
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation and it
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who
have not fulfilled this requirement will complete the course or take it until
graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry as
electives during their junior and senior years Advanced Air Science courses
which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in air science instruction
write to the Editor of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland, for a copy of the publication titled An Adventure in Learning.
COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
1. Foreign language— twelve semester hours in one language, unless other-
wise specified. The languages which may be offered to meet this requirement
are French, German, Hebrew, Italian, Latin, Greek, Russian, Spanish, and
Chinese.
Language conversation courses, 3, 8, or 9, are not to be taken to meet the
college requirement of 12 hours of language unless the student has finished the
second semester of second year French, German, Spanish, etc. (5, 7, or 17).
Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by offering twelve hours of
English in addition to the regular English requirement. The special course in
English for foreign students (Foreign Language 1, 2) may be included in the
additional hours of English. This option may not be used by pre-medical students.
A foreign student may not meet the foreign language requirement by taking
freshman or sophomore courses in his native language.
2. Natural science and mathematics— twelve semester hours, unless other-
wise specified. Candidates for the A.B. degree must demonstrate eligibility
to take Math. 10 or must complete satisfactorily Math. 3. The science courses
elected require the approval of the Dean; they will be selected from the Depart-
ments of Botany, Chemistry, Entomology, Geology, Microbiology, Physics,
Zoolooy. At least one course must include laboratory experience and one course
must be elected in each of the Divisions of Biological and Physical Sciences
except in the case of students whose science courses are specifically prescribed in
their curricula.
<l 6
Academic Information
3. Speech— two or three semester hours in accordance with the particu-
lar curriculum.
4. Major and minor requirements— When a student has completed satis-
factorily the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select
a major in one of the departments of an upper division and for graduation
will complete a departmental major and a minor. The courses constituting the
major and the minor must conform to the requirements of the department
in which the major work is done.
The student must ha\'e an average of not less than "C" in the introductory
courses in the field in which he intends to major.
A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental require-
ments, of 24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered
100 or above.
A minor in programs leading to the A. B. degree, shall consist of a co-
herent group of courses totalling 18 semester hours in addition to the re-
quirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be in a single
department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising the
minor must be chosen with the approval of the major department.
No minor is required in programs leading to the B. S. degree, but the
student must take such supporting courses in science or other fields as are
required by his major department.
The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least
"C;" some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major requirement
no course completed with a grade of less than "C." The average grade of the
work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least "C." A
general average of "C" in courses taken at the University of Maryland is required
for graduation.
JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS
A student must acquire a minimum of 56 academic semester hours with
an average grade of at least "C" in the freshman and sophomore years before
he will be permitted to begin advanced work on his major and minor. See
University General and Academic Regtdatio7ts for full statement of this rule.
NORMAL LOAD
The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per
semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, air science, and
hygiene.
A student must have the approval of his adviser and dean to take more than
the normal program prescribed in his curriculum.
ADVISERS
Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty
7 ►
Academic Information
adviser who will help the student, during his first two years, to select his
courses and to determine what his field of major concentration should be.
Juniors in the combined programs will continue in the same system.
Other juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department,
or his designated assistant, their adviser, and should consult him about the
arrangements of their schedules of courses.
ELECTIVES IN OTHER COLLEGES AND SCHOOLS
A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the
University may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in
the College of Arts and Sciences.
The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges
and schools is as follows: College of Education— 24; all other colleges— 20.
The combined credits from these colleges and schools shall not exceed 20 (or
24 if courses in education are included). Schools of Dentistry, Law, and Medi-
cine—in combined degree programs the first year of professional work must
be completed.
CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS
If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high
school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor
in one of the departments of this College. A student who vdshes to work for a
teacher's certificate should consult his adviser before the junior year.
SPECIAL HONORS
1. A program of readings for special honors in literature is open to under-
graduates in any college of the University who have the approval of their dean
and of the Head of the Department of English. Candidates are examined on an
approved list of literary works including translations from foreign languages.
Application may be made to the Head of the Department of English at any time
before the beginning of the junior year.
2. The College Independent Studies Program is administered by depart-
mental Committees on Independent Studies and by a College Committee on
Independent Studies. Admission to the program is at the beginning of the
second semester of the student's junior year. Application must be made not later
than four weeks before the end of the first semester of the junior year to the
head of the department in which the student vidshes to take honors. At the time
of application for admission to the program the student must have a three-point
cumulative academic average or the recommendation of the appropriate depart-
mental committee. Successful completion of the program vidll be signalized by
appropriate annotmcement on the commencement program and by citation on
the student's academic record and on his diploma.
GENERAL A.B. CURRICULUM
The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students planning
to major in one of the departments of the Divisions of Himianities or Social
Studies. Since some departmental majors require prerequisites which should
be taken during the first two years, individual programs must be prepared in
consultation with the assigned adviser; the elective hours listed may be used
for this purpose. Lower division advisers and the heads of the Departments of
Alusic and Sociology have available copies of normal curricula for distribution
to students who wish additional information about majors in art, music or
sociology.
/—Semester—^
Freshman Year 1 11
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature^ 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government or Group I elective^ 3
Group I elective or G. & P. 1 ^ . . 3
Foreign Language ' 3 3
Mathematics or Natural Science 3-4 3-4
Speech 1— Public Speaking and elective 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Hea. 2, 4-Health (women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-19 17-19
So-phomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World Litera-
ture ^ 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3
Foreign Language (continued) 3 3
Natural Science or Mathematics 3-4 3-4
Elective 3 3-6
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 16-19 16-18
I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
The University has a comprehensive program in American studies. It be-
gins with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes a
major for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A.
and Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the graduate program, see the
Graduate School Catalog.)
^ See The Program in American Civilization on pages 4-5.
* A placement test is given during registration week for students \vishing to pursue
a language they have studied in high school.
9 ►
American Civilization, The Humanities Ciirriculums
The student who majors in American civilization has the advantage of
being taught by cooperating speciaHsts from various departments. The com-
mittee in charge of the program represents the Departments of EngHsh, His-
tory, Government and Pohtics, and Sociology. Members of the committee
serve as official advisers to students electing to work in the field.
The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of
securing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of
concentration. Studies in American civilization are supplemented by studies
in source cultures and interacting cultures; however, in planning a curriculum,
students are required to concentrate in one of the four departments primarily
concerned viath the program. The program must include at least 42 semester
hours of work from the departments participating in the program. These
credits constitute collectively a major and a minor. At least 20 of these 42
hours of advanced work must be in 100-level courses. All the advanced work
should be so distributed that the student will take at least 9 hours in each
of three out of the four cooperating departments, including, of course, the
department of his concentration.
In his senior year, each major student is required to take a conference
course (American Civilization 137, 138) in which the study of American civili-
zation is brought to a focus. During this course, the student analyzes eight
or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in American life and
thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formu-
lating problems for special investigation, and in group discussion.
Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American
civilization should consult with their Lower Division adviser. Upperclassmen
should consult with the Executive Secretary of the American Civilization cur-
riculum, Assistant Professor Beall.
Suggested sample curriculum for American civilization majors:
Junior year: H. 52— The Humanities (3); H. 105 and 106— Social &
Economic History of the United States (3, 3); Eng. 150 and 151— American
Literature (3, 3); G. & P. 144-American Political Theory (3); Phil. 121-
American Philosophy (3); Electives (9).
Senior year: American Civilization 137 and 138 — Conference course in
American Civilization (3, 3); G. & P. 174-Political Parties (3); Phil. 154-
Political and Social Philosophy (3); Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology (3);
Soc. 125— Cultural History of the Negro (3); H. 133 and 134— History of Ideas
in America (3, 3); Electives (6).
II. THE HUMANITIES
Art
Two types of majors are ofiFered in art: Art Major A for those who take
the art curriculum as a cultural subject and as preparation for a career for
< 10
The Humanities Curricnlums
which art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who prepare them-
selves for creative work on a professional basis.
In both ty-pes the student begins with the basic courses, and mo\es to more
advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved
in visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form of actual prac-
tice of drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains a knowledge of
the vocabulary of drawing and painting, and of the methods and procedures
underlying good quality of performance.
Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the crea-
tive faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, necessarily
places emphasis on general history, composition, and art appreciation, with
subsequent choices of special art epochs for greater detailed study.
Art history and art appreciation are of special interest to students major-
ing in English, history, languages, philosophy, or music. It is suggested that
they schedule Art 9, 11, and 22, Historical Sur\'ey of Painting, Sculpture, and
Architecture, and History of American Art, as excellent supplementary study
for a fuller understanding of their major. Art 20 is recommended for Eng-
lish, languages, philosophy, home economics, and education majors. Art 22,
History of American Art, is advised for majors in the American civilization
courses. Home economics and horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule
basic art courses as a useful means of training observation and developing
understanding of, and proficiency in, the visual arts.
Courses required in all art majors: Art 1— Charcoal Drawing (3); Art 5—
Basic Design (3); Art 9, 11— Historical Sur^'ey of Painting, Sculpture and
Architecture (3, 3); Art 20— Art Appreciation (2).
Courses required in cultural art major: Art 22— History of American Art
(3).
Course required in creative art major: Art 7— Landscape Painting (3).
The Department of Art reserves the right to retain any work of students
for the perraenent collection of the University.
Classical Languages and Literatures
No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages. For details on regis-
tration for Latin and Greek, see preliminary paragraph at head of course listings
below in this catalog.
MAJOR IN latin: Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 or their equivalent must have been
completed before a student may begin work on a major in Latin. A student
majoring in Latin will then begin his concentration with Latin 5. A major
consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours beginning with Latin 5, twelve
hours of which must be taken in 100-level courses. A major student who has
taken Latin 1, 2, 3, and 4 may use credit so obtained to fulfill the t\velve-hour
foreign language requirement of the College of Arts and Sciences. Those
registering initially for Latin 5 must fulfill this requirement in another foreign
language, preferably Greek.
11 ►
The Humanities Curriculums
Coni'parative Literature
Comparative literature courses are ofiFered by the Classics, the English,
and the Foreign Language Departments. When it is so recommended by the
student's adviser, comparative literature courses may be counted toward a major
or minor in English. Requirements for a major in comparative literature include
a knowledge of one foreign language and the Introductory Survey, Comparative
Literature 101 and 102.
English
Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate
work, are urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that required
for graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is reconimended that
students give special consideration to the followdng: Latin, Greek, French,
German, philosophy, history, and fine arts.
Students who major in English must choose 24 hours of the possible 24-40
hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows:
1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104, 107).
2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 115, 116, 121).
3. Nine hours in survey or type courses (six hours from Eng. 110, 111, 112,
113, 120, 122, 123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135; three hours from
Eng. 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157).
4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156).
Foreign Languages and Literatures
The underclass Department requirements which must be satisfied before a
student can begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and
5 (or 1, 2, 6 and 7, or 1, 2, 4 and 17).
Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish; one for
the general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in
a rounded study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding another
nation through its literature, history, sociology, economics, and other aspects.
LITERATURE AND LANGUAGE MAJOR: Language and hterature as such are
stressed in the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the
first two years are a semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation
(French, German, or Spanish 8 or 9 and 80 or 81), six hours of the introductory
survey of literature (French, German, or Spanish 75 and 76), one semester of
advanced composition (French, German, or Spanish 121), and any twelve hours
in literature courses numbered 100 or above— a total of 27 semester hours.
Requirements for a major in Russian comprise 2 hours of intermediate and 3
M 12
The Humanities Curriculums
hours of advanced conversation; 3 hours of composition, Russian 71 or 72; 6
hours introduction to hterature, Russian 75 and 76; plus 12 hours in 100-level
courses, totaling 26 hours. Beyond this minimum further courses in the Depart-
ment are desirable and as electives work in American and in comparative litera-
ture is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are re-
quired.
FOREIGN AREA MAJOR: Thc 3163 study major endeavors to provide the
student vidth a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language
he is studying. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years
are nine hours of conversation (French, German, or Spanish 8, 9, and 80 or 81),
six hours of review grammar and composition (French, German, or Spanish 71
and 72), six hours in civilization (French, German, or Spanish 161 and 162 or
163 and 164), and six 3dditional hours in courses numbered 100 or above— a
total of 27 semester hours. In addition, Compar3tive Liter3ture 101 and 102
are required. The student takes, as a. minor, eighteen hours in geography,
history, political science, sociology, economics, or other human science courses,
distributed through these fields in consultation vidth advisers in the Foreign
Language Department.
Music
The functions of the Department are (1) to help the general student
develop sound critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of music;
(2) to provide professional training based on a foundation in the liberal arts;
(3) to prepare the student for graduate work in the field; (4) to prepare him
to teach in the pubhc schools. To this end, two degrees are oflFered: the Bache-
lor of Music, with a major in theory-composition, history-literature, or applied
music; and the Bachelor of Arts, with a major in music. The Bachelor of
Science degree, with a major in music education, is oflFered in the College of
Education.
Courses in music theory, liter3ture, 3nd applied music are open to all
students who have completed the specified prerequisites or their equivalents.
The University Orchestra, Band, Chapel Choir, Madrigal Singers, Women's
Chorus, and Men's Glee Club are likev^dse open to qualified students.
THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE: The curriculum leading to the degree of
Bachelor of Music is designed for students who wish to prepare for careers as
performers or private teachers, or to prepare for music teaching on the college
level. The course requirements in the three major areas m3y be summ3rized as
follows. A list of specific courses is 3vailable in the department3l oflBce.
13 ►
The Humanities Curriculums
Major in Theory-Comp
osition
History-
■Literature
Applied Music
Academic courses
specified ^ 42
sem.
hrs.
42 sem.
hrs.
42 sem. hrs.
unspecified 9
9
10
Theory and Literature
lower division 27
23
23
upper division 16
22
13
Applied Music 26
24
32
In addition, eight semester hours in ensemble courses; Air Science (men),
health (women)*, and physical activities*.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE: The curriculum leading to the Bachelor
of Arts degree with a major in music is designed for students whose interests are
cultural rather than professional. The departmental requirements include sixteen
semester hours in music theory, eighteen semester hours in music history and lit-
erature, eight semester hours in applied music, in addition to not more than six
semester hours in the larger ensembles. A list of specific courses is available
in the departmental oflSce.
Philosophy
The Department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students
attain philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evalua-
tion concerning the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the significance
of the principal types of human experiences and activities.
To those students who vdsh to explore the field of philosophy, but whr
have not sufficient free electives to take some of the more specialized courses
offered by the Department, three general courses are available. Phil. 1— Phi-
losophy for Modern Man, is a Group I elective in the American Civilization
Program. As such it is directed in part toward examining the philosophical
basis of American ideas and ideals. But it is concerned also with the general
educational aspects of the program and hence deals with the larger philosophi-
cal questions relating to the nature of man as a thinking, feeling and valuing
member of human society.
In addition to Phil. 1, the Department offers two other courses designed as
electives for students who wish to acquaint themselves with the ideas of some of
the great philosophers: Phil. 123, 124— Philosophies Men Live By.
To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their
' University requirement: American Civilization Program, 24 bemester hours; Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences requirements: 12 semester hours in foreign languages, and
6 semester hours in mathematics or science.
*As required in the general A.B. curriculum.
-^ 14
The Htimanities CiirriciiUims
subjects, the Department oflFers a choice among a group of specifically related
courses: Phil. 52— Philosophy in Literature; Phil. 53— Philosophy of Religion;
Phil. 152— Philosophy of Social and Historical Change; Phil. 145— Ethics; Phil.
147-Philosophy of Art; Phil. 154-Political and Social Philosophy; Phil. 155-
Logic; Phil. 156— Philosophy of Science; Phil. 158— Philosophy of Language.
To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the Department
offers historical courses in ancient, medieval, modem, recent and contemporary,
Oriental, and American philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for
students of American civilization.
The courses in logic (Phil. 41 and Phil. 155) are recommended in the
Arts-Law curriculum and the government and poUtics program.
Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in Eng-
lish, literature, the social sciences, American civilizarion, psychology, and in the
pre-ministry and pre-law fields. Interested students should consult with the
Chairman of the Department.
Freshmen and sophomores planning to major in philosophy should consult
the Chairman of the Department about preparation for the major.
S'peech and Dramatic Art
The courses in this Department have two main functions: (1) to provide
training in basic oral communication skills to meet the general needs of under-
graduates of the University; (2) to provide integrated speciaHzed training for
students who wish to major or minor in speech.
A major may be taken in the Speech Department in one of two general
areas, the speech arts or the speech sciences. The speech arts include theater,
radio and television, public speaking, and oral interpretation; the speech sciences
include phonetics, semantics, speech pathology and audiology. The undergraduate
program provides a level of training that will prepare students to enter several
professional fields. Specifically, these fields are: (1) teaching speech and dra-
matic art or directing these activities; (2) radio and television; (3) speech and
hearing therapy. In addition, adequate prepararion and training for graduate
work is provided.
Minors in speech are adapted to meet the needs of students majoring in
English, the social sciences, journalism and public relations, elementary educa-
tion, nurserv school— kindergarten education, pre-law and pre-ministry fields.
Prerequisites for all majors in speech are Sp. 1, 3, or 4, 5 and 6, and
Zool. 1. Major requirements: 30 hours of courses in speech with 15 hours of
courses numbered 100 and above, in either the speech arts or speech sciences.
Sp. Ill, Seminar, is required of all majors in speech. No grades of "D" in the
major field will be counted toward completing the major requirements for
graduation.
15 ►
The Social Sciences Curriculums
Specific requirements for professional training in speech and hearing therapy
include completion of the general requirements for speech majors with the fol-
lowing additions: Zool. 14, 15; Psych. 1, 5, 131; a minimum of 21 hours of
speech sciences at the 100 level.
Qualified students, depending upon specialized interests, are invited to par-
ticipate in the activities of the University Theater, Radio-Television Guild, and
the Calvert Debate Club.
III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Economics
Students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in
economics. During the freshman and sophomore years prospective economics
majors should consult with their Lower Division adviser in Arts and Sciences
concerning preparation for the major. Normally Economic Developments (2,
2) is taken during the freshman year and Principles of Economics (3, 3) during
the sophomore year.
Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty of the Department of Eco-
nomics, which is administered in the College of Business and Public Admin-
istration. In addition to the ten lower division credits listed above, economics
majors must complete a minimiun of 26 credits with an average grade of not
less than "C." National Income Analysis (3), Advanced Economic Principles (3)
and Elements of Statistics (3) are required. Other courses to meet the require-
ments of the major are to be selected vdth the aid of a faculty adviser. De-
scriptions of courses in economics vnH be found in the catalog of the College of
Business and Public Administration. Additional information about the curricu-
lum in economics may be obtained at the departmental oflBce.
Geogra'phy
Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the
A.B. degree. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses and
major in geography from a hberal arts point of view, although the Department
is administered by the College of Business and Public Administration. Fresh-
men and sophomores wishing to major in geography should consult their Lower
Division advisers and the Department of Geography.
The following courses are required: Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3); Geog. 30 (3);
Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3); Geog. 199 (3); and
15 hours in other geography courses nximbered 100 to 198.
The following science courses are required: Bot. 1 (4); Chem. 1 (4);
Agron. 114 (4). The following supporting courses are also required: Bot.
113 (2); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); Soc. 105 (3). Certain of these courses are
applicable to the minor. Please consult Senior Adviser, Department of Geography.
M 16
The Social Sciences CurriciiUims
Government and Politics
Although this Department is administered by the College of Business and
Public Administration, government and politics is a recognized major field for
students in the College of Arts and Sciences, leading to the A.B. degree. Fresh-
men and sophomores wishing to major in government and politics should
consult their Lower Division advisers about preparation for the major; addi-
tional information about the government and poHtics program may be obtained
at the departmental office. Jviniors and seniors majoring in government and
pohtics are advised by the faculty of that Department.
For further information concerning the courses offered in government and
politics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Pubhc Administration.
The government and pohtics curriculum described in that catalog does not
apply to students in the College of Arts and Sciences. Such students must
complete instead the following requirements:
1. At least 36 semester hours of government and pohtics.
2. No course in which the grade is less than "C", made after September
1947, may be counted as part of the major work.
3. An adequate diversification of study in the various fields of govern-
ment and pohtics, under the guidance of the faculty of the Depart-
ment.
If desired, students may specialize in state and local government, public
administration, pubhc law, public policy, political theory, comparative govern-
ment, or international relations.
History
The Department of History recognizes that the study of history supphes
the general student with the cultural background for the several fields of
knowledge. At the same time the curriculum provides preparation for those
entering specific fields of professional activity: (1) the teaching of history and
the social sciences at the secondary level, (2) journalism, (3) research and
archival work, (4) the diplomatic service. In addition, the curriculum offers
adequate preparation and training for those who intend to pursue graduate
study.
The program of the undergraduate student majoring in history is planned
to insure a diversification of courses with the aim of familiarizing the student
with the subject matter and disciplines of the broad fields of history. A faculty
adviser, designated by the Department, will assist each undergraduate major in
planning his program and in selecting courses to meet both major and minor
requirements. The student will be expected to confer at regular intervals with
his faculty adviser regarding the progress of his studies.
Undergraduate history majors must meet the following departmental re-
quirements:
17 ►
The Social Sciences CuTriculums
1. hvery major is required to complete a minimum of 27 semester hours
in advanced courses; i. e., H. 51, H. 53, 54 and the series numbered from
100 to 199.
2. Prerequisites for majors are H. 5, 6 or H. 56 (a University of Mary-
land requirement for the bachelor's degree) and H. 1, 2.
3. Every history major is required to complete the proseminar course,
H. 199, three semester hours.
4. The remaining 24 semester hours of the major work in advanced courses
are distributed as follows: (a) 12 hours in American history (including Latin
American and Canadian) and (b) 12 hours in European and Asian history.
5. No grades of "D" will be counted in computing the hours to satisfy
the major requirement.
6. Completion of the minor.
The undergraduate major wdll, during his junior year, file with his faculty
adviser a minor sequence. The minor requirement may be satisfied by (1)
a single sequence of 18 semester hours in any one of several related depart-
ments such as government and politics, economics, sociology, philosophy, litera-
ture, and geography; or (2) a split minor sequence to include two depart-
ments, provided a minimum of 9 hours is offered in each department, a total
of 18 hours. In certain cases, and only on the basis of an approved written
application, the student may offer a combination social science minor sequence
of at least 18 hours or a combination humanities minor sequence of at least 18
hours. In all cases the minor sequence must include at least 6 semester hours
of 100-level work in a single department. The average grade in the minor
must be "C" or better.
Psychology
The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social
Sciences (for the B.A. degree) and the Division of Biological Sciences (for the
B.S. degree) and offers educational programs related to both of these fields.
The functions of the undergraduate curriculum in psychology are to provide an
organized study of the behavior of man, in terms of the biological conditions
and social factors which influence such behavior. In addition, the undergradu-
ate program in psychology is arranged to provide a level of training that
will equip the students to enter certain professional pursuits which require a
background in this field. It is important to note, however, that the under-
graduate degree in psychology is not in itself recognized as carrying any pro-
fessional status.
Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree with a major in psy-
chology are: Psych. 1, 21, 106, 145, 150; and two from among Psych. 128,
142, and 148; plus 9 additional hours in psychology and/or other departments
< 18
The Social Sciences Ciirricidums
selected in conference with the student's major adviser. A minor program
is organized to supplement the work in the major, and for the B.A. degree
this minor program will ordinarily consist of courses in the social sciences.
The departmental requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree are given
elsewhere in these pages. No student who has ever received a second grade
lower than "C" in the major requirements listed above will be certified for
graduation with a major in psychology.
Sociology
The major in sociology offers a liberal education and at the same time
provides a background for those professional fields which focus on an under-
standing of human relationships.
Departmental requirements consist of a minimum of 30 semester hours in
sociology and for the minor, a coherent group of courses totalling 18 hours.
Of the latter at least 6 hours must be 100-level courses in a single department.
Sociology credit with a grade of less than "C" may not be counted toward the
major requirement.
Courses required of all sociology majors:— Soc. 1, 2, 183, 186, and 196.
There are several suggested areas of emphasis within the sociology major,
some with additional requirements:— (1) General Sociology; (2) Anthropology,
(3) Community Studies (rural, urban, and suburban groups and their popu-
lations); (4) Crime Control Curriculum (a four year preprofessional program
in the field of crime and delinquency and their prevention and control); (5)
Sociology-Education (fulfills requirements for secondary teaching certification);
(6) Social Institutions (the structure and functioning of social institutions
including the family, religion, economic, governmental, and educational);
(7) Pre-professional Social Work Curriculum (provides pre-professional prepara-
tion for entering a professional social work school, and qualifications for cer-
tain social work positions for which post-graduate professional education is not
required); (8) Social Psychology; (9) Industrial and Occupational Sociology.
A statement of the course requirements and other recommended courses is
available in the departmental office.
19
GENERAL B.S. CURRICULUM
The curricula required of students majoring in departments of the Divi-
sions of Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences vary much in regard to
the year in which University and College required courses are scheduled in
order to assure the proper sequential and prerequisite arrangement of major
courses. The following curriculum, which gives the subjects required of stu-
dents who plan to major in departments of the Divisions of Biological or
Physical Sciences, is, therefore, quite flexible; individual programs must be
prepared in consultation vidth the assigned adviser. Lower division advisers
and department heads have available copies of normal curricula for distribution
to students who wish additional information about majors in departments of
these divisions.
r— Semester— >,
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature ^ 3 3
G. & P. 1 —American Government or Group I elective ^ 3
Group I elective or G. & P. 1 ' . . 3
Speech 7— Public Speaking . . 2
Mathematics - Science 8-9 8-10
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science Cmen) 2 2
Hea. 2, 4— Health (women) 2 2
Physical Activities 1 1
Total 17-19 19-20
Sofhomore Year
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World
Literature ^ 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3
Foreign Language ^ 3 3
Mathematics - Science 9-12 9-12
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Acti\'ities 1 1
Total 16-20 16-20
IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES
General Biological Sciences
This program has been prepared for the student who is interested in bi-
ology but whose interest has not yet centered in any one of the biological
*See The Program in American Civilization on pages 4-5.
^ A placement test is given during registration week for students wishing to pur-
sue a language they have studied in high school. Some departmental curricula require
German. Most of the departments prefer or require that the second year be in scientific
French or German (French or German 6, 7).
^ 20
Biological Sciences Curricidums
sciences. This program is also a suitable one for the pre-dental student who
plans to earn the B.S. degree before entering dental school. This program,
however is not recommended for the pre-dental student. The program in-
cludes work in botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology, and introduces
the student to the general principles and methods of each of these biological
sciences. The student may then emphasize any one of these areas in com-
pleting his program.
By proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student
may concentrate his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be able to
continue in graduate work in that field. However, a student who is definitely
planning to do graduate- work would be well-advised to major in one specific
field of biology as soon as his interest becomes definite.
The student following this program must meet the general requirements
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French or
German to meet the foreign language requirements and Speech 7 (or Speech
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech.
Required introductory courses in the biological sciences: Microb. 1; Bot. 1;
Ent. I; Zool. 1. These courses must be passed with an average grade of at least
"C". The pre-dental student must take Zool. 2 as well.
Required supporting courses in mathematics and the physical sciences:
Math. 10, 11; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, II. The student working in most areas
of biology will also need a year of organic chemistry (Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 or
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38). Additional work in chemistry may also be required by
the student's adviser, in accordance with the needs of the student's field of
emphasis. The pre-dental student must include Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 in his
program.
Advanced courses in the biological sciences: The student must complete at
least 30 semester hours of advanced work selected from the fields of botany,
microbiology, entomology, and zoology. Of these credits at least 18 must be
at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. The
following courses in psychology may be counted as part of the required 30
semester hours but may not be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 semester
hours at the 100 level: Psych. 106, 136, 145, 180, 181, 195.
A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the depart-
ment in which he plans to do the most work.
Botany
Botany is recognized as either a major or minor field in Arts and Sciences,
leading to the B.S. degree. The Botany Department is administered by the
College of Agriculture, but students register for botany courses and major or
minor in this subject just as if the Department were in the College of Arts
and Sciences. Course descriptions and further information about the Botany
Department are given in the catalog for the College of Agriculture.
21 ►
Biological Sciences Curriculums
Freshmen and sophomores should consult their lower division adviser and
also the Botany Department adviser, in planning the major program. The
four lower division courses, General Botany— Bot. 1 and 2; Diseases of Plants
— Bot. 20; and Plant Taxonomy— Bot. 11, total 14 credit hours and should be
taken during the first two years. Sufficient upper division courses to give a
total of 40 credit hours in botany must be taken. Included in these will be
Plant Physiology— Bot. 101; Plant Microtechnique— Bot. 110; Plant Anatomy—
Bot. Ill; Plant Ecology— Bot. 102; and electives. The botany electives chosen
depend, in part, on the student's chief interest.
To support the courses in botany, major students are required to take
General Chemistry— Chem. 1 and 3; Mathematics— Math. 10 and 11 as a mini-
mum; Physics— Phys. 10 and 11; General Zoology— Zool. 1; General Micro-
biology— Microb. 1; Genetics; and 12 hours of a modem language, preferably
German.
Microhiology
The Department of Microbiology functions with three purposes in view.
One of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose
microbiology as a major subject. Two major fields of study are provided:
(1) applied microbiology, in preparation for such positions as dairy, sanitary,
or agricultural bacteriologists in federal, state, and commercial laboratories,
and (2) medical microbiology, in relation to hospital, public health, and clinical
laboratories. The second objective of the Department is to provide desirable
courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied departments and
desire vital supplementar)' information. Every effort has been made to plan
these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these related departments as
well as the needs of those students who have chosen microbiology as a major.
The third purpose of the Department is to encourage and foster original thought
in the pursuit of research.
MICROBIOLOGY CURRICULUM: The field of microbiology is too vast in scope
to permit specialization during undergraduate study. Accordingly, the curricu-
lum outlined below includes the basic courses in microbiology and allied fields.
The course in Advanced General Microbiology (Microb. 5) is required for
all microbiology majors, and should follow General Microbiology (Microb. 1).
Microb. 5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors
in other departments provided the student has been introduced to certain aspects
of microbiology or their equivalent, pertinent to their specialty. Microb. 1, how-
ever, is required.
A student planning a major in microbiology should consult his adviser
during the first year. The supporting courses should be chosen only from the
biological or physical sciences.
A grade of "D" in a course in microbiology will not be counted toward com-
pleting the major requirements for graduation.
M 22
Biological Sciences Curricidums
Courses required in major and supporting courses:— Alicrob. 1— General
Microbiology (4); Microb. 5— Advanced General Microbiology (4); Microb.
101— Pathogenic Microbiology (4); Microb. 131— Food and Sanitary Microbiology
(4); Microb. 60, 62— Microbiological Literature (1, 1); Microb. 103— Serology
(4); Microb. 161— Systematic Bacteriology (2); Microb. 150— Microbial Physi-
ology (2); Chem. 1, 3-General Chemistry (4, 4); Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34-
Elements of Organic Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 19— Elements of Quantitative
Analysis (4); Chem. 161, 163-Biochemistry (2, 2); Math. 10, 11-Algebra,
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3); Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of
Physics (4, 4).
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM: This is 3 professional program intended
for those students who wish to prepare for technical work in any type of a
medical laboratory. Because of its technical nature, it is broader in require-
ments and allows fewer electives. By proper planning of one's schedule begin-
ning in the sophomore year, courses in zoology may be taken in place of
electives or certain courses in microbiology. These courses should include
Zool. 1 and 2— General Zoology; Zool. 108— Animal Histology; Zool. 110—
Parasitology; and the followang courses in microbiology: Microb. 105— Clinical
Methods, and Microb. 108— Epidemiology.
The student who elects this program should try to obtain summer em-
ployment in a medical laboratory. This program is so designed that a student,
with proper planning, can prepare himself for admission to any of the training
schools for medical technology located in various hospitals. These training
schools require two, three or four years of collegiate work, and after one
year of hospital apprenticeship, the student is eligible to take examinations
for the Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical
Pathologists (M.T.) if he so desires.
Psychology
The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Bio-
logical Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational
programs to both these fields. Further details on the undergraduate program
in psychology are given elsewhere in these pages.
Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree with a major in psy-
chology are Psych. 1, 106, 145, 150, and Psych. 136 or 148, and Psych.
180 or 181, plus 9 additional hours in psychology and/or other departments
selected in conference with the student's major adviser. A candidate for the
B.S. degree with a major in psychology will offer as supporting courses at least
18 hours from among the following groups: Math. 10, 11, 18, 19, 20,
21, 130, 132; Phys. 10, 11, 60, 104, 105, 109; Zool. 1, 2, 5, 14, 15, 102, 104.
The additional 12 hours that are required by the College of Arts and Sciences
may be selected from this group. The departmental requirements for the
Bachelor of Arts degree are given elsewhere in these pages. No student who
23 ►
Biological Sciences, Physical Sciences Curriculums
has ever received a second grade lower than "C" in the major requirements hsted
above will be certified for graduation with a major in psychology.
Zoology
Two courses of study have been established as described below. At least
thirty-two hours of zoology, with an average grade of "C", are required for a
major in the Department. Zool. 14, 15, 55S and 181 will not be counted as
part of the 32 hour major requirement.
zoology: Copies of the suggested curricula for majors in zoology who are
interested in any phase of animal study, pre-medical training, and pre-dental
training are available from advisers and from the zoology office.
Courses required for all majors in zoology are: Zool. 1, 2— General Zoology
and the Animal Phyla (4, 4); Zool. 5— Comparative Vertebrate Morphology
(4); and Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology (4).
Supporting courses must include the follovdng: Math. 10, 11— Algebra,
Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3) or Math. 18, 19— Elementary
Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4);
Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4); Organic Chemistry— Chem. 31, 32,
33, 34 (6) or Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 (8); and one of the following courses:
Bot. 2 — second semester of General Botany (4); Chem. 19 — Elements of
Quantitative Analysis (4); or Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4).
fisheries: The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity
for the study of fisheries and marine zoology. In addition to the courses specified
for other majors in zoology, students interested in following the fisheries cur-
riculum must take: Zool. 127— Ichthyology (4); and Zool. 130— Hydrobiology
C4).
Supporting courses must include, in addition to those specified above, the
following: Chem. 15— Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 19— Elements of Quanti-
tative Analysis (4); German 1, 2— Elementary German (3, 3); German 6, 7—
Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3).
The student in this curriculum is also required to spend part of his sum-
mers in practical work in fisheries.
V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES
General Physical Sciences
This program has been prepared for the student who desires an introduc-
tion to the physical sciences but whose interest has not yet centered in any
one field of the physical sciences. The program includes some advanced work
in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, and permits the student to emphasize
•< 24
Physical Sciences Curriculums
one of these fields without having to meet the full requirements for a major
in one specific field. The program is suitable for the pre-medical or pre-dental
student who plans to complete the requirements for the B.S. degree before
entering medical or dental school. This program is also suitable for the woman
student who is interested in science and wishes to become a technical assistant
or technical writer in one of these fields, but who does not plan to do graduate
work. The program is not recommended for students who may later do graduate
work in mathematics or in one of the physical sciences.
The student following this program must meet the general requirements
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French
or German to meet the foreign language requirement and Speech 7 (or Speech
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in speech.
Required introductory courses in mathematics and the physical sciences:
Math. 18, 19; Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21). These courses must be
passed with an average grade of at least "C" for the student to be eligible to
continue •with this program.
Required supporting courses for pre-medical or pre-dental students: The
pre-dental student must include Zool. 1, 2 in his program and must include
Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38 in his advanced work in this program. The pre-medical
student must include Zool. 1, 2, 5, 20 in his program and must include Chem.
19, 35, 36, 37, 38 in his advanced work in this program. Students interested
in technical writing should take Eng. 7, in addition to the courses in English
required of all students.
Advanced courses in mathematics and the physical sciences: The student
must complete at least 36 semester hours of advanced work selected from the
Departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. Of these credits at
least 18 must be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the three
departments with no less than 3 in the second department. The student
should normally take calculus (Math. 20, 21) inasmuch as practically all the
advanced work in mathematics and physics requires calcxilus.
Chemistry
The science of chemistry is so broad that completion of a well-planned
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The curricu-
lum outlined below describes such a course of study. The sequence of courses
given should be followed as closely as possible; it is realized, however, that
some deviation from this sequence may be necessary toward the end of the
program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, unless otherwise designated,
are required of students majoring in chemistry.
FIRST year: Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4); Math. 18, 19— Elemen-
tary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); Sp. 7 — Public Speaking (2). second
year: Chem. 15— Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 21— Quantitative Analysis
25 ►
Physical Sciences CMrriculums
(4); Chem. 35, 37-Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2)j Chem. 36, 38-Ele-
mentary Organic Laboratory (2, 2); Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4); German
1, 2— Elementary German (3, 3). third year: Chem. 123— Quantitative Analy-
sis (4); Chem. 141, 143-Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2); Chem. 144-
Advanced Organic Laboratory (2); Phys. 20, 21— General Physics (5, 5); Ger-
man 6, 7— Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3); Electives (1-2, 2-3). fourth
year: Chem. 101— Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2); Chem. 187, 189—
Physical Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory
(2, 2); Chem. 146— The Identification of Organic Compounds (2); Electives
(5-8, 5-8); (Eng. 7 is strongly recommended.)
Mathematics
This curriculum oflFers training in the fundamentals of mathematics in
preparation for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in mathematics.
No grade of "D" in the major field will be counted toward completion of
the requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average
grade of "C" is required in the supporting courses.
The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice
of electives in the junior and senior years.
PURE MATHEMATICS OPTION: Elcctivcs in mathematics must include three
hours in each of the fields of algebra and geometry.
APPLIED MATHEMATICS OPTION: Elcctivcs in mathematics must include six
hours in the fields of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the
field of applied mathematics. Supporting courses will be selected from the
physical sciences or engineering in consultation with the Head of the Depart-
ment of Mathematics.
COURSES REQUIRED IN MAJOR: Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical
Analysis (5, 5); Math. 20, 21-Calculus (4, 4); Math. 110, Ill-Advanced Cal-
culus (3, 3); Math. 114— Differential Equations (3); and not less than 15 credit
hours of electives in mathematics. Supporting courses include Phys. 20, 21—
General Physics (5, 5) and an approved program of at least 12 additional hours
outside the Department, including at least 6 hours at the 100 level; these
courses may be in the physical sciences or in another area chosen by the student.
The foreign language requirement should be satisfied by either German or
French.
Physics
The physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training in the
fundamentals of physics in preparation for graduate work or teaching, or for
positions in governmental and industrial laboratories. Students who enter the
University intending to major in physics are urged to take during the first two
^ 26
Physical Sciences, Pre-Professional Cuiriculums
years the introductory courses Phys. 15, 16, 17, 18, and two semesters of Phys.
60. However, students who enter physics after taking one of the other
elementary physics courses (either Phys. 10, 11 or Phys. 20, 21) can reach
approximately the same level by taking Phys. 50, 51, Phys. 102, and two
semesters of Phys. 60. All students should accompany these basic courses with
Math. 18, 19— Elementary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); and Math. 20, 21—
Calculus (4, 4).
After completion of the courses mentioned above, the following courses
are specifically required as a part of the physics major: Phys. 52— Heat (3);
Phys. 104, 105— Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3); Phys. 1 18— Introduction to
Modern Physics (3); Phys. 119— Modern Physics (3); and at least four credits
of advanced laboratory courses (e.g., Phys. 100, 110, 140, 141, 150, or 190).
Supporting courses must include at least one additional three credit mathematics
course approved by the physics adviser.
Students who wish to be recommended for graduate work in physics must
maintain a "B" average and should also include as many as possible of the
following courses: Phys. 106— Theoretical Mechanics (3); Phys. 116— Funda-
mental Hydrodynamics (3); Phys. 120— Nuclear Physics (4); Phys. 122— Prop-
erties of Matter (4); Phys. 140, 141— Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory
(3, 3); and Math. 110, 111— Advanced Calculus (3). Recommended course pro-
grams are available from the Physics Department. Students may major in physics
only if a grade of "C" is attained in each semester of the elementary physics
courses and in each of the required mathematics courses.
HONORS IN PHYSICS
Any students who complete Math. 21 and at least 12 credits in physics
by the end of the sophomore year and who have maintained a 3.0 cumulative
average in the total academic program as well as in physics and in mathematics
may apply for admission to the Independent Studies Program in physics. This
program involves some independent work in addition to the normal physics
major program and also requires the completion of the comprehensive exam-
ination in physics during the second semester of the senior year. Candidates
for departmental honors in physics are selected from participants in the Inde-
pendent Studies Program. For further details, interested physics majors should
consult their advisers.
VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULUMS
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW
Some law schools will consider only those applicants who have completed
a four-year college program leading to the A.B. or B.S. degree. Other law
schools, including the School of Law of the University of Maryland, vidll
accept applicants who have successfully completed a three-year program of
academic work. Law schools do not prescribe the specific courses which the
27 ►
Pre-Professional Curriculums
student should take in his pre-law work, but do require that the student follow
one of the standard programs oflFered by the undergraduate college.
FOUR- YEAR PROGRAM: The Student who plans to complete the requirements
for the A.B. or B.S. degree before entering law school should select one of
the major fields for concentration. Pre-law students most commonly select one
of the following subjects as their major: American civilization, economics,
English, government and politics, history, philosophy, psychology, sociology,
speech. During his first two years, the pre-law student will normally follow
the General A.B. Curriculum described earlier in these pages. During his
junior and senior year, the pre-law student will complete the major and minor
requirements for the A.B. degree. The requirements in the various major
fields are described elsewhere in this catalog.
THREE-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student who plans to enter law school at the
end of his third year should follow the General A.B. Curriculum during his
first two years. During his junior year he will complete the requirements for
a minor (18 semester hours) in one of the fields of concentration. He will also
be able to take some additional courses as electives. His program for the
first three years must include all of the basic courses required for a degree
from the College of Arts and Sciences and a minor of 18 semester hours as
approved by his pre-law adviser. He must earn a total of 92 academic semes-
ter hours, exclusive of the credits in air science (men), health (women), and
physical education required of all undergraduate students.
COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW: The Student who SUC-
cessfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described
above and who is admitted to the School of Law of the University of Mary-
land will be eligible for the Bachelor of Arts degree after the successful com-
pletion of one year of full-time courses in the School of Law in Baltimore (or
the equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening Division of the
School of Law). The completion of a year's work in the Law School consti-
tutes the student's major. The combined program must include at least 120
academic semester hours, exclusive of required work in air science (men), health
(women), and physical activities. The student must earn at least a "C" aver-
age in all of his work at College Park, and at least a "C" average in 28 semes-
ter hours of work in the School of Law. A student who enters the combined
program with advanced standing must complete the final 30 academic semester
hours of pre-law work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible
candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Arts by the faculty
of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of
the Dean of the School of Law.
The course of study at the School of Law requires three years of full-
time work for completion. Students who successfully complete the program
are awarded the degree of Bachelor of Laws.
28
Pre-Professional Curriculums
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY
Candidates for admission to dental schools should normally plan to take
at least a three-year undergraduate program. Although the School of Den-
tistry of the University of Maryland considers some applications from stu-
dents with only two years of undergraduate preparation, it requires three years
of the great majority of its candidates and expects these candidates to meet the
full requirements of the combined degree in Arts and Sciences and Dentistry as
described below.
Certain science courses are prescribed for all candidates for dental school:
Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3, 35, 36, 37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19); Phys. 10,
11, or 20, 21). These courses must be included in any pre-dental program.
The student who wishes to be a candidate at the end of his second year must
complete all of these courses during the first two years. All requirements must
be completed by June of the year in which the student expects to enter dental
school.
Neither successful completion of a pre-dental program nor of degree
requirements guarantees admission to a dental school. All dental schools, in-
cluding that of the University of Maryland, have their own. admission require-
ments and procedures. Dental schools expect candidates to attain an academic
average substantially higher than the minimum average required for graduation
from college. Through its pre-dental advisers and its Committee on the Evalua-
tion of Pre-Dental Students this College attempts to assist its apphcants with
their problems.
FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student electing this program should select one
of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. Pre-dental stu-
dents following the four-year program most commonly select one of the follow-
ing subjects as their major field: microbiology, general biological sciences, gen-
eral physical sciences, psychology, zoology. These programs are described else-
where in this catalog. However, a student may meet dental school requirements
in most of the majors oflFered in the College of Arts and Sciences, provided
that he includes in his program the science courses specifically prescribed by
dental schools. The student's pre-dental adviser will assist the student in planning
a program which will meet both the dental school requirements and also the
requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree.
THREE-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student electing to follow this program must
complete all the courses specially required by the dental school. He must earn
a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits in air science
(men), health (women), and physical activities required of all undergraduate
students. He must complete a minor (18 semester hours) as approved by his
pre-dental adviser. He must follow very carefully the program as outlined below:
Freshman year: Eng. 1, 2; Zool. 1, 2; Chem. 1, 3; Math. 10, 11; air science
(men); Health 2, 4 (women); physical activities.
29 ►
Pre-Professional Curriculums
Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6; Group I Electives; G. & P. 1; Chem. 35,
36, 37, 38, H. 5, 6; foreign language (French or German or Latin); air science
(men); physical acrivities.
Note: Students planning to apply for admission to dental school at the
end of the second year must take Phys. 10, 11, in place of H. 5, 6. The
student who takes the two-year program will not be eligible for the Bachelor
of Science degree.
Junior year: Phys. 10, 11; foreign languages (continued); Speech 7; minor
courses as approved by a pre-dental adviser; electives.
Any student who begins the three-year program may change to a four-
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his program
accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses necessary in
certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the student
to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in the junior
and senior year.
COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY: The Student who
successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described
above and who is admitted to the School of Dentistry of the University of
Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after successful
completion of the first year in the School of Dentistry. The completion of a
year's work in the School of Dentistry constitutes the student's major. The
combined program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, ex-
clusive of required work in air science (men), health (women), and physical
activities. The qualitative grade requirements of the College of Arts and
Sciences and of the University must also be fulfilled. A student who enters
the combined program with advanced standing must complete the final 30
semester hours of pre-dental work in residence in the College of Arts and
Sciences. Eligible candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor
of Science by the faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the con-
current recommendation of the Dean of the School of Dentistry.
The course of study at the School of Dentistry requires four years for
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded
the degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery.
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE
The student planning to request admission to a medical school must pur-
sue a course of study which meets the requirements prescribed by the Council
of Medical Education of the American Medical Association and those added
or recommended by the particular medical school of his choice.
Some medical schools will consider only those applicants who will have
completed a four-year college program and will have earned the A.B. or B.S.
-^ 30
PTe-Professional Currictilutns
degree at the time of entrance into medical school. Other medical schools
will consider applicants who will have completed three years of college work.
The School of Medicine of the University of Maryland accepts some candi-
dates who vidll have completed only three years of college work but looks
vvdth more favor upon the four-year program for most students. Both the
four-year program and the three-year program are described below. In both
programs all required science courses must be completed by June of the year
in which the student expects to enter medical school.
Neither successful completion of a pre-medical program nor of degree
requirements guarantees admission to any medical school. All medical schools,
including that of the University of Maryland, have their own admission re-
quirements and procedures. Medical schools expect candidates to have at-
tained an academic average substantially higher than the minimum average
required for graduation from college. Through its Committee on the Evalua-
tion of Pre-Medical Students this College attempts to assist its apphcants wdth
their problems.
FOUR-YEAR PROGRAM: The Student electing this program should select one
of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. In addition to
meeting all general degree requirements and the specific requirements of the
major selected, the pre-medical student must include in his program the fol-
lovidng required pre-medical courses: Zool. 1, 2, 5, 20; Chem. 1, 3, 19, 35, 36,
37, 38; Math. 10, 11 (or 18, 19); Phys. 10, 11 (or 20, 21).
Pre-medical students, following the four-year program, most commonly select
one of the following subjects as their major field: microbiology, general physical
sciences, psychology, zoology. These programs are described elsewhere in this
catalog. However, a student may meet medical school requirements in most
of the majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences, provided that he
includes in his program the individual courses specifically prescribed by medical
schools. The student's pre-medical adviser vidll assist the student in planning
a program which will meet both the medical school requirements and also the
requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree.
THREE-YEAR PROGRAjsi: The Student electing to follow this program must
complete all of the courses specifically required by the medical school. He
must earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits
in air science (men), health (women), and physical activities required of all
undergraduate students. He must follow very carefully the program as out-
lined in the following paragraphs.
Freshman year: Eng. 1, 2; G. & P. 1; Group I Elective; Math. 10, 11;
Chem. 1, 3; Zool. 1, 2; air science (men), health 2, 4 (women); physical
activities.
Sophomore year: Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6; Chem. 35, 36, 37, 38; Zool. 5, 20;
foreign language (French or German or Latin); air science (men); physical
activities.
31 ►
Pre-Professional Cuniculums
Junior year; H. 5, 6; foreign language (continued); Chem. 19, Phys. 10,
11; Sp. 7; Psych. 1; minor courses as approved by the pre-medical adviser.
Any student who begins the three-year program may change to the four-
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his program
accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses necessary in
certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the student
to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in the junior
and senior years. The majority of students would therefore be wise to plan
a four-year program on entrance and not attempt the highly concentrated three-
year program.
COMBINED DEGREE IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE: The Student who
successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described
above and who is admitted to the School of Medicine of the University of
Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after successful
completion of the first year in the School of Medicine. The completion of a
year's work in the School of Medicine constitutes the student's major. The
combined program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, exclusive
of the required work in air science (men), health (women), and physical activi-
ties. The qualitative grade requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences
and of the University must also be fulfilled. A student who enters the combined
program with advanced standing must complete the final 30 semester hours of
pre-medical work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible
candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science by the
faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommenda-
tion of the Dean of the School of Medicine.
The course of study at the School of Medicine requires four years for
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded the
degree of Doctor of Medicine.
^ 32
COURSE OFFERINGS
AMERICAN CIVILIZATION
Committee on American Civilization: assistant professor beall. Executive
Secretary.
Professors: land, hoffsommer, murphy and plischke.
Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Four American classics (drawn from fields of the Depart-
ments of English, Government and Politics, History, and Sociology, which cooperate
in the program) are studied each semester. Specialists from the appropriate depart-
ments lecture on these books. For the first semester of this academic year the classics
are: Franklin's Autohiogra'phy, The Life and Writings of Thomas Jefferson, De Tocque-
ville's Democracy in America, and Schlesinger's The Age of Jackson; for the second
semester, Thoreau's Walden, Howells' Rise of Silas Lafham, Veblen's Theory of the
Leisure Class, and Warner's Democracy in Jonesville. Through these books and the
lectures on them, the student's acquaintance with American culture is brought to a
focus.
This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization Pro-
gram. The course also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating depart-
ments; a student may take either or both semesters.
The student majoring in American civilization can obtain his other courses prin-
cipally from the offerings of the Departments of English, History, Government and
Politics, and Sociology. (Bode, Beall and cooperating specialists.)
For Graduates
Amer. Civ. 201, 202. Seminar in American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters.
ART
Professor and Head: wharton.
Associate Professors: siegler, lembach and maril.
Assistant Professors: grubar and stites.
Instvjictors: jamieson and freeny.
Art: 1. Basic Drawing (C/zarcoaZ). (3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Dravidng from casts, preparatory to life
and portrait drawing and painting. Stress is placed on fundamental principles, such
as the study of relative proportions, values, and modeling, etc. (Siegler, Jamieson.)
Art 2. Basic Drawing ^Charcoal). (3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing from model, (head and figure)
with emphasis on structure and movement. (Siegler, Jamieson.)
Art 3. Rendering. (2)
Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Methods of rendering architectural,
interior, and landscape architectural draudngs. Included are: techniques of monotone
wash and water color. (Stites.)
33 ►
Art
Art 5. Basic Design. (3)
One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. A basic course in design for
beginners consisting of the theory and practice of design. Theory of design deals with
design elements such as line, shape, form, etc., and design principles such as contrast,
balance, rhythm, etc. Design practice consists of working with pencil, pen, water color,
casein, and other painting media in terms of organization, representation and space.
(Freeny.)
Art 6. Still Life. (3)
One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Art 5. A continu-
ation of Art 5 with emphasis on more advanced still life painting problems vdth differ-
ent media. CJamieson.)
Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting. (3, 3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Drawing and painting; organization of
landscape material wdth emphasis on compositional structure. (Maril.)
Art 9. History of Art. (3)
A survey of the cultures from prehistoric times to the Renaissance, as expressed
through painting, sculpture, and architecture. (Grubar, Stites.)
Art 10. History of American Art. (i)
A resume of the development of painting, sculpture and architecture in this country.
(Grubar.)
Art IL History of Art. (3)
Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned with the
development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance to the pres-
ent day. (Grubar, Stites.)
Art 13, 14. Elementary Scul'pture. (2, 2)
Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Study of three-dimensional compositions in
round and bas-relief. Mediimis used: clay, plasteline, plaster, wood, stone. (Maril.)
Art IS. Fundamentals of Art. (3)
Two three hour laboratory periods per week. This course emphasizes the fundamental
principles of the creative, visual arts for those wishing to teach. It includes elements
and principles of design, perspective, and theory of color. Studio practice is given in
ihe use and application of different media. (Lembach.)
.Art 20. Art Appreciation. (2)
An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The student
becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual arts. He is
made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "wholeness" of an art work.
He will see examples (original and reproductions) of masterpieces of art. (Lembach.)
Art 22. History of American Art. (3)
This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses within Elective
Group II of the American Civilization Program. The development of painting, sculp-
ture and architecture in America from the colonial period to the present.
(Grubar, Stites.)
^ 34
Art
Art 100. Art Appreciation. (2)
This course enables students to develop a basis for understanding works of art. It
investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, scrulpture and architecture.
(Grubar.)
Art 102, 103. Creative Painting. (3, 3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, and 7. Assign-
ments of pictorial composition aimed at both mural decoration and easel picture prob-
lems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the student's own desire
for personal expression. CM^ril.)
Art 104, 105. Life Class QDrawi^jg and Painting, Intermediate'). (3, 3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. Careful ob-
servation and study of the human figure for construction, action, form, Hne, and color.
(Siegler.)
Art 106, 107. Portrait Class ^Drawing and Painting). (3, 3)
One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art I and 5.
Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. (Wharton.)
Art 108, 109. Modern Art. (3, 3)
A survey of the developments in various schools of modem art. Works of art analyzed
according to their intrinsic values and in their historical background. Collections of
Washington and Baltimore are utilized. CCrubar.}
Art 113, 114. Illustration. (3, 3)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. This course
is designed for the purpose of channeling fine art training into practical fields, thereby
preparing the student to meet the modem commercial advertising problems. Special
emphasis will be placed upon magazine and book illustrating. (Jamieson.)
Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting ^Advanced) . (3, 3)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. This course is for
those who have completed Art 6 and wash to specialize in Still Life Painting, and more
creative work. (Wharton.)
Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (^Advanced). (3, 3)
Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 105. This course is
for those who have completed Art 105 and wash to develop greater proficiency in the
use of the figure in creative work. (Jamieson.)
Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting ^Advanced). (3, 3)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. This course
is for those who have completed Art 106, 107 and wish to specialize in portraiture.
(Wharton.)
Art 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art in Italy. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Art 1 1 . The first term is concerned with the emergence and development
of Renaissance painting, sculpture, and architecture through the first quarter of the
16th century. In the second term Mannerism and the Baroque phases are studied.
(Grubar, Stites.)
35 ►
Art, Botany, Chemistry
Art 188, 189. History of 16th and 17th Century Painting. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Art 11. A study of the development of painting and related arts. The
first semester study will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th century and
the emergence of the Baroque style. During the second semester, the paintings of
France, Spain, England, and the Low Countries will be considered. (Grubar.)
Art 190, 191. S fecial Problems in Art. (2 or 3, 2 or 3)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week or its equivalent in art history and
appreciation. Permission of Department Head. Designed to oflFer the advanced art
student special instruction in areas not offered regularly by the Department. (Staff.)
BOTANY
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select botany as a major
field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective credits. For a
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture.
CHEMISTRY
Laboratory fees in chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester
except for Chemistry 214, for which the fee is $20.00.
Professor and Acting Head: v^^oods.
Professors: lippincott, pratt, reeve, rollinson, svirbely, veitch and
WHITE.
Research Professor: bailey.
Associate Professors: brown, jaquith, pickard, purdy and stuntz.
Assistant Professors: boyd, carruthers, cordon, kasler and lakshmann.
ANALYTICAL CHEMISTRY
Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 3. (Jaquith.)
'Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis. (4)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. An introduction to the basic theory
and techniques of volumetric and gravimetric analysis. Primarily for students in eng>
neering, agriculture, pre-medical, and pre-dental curricula. (Purdy."^
Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 15. An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic
quantitative analysis, covering primarily volumetric methods. Required of all students
majoring in chemistry. (Stuntz.)
Chem. 123. Quantitative Analysis. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
M 36
Chemistry
requisite, Chem. 21. A continuation of Chem. 21, including volumetric, gravimetric,
electrometric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all students majoring in chem-
istry. CStuntz.)
Chem. 125. Instrumental Analysis. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. A study of the application of
physicochemical methods to analytical chemistry. Techniques such as polarography,
potentiometry, conductivity and spectrophotometry will be included. CPurdy.)
Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. One lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33, 34.
Chem. 206, 208. Sfectrografhic Analysis. (_1, i)
One three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem.
190 and consent of the instructor. (White.)
Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per
week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a pre-
requisite for Chem. 223. A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry'. Chem.
223 is devoted to study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.)
Chem. 225. Advanced Instrumental Analysis. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 189, 190 or concurrent registration therein. An intensive study of physico-
chemical methods as applied to analytical chemistry. Laboratory work wiU include ex-
periments in such fields as polarography, coulometry and amperometry, potentiometry
and spectrophotometry, nephelometry. (Purdy.)
Chem. 226. Advanced Quantitative Analysis. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 125, 225, or consent of instructor. A study of advanced methods
with emphasis on the modem techniques of analytical chemistry. (Pxordy.)
Chem. 266. Biological Analysis. (2)
Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem.
19, 33, 34. A study of analytical methods applied to biological material.
BIOCHEMISTRY
Chem. 81. General Biochemistry. (2)
First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33, 34, or Chem. 37, 38.
This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 82 must
be taken concurrently. (Reeve.)
Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory, (2)
First semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 34
or Chem. 38. A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. (Reeve.)
37 ►
Chemistry
Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33, or Chem.
37. This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chem-
istry, and fur those students in home economics who need a more extensive course in
biochemistry than Chem. 81, 82. (Woods, Veitch.)
Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
Chem. 34, or Chem. 38. (Woods, Veitch.)
Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143, or con-
sent of instructor. (Veitch.)
Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Lahoratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. (Veitch.)
Chem. 265. Enzymes. (2)
First semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 163. (Veitch.)
Chem. 268. Special Prohlems in Biochemistry. (2-4)
First and second semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisites, Chem. 161, 162 and consent of instructor. (Veitch.)
INORGANIC AND GENERAL CHEMISTRY
Chem. 1,3. General Chemistry. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Chem. 3, Summer session. Two lectures, one quiz, and
two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 1 year high school algebra or
equivalent. (Staff.)
Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry. (3, 3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period per week. An abbreviated course in
general chemistry for students in home economics and pre-nursing. This course is open
only to students registered in home economics and pre-nursing. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 123.
Chem. 102. Inorganic Preparations. (2)
Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem.
123. (Jaquith.)
Chem. 111. Chemical Principles. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3,
or equivalent. Not open to students seeking a major in the physical sciences, since the
■< 38
Chemistry
course content is covered elsewhere in their curricula. A course in the principles
of chemistry wdth accompanying laboratory work consisting of simple quantitative ex-
periments. (Credit appHcable only toward degree in College of Education.) CJaquith.)
One or more courses of the group 201-214 will be offered each semester de-
pending on demand.
Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.)
Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Chem. 205. Radiochemistry. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents. (2)
First or second semester. Two lectures per week. (Jaquith.)
Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory. (1-2)
One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Registration limited. Prerequisites,
Chem. 205 (or concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.)
Chem. 211. Selected Topics in Inorga^iic Chemistry. (2)
First or second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 201, 203 or
equivalent. An examination of some current topics in modem inorganic chemistry.
(Boyd.)
Chem. 213. Advanced Radiochemistry. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 205 or consent of
instructor. Utilization of radioisotopes with special emphasis on applications to prob-
lems in the hfe sciences. (Lakshmanan.)
Chem. 214. Advanced Radiochemistry Laboratory. (] or 2)
Second semester. One or two four-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 210 and Chem. 213 (or concurrent registration in Chem. 213) and consent
of instructor. Registration limited. Laboratory training in utilization of radioisotopes
wdth special emphasis on appHcations to problems in life sciences. (Lakshmanan.)
ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. Organic
chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home economics. (Staff.)
Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory, (i, I)
First and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites,
Chem. 31, 33, or concurrent registration therein. (Staff.)
39 ►
Chemistry
Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Chem. 37, Simmier session. Two lectures per week. Pre-
requisite, Chem. 3. A course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre-medical students,
and pre-dental students. CWoods.)
Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Chem. 38, Summer session. Two three-hour laboratory
periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein.
(Woods.)
Chem. lis. A Survey of Organic Chemistry. (4)
Summer school only. Open ONLY to registrants in the National Science Foundation
Summer Institute. Five one-hour lectures per week; five three-hour laboratory periods
per week. A systematic survey of compounds of carbon at the elementary level.
Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. An
advanced study of the compounds of carbon. (Reeve.)
Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory. (2-4)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. (Pratt.)
Chem. 146, 148. The Identification of Organic Comfounds. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. The sys-
tematic identification of organic compounds. (Pratt.)
Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis. (2)
First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite,
consent of the instructor. The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen,
halogen and certain functional groups. (Kasler.)
One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily be
offered each semester.
Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers. (2)
An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of pol)'meriza-
tion, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers.
(Bailey.)
Chem. 241. Stereochemistry. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Woods.)
Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Woods.)
Chem. 251. The Heterocyclics. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Pratt.)
M 40
Chemistry
Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Com'pounds. (2)
Two lectures per week.
Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparations. (.2-4')
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods
per week. (Pratt.)
Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Com'pounds, an Advanced Course.
C2-4)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent registration therein. (Pratt.)
PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY
Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21;
Phys. 20, 21; Math. 20, 21; or consent of instructor. A course primarily for chemists
and chemical engineers. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 188, 190.
(Svirbely.)
Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A laboratory
course for students taking Chem. 187, 189. (Pickard.)
Chem. 192, 194. Glasshlowing Laboratory, (i, J)
First and second semesters. Summer session. One three-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Carruthers.)
The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187 and 189,
or their equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 281 through 323, will be
offered each semester depending on demand.
Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions. (2)
First or second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equiva-
lent. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Lippincott.)
Chem. 295. Heterogeneous Equilibria. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics. (3)
Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.)
Chem. 303. Electrochemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. (Pickard.)
41 ►
Chemistry, Classical Languages and Literatures
Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
(Svirbely.)
Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics, (3)
Three lectures per week. CPickard.)
Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations. (2)
Two lectures per week. (Pickard.)
Chem. 313. Molecular Structure. (3)
Three lectures per week. (Brown.)
Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A detailed treatment of
single crystal x-ray methods. (Brown.)
Chem. 319, 321. Quantum. Chemistry. (3, 2)
Three lectures a week first semester. Two lectures a week second semester.
(Lippincott, Mason.)
Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Brown.)
SEMINAR AND RESEARCH
Chem. 351. Seminar. (I)
First and second semesters. (StaflF.)
Chem. 399. Research.
First and second semesters. Sxunmer session. (Staff.)
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professor and Head: avery.
Assistant Professor: hubbe.
No placement tests are given in the Classical Languages, The following
schedule will apply in general in determining the course level at which students
will register for Latin and Greek. All students whose stage of achievement
is not represented below are urgently invited to confer with the Head of
the Department.
Students ofiFering or 1 unit of Latin will register for course 1.
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for course 3.
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for course 4.
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for course 5.
No credit vdll be given for less than two semesters of Elementary Latin or
Greek except as provided below in the course description of Latin 1, 2.
M 42
Classical hanguages and Literatures
LATIN
Latin 1, 2. Elementary Latin. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The essentials of Latin grammar, exercises in translation,
composition, and connected reading. A student who has had two vmits of Latin in
high school may register for Latin 1 for purposes of re\dew, but not for credit; how-
ever, he may, under certain conditions, register for Latin 2 for credit ■with depart-
mental permission. (Avery.)
Latin 3. Intermediate Latin. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review,
Latin readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections
from Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War. C^very.)
Latin 4. Intermediate Latin. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 3 or equivalent. Selected orations of
Cicero. (Avery.)
Latin 5. Vergil's Aeneid. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Latin 4 or equivalent. Selections from
Vergil's Aeneid. (Hubbe.)
Latin 52. Horace. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 5 or equivalent. Selected Odes and Epodes of
Horace. (Hubbe.)
Latin 52. Livy. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Latin 51 or eqiaivalent. Selections from Livy's history.
(Avery.)
Latin 61. Pliny's Letters. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 52 or equivalent. Selected letters of Pliny the
Younger. (Avery.)
Latin 70. Greek and Roman Mythology. (3)
Second semester. Taught in English, no prerequisite. A systematic study of the
divinities of ancient Greece and Rome and the classical myths concerning them.
This course is ■particularly recommended for students flnnning to major in Foreign
Languages, English, History, the Fine Arts, and Journalism. (Avery.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Prerequisite for 100 level courses, Latin 61.
Latin 101. Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets. (3)
Lectures and readings on Catullus as a writer of l)Tic, an imitator of the Alexandrians,
and as a writer of elegy, and on Tibullus, Propertius, and Ovid as elegists. The read-
ing of selected poems of the four authors. Reports. (Avery.)
Latin 102. Tacitus. (3)
Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman historiography before Tacitus and on the
43 ►
Classical Languages and Literatures
author as a writer of history. The reading of selections from the Annals and His-
tories. Reports. (Avery.)
Latin 103. Roman Satire. (3)
Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman satire. The read-
ing of selections from the satires of Horace, Petronius' Cena Tritnalchionis, and the
satires of Juvenal. Reports. (Avery.)
Latin 104. Roman Comedy. (3)
Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman comedy. The read-
ing of selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Reports. (Avery.)
Latin 105. Lucretius. (3)
Lectures and readings on Greek and Roman Epicureanism. The reading of selections
from the De return natura. Reports. (Avery.)
Latin 111. Advanced Latin Grammar. (3)
Prerequisite, three years of college Latin or equivalent. An intensive study of the
morphology and syntax of the Latin language supplemented by rapid reading. (Avery.)
For Graduates
Latin 210. Vulgar Latin Readings. (3)
Simimer session. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An intensive review of the
phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical Latin, followed by the study of the
deviations of Vulgar Latin from the classical norms, with the reading of illustrative
texts. The reading of selections from the Peregrinatio ad loca sancta and the study
of divergences from classical usage therein, with special emphasis on those which
anticipate subsequent developments in the Romance Languages. Reports. (Avery.)
GREEK
Greek 1, 2. Elementary Greek. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The essentials of Greek grammar, exercises in translation,
composition and connected reading. (Hubbe.)
Greek 3. Intermediate Greek. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 1, 2 or equivalent. Grammar review, Greek
readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the reading of selections from the
Anabasis of Xenophon. (Hubbe.)
Greek 4. Intermediate Greek. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Selections from the Homeric
epics. See Greek 6. (Hubbe.)
Greek 5. Herodotus. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 4 or equivalent. Selections from Herodotus' history
of the Persian Wars. (Hubbe.)
Greek 6. The New Testament. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 3 or equivalent. Greek 6 vidll be substituted
■< 44
Classical Languages and Literatures
for Greek 4 upon demand of a sufl&cient number of students. The study of New
Testament Greek and its deviations from Classical Greek. The reading of selections
from the four Gospels. CHubbe.)
Greek 5L Euri-pides. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 5 or equivalent. Selected plays of Euripides.
CHubbe.)
Greek 52. Plato. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 51 or equivalent. Selected dialogues of Plato.
C Avery.)
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
Professors: aldridge, falls, goodwyn, harman, mc manaway (p.t.), murphy,
PRAHL, 2EEVELD AND ZUCKER.
Associate Professors: cooley, gravely, manning, parsons and weber.
Assistant Professor: Andrews.
Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com-
parative literature courses may be counted toward a major or minor in Eng-
lish when recommended by the student's major adviser.
Comf. Lit. I. Greek Poetry. (2)
First semester. Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the Hterary
form and the historical and mythological background.
Comf. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry. (2)
Second semester. Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nihelungenlied and other
European epics, with special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with
the Greek epic.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Comp. Lit. 101, 102. Introductory Stirvey of Comparative Literature. (3, 3)
First semester. Survey of the background of Europe's literature through study of
Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt of modem
literature to the ancients. Second semester: Study of medieval and modem conti-
nental literature. (Zucker.)
Camp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature. (3)
Second semester. A study of the sources, development and literary tj^pes. (Zucker.)
Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France. (3)
First semester. Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau
to Baudelaire. Texts are read in English translations. (Parson^.)
Comp. Lit. 106. Roma^tticism in Germany. (3)
Second semester. Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger
to Heine in English translations. (Prahl.)
45 ►
Classical Languages and, Literatures
Cotnp. Lit. 107, The Faust Legend in English and German Literature. C3)
First semester. A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treat-
ment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe in Faust. CPrahl.)
Comp. Lit. 112. Ibsen. (3)
First semester. A study of the life and chief work of Henrik Ibsen with special
emphasis on his influence on the modem drama. CZucker.)
Comp. Lit. 114. The Greek Drama. (3)
First semester. The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes
in English translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure,
and on the efiFect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. CPrahl.)
Com'p. Lit. 125. Literature of the Middle Ages. (3)
Narrative, dramatic, and lyric literature of the Middle Ages studied in translation.
CCooley.)
In addition, the following courses will count as credit in comparative Kt-
erature.
Classical Languages and Literatures
Latin 70.
English Language and Literature
Eng. 104; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 130; Eng. 144; Eng. 145; Eng. 155, 156;
Eng. 157.
Foreign Language and Literatures
Spanish 109.
S-peech and Dramatic Art
Sp. 131, 132.
For Graduates
Comp. Lit. 258. Folklore in Literature. (3)
A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's masterpieces.
CGoodwyn.)
Comf. Lit. 301. Seminar in Themes and Types. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, one year's work in literature and the knowledge of
one language other than English. Intensive study of fundamental motifs and trends
in western hterature. (Aldridge.)
The following courses will count as credit in comparative literature:
English Language and Literature
Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 216, 217; Eng. 227, 228.
Foreign Languages and Literatures
German 204.
-^ 46
Economics, English Language and Literature
ECOiNOMICS
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select economics as a
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit.
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and
Public Administration.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Professor and Head: murphy.
Professors: aldridge, bode, harman, mc manaway (p.t.) and zeeveld.
Associate Professors: ball, cooley, gravely, manning, ward and weber.
Assistant Professors: Andrews, barnes, beall, brown, coulter, Fleming,
LUTWACK, MARTIN, MISH, PORTZ, SCHAUMANN, SMITH, THORBERG AND
WALKER.
Instructors: beckman, browne, butts, clendenin, cooper, cowen (p.t.),
DEMAREE, DUNN, HALLER, HAN (p.T.), HARE, HERMAN, JELLEMA, KENNY
(p.t.), KEVER (p.t.), MYERS (P.T.), NELSON, RICE, ROGERS, RYAN, STAHR,
STEVENSON, STONE, THOMAS (p.T.), WALT, WEAVER AND WHITNEY.
Graduate Assistants: adams, chambers, cohen, covington, ellefson, gellis,
GOCHBERG, GOLDBERG, GOLDINGER, HEEMANN, HUSFELT, KELLOGG, LETZRING,
MACAW, MERKEL, MERTZ, MONCADA, MOREINES, PECK, SCHAP, SCHNITZER,
SEIGEL AND WHALEY.
Eng. 1,2. Com-position and American Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Required of freshmen. Eng. 1 is the
prerequisite of Eng. 2. See Eng. 21. Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writ-
ing; frequent themes. Readings are in American literature. (Barnes, Staff.)
Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Simimer session. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Eng. 3, 4,
or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable combination of the two, are required of sophomores.
Credit will not be given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. Practice
in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics being read in
translation. (Cooley, Staff.)
Eng. 5, 6. Composition and English Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an
acceptable combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be
given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. Practice in composition. An
introduction to major English vmters. (Cooley, Staff.)
Eng. 7. Technical Writing. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. For students desiring practice in writing
reports, technical essays, or popular essays on technical subjects. (Coulter, Walt.)
Eng. 8. College Grammar. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. An analytical study of modern
English grammar. (Harman.)
47 ►
English Language and Literature
Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng, 2 or 21, An intensive study of representative
stories, with lectures on the history and technique of the short story and other narra-
tive forms, (Harman.)
Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21, (Portz, Rice,)
Eng. 14. Expository Writing. (3)
Not offered on College Park campus. Prerequisite, Eng. 2 or 21. Credit vdll not be
given for Eng, 7 in addition to Eng, 14, Methods and problems of exposition; prac-
tice in several kinds of informative writing including the preparation of technical
papers and reports,
Eng. 15. Readings in Biogra'phy. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Eng, 2 or 21, An analytical study in the form and
technique of biographical writing in Europe and America, CWard,)
Eng. 21. Advanced Freshman Composition and Literature. (3)
First and second semesters. Replaces the Eng, 1 and 2 requirement for students ex-
empt from Eng, 1, Includes a survey of fundamentals covered in Eng, 1 in addition
to material comparable to that of Eng, 2, CThorberg, Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Eng. 4 or 6 and junior standing are prerequisite to courses numbered 101 to 199.
Eng. 101. History of the English Language. (3)
Second semester, CHarman.)
Eng. 102. Old English. (3)
First semester, CBaU.)
Eng. 103. Beowulf. (3)
Second semester. CBaU.)
Eng. 104. Chaucer. (3)
First semester. The Canterbury Tales, Troilus and Criseyde, and the principal minor
poems. CHarman,)
Eng. 107. American English. (3)
Second semester. The English language as developed in the United States, Dialects,
vocabulary, past and present problems of usage, CBall,)
Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacohean Drama. Q3, 3)
First and second semesters. CZeeveld, Mish.)
Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance. (3)
(Not offered 1960-61,) (Zeeveld.)
M 48
English Language and Literature
Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance. (3)
(Not offered 1960-61.) (Zeeveld, Mish.)
Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Twenty-one important plays. CZeeveld.)
Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800. (3)
Second semester. The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with em-
phasis upon the comedy of manners. CWard.)
Eng. 121. Milton. (3)
Second semester. CMurphy.)
Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660. (3)
First semester. The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton).
(Murphy, Mish.)
Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700. (3)
Second semester. The Age of Drj'den, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Weber.)
Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Cooley.)
Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Ward, Brown.)
Eng. 143. Modern Poetry. (3)
First semester. The chief British and American poets of the twentieth centur}'.
(Fleming.)
Eng. 144. Modern Drama. (3)
First semester. The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.)
Eng. 145. The Modern Novel. (3)
Second semester. Major EngUsh and American noveUsts of the twentieth centur)\
(Andrews.)
Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy. (3)
Second semester. (Barnes.)
Eng. 150, 151. American Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Representative American poetry and prose from colonial
times to the present with special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century.
(Manning, Gravely, Beall, Lutwack.)
49 ►
English Language and Literature
Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Two writers studied intensively each semester.
(Gravely, Manning, Portz.)
Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore. (3)
First semester. Historical background of folklore studies; types of folklore with par-
ticular emphasis on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore. (Cooley.)
Eng. 160. Advanced Ex'pository Writing. QS") i
Second semester. Theories of composition; editing; style manuals. Practice in writing
essays, critical papers, reports. (Barnes.)
Eng. 170. Creative Writing. (2)
First semester. (Fleming.)
Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.)
Eng. 172. Playwriting. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. (Fleming.)
Eng. 199. Honors Conference Course. (3)
Second semester. Open only to seniors. Prerequisite, candidacy for honors in English.
A topic will be studied in selected literary works of various periods and types. Read-
ings; discussions; conferences; preparation of a term paper. (Cooley.)
For Graduates
Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods. (3)
First semester. An introduction to the principles and methods of lesearch. (Mish.)
Eng. 202. Middle English. (3)
Second semester. (Harman.)
Eng. 203. Gothic. (3)
First semester. (Harman.)
Eng. 204. Seminar in Medieval Literature. (3)
Second semester. (Cooley.)
Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (McManaway, Zeeveld.)
Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature. (3)
Second semester. (Mish.)
Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature. (,3, 3^
First and second semesters. (Aldridge.)
Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Literature. (3)
First and second semesters. (Cooley, Weber.)
< 50
Foreign Languages and Literatures
Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism. C3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Murphy, Lutwack.)
Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. CBode.)
Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Not offered 1960-61.) (Aldridge.)
Eng. 399. Thesis Research. (J-6)
Arranged. (Staff.)
FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professor and Head: zucker.
Professors: falls, goodwyn, prahl and smith.
Associate Professors: bingham, kramer, parsons, quynn, rand and rosen-
FIELD.
Assistant Professors: bridgers, bulatkin, dobert, hall, hering, nemes and
SCHWEIZER.
Instructors: adams (p.t.), Anderson, arsenault, boborykine, chen (p-T.),
GREENBERG (p.t.), JAMES, LEE, NORTON, ROSWELL AND ROVNER.
At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all
students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do
further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns each
student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who fails to qualify
for the second semester of his language will be required to register for the
first without credit or register for a different language. (Students who wish to
continue Latin should consult the section on classical languages elsewhere in
these pages).
No credit will be given for the elementary first semester (1) alone unless
followed by further study.
Language conversation courses, 3, 8, or 9, are not to be taken to meet the
college requirement of 12 hours of language unless the student has finished
the second semester of second year French, German, Spanish, etc. (5, 7, or 17).
Taking conversation courses to meet the college requirement is permitted in
the case of students who enter language courses with advanced standing.
A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet
the language requirement by taking freshman or sophomore courses in his
language.
HONORS IN FRENCH, GERMAN OR SPANISH: A Student whose major is in
French, German or Spanish and who maintains an approved average in his
grades may read for honors in French, German or Spanish. A candidate for
51 ►
Foreign Languages and Literatures
honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an
area of his special interest. Application may be made to the Head of the
Department of Foreign Languages between the second semester of the sopho-
more year and the first semester of the senior year.
Attention is called to the courses in comparative literature elsewhere in
these pages.
Foreign Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs
of the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax; the difiFerences
between English and various other languages are stressed. (Bridgers.)
Foreign Language 140. Oral Practice in Modern Foreign Languages. (French,
German, Russian, or Spanish). (3)
Development of fluency in modern foreign languages, stress on correct sentence struc-
ture and idiomatic expression. Especially designed for teachers, oflFering practice in
speaking the language. (Rovner.)
Attention is called to Ed. 142 and 143.
FRENCH
French 0. Intensive Elementary French. (0)
First and second semesters. Simimer session. Intensive elementary course in the
French language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge. Q Hall.)
French 1, 2. Elementary French. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. French 2, Smmner session. Three recitations and one
laboratory period per week. A student who has had two units of French in high
school may take French 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. Elements of
grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conversation.
(Falls, Staff.)
French 3. Elementary Conversation. (J)
First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year
French or French 1 with the grade "A" or "B". (Arsenault.)
French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, French 2 or equivalent.
Students who have taken French 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for French 4 and 5.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought and culture.
(Falls, Staff.)
French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, French 2 or equivalent. Students who
have taken French 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for French 6 and 7. Reading of
technical and scientific prose with some grammar review. (Kramer, Staff'.)
French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for French 8, French 3 or consent of
instructor; for French 9, French 8 or consent of instructor. (Arsenault.)
^ 52
Foreign Languages and Literatures
French 17. Grammar Review. (3)
First and second semesters. May be taken after completion of French 4 or 5. Recom-
mended for students who expect to major or minor in French. CHall.)
For Advanced Undergraduates
French 51, 52. The Develo-pment of the French Novel. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Introductory study of the history and growth of the
novel in French literature. French 51 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries,
French 52 the nineteenth. (Kramer.)
French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Introductory study of the French drama. French 53
covers tlie seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 54 the nineteenth.
(Kramer.)
French 55, 56. The Develofment of the Short Story in French. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of the short story in French literature. French
55 covers examples up to the nineteenth century, French 56 the nineteenth and
twentieth centuries. (Kramer.)
French 61, 62. French Phonetics. (I, 1)
First and second semesters. Prereqiiisite, French 2 or equivalent. Elements of
French phonetics, diction and intonation. (HaE.)
French 71, 72. Pieview Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. For students who
having a good knowledge of French, wish to become more proficient in the written
and spoken language. (Quynn, Bingham.)
French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second vear French or equivalent. An ele-
mentar)' survey of the chief authors and movements in French hterature.
(FaUs, HaU.)
French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. For students who vdsh to develop fluency and confidence in
speaking the language. (Arsenault.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
French 100. French Literature of the Siocteenth Century. (3)
First semester. The Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabelais and Calvin; the Pleiade;
Montaigne. (Falls.)
French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semester. First semester: Descartes, Pascal, Comeille, Racine. Second
semester: the remaining great classical writers, with special attention to MoUere.
(Quynn, Rosenfield.)
53 ►
Foreign hanguages and Literatures
Trench 102, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century. O, 3)
First and second semesters. First semester: development of the phUosophical and
scientific movement; Montesquieu. Second semester: Voltaire, Diderot^'pRo^^^^g-j;^^^^^^^
French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism
to Symbolism. Second semester: the major prose writers of the same penod^
•^ (Bmgham, Quynn.j
French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the
present time. Second semester: the contemporary novel. ^tans.j
French 121, 122. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Translation from English into French, free compo^mon
letter vmting.
French 161, 162. French Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. French hfe, customs, culture, traditions. First semester:
the historical development. Second semester: present-day F---^^^^^^^^^ ^.^^^^^
French 171. Practical French Phonetics. (3)
First semester. Pronunciation of modem French. The sounds and their P^J^^fj^"'
the stress group, intonation. ^ ™
French 199. Rapid Revievp of the History of French Literature. CO
Second semester. Especially designed for French majors. WeeUy lectures stressing
the high points in the history of French literature. Cballs.J
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth
Century. (2, 2) ^^^^
First and second semesters. ^
French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth
Century, d, 2-)
First and second semesters. ^
French 211. French Linguistics. (3)
„. ^ CSmith,Bulatkin.)
First semester. ^ '
French 212. Old French Readings. (3)
o J »^, CSmith, Bulatkin.)
Second semester. '^ '
French 215,216. Moliere. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. k^uynn-j
-^ 54
Foreign Languages and Literatures
French 221, 222. Reading Course. (^Arranged")
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French literature.
Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)
French 230. Introduction to Euro'pean Linguistics. (3)
(Smith, Bulatkin.)
French 251, 252. Seminar. (3, 3)
Required of all graduate majors in French. (Staff.)
French 399. Research.
Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of master's
and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)
GERMAN
German 0. Intensive Elementary German. (0)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Intensive elementary course in the
German language designed particularly for graduate students who wish to acquire a
reading knowledge. (Kramer, Hering.)
German 1, 2. Elementary German. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. German 2, Summer session. Three recitations and one
laboratory period per week. A student who has had two units of German in high
school may take German 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. Elements of
grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conver-
sation. (Dobert, Staff.)
German 3. Elementary Conversation. (1)
First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year
German or German 1 with the grade "A" or "B". (Staff.)
German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent.
Students who have taken German 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for German 4 and 5.
Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German life, thought
and culture. (Dobert, Staff.)
German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent. Students who
ha^-e taken German 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for German 6 and 7. Reading of
technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. (Kramer, Staff.)
German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for German 8, German 3 or consent of
instructor; for German 9, German 8 or consent of instructor. (Anderson.)
German 17. Grammar Review. (3)
First and second semesters. May be taken after completion of German 4 or 5. Recom-
mended for students who wish to major or minor in German. (Kramer.)
55 ►
Foreign Languages and Literatures
For Advanced Undergraduates
German 61, 62. German Phonetics. (J, i)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 2 or equivalent. Pronunciation
of German, study of phonetics, oral exercises and ear training. (Schweizer.)
German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or eqixivalent. This course is
required of students preparing to teach German. A thorough study of the more de-
tailed points of German grammar with ample practice in composition work.
(Kramer.)
German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. An elementary
survey of the chief authors and movements in German literature. (Schweizer, Dobert.)
German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, German 8, 9 or consent of instructor. For
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.
(Dobert.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder,
Goethe, Schiller. (Prahl, Schweizer.)
German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel,
Ludwig, Stifter, KeUer, Anzengruber. (Prahl, Schweizer.)
German 105, 106. Modern German Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to
the present time (1890-1950.) (Prahl, Dobert.)
German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. First and second parts of the drama. (Hering.)
German 121, 122. Advanced Composition, (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Translation from English into German, free composition,
letter vmting. (Kramer, Dobert.)
German 161, 162. German Civilization. C^, 3^
First and second semesters. A survey of two thousand years of German history, out-
Hning the cultural heritage of the German people, their great men, tradition, customs,
art and literature, with special emphasis on the interrelationship of social and literary
history. (Prahl.)
German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature. (1)
Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. (Schweizer.)
M 56
Foreign Languages and Literatures
Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, and
Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and German Literature.
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be ofiFered.
German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. CZucker.)
German 204. Schiller. (3)
German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust. (2)
German 206. The Romantic Movement. (3)
CPrahl.)
CZucker.)
CPrahl.)
German 221, 222. Reading Course. QArranged')
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German litera-
ture. Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. CStaff.)
German 230. Introduction to Euro'pean Linguistics. C3)
CSmith, Bulatkin.)
German 23 L Middle High German. (3)
CSchweizer.)
German 251, 252. Seminar. Q3, 3)
Required of all graduate majors in German. CStafF.)
German 399. Research.
Credits determined by work accomphshed. Guidance in the preparation of master's
and doctoral theses. Conferences. CStaflF.)
SPANISH
Spanish 1, 2. Elementary S'panish. Q3, 3)
First and second semesters. Spanish 2, summer session. Three recitations and one
laboratory period per week. A student who has had two units of Spanish in high
school may take Spanish 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. Elements of
grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conversa-
tion. CParsons, Staff.)
Sftanish 3. Elementary Conversation. (2)
First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year
Spanish or Spanish 1 vdth the grade "A" or "B". CNemes.)
Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Simimer session. Prerequisite, Spanish 2 or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American
life, thought and culture. CParsons, Staff.)
Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for Spanish 8, Spanish 3 or consent of
instructor; for Spanish 9, Spanish 8 or consent of instructor. CNemes.)
57 ►
Foreign Languages and Literatures
Spanish 17. Grammar Review. (3)
First and second semesters. May be taken after completion of Spanish 4 or 5.
Recommended for students who expect to major or minor in Spanish.
(Rovner, Norton.)
Vox Advanced Undergraduates
Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second year Spanish or equivalent. Designed
to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage; commercial letters. (Bingham.)
Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics. Ql, I)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 2 or equivalent. The pronuncia-
tion of Spanish, study of phonetics, oral exercises, and ear training. (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition. QS, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent. Intended to
give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. (Parsons, Rand.)
Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. An elementary
sxurvey of the history of Spanish literature. (Parsons, Rand.)
Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation. (,3, 3")
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. For
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.
(Names.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad. (3)
First semester. The legendary and heroic matter of Spain. Readings of the Poema del
Cid and of ballads of various cycles. (Parsons.)
Spanish 102. The Spanish Popular Ballad. (3)
Second semester. T)rpical ballads composed and developed in the Spanish-speaking
world diuing and since the Golden Age, with stress on the folkloristic point of view.
(Goodwyn.)
Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age. (3)
First semester. Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de
Mohna and others. (Parsons.)
Spanish 107. Cervantes: Plays and Exemplary Novels. (3)
First semester. (Rand.)
Spanish 108. Lope de Vega. (3)
First semester. Selected works of Lope de Vega. (Parsons.)
Spanish 109. Cervantes: Don Quixote. (3)
Second semester. (Goodwyn.)
■^ 58
Foreign LangiMges and Literatures
Spanish 110. Modern S-panish Poetry. (3)
First semester. Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.)
Spanish 111. The Spanish Novel of the Nineteenth Century. (3)
First semester. Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth century.
(Parsons.)
Spanish 112. Modern Spanish Drama. (3)
Second semester. Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
(Nemes.)
Spanish 113. The Spanish Novel of the Twentieth Century. (3)
Second semester. Significant novels of the twentieth century. (Rand.)
Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought. (3)
First semester. The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writ-
ings of the twentieth century. (Rand.)
Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition,
letter writing. (Goodwyn.)
Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction. (3)
First semester. The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the
present and their reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere.
(Nemes.)
Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry. (3)
Second semester. Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to Eiuopean trends
and vnriters. (Nemes.)
Spanish 153. Spanish-American Essay. (3)
First and second semesters. Social and pohtical thought from BoHvar to Vasconcelos
and its relationship to social and pohtical conditions in Spanish America. (Nemes.)
Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Introductory study of the hterary, educational, artistic
traditions; great men, customs, and general culture. (Rand.)
Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America; the
historical-political background and the dominating concepts in the Uves of the people.
(Goodwyn.)
Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature. (I)
Second semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors. (Parsons.)
For Graduates
The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered.
Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature. (3)
(Goodvpyn.)
59 ►
Foreign Languages and Literatures
S-panish 203, 204. S'panish Poetry. (3, 3)
CGoodwynO
Spanish 205, 206. Spanish Literature of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)
(Rand.)
Spanish 21 L Spanish Linguistics. (3)
First semester. (Parsons, Bulatkin.)
Spanish 212. Old Spanish Readings. (3)
Second semester. (Parsons, Bulatkin.)
Spanish 221, 222. Reading Course. ^Arranged')
Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of Spanish literature.
Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.)
Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics. (3)
(Smith, Bulatkin.)
Spanish 251, 252. Seminar. C3, 3^
Required of all graduate majors in Spanish. (Staff.)
Spanish 399. Research.
Credits determined by work accomplished. Guidance in the preparation of master's
and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.)
RUSSIAN
Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation;
exercises in translation. One laboratory period per week. (Boborykine, Lee.)
Russian 3. Elementary Conversation. (J)
First and second semesters. Open to all students who have completed their first year
Russian or Russian 1 with the grade "A" or "B". (Boborykine.)
Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Russian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture.
(Boborykine.)
Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for Russian 8, Russian 3 or consent of
instructor; for Russian 9, Russian 8 or consent of instructor. (Boborykine.)
Russian 10, 11. Scientific Russian. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Russian 5 or equivalent. (Boborykine.)
Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, first and second year Russian. Designed to
give a thorough training in the structure of the language; drill in Russian composition.
(Boborykine.)
^ 60
Foreign Languages and Literatures
Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent. An ele-
mentary survey of Russian literature. (Boborykine.)
Russian 80, 8L Advanced Conversation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Russian 8, 9, or consent of instructor. For
students who vdsh to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language.
(Boborykine.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Russian 101, 102. Modem Russian Literature. (iS, 2^
First and second semesters. Works of Maxim Gorky, Alexei Tolstoy, P. Romanov, M.
Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. (Boborykine.)
Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, Lermantov, Tur-
genev, Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy, Chekhov. CBoborykine.)
HEBREW
Hehrew 1,2. Elementary Hebrew. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation;
exercises in translation. CGreenberg.)
Hehrew 3. Elementary Conversation. CO
First semester. Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor. CGreenberg.)
Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hehrew. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Hebrew 2 or equivalent. Texts designed
to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and cxilture. CGreenberg.)
Hehrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: for Hebrew 8, Hebrew 3 or consent of
instructor; for Hebrew 9, Hebrew 8 or consent of instructor. An intermediate practice
course in spoken Hebrew. CGreenberg.)
Hehrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature. Q3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, second year Hebrew or equivalent.
CGreenberg)
Hehrexv 101. The Hehrew Bible. C3)
Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. CGreenberg.)
Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. C3)
Reading of selected portions of the Prophets. CGreenberg.)
Hehrew 103. Modem Hebrew Literature. C3)
The period of the Haskalah CEnlighteiunent). (Greenberg.)
61 ►
Foreign Languages and Literatures
Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3)
The period of the Tehiah CModem Revival). (Greenberg.)
CHINESE
Chinese 1, 2. Elementary Chinese. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three recitations and one laboratory period per week.
Elements of pronimciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, translation.
(Chen.)
Chinese 4, 5. Intermediate Chinese. C3, S')
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Chinese life, thought, and culture. (Chen.)
Chinese 101, 102. Readings from Chinese History. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Chinese 5 or equivalent. Based on an
anthology of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties. (Chen.)
Chinese 161, 162. Chinese Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. This course supplements Geog. 134 and 135, Cultural
Geography of East Asia. It deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, govern-
ment, and great men. Second semester: developments in China since 1911. The
course is given in English translation.
Chinese 161 and 162 may be counted as history credits in meeting major and minor
requirements. (Chen.)
ITALIAN
Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian. (3, 3)
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week. Elements of grammar and exer-
cises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation and conversation. A student
who has had two units of Italian in high school may take Italian 1 for purposes of
review, but not for credit. (Smith, Adams.)
Italian 3. Elementary Conversation. (I)
Open to all students who have completed their first year Italian or Italian 1 with
the grade "A" or "B". (Staff.)
Italian 4, 5. Intermediate Italian. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Italian 2 or equivalent. Reading of texts
designed to give some knowledge of Italian life, thought, and culture. (Smith, Adams.)
Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs. (3, 3)
Not offered on the College Park campus. An introductory study of the Italian people
against a background of political and social history. A survey of Italian literary and
cultural traditions.
M 62
Geography, Geology, Government and Politics, History
GEOGRAPHY
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select geography as a
major field, and may also take courses in this Department for elective credit.
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and
Public Administration.
GEOLOGY
Lecturer: brown.
Geol. 1. Geology. (3)
Prerequisite, Chem. 3. A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical
and structural geology. Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals
composing the earth; the movement within it; and its surface features and the agents
that form them.
Geol. 2. Engineering Geology. (2)
The fundamentals of geology with engineering apphcations.
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select government and
politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this Department for
elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of
Business and Public Administration.
HISTORY
Professor and Head: land.
Professors: bauer, chatelain, merrill, prange and w^ellborn.
Associate Professors: cordon, jashemski, sparks and stromberg.
Assistant Professors: beard, callcott, conkin, crosman, Ferguson and rivlin-
Instrtictors: eggert and pitt.
H. J, 2. History of Modern Euro-pe. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses
in European history. H. 2 may be taken by students who qualify to select courses
within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. A study of European
history from the Renaissance to the present day. First semester to 1815. Second
semester since 1815. CStaff.)
H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization. (3, 3)
Required of all students who entered the University after 1944-45. Normally to be
taken in the sophomore year. An historical survey of the main forces in American
life with emphasis upon the development of our democratic heritage. First semester
from the colonial period through the Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War.
(Staff.)
63 ►
History
H. 51, 52. The Humanities. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Either of these courses may be taken by students who
quahfy to select courses within Elective Group II of the .Ajnerican Civilization Program.
In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural development
is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the various civilizations
which have contributed to the common cultural heritage of western civilization. It is
designed as an introductory course in history which will make a more direct contribu-
tion to the other liberal art fields. First semester to the Renaissance. Second semester
since the Renaissance. CJashemski.)
H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A history of the development of British life and institutions.
Open to all classes. Especially recommended for English majors and minors and
pre-law students. First semester to 1485. Second semester, since 1485. (Gordon.)
H. 56. American Life and Thought. (3)
First and second semesters. Required of all students who qualify by examination for
exemption from H. 5, 6. Normally to be taken in sophomore year. A survey of
significant historical trends and selected problems in the development of American
civilization from the colonial era to recent times. Not to be used as a general elective
coiurse. (Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
AMERICAN HISTORY
H. 10 J. American Colonial History. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The settlement and development
of colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth century. (Ferguson.)
H. 102. The American Revolution. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The background and
course of the American Revolution through the formation of the Constitution.
(Ferguson.)
H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A synthesis of American life
from independence through the Civil War. (Chatelain.)
H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil
War. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The development of Amer-
ican life and institutions, with emphasis upon the period since 1876. (Chatelain.)
H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1800-1860. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An examination of the
political history of the U. S. from Jefferson to Lincoln vdth particular emphasis on
the factors producing Jacksonian democracy. Manifest Destiny, the Whig Party, the
anti-slavery movement, the RepubUcan Party, and secession. (Sparks.)
-^ 64
History
H. 115. The OU South. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the institutional
and cultural life of the ante-bellum South with particiolar reference to the background
of the Civil War. (Staff.)
H. 116. The Civil War. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Mihtary aspects; problems
of the Confederacy; pohtical, social, and economic effects of the war upon American
society. A tour of one selected battlefield is a required part of the course. (Sparks.)
H. 117. The New South. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The South's place in the
nation from Appomattox to the present vidth special reference to regional problems
and aspirations. (Staff.)
H. 118, 119. Recent American History. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Party politics,
domestic issues, foreign relations of the United States since 1890. First semester,
through World War I. Second semester, since World War I. (Merrill.)
H. 121. History of the American Frontier. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The Trans-Allegheny West.
The westward movement into the Mississippi Valley. (Pitt-)
H. J 22. History of the American Frontier. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. The Trans-Mississippi
West. Forces and factors in the settlement and development of the Trans-Mississippi
West to about 1900. (Staff.)
H. 123. The New West. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Regional peculiarities and
national significance of the Plains and Pacific Coast areas from 1890 to the present.
(Staff.)
H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. Problems of reconstruction
in both South and North. Emergence of big business and industrial combinations.
Problems of the farmer and laborer. (Merrill.)
H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An historical
study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of the United States. First
semester from the Revolution to the Civil War; second semester, from the Ci\'il War
to the present. (Wellborn.)
H. 129. The United States and World Affairs. (3)
Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A consideration of the changed position of
the United States with reference to the rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.)
H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. An intellectual
65 ►
History
history of the American people, embracing such topics as Uberty, democracy, and social
ideas. (Beard.)
H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. A study of the
historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitution, and the development of
American constitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. (Land.)
Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. The student's acquaintance wdth American civilization is
brought to a focus through the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as
De Tocqueville, Democracy in America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, The
Theory of the Leisure Class, and Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Specialists from
related departments participate in the conduct of the course. (Bode.)
H. 141, 142. History of Maryland. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. First semester,
a survey of the political, social and economic history of colonial Maryland. Second
semester, Maryland's historical development and role as a state in the American Union.
(Chatelain.)
H. 145, 146. Latin American History. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 6 hours of fundamental courses. A survey
of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the present, covering political,
cultural, economic, and social development, with special emphasis upon relations with
the United States. First semester, the colonial period. Second semester, the Re-
publics. (Crosman.)
H. 147. History of Mexico. (3)
First semester. The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence
period and upon relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin American
neighbors. (Crosman.)
EUROPEAN AND ASIAN HISTORY
H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece. (3)
First semester. A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece,
vdth particular attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski.)
H. 153. History of Rome. (3)
Second semester. A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through
the Republic and down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.)
H. J 55. Medieval Civilization. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor.
A survey of medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire
to the thirteenth century. (Staff.)
H. 16 J. The Renaissance and Reformation. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or 53, or the permission of the instructor.
The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through
the Thirty Years War. (Staff.)
-^ 66
History
H. 763, 164. The Middle East. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, six hours from the following groups of
courses: H. 1, 2; H. 51, 52; or H. 53, 54. A survey of the historical and institutional
developments of the nations of this vital area. The Islamic Empires and their cultures;
impact of the west; breakup of the Ottoman Empire and rise of nationalism; present day
problems. (Rivlin.)
H. 165. Tofics from Middle Eastern History in the Nineteenth and Twen-
tieth Centuries. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 163, 164 or the equivalent or permission of the
instructor. Conference course for advanced undergraduate and graduate students. Lec-
tiues and special assignments, dealing with Middle Eastern institutions in the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries. (Rivlin.)
H. 166. The French Revolution. (2)
First semester. The Enlightenment and the Old Regime in France; the revolutionary
uprisings from 1789 to 1799. (Gordon.)
H. 167. Na-poleonic Euro-pe. (2)
Second semester. European developments from the rise of Napoleon to the Congress
of Vienna. (Gordon.)
H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A study of the
political, economic, social, and cultural development of Europe from the Congress of
Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.)
H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, W. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A study of political,
economic, and cultural developments in twentieth century Europe with special em-
phasis on the factors involved in the two World Wars and their global impacts and
significance. (Prange.)
H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. First semester, the
developments of England's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the war for American
Independence (1783); second semester, the rise of the Second British Empire and
the solution of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the evolution
of the British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development and
problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon.)
H. 187. History of Cayiada. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. A history of Canada, with special
emphasis on the nineteenth century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain
and the United States. (Gordon.)
H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain. (3)
Second semester. A survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis
on the real property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the develop-
ment of Parliament, and the expansion of hberties of the individual. (Gordon.)
67 ►
History
H. 191. HistoTy of Russia. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or the equivalent. A history of Russia from the
earHest times to the present day. (Staff.)
H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 191. A survey of Russian foreign policy in the
historical perspective, with special emphasis on the period of the USSR. Russian
aims, expansion, and conflicts with the western powers of Europe, the Near and Mid-
dle East, and the Far East will be studied. CStaff.)
H. 193, 194. History of European Ideas in Modern Times. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54 or equivalent. Begin-
ning with a review of the basic Western intellectual traditions as a heritage from the
Ancient World, the course will present selected important currents of thought from the
scientific revolution of the sixteenth and seventeenth century down to the twentieth
century. First semester through the eighteenth century. Second semester, nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. (Stromberg.)
H. J 95. The Vat East. (3)
First semester. A survey of institutional, cultural and political aspects of the history
of China and Japan and a consideration of present-day problems of the Pacific area.
CStaff.)
H. 196. Southeast Asia. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 5. 6. The political, economic and
cultural history of the new nations of Southern Asia with emphasis on the colonial
period and a view to understanding contemporary developments. (Staff.)
H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing. (3)
First and second semesters. Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the
student with the methods and problems of research and presentation. The students
will be encouraged to examine those phases of history in which they are most interested.
Required of history majors in junior or senior year. (Bauer, Stromberg, Callcott.)
For Graduates
H. 201. Seminar in American History. (3)
(Staff.)
H. 202. Historical Literature. (3)
First and second semesters. Assignments in various selected fields of historical litera-
ture and bibliography to meet the requirements of qualified graduate students who
need more intensive concentration. (Staff.)
H. 203, 204. Seminar in the History of Maryland. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Land.)
H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Readings and conferences on the critical and source
materials explaining our social and economic evolution. (Chatelain.)
M 68
History
H. 208. Seminar in Recent American History. (3)
Emphasis will be placed on the period since 1900. (Merrill.)
H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History. (3)
First semester. Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some
of the sources and the classical Hterature of American colonial history. (Ferguson.)
H. 212. Period of the American Revolution. (3)
Second semester. Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with
some of the critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution.
(Ferguson.)
H. 214. Seminar on the Middle Period of American History. (3)
Selected research topics in the period from Jefferson to Lincoln. (Sparks.)
H. 215. The Old South. (3)
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the standard
sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellimi South.
H. 216. Seminar in the American Civil War. (3)
Investigations in the political, military, and economic problems of the North and South
during the Civil War. (Sparks.)
H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath. (3)
A seminar on problems resulting from the Cixal War. Political, social and economic
reconstruction in South and North; projection of certain post war attitudes and problems
into the present. (Merrill.)
H. 221,222. History of the West. 0> ^^
First and second semesters. Readings and conferences designed to give the student
an acquaintance with some of the more important sources and some of the most
significant literature of the advancing American frontier. (Staff.)
H. 233, 234. To-pics in American Intellectual History. (3, 3)
Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with emphasis on
religious traditions, social and political theory, and development of American ideas.
(Beard.)
H. 245. Tofics in Latin American History. (3)
Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics in Latin American
history. (Crosman.)
H. 250. Seminar in European History. (3)
(Bauer, Stromberg.)
H. 252. Seminar in Greek History. (3)
(Jashemski.)
H. 253. Seminar in Roman History. (3)
(Jashemski.)
69 ►
History, Library Science
H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society. (3)
Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the important litera-
ture and interpretations on such topics as feudahsm, the medieval church, schools and
universities, Latin and vernacular literature, art and architecture. (Staff.)
H. 265. Problems in Diplomatic History of the Middle East. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, H. 163, 164 or H. 165 or the equivalent. Studies
involving the international relations of the Middle East. A knowledge of French and/or
another foreign language is required or permission of the instructor. (RivUn.)
H. 282. Problems in the History of World War U. (3)
Investigation of various aspects of the Second World War, including mihtary opera-
tions, diplomatic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its
aftermath. (Prange.)
H. 285, 286. Seminar in the History of Britain and the British Empire. (3, 3)
(Gordon.)
H. 287. Historiografhy. (3)
First and second semesters. Readings and occasional lectures on the historical vniting,
the evolution of critical standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of
selected masters. The work of the course includes field trips to the Library of Con-
gress and the National Archives. Required of all candidates for advanced degrees.
(Sparks.)
H. 399. Research, (i-6)
Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. Required of all candidates for
degrees. (StafiF.)
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Professor and Head: rovelstad.
Assistant Professors: cox and urban.
Instructors: baehr, carper, donahue, hayes, Phillips, pierson and wede-
MEYER.
L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods, (i, I)
First and second semesters. These introductory courses are intended to help students
to use libraries with greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form
of lectures and practical work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources
to the students. The courses consider the classification of books in libraries, the card
catalog, periodical literature and indexes, and certain essential reference books which
will be found helpful throughout the college course and in later years. (Staff.)
L. S. WIS. School Library Administration. (3)
No prerequisite. The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the
modem school. Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the
school, standards, instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student assistants,
acquisition of materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, and other practical
problems.
L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification. (3)
No prerequisite. Study and practice in classifying books and making dictionary catalog
•< 70
Library Science, Mathematics
for school libraries. Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, Stand-
ard Catalog for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards.
L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Lihraries. (3)
No prerequisite. Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice
in the efiFective use of book selection aids in the preparation of book Hsts. Evaluating
of publishers, editions, translations, format, etc.
L. S. 104S. Reference and Bihliogra'phy for School Lihraries. (4)
No prerequisite. Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encyclopedias,
dictionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks for school libraries. Study of
bibhographical procedures and forms.
L. S. IIL Introdtiction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service. (3)
No prerequisite. An introductory course of library methods as applied to an organiza-
tion in which the primary function of the library is bibhographic control of material
pertinent to the specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train in gen-
eral library methods a person who already is a specialist in some particular phase of
library service.
MATHEMATICS
Professor and Head: cohen.
Professors: diaz*, douglis, fullerton, jackson, martin, mayor Cp-t.), and
STELLMACHER.
Research Professor: weinstein*.
Associate Professors: brace, good and ludford*.
Research Associate Professors: payne* and Weinberger*.
Assistant Professors: correl, ehrlich, horvath, hummel, pearl, reinhart
(P.T.), RIEGER, ROSEN AND ZEDEK.
Instructors: brewster, dyer, fusaro, henney, jones, karp, lehner, lepson,
MAC CARTHY, MAR, MC CLAY, SEDGEWICK, SHEPHERD, VANDERSLICE (p.T.)
AND ZEMEL.
Lecturers: garstens (p.t.), keedy (p.t.), and sinkov (p.t.)
The Mathematics Department Colloquium meets frequently throughout
the academic year for reports on current research by the resident stafiF, visit-
ing lecturers, and graduate students. In addition the Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Apphed Mathematics Colloquium meets at frequent intervals for
reports on research in those fields. All colloquium meetings are open to the
pubhc.
The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national honorary mathematics fra-
ternity, under the guidance of the faculty adviser. Dr. MacCarthy, meets
regularly for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the under-
graduate. The programs are open to the public.
''Member of the Institute for Fluid Djoiamics and Applied Mathematics
71 ►
Mathematics
The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of
algebra for entrance: Math. I, 5, or 10.
The following course is open to students who offer two or more units of
algebra for entrance: Math. 18.
Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 18 provided they pass the mathe-
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. if
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math. 1 if their curriculum calls
for Math. 18.
In general students should enroll in only one of the course sequences,
Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19. In case this rule is not followed, proper assignment of
credit will be made upon application to the Department of Mathematics. The
following are listed as typical situations:
Math. 5, 10, 18. Credit in only one course: the one enrolled in latest.
Math. 11, 18. Math. 11—2 credits; Math. 18-5 credits.
Math. 0. Basic Mathematics. (0)
First and second semesters. Recommended for students whose curriculum calls for
Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the quahfying examinations for these courses. Special
fee, $30. The fundamental principles of algebra. (Henney, Staff.}
Math. 1. Introductory Algebra. (0)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Recommended for stu-
dents whose curriculum calls for Math. 18 and who faff the qualifying examination
for this course. Special fee, $30. A review of the topics covered in a second course
in algebra. (Henney, Staff.)
Math. 2. Solid Geometry. (0)
Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who
enter deficient in solid geometry. Students in the College of Education may be
granted two credits for Math. 2. Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and
polyhedra, primary emphasis on mensuration. Intended for engineers and science
students. (Brewster, Staff.)
Math, 3. Vundamentals of Mathematics. (4)
First and second semesters. This course is open to all students and is designed to give
an introduction to mathematical thinking. Content: logical structure for several ele-
mentary mathematical systems, historical advances in typical phases of mathematics and
their role in world development, famous unsolvable problems, currently unsolved prob-
lems, appHcations of mathematics to other fields of learning. (Douglis, Staff.)
Math. 5. Business Algebra. (3)
First and second semesters. Sximmer session. Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Open
only to students in the College of Business and Public Administration, the College of
Agriculture, the Department of Air Science, and the Department of Industrial Edu-
cation. Note regulation above in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses,
-^ 72
Mathematics
Math. 5, 10, 18. Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear
equations, exponents, logarithms, percentage, trade discoimt, simple interest, bank dis-
count, true discount, and promissory notes. (Shepherd, Staff.)
Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance. (3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 5 or equivalent. Re-
quired of students in the College of Business and Public Administration, and open
to students in the College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit. Line diagrams,
compound interest, simple interest, ordinan,' annuities, general annuities, deferred
annuities, annuities due, perpemities, evaluation of bonds, amortization, and sinking
funds. (Shepherd, Staff.)
Math. 10. Algebra. (3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, one unit each of aloebra
and plane geometry. Open to biological, pre-medical, pre-dental, and general Arts and
Sciences students. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of
the courses. Math. 5, 10, 18. Fundamental operations, factoring, fractions, linear equa-
tions, exponents and radicals, quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permuta-
tions and combinations, probabilit)', mathematics of investment. (Hor\'ath, Staff'.)
Math. 11. Trigonometry and A^ialytic Geometry. (3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent.
Open to biological, pre-medical, pre-dental, and general Arts and Sciences students. This
course is not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note regu-
lation above, in case student enrolls in more than one sequence. Math. 10-11, 18-19,
Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordinates,
locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs.
(Horvath, Staff.)
Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Frequency distributions, aver-
ages, moments, measures of dispersion, the normal curve, curve fitting, regression and
correlation. (Good.)
Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis. (5, 5)
First and second semesters. Simimer session. Prerequisites, high school algebra com-
pleted and plane geometry. Open to students in the physical sciences, engineering,
and education. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the
course sequences. Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19. The elementary mathematical functions,
composed of algebraic, exponential, trigonometric types and their inverses, are studied
by means of their properties, their graphical representations, the identities intercon-
necting them, the solution of equations involving them. The beginning techniques
of calculus are included. Other material may be selected from such topics as permu-
tations, combinations, probability, statistics, determinants, vectors, matrices, and solid
analytic geometry. (Horvath, Staff.)
Math. 20,21. Calculus. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Three lectures and two one-hour drill
periods a week. Prerequisite, Math. 19 or equivalent. Open to students in engi-
neering, education, and the physical sciences. Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima
and minima, curve sketching, rates, curvature, kinematics, integration with geometric
73 ►
Mathematics
and physical applications, partial derivatives, space geometry, multiple integrals,
infinite series. (Horvath, StafF.)
Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers. (3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent.
Required of students in mechanical and electrical engineering. Differential equations
of the first and second order vdth emphasis on their engineering applications.
CHorvath, Staff.)
Eor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
ALGEBRA
Math. 100. Higher Algebra. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. The algebra of vector spaces
and matrices, wdth emphasis upon those aspects of interest to students in appHed
mathematics. CGood.)
Math. 103, 104. Introduction to Modern Algebra. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. For Math. 104, the usual prerequisite of Math.
103 may be waived upon consent of instructor. In Math. 103 are studied the basic
concepts of abstract algebra: integral domains, divisibility, congruences; fields, ordered
fields; the fields of rational numbers, of real nimibers, of complex nimabers; polynomial
domains over a field, including classical results on the theory of polynomial equations
wdth rational, real, or complex coefficients; unique factorization domains, irreducibihty
criteria; rings. In Math. 104 are studied groups, vector spaces, linear transformations,
matrices. (Rieger.)
Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers. (3)
Summer session (2). Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Integers, divisibility,
Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime niombers, Moebius function, congru-
ences, residues. (Good.)
For Graduates
Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent of instructor. Groups, rings, fields, vectors and
matrices, linear transformations, linear dependence, rank, canonical forms. (Ehrlich.)
Math. 202. Linear Algebra. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Linear manifolds, the lattice of
subspaces, projectivities, dualities, the ring of endomorphisms, the full linear group
and its subgroups. (Pearl.)
Math. 203. Galois Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. Field extensions, automorphisms of
a field, the Galois group of a poljmomial equation, solvability by radicals, recent de-
velopments in Galois theory. (Good.)
Math. 204, 205. To'pological Groups. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An introductory course in abstract groups, topologi-
cal spaces, and the study of collections of elements enjoying both these properties. The
concept of a uniform space will be introduced and studied. The representation proMem
will be considered together with the subject of Lie groups. (Good.)
M 74
Mathematics
Math. 206. Number Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Foundations, linear and higher congruences, law
ot reciprocity, quadratic forms, sieve methods, elements of additive number theory and
density, distribution of prime numbers and L-functions, discussion of unsolved prob-
lems. (Rieger.)
Math. 208. Ring Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of the class,
emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following: ideal theory, structure theory
of rings with or without minimum condition, division rings, algebras, nonassociative
rings. (Ehrlich.)
Math. 209. Grou'p Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 201 or consent of instructor. According to the needs of the class,
emphasis will be placed on one or more of the following aspects of aiscrete group
theory: finite groups, abelian groups, free groups, solvable or nilpotent groups, groups
with operators, groups with local properties, groups with chain conditions, extensions.
(Pearl.)
Math. 271. Selected Tofics in Algebra. (3)
(Arranged.) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
ANALYSIS
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Limits and continuity of real and complex func-
tions, Riemann integration, partial differentiation, line and surface integrals, infinite
series, elements of vector analysis, elements of complex variable theory. Emphasis on
problems and techniques. (Correl.)
Math. 114. Differential Equations. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 110 or equivalent. Ordinary differential equa-
tions, s)Tnbolic methods, successive approximations, solutions in series, orthogonal fimc-
tions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. (Stellmacher.)
Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 114. Partial differential equations of first and second order, char-
acteristics, boundary value problems, systems of equations, applications. (Martin.)
Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the physical
sciences. Graduate students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 286. Fundamental
operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, sequences and series,
power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, special functions.
(MacCarthy.)
Math. 117. Fourier Series. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equivalent. Representation of functions by series of ortho-
gonal functions. Applications to the solution of boundary value problems of some
partial differential equations of physics and engineering. (Ludford.)
75 ►
Mathematics
For Graduates
Math. 212. Special Functions. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or consent of instructor. Gamma function;
second order differential equations in the complex domain, regular and irregular singu-
larities; hypergeometric functions, Riemann's P- functions, Legendre functions, con-
fluent hypergeometric functions, Whittaker functions, Bessel functions. CDiaz.)
Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations. Q3, 3)
Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 111 and 114, or consent of instructor. Existence and uni-
queness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations and for partial diflFer-
ential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to normal forms, the methods of
finite diflrerences. CHorvath.)
Math. 218. Integral Equations. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 287, or consent of instructor. Integral
equations of the first and second kind, Volterra's equation, Abel's equation and frac-
tional differentiation; the Fredholm theory, the Hilbert-Schmidt theory, Mercer's
theorem, expansion in orthonormal series; existence theorems of potential theory and
other apphcations. CDouglis.)
Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis. (3)
(Arranged). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
Math. 278. Advanced Topics in Complex Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 288 or consent of instructor. Material selected to suit interests and
background of the students. Typical topics: conformal mapping, algebraic functions,
Riemann surfaces, entire functions, Dirichlet series, Taylor's series, geometric function
theory. CHummel.)
Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 287 or equivalent. Linear vector spaces and their topologies, linear
operations and transformations and their inverses, Banach and Hilbert spaces.
(Fullerton.)
Math. 286, 287. Theory of Functions. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 1 11 or equivalent. Basic topics in real and complex variable theory,
real and complex number systems, point sets on the line and in space, continuity,
Riemann and Stieltjes integrals, Cauchy integral theorem, residues, power series,
analytic functions, introduction to Lebesgue measure and integration. (Zedek.)
Math. 288. Theory of Analytic Functions. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or a course in complex variables. Advanced
topics in complex function theory, properties of power series, entire functions, con-
formal mapping, classification of singularities, harmonic functions. (Hummel.)
Math. 289. Measure and Integration. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 287 or a course in real variables. Set functions,
abstract theory of measure, differentiability properties and absolute continuity of set
functions, measurable functions, abstract integration theory, introduction to linear
spaces. (Rosen.)
M 76
Mathematics
GEOMETRY AND TOPOLOGY
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open and closed sets, elementary topology of the
straight line and the Euclidean plane, the Jordan Cur\'e Theorem and its application,
simple connectivity. CCk)rrel.)
Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Elementary projective geometry largely from the
analytic approach, projective transformations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective
coordinates, projective theory of conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Mayor.)
Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analy-
sis. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Alath. 21 or equivalent. The differential geometry of cun'es and surfaces
with the use of vector and tensor methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames,
curvilinear coordinates, the fundamental differential forms, covariant derivatives, in-
trinsic geometry, cur\'es on a surface, applications to problems in dynamics, mechanics,
electricity, and relativity. (MacCarthy.)
Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for
Math. 129. Open to students in the College of Education. This course is designed for
students preparing to teach geometry in high school. The first semester is devoted to
the modem geometry of the triangle, circle and sphere. In the second semester em-
phasis is placed on the axiomatic development of Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometry. (Mayor.)
For Graduates
Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, Math. Ill and 152, or consent of instructor. Curves and surfaces,
geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, surfaces of constant curvature.
(Jackson.)
Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, Math. 103 and 123, or consent of instructor. Homology, cohomology,
and homotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (Reinhart.)
Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 123 or consent of instructor. Foundations of mathematics based on
a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence and connectivity properties of point sets,
continua and continuous curves, the topology of the plane. (Lehner.)
Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology. (3)
(Arranged). Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 130. Prohahility. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Combinatory analysis, total, com-
77 ►
Mathematics
pound, and inverse probability, continuous distributions, theorems of Bernoulli and
Laplace, theory of errors. (Karp.)
Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Frequency distributions and
their parameters, multivariate analysis and correlation, theory of sampling, analysis of
variance, statistical inference. CKarp.}
Math. 133. Advanced Statistical Analysis. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 132 or equivalent. Advanced methods in corre-
lation analysis, regression analysis, analysis of variance and sequential analysis, curve
htting, testing of hypotheses, non-parametric testing, machine tabulation in statistics.
CStaff.)
HISTORY AND FOUNDATIONS
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 140. History of Mathematics. (3)
Summer Session (2). Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. A survey of the
historical development of mathematics and of the mathematicians who have contributed
to that development. (Jackson.)
Math. 146. Fundamental Concepts of Mathematics. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent of instructor. Construction of the number system
starting with the Peano axioms for the natural numbers, developments of the algebraic
structvu-es associated vdth the integers and rationals, theory of sets, equivalence classes,
order relations, finite and infinite cardinals, positions of the various nvmiber systems in
the hierarchy of order types. (Karp.)
For Graduates
Math. 244. Mathematical Logic. (3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Propositional calculus, predicate calculus and rela-
tions; formal deduction, the deduction theorem and the decision problem. (Keedy.)
MATHEMATICAL METHODS
Vor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. An introduction to advanced mathematical
methods and their application to the technical problems of physics and engineering.
Topics include Fourier series, matrices, ordinary and partial diflFerential equations of
applied mathematics, numerical methods, Bessel functions, complex variables, opera-
tional calculus. CSedgewick.)
Math. 152. Vector Analysis. (3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Algebra and calculus of vectors and applica-
tions. (Sedgewick.)
-«J 78
Mathematics
Math. 153. Operational Calculus. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Operational solutions of ordi-
nary and partial di£Ferential equations, Fourier and Laplace transforms. (Sedgewick.)
Math. 155. Numerical Analysis. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 110 and 114, or consent of instructor. A brief
survey of computing machines, study of errors involved in nimierical computations,
the use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of polynomial and trans-
cendental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary
differential equations, systems of hnear equations. (Good.)
Math. 156. Programming for High S-peed Computers. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. General characteris-
tics of high-speed automatic computers; logic of programming, preparation of flow
charts, preliminary and final coding; scaling, use of floating point routines; construc-
tion and use of subroutines; use of machine for mathematical operations and for
automatic coding. Each student will prepare and, if possible, run a problem on a
high speed computer. (Sinkov.)
For Graduates
Math. 250. Tensor Analysis. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 152, or consent of instructor. Algebra
and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry and its extensions, differential in-
variants; apphcations to physics and engineering, and in particular the theory of
relativity. CStellmacher.)
Math. 251. Hilhert Space. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 287, or consent of instructor. The
original and general Hilbert space, scalar product, metric, strong and weak converg-
ence, linear functional, symmetric operators, complete continuity, eigenvalues, ortho-
normal systems, Schwartz-Bessel inequality and Parseval identity, eigenvalues in sub-
spaces, spectral theorem. CWeinstein.)
Math. 252. Variational Methods. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The Euler-
Lagrange equation, minimal principles in mathematical physics, estimation of capacity,
torsional rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetrisation, isoperimetric in-
equalities, estimation of eigenvalues; the minimax principle. (Payne.)
Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Analysis. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 155, or consent of instructor. Review of nimierical
differentiation and integration, solution of ordinary differential equations, stability,
accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, properties of elliptic, hyperbolic and
parabolic partial differential equations, conversion of partial differential equations to
partial difference equations, stability and convergence of methods for solving partial
difference equations, rates of convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods,
iterative methods, the method of characteristics. General methods of solving problems,
existence and uniqueness theorems for difference equations associate vdth partial
differential equations, stability of solutions, perturbation, iterative procedures, steepest
descent, eigenvalue problems. (Staff.)
79 ►
Mathematics
MATHEMATICAL PHYSICS
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle,
elementary celestial mechanics, Lagrangian equations for dynamical systems of one,
two, and three degrees of freedom, Hamilton's principle, the Hamilton-Jacobi partial
differential equation. CMartin.)
For Graduates
Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. General survey of mathematical
methods and results employed in various branches of mathematical physics. The fol-
lowing are among the general topics to be discussed: vector analysis and integral
identities (Green-Gauss, Stokes, etc.), ordinary and partial differential and difference
equations, integral equations, formulation of typical boundary and initial value prob-
lems and indication of the main methods of solution. (Diaz.)
Math. 261, 262. Fluid Dynamics. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. Basic kinematic and dynamic con-
cepts, equation of continuity, velocity, potential and stream function, vorticity, Ber-
noulli's equation; perfect incompressible fluids, Helmholtz' vorticity theorems, plane
hydrodynamics, Kutta-Joukowski theory of hft, conformal mapping, vortices and
vortex streets, Prandtl-Munk theory of finite vdngs; viscous fluids, Navier-Stokes equa-
tions, boundary layer theory; perfect gases, method of characteristics, subsonic, tran-
sonic, and supersonic flows, hodograph method, theory of shock waves. CLudford.)
Math. 263, 264. Elasticity. (3, 3)
Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 260, or consent of instructor. Stress and strain, nuclei
of strain, compatibility equations. Saint- Venant principle, bending, torsion and flexure
of beams, complex variable methods, Airy's stress function, axial symmetry, strain
energy and potential energj', buclding, bending, and vibration of plates and sheUs.
CPayneO
Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Eqimtions. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. Two variables,
Cauchy's problem, characteristics, Riemann's method, properties of the Riemann
function, quasi-linear equations and canonical hyperbolic systems, wave equation in
n-dimensions, methods of Hadamard and Riesz, Euler-Poisson equation and the singulai
problems, Huygens' principle. (Douglis.)
Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. The equations of
Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and Green, potentials of volume
and surface distributions, harmonic functions. Green's function and the problems of
Dirichlet and Neumann; linear elliptic equations with variable coefficients, in par-
ticular the equations of Stokes and Beltrami; fundamental solutions, the principle of
the maximum, and boundary value problems; introduction to the theory of non-
linear equations. (Douglis.)
^ 80
Mathematics
Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics. (3)
(Arranged.) Prerequisite, consent of instructor.
FOR TEACHERS OF MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 181. Voundations of Number Theory. (3)
Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in theii
curriculum. Axiomatic development of the real numbers. Elementary number theory.
(Jackson.)
Math. 182. Foundations of Algebra. (3)
Simimer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the cotirse content is usually covered elsewhere in their
curriculum. Modem ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations.
(Cohen.)
Math. 183. Foundations of Geotnetry. (3)
Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in theii
curriculum. A study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry.
(Jackson.)
Math. 184. Fmindations of Analysis. (3)
Summer session. Prerequisite, one year of college mathematics or consent of instruc-
tor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching
of mathematics and science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the
physical sciences, since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their
curriculimi. A study of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowledge of
calculus is not required.) (Good.)
Math. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of
Science and Mathematics. Seminar, (i-3)
Laboratory fee, $5.00. Lecttires and discussions to broaden and deepen the student's
appreciation for mathematics as a logical discipline and medium of ex'pression. Special
emphasis on topics relevant to current curriculimi studies and revisions. (Staff.)
RESEARCH
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Math. 190, 191. Honors Reading Course. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, permission by the Department to work for honors. Selected reading
on topics in mathematics of special interest to the student under the guidance of a
staff member. (Qihen.)
81 ►
Mathematics, Astronomy, Microbiology
For Graduates
Math. 298. Proseminar in Research. CO
Second semester. Prerequisite, one semester of graduate work in mathematics. A
seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical logic,
axiom systems, and set theory. (Douglis.)
Math. 399. Research.
(Arranged.)
ASTRONOMY
Astr. 1,2. Astronomy. (3, 3)
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy.
MICROBIOLOGY
Professor and Head: faber.
Professors: hansen and pelczar.
Visiting Professor: cordon.
Associate Professors: laffer and doetsch.
Lecturer: stadtman.
Microh. 1. General Microhiology. (4)
First and second semesters. Sxmimer session. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The physiology, culture and differentia-
tion of microorganisms. Fundamental principles of microbiology in relation to man and
his environment. (Pelczar.)
Microh. 5. Advanced General Microhiology. (4)
Second semester. Summer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisites, Microb. 1 and Chem. 3. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Emphasis
wdll be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used in the field of
microbiology. Lectures wrill consist of the explanation of various procedures.
(Laffer.)
Microh. 51. Household Microhiology. (3)
Second semester. Two lecture and one-two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home
economics students only. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Morphology and physiology of the
bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application of the effect of chemical and physical agents
in the control of microbial growth. Relationship of microbiology to home sanitation,
food preservation and manufacture; personal and community hygiene. (Pelczar.)
Microh. 60, 62. Microbiological Literature. 0> O
First and second semesters. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in micro-
biology with junior standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, inter-
pretation and presentation of reports. (Doetsch.)
< 82
Microbiology
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Microh. 101. Pathogenic Microbiology. (^4")
First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 5. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man
and animals with emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of microorganisms,
types of disease, modes of disease transmission, prophylactic, therapeutic and epide-
miological aspects. CFaber.)
Microb. 103. Serology. (4)
Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 101. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Infection and resistance; principles and types
of immunity; hypersensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of major diagnostic im-
munological reactions and their application. (F^her.)
Microb. 104. History of Microbiology. (J)
First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in micro-
biology. History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The
modern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation to early
theories. CDoetsch.)
Microb. 105. Clinical Methods. (4)
First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. A practical course designed to integrate
clinical laboratory procedures in terms of hospital and public health demands. (Faber.)
Microb. 108. Efidemiology and Public Health. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 1. History,
characteristic features, and epidemiology of the important commimicable diseases, public
health administration and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.)
Microb. 121. Advanced Methods. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The application of quantita-
tive techniques for measurement of enzyme reactions, mutations, fermentation analy-
ses, and other physiological processes of microorganisms. (Hansen, Pelczar.)
Microb. 131. Food and Sanitary Microbiology. (4)
Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and
preserved food and methods of control. Bacteriological and public health aspects of
water supphes and sewage disposal, restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent
control. (Laffer.)
Microb. 133. Dairy Microbiology. (4)
First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk,
cream, butter, ice cream, cheese, and other dairy products. Standard methods of
examination, public health, requirements, plant sanitation. Occasional inspection trips.
(Doetsch.)
83 ►
Microbiology
Microh. 135. Soil Microhiology. (4)
Second semester. Tvm lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
site, Microb. 1. Laboratory fee, $11.00. The role played by microorganisms in the
soil; nitrification, denitrification, nitrogen-fixation, and decomposition processes; cycles
of elements; relationships of microorganisms to soil fertility. CHansen.)
Microh. 150. Microhial Physiology. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in micro-
biology. Aspects of the growth, death, and energy transactions of microorganisms are
considered, as well as the effects of the physical and chemical environment on them.
CDoetsch.}
Microh. 161. Systematic Bacteriology. (2)
First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in microbiology.
History of bacterial classification; genetic relationships; international codes of nomen-
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (^Hansen.)
Microh. 181. Microhiological Prohlems. (3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Prerequisite, 16 credits in microbiology.
Registration only upon the consent of the instructor. Laboratory fee, $11.00. This
course is arranged to provide qualified majors in microbiology and majors in allied
fields an opportunity to pursue specific microbiological problems under the super-
vision of a member of the Department. CFaber.)
For Graduates
Microh. 201. Medical Mycology. (4)
First semester. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
30 credits in microbiology and allied fields. Laboratory fee, $11.00. Primarily a study
of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the methods of isolation and identi-
fication. (Laffer.)
Microh. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. An
introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to microorganisms. Spon-
taneous and induced mutations, interaction between clones. (Hansen.)
Microh. 204. Bacterial Metaholism. (2)
First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in microbiology
and allied fields, including Chem. 161 and 162. Bacterial nutrition, enzj'me forma-
tion, metabolic pathways and the dissimilation of carbon and nitrogen substrates.
(Pelczai.)
Microh. 206, 208. Special Topics, (i, J)
First and second semesters. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in
microbiology. Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special sub-
jects in the field of microbiology. (Staff.)
Microh. 210. Virology and Tissue Culture. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101 or equivalent.
Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. Principles of tissue
culture. (Gordon.)
< 84
Microbiology, Music
Microh. 211. Virology and Tissue Culture Laboratory. (2)
Second semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 101
or equivalent. Registration only upon consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $20.00.
Laboratory methods in virology and tissue culture. CGordon.)
Microb. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism. (I)
Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Microb. 204 and consent
of instructor. A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism wdth
emphasis on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.)
Microb. 280. Seminar-Research Methods. (I)
First semester. Discussions and reports prepared by majors in microbiology engaged
in current research; presentation of selected subjects dealing \vith recent advances in
microbiology. (Staff.)
Microb. 282. Seminar-Microbiological Literature. CO
Second semester. Presentation and discussion of current literature in microbiology.
CStaff.)
Microb. 399. Research.
First and second semesters. Summer session. Credits according to work done. Lab-
oratory fee, $11.00. The investigation is outlined in consultation with and pursued
under the supervision of a senior staff member of the Department. (Staff.)
MUSIC
Professor and Head: ulrich.
Professors: grentzer and randall.
Associate Professors: Jordan and springmann.
Assistant Professors: berman, Henderson, henke and meyer.
Instructors: bernstein, devermond, Gordon and traver.
Music 1. Introduction to Music. (3)
Second semester. Open only to music or music education majors; other students
take Music 20. Music 1 and 20 may not both be counted for credit. Three lectures
per week. A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an intelligent appre-
ciation of the art and providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the
Department of Music. (Ulrich.)
Music 4. Men's Glee Cliih. (i)
First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken
until a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied wiU
cover a cycle of about sLx semesters. (Traver.)
Music 5. Women's Chorus. (I)
First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover
a cycle of about six semesters. (Traver.)
85 ►
Music
Music 6. Orchestra. (I)
First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken
xintil a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will
cover a cycle of about six semesters. (Berman.)
Music 7, 8. Theory of Music. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Two lectures and three laboratory hours per week. A
fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of rhythms, scales, chord
structures, and tonalities through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The
student must achieve a grade of "C" in Music 8 in order to register for Music 70.
(Staff.)
Music 9. Chamher Music Ensemhle. CO
First and second semesters. This course does not fulfill the ensemble requirements
of the various curricula. Three laboratory hours per week. Rehearsal and perform-
ance of selected works for small ensembles of strings, winds, and piano or small vocal
ensembles. May be repeated for credit; the music studied will cover a cycle of about
six semesters. CGrentzer, Berman.)
Music 10. Band. (J)
First and second semesters. Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until
a total of six semester hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover
a cycle of about six semesters. (Henderson.)
Music 15. Chapel Choir. (I)
First and second semesters. Summer session. Open to all students in the University,
subject to the Director's approval. The Choir vdll appear at services held in the
Memorial Chapel. May be taken until a total of six semester hours of credit has been
earned. (Springmann.)
Music 16. Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher. (3)
First and second semesters. Open to students majoring in elementary education or
childhood education; other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not both
be counted for credit. The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the
needs of the classroom and kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord with the
six-area concept of musical learning. (Traver.)
Music 20. Survey of Music Literature. (3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures per week. Open to all students except
music and music education majors, and may be taken by students who qualify to
select courses vidthin Group II of the American Civilization Program. Music 1 and
20 may not both be taken for credit. A study of the principles upon which music
is based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires performed in America today.
(Jordan.)
Music 21, 22. Class Voice. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Four hours per week. A laboratorj' course in which a
variety of voices and vocal problems are represented. Principles of correct breathing
as applied to singing; fundamentals of tone production and diction. Students are
taught to develop their own voices. Repertoire of folk songs and songs of the
Classical and Romantic periods. (Randall.)
^ 86
Music
Music 23, 24. Class Piano. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Functional piano training for
beginners. Development of techniques useful for school and community playing.
Basic piano techniques; chord, arpeggio, and scale techniques; melody and song
playing; simple accompaniments, improvisation for accomplishments and rhythms;
sight reading and transposition, and playing by ear. Music 24, continuation of Music
23; elementary repertoire is begun. (de Vermond.)
Music 31, 32. Advanced Class Voice. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Four hours per week. Prerequisite, Music 22 or equiva-
lent vocal training. Continuation of Music 22, with more advanced repertoire for
solo voice and small ensembles. A special section for music-education majors will
include the study of methods and materials for teaching class voice. (Henke.)
Music 33, 34. Advanced Class Piano. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 24 or equivalent piano training. Four
hours per week. Advanced keyboard techniques. Continuation of skills introduced in
Music 24; transposition, modulation, and sight reading; methods of teaching func-
tional piano. Music 34, development of style in playing accompaniments and in
playing for community singing. More advanced repertoire. (de Vermond.)
Music 70, 71. Advanced Theory of Music. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 8 with a grade of at least "C". Three
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An integrated course of written harmony,
keyboard harmony, and ear training. Continuation of the principles studied in Music
8. Harmonic progressions; Music 70, eighteenth century chorale style; Music 71,
nineteenth century styles including chromatic and modulatory techniques. Realization
of figured basses, and composition in the smaller forms. Advanced study of solfege,
wdth drill in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Application of harmonic
principles to the keyboard. (Bernstein, Staff.)
Music 80, 82. Class Study of String Instruments. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. Fundamental bowings,
technical problems, vibrato, and a study of ensemble materials. Music 80, \dolin and
viola; Music 82, cello and bass, and a continuation of violin. (Berman.)
Music 81, 83. Class Study of Wind Instruments. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Four laboratory hours per week. A study of wind and
percussion instruments, with emphasis on ensemble training. The student will acquire
an adequate playing technique on one instrument in both woodwind and brass
categories, and must gain an understanding of the acoustic principles and construction
of all wind and percussion instruments. (Jordan, Henderson.)
Music 120, 121. History of Music. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Music 1 or 20 and junior standing. A study
of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their present-day mani-
festations. The interaction of music and other cultural activities. Music 120, the
Greek period to Bach; Music 121, Bach to the present. (Jordan.)
Music 141, 142. Musical Vorm. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the organizing
87 ►
Music
principles of musical composition, their interaction in musical forms, and their func-
tions in different styles. Music 141, the phrase to the rondo; Music 142 the larger
forms. CJordan.)
Music 143, 144. Composition. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. The principles of musical
composition, and their application to the smaller forms. Original writing in nineteenth
and twentieth century musical idioms for various media. (Staff.)
Music 145, 146. Counterpoint. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A course in eighteenth
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of imitation in the invention and
the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller contrapuntal forms.
CBemstein.)
Music 147, 148. Orchestration. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Music 70, 71. A study of the ranges,
musical functions, and technical characteristics of the instruments, and their color
possibilities in various combinations. Practical experience in orchestrating for small
and large ensembles. (Jordan.)
Music 150. Keyboard Harmony. (2)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. Prerequisite, Music
70, 71. The apphcation to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired
in Music 70, 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accompanying,
playing from dictation, and transposition. (Meyer.)
Music 160, 161. Conducting. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Music 160 or the equivalent is prerequisite to Music 161.
A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrumental groups. Baton technique,
score reading, rehearsal techniques, tone production, style, and interpretation. Music
of all periods will be introduced. (Grentzer, Henderson.)
Music 166. Survey of the Opera. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. A study of the music,
librettos, and composers of the standard operas. (Randall.)
Music 167. Symphonic Music. (3)
First semester. Summer session (2). Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent.
The study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present. The concerto,
symphony, overture, and other forms are examined. (Ulrich.)
Music 168. Chamber Music. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history and
literature of chamber music from the early Baroque period to the present. Music
for trio sonata, string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano and string in-
struments is studied. (Ulrich.)
Music 169. Choral Music. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Music 120, 121 or the equivalent. The history and lit-
erature of choral music from the Renaissance to the present, with discussion of related
topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc. (Jordan.)
Allied Music
For Graduates
Music 200. Advanced StJidies in the History of Miisic. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Music 120, 121, and consent of instructor. A critical
study of one style period (Renaissance, Baroque, etc.) will be undertaken. The course
may be repeated for credit, since a difFerent period will be chosen each time it is
offered. Qordan.)
Music 201. Seminar in Musicology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Music 120, 121 and consent of instructor. The work
of one major composer (Bach, Beethoven, etc.) will be studied, with emphasis on
musicological method. The course may be repeated for credit, since a different com-
poser will be chosen each time it is offered. (Jordan.)
APPLIED MUSIC
Course number. A new student or one taking applied music for the first
time at this University should register for Music X. He will receive the proper
classification at the end of his first semester in the Department. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester for each apphed-music course.
Section number: Every student taking an applied-music course should, in
addition to registering for the proper course number, indicate the instrument
chosen by adding a section number as follows:
Sec. 1, Piano Sec. 6, Bass Sec. 11, Horn
Sec. 2, Voice Sec. 7, Flute Sec. 12, Trumpet
Sec. 3, Violin Sec. 8, Oboe Sec. 13, Trombone
Sec. 4, Viola Sec. 9, Clarinet Sec. 14, Tuba
Sec. 5, Cello Sec. 10, Bassoon Sec. 15, Organ
Music 12, 13. A'p'plied Music. (2-4 hours each course^
First and second semesters. Freshman course. Two half-hour lessons and six prac-
tice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen
practice hours per week if taken for fovu hours credit. The fovir-hour course is for
piano majors in the B. Music curriculvmi only. Special fee of $40.00 per semester.
The student wdll register for Music 12, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 12D
if taken for four hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 13 and Music 13D-
(Staff.)
Music 52, S3. A'p'plied Music. (2-4 hours each course")
First and second semesters. Sophomore course. Two half-hovu: lessons and six prac-
tice hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hovu: lesson and fifteen
practice hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for
instrumental majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 13 (or 13D)
on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will
register for Music 52, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 52D, if taken for four
hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 53 and Music 5 3D. (Staff.)
89 ►
Applied Music, Philosophy
Music 112, 113. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course")
First and second semesters. Junior course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice
hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instru-
mental or vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 53 (or
5 3D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student will
register for Music 112, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 11 2D, if taken for four
hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 113 and Music 11 3D. (Staff.)
Music 152, 153. Applied Music. (2-4 hours each course")
First and second semesters. Senior course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson and fifteen practice
hours per week if taken for four hours credit. The four-hour course is for instru-
mental or vocal majors in the B. Music curriculum only. Prerequisite, Music 113 (or
11 3D) on the same instrument. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. The student
will register for Music 152, if taken for two hours credit; and Music 15 2D, if taken
for four hours credit. The same principle applies to Music 153 and Music 15 3D.
(Staff.)
PHILOSOPHY
Professor and Head: gar vest.
Associate Professors: lavine and schlaretzki.
Assistant Professor: Leslie.
Instructor: diamadopoulos.
Phil. 1. Philosophy for Modern Man. (3)
Each semester. Modern man's quest for understanding of himself and his world,
with particular reference to American ideas and ideals. This course is one of a
group of four courses within Elective Group I of the American Civilization Program.
It may also be taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses in
the program (provided the student has not taken the course in his Group I elective).
(Garvin, Staff.)
Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics. (3)
First semester. An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the
student increase his ability to employ language with understanding and to reason
correctly. Topics treated include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for
making sound inferences, and the logic of science. (Schlaretzki.)
Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature. (3)
Second semester. Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas contain-
ing ideas significant for ethics, social policy, and religion. (Lavine.)
Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion. (3)
Second semester. This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which
he may approach intelligently the main problems of religious thought: the nature
of religious experience, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of
religion and science, and the place of religion in the community and in the life of
the individual. (Leslie.)
-< 90
Philosophy
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy. (3)
First semester. A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justin-
ian. The chief figures discussed: the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aris-
totle, Epicurus, the Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. CDianiadopoulos.)
Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy. (3)
Second semester. A history of philosophical thought in the West during the 16th,
17th, and 18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes,
Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, Berkeley, Hume and Kant. (Schlaretzki, Diamadopoulos.)
Phil 120. Oriental Philosophy. (3)
Second semester. A brief summary of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of
Indian thought will center about the Rig- Veda, the Upanishads, the Buddhist philoso-
phers, and the chief Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center
about Confucius, Lao-tse and their disciples, particular attention being given to the
development of democratic ideals from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. (Leslie.)
Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Phil. 123, extension (3). Designed as electives for students
who wish to acquaint themselves with the field of philosophy. Phil. 123 not neces-
sarily a prerequisite for Phil. 124. An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which
determine what men make of their lives and of the world they live in. Each semester
classic statements of these beliefs by great philosophers will be chosen for class dis-
cussion on the basis of their significance for the problems confronting modem man.
(Staff.)
Phil. 125. The Great Philosophers. (3)
Offered in Baltimore only. A discussion of the ideas of the great Western philoso-
phers, based on readings in their works. (Staff.)
Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization. (3)
First semester. A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assiamp-
tions, goals, and methods of contemporarj' democracy, fascism, socialism, and com-
munism, with special attention to the ideological conflict between the U. S. and
Russia. (Schlaretzki.)
Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories. (3)
Second semester. A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the
proper ends of education and the implications of these \aevvs for educational practice.
(Staff.)
Phil. 145. Ethics. (3)
Second semester. A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct,
aimed at developing such principles of ethical criticism as may be applied to con-
temporary personal and social problems and to the formulation of an ethical philos-
ophy of life. (Schlaretzki, Gar\'in.)
Phil. 147. Philosophy of Art. (3)
Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and functions of art. The course will
begin with an examination of the relations between art and imitation, art and craft,
91 ►
Philosophy
art and beauty, art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, art and not-art,
and good, bad, and great art, and conclude with a consideration of the uses of art,
propagandistic, religious, escapist, and therapeutic. CGarvin.)
Phil. 152. Philosophy of Social and Historical Change. (3)
First semester. A survey and an assessment of the religious, the philosophic, and the
scientific approaches to socio-historic change, including the theories of linear progress,
evolutionary progress, cyclical repetition, Hegelian-Marxian dialectic, Weberian secu-
larization and bureaucratization. (Lavine.)
Phil. 154. Political and Social Philoso'phy. (3)
Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and functions of society and of the
state. Attention is given to the major classical and contemporary theories, but the
course is not primarily historical. The central problems: determination of the grounds
of political obligation; reconciliation of the claims of personal freedom and social wel-
fare. (Schlaretzki.)
Phil. 155. Logic. (3)
Second semester. A critical exposition of deductive logic. The course includes an
examination and appraisal of Aristotelian logic and a systematic presentation of the
foundations of modem logic. Consideration is given to the application of the techniques
of logic in the organization of knowledge and in scientific method. This course does
not presuppose Phil. 41, but forms a natural sequel to it. (Garvin.)
Phil. 156. Philoscphy of Science. (3)
First semester. An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation,
hypotheses, verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the
basic concepts and presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society.
(Diamadopoulos, Lavine.)
Phil. 158. Philosofhy of Language. (3)
Second semester. An inquiry into the nature and function of language and other
forms of symbolism. (Schlaretzki.)
Phil, 160. Medieval Philoso'phy. (3)
First semester. A history of philosophic thought in the West from the close of the
Classical period to the Renaissance. Based on readings in the Stoics, early Christian
writers, Neoplatonists, later Christian writers and Schoolmen. (Staff.)
Phil. 162. American Philosophy. (3)
Second semester. A survey of American philosophical thought from the 18th century
to the present. Special attention is given to Edwards, Jefferson, Emerson, Royce,
Peirce, James, Dewey and Santayana. (Schlaretzki.)
Phil. 163. Nineteenth Century Idealism. (3)
First semester. A survey of Idealist thought following Kant: the Romantic Idealists,
Hegel, Schopenhauer, Nietzsche, the British School. (Garvin.)
Phil. 164. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy. (3)
First semester. A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention
will be given to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey, and Whitehead
-^ 92
Philoscyphy
and to such movements as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and Existent-
ialism. Particular consideration will be paid to the bearing of these developments on
contemporary problems of science, religion and society. (Garvin.)
Phil 166. Philosophy of Plato. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 or consent of the instructor. A critical study of
selected dialogues. CDianiadopoulos.)
Phil. 167. The Philosophy of Aristotle. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 101 or consent of the instructor. A critical study
of selected portions of Aristotle's viT:itings. (Diamadopoulos.)
Phil. 168. The Philosophy of Kant. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 102 or consent of the instructor. A critical study
of selected portions of Kant's writings. CStaff.)
Phil. 170. Metaphysics. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, 3 hours of philosophy. A critical study of rival meta-
physical theories. Analysis of basic metaphysical categories and methods. CStaff.)
Phil. 171. Epistemology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, 3 hours of philosophy. Systematic analysis of the
central problems in the theory of knowledge. Ideahsm, realism, phenomenalism, prag-
matism, empiricism, rationalism, positivism, and language analysis will be discussed in
the light of contemporary developments. (Staff.)
Phil. 175. Symholic Logic. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Phil. 41 or 155 or consent of the instructor. A study of the
historical development of symbolic logic and a careful analysis of recent systems and
techniques. (Garvin.)
Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations. 0-3^
Each semester. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Phil. 215. Advanced Philosophy of Religion. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. Philosophical consideration of
selected problems. (Staff.)
Phil. 220. Inductive Logic and Scientific Method. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of the logic
of scientific procedure and of the structure and vahdity of scientific generalization.
(Staff.)
Phil. 230. The British Empiricists. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A critical study of selected
writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume. (Staff.)
Phil. 232. The Continental Rationalists. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. A critical study of the
systems of some of the major 17th and 18th century rationalists, with special reference
to Descartes, Spinoza, and Leibniz. (Staff.)
93 ►
Philosophy, Physics
Phil. 255. Seminar in the History of Philosophy. C^-3)
First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. CStaflF.)
Phil. 256. Seminar in the Problems of Philosophy. O-^^
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)
Phil. 260. Seminar in Ethics. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of represent-
ative ethical theories. (Staff.)
Phil. 261. Seminar in Aesthetics. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. An examination of represent-
ative aesthetic theories. (Staff.)
Phil. 292. Selected Problems in Philosophy. Ci-3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. (Staff.)
Phil. 399. Research in Philosophy. (I-i2)
Each semester. (Staff.)
PHYSICS
Professor and Head: toll.
Professors: ferrell, morgan, myers, singer and weber.
Professors QPart-Time}: de launay, herzfeld and f. stern.
Research Professors: burgers* and montroll'^.
Visiting Research Professors: farago, opik and weske*.
Associate Professors: Anderson, hornyak, iskraut, laster, mac donald and
snow.
Associate Research Professor: hama*.
Assistant Professors: griem, marion, rodberg, Steinberg, e. stern and sucher.
Assistant Research Professors: day, detenbeck, kasner, maradudin*,
weymann* and zipoy.
Research Associates: ayres, horsfall, dixon, fujimoto, maeda, oneda, pal,
PERETTI*, PRAKASH AND PRATS.
Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, successful passing of the quahfy-
ing examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The
first half of a svirvey course in general physics. This course is for the general student
and does not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. (Morgan.)
Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. Lecture demonstration
fee, $3.00. The second half of a survey course in general physics. This course is for
^Member of the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.
-< 94
Physics
the general student and does not satisfy the requirements of the frrofessional schools.
CMorgan.)
Phys. 10, 11. Fundamentals of Physics. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite, entrance credit in trigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent
enrollment in Math. 18. Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester.
A course in general physics treating the fields of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity,
magnetism, optics, and modem physics. This course satisfies the minimum require-
ments of medical and dental schools. (Singer, Steinberg, Staff.)
Phys. 15, 16. Introductory Physics: Mechanics, Fluids, Heat, and Sound. C4, 4)
First and second semesters. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week.
Prerequisites, a high school physics course and concurrent enrollment in Math. 18, 19,
or consent of instructor. Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00 per semester. The first
half of a broad, detailed introduction to physics, intended primarily for physics majors
and other students with superior backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences.
(Anderson.)
Phys. 17. Introductory Physics: Electricity and Magnetism. (4)
First semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Prerequisites,
Phys. 15, 16 and concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and Math. 20. Lecture demonstra-
tion fee, $3.00. The third quarter of a broad, detailed introduction to physics,
intended primarily for physics majors and other students with superior backgrounds
in mathematics and the sciences. (Snow.)
Phys. 18. Introductory Physics: 0-ptics and Modern Physics. C4')
Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week. Prereqviisites,
Phys. 17 and concurrent enrollment in Phys. 60 and Math. 21, or consent of instructor.
Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. The last quarter of a broad, detailed introduction
to physics, intended primarily for physics majors and other students wdth superior
backgrounds in mathematics and the sciences. (Snow.)
Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound. (5)
First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Math. 20 to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and
laboratory fee, $10.00. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all
students in the engineering curricida. (Iskraut, Kasner, MacDonald, Myers, Staff.)
Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism, and Optics. (5)
First and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations, and one two-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 20, Math. 21 to be taken concurrently. Lecture
demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00. The second half of a course in general
physics. Required of all students in the engineering curriada.
(Iskraut, Kasner, MacDonald, Myers, Staff.)
Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21.
(Morgan.)
Phys. 52. Heat. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to
be taken concurrently. (Mason.)
95 ►
Physics
Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. (Ferrell.)
Phys. 54. Sound. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is
to be taken concurrently. CHornyak.)
Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. (2 credits per semester")
Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or 21 or concurrent
enrollment in Phys. 17 or Phys. 18. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Selected
experiments. (Marion.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. (2 credits per semester)
Four hoius of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite, four credits of Phys. 60 or
consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Selected fundamental
experiments in electricity and magnetism, elementary electronics, and optics.
(Marion.)
Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts.
Three hours laboratory a week for each credit hour. One or more credits may be
taken concurrently. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 or consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $10.00 per credit hour. (Marion.)
Phys. 102. Optics. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21.
It is suggested, but not required, that Phys. 60 or Phys. 100 be taken concurrently
with this course. Geometrical optics, optical instnmaents, wave motion, interference
and diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics. (Rodberg.)
Phys. 103. Applied Optics. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 102. A detailed study of
physical optics and its applications. (Morgan.)
Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21;
Math. 21. Electrostatics, direct current and alternating current circuitry, electro-
magnetic effects of steady currents, electromagnetic induction, radiation, development
of Maxwell's equations, Poynting vector, wave equations, and electronics. (Griem.)
Phys. 106, 107. Theoretical Mechanics. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 51 or consent
of instructor. A detailed study of Newtonian mechanics. Dynamics, the motion of rigid
bodies, oscillation problems, etc., are studied. Lagrange's equation of the first kind
and the Hamilton-Jacobi equation are introduced. (Singer.)
Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tiihes. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 104 must be taken pre-
viously or concurrently. A study of the electromagnetic principles relevant to elec-
tron tubes and of their applications. (Steinberg.)
M 96
Physics
Phys. 109. Electronic CiTcuits. (4)
Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 105 must be taken pre-
viously or concurrently. Theory of physics detectors and pulse circuits. Application
in circuit design. (Detenbeck.)
Phys. 110. S'pecial Lahoratory Projects in Physics. CL 2, or 3)
Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour. One to three credits may
be taken concurrently, each semester. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 and consent of adviser.
Laboratory tee, $10.00 per credit hour. Selected advanced experiments. (Staff.)
t^nys. 111. Physics Shof Techniques. (I)
t'urst semester. One three-hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 100 or con-
sent ot mstructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Machine tools, design and construction of
laboratory equipment. (Horn.)
Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Bio-physics. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, intermediate physics
and Math. 21. A study of the physical principles involved in biological processes, with
particular emphasis on current research in biophysics. (Britten.)
Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics. (3, 3)
Three lecttires a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 106 and Math. 21. Kinematics of fluid
flow, properties of incompressible fluids, complex variable methods of analysis, wave
motions. (Hama.)
Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics. (3)
First semester. Three lectiures a week. Prerequisites, general physics and integral
calculus, wdth some knowledge of differential equations and a degree of matiunty as
evidenced by having taken one or more of the courses Phys. 50 through Phys. 110.
Introductory discussion of special relativity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr atom,
wave mechanics, atomic structure, and optical spectra. (Homyak.)
Phys. 119. Modern Physics. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118. A survey of nuclear
physics, x-rays, radioactivity, wave mechanics, and cosmic radiation. (Stem.)
Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics. (4)
Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent. Shell
model, liquid drop model, statistical model of nuclei, interaction of radiation and charged
particles with matter, nuclear reactors, conservation laws, beta decay and other selected
topics. (Homyak.)
Phys. 121. Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors. (4)
Second semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 120. Neutron diffusion
and reactor physics. (Shapiro.)
Phys. 122. Properties of Matter. (4)
First semester. Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or equivalent. Thermal,
elastic, and electromagnetic properties of sohds. Characteristics of fluids, and high
polymer physics. (Stem.)
97 ►
Physics
Phys. 124. Introduction to Astrophysics and Geophysics. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 118 or consent of instructor.
Celestial mechanics, orbit theory, upper atmosphere physics, astronomical spectroscopy,
motions of charged particles in the earth's magnetic field. COpikO
Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. Dynamics of gas
particles, Maxwell-Boltzmann distribution, diflFusion, Brownian motion, etc.
(Mason.)
Phys. 130, 131. Basic Concepts of Physics. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, jimior standing.
Lecture demonstration fee, $2.00 per semester. A primarily descriptive course intended
mainly for those students in the liberal arts who have not had any other coiuse in
physics. This course does not satisfy the requirements of professional schools nor
serve as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The main emphasis
in the course will be on the concepts of physics, their evolution and their relation to
other branches of hxoman endeavor. (Laster.)
Phys. 140, 141. Atomic and Nuclear Physics Laboratory. (3, 3)
One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week. Prerequisites, two credits of Phys.
100 and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. Classical ex-
periments in atomic physics and more sophisticated experiments in current techniques
in nuclear physics. Enrollment is limited to ten students. CMarion.)
Phys. ISO. Special Problems in Physics.
Given each semester. Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of adviser. Research
or special study. Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit
hour when appropriate. (Staff.)
Phys. 190. Independent Studies Seminar.
Credit according to work done, each semester. Enrollment is limited to students ad-
mitted to the Independent Studies Program in Physics. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year;
all others will be given according to demand.
Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics. (6, 6)
First and second semesters. Six lecture hours per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 106 or
consent of instructor. This basic course for graduate study in physics covers advanced
classical mechanics, electrodynamics, relativity, thermodynamics, and statistical me-
chanics. (Myers.)
Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A detailed
study of advanced classical mechanics. (Myers.)
Phys. 204. Electrodynamics. (4)
Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced classical
electrodjmamics. (Iskraut.)
-^ 98
Physics
Phys. 206. Physical Optics. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced physical
optics. (Kasner.J
Phys. 208. Thermodynamics. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. The first and
second laws of thermodjTiamics are examined and applied to homogeneous and non-
homogeneous systems, calculations of properties of matter, the derivation of equilibrium
condition and phase transitions, the theory of irreversible processes. CSchamp.)
Phys. 210. Statistical Mechanics. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 119 and Phys. 201.
A study of the determination of microscopic behavior of matter from microscopic
models. Microcanonical, canonical, and grand canonical models. Applications to
sohd state physics and the study of gases. (Montroll.)
Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Four lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or an
outstanding undergraduate background in physics. A study of the Schroedinger equa-
tion, matrix formulations of quantum mechanics, approximation methods, scattering
theory, etc., and applications to sohd state, atomic, and nuclear physics. CFerrell.}
Phys. 214. Theory of Atomic Spectra. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. A study of atomic
spectra and structure— one and two electron spectra, fine and hyperfine structvue, Hne
strengths, line widths, etc. (Anderson.)
Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 214. The structure and
properties of molecules as revealed by rotational, \dbrational, and electronic spectra.
CAnderson.)
Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Physics. (2, 2)
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Molecular theory of gases and liquids,
ensemble theory, analysis of empirical models for molecular interactions, theory of
Coulomb interactions between charge distribution. C^VIason.)
Phys. 218,219. X-Rays and Crystal Structtire. (3,3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of crystal structure
of solids and of x-rays. (Morgan.)
Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, concurrent enrollment in Ph3's. 218.
The investigation of crystal structure, using x-rays and electron diffraction.
(Morgan.)
Phys. 221. Upper Atmosphere and Cosmic Ray Physics. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200 or consent of in-
structor. Structure of the atmosphere, rocket and satellite experiments, primary and
secondary cosmic rays, origins of cosmic rays, geomagnetic theory. (Singer.)
99 ►
Physics
Phys. 222, 223. Boundary-Value Prohlems of Theoretical Physics. (2, 2)
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. Qde Launay.)
Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Conifressihle Plow. (2, 2)
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. CPaiO
Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics. (.3, 3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of advanced fluid
dynamics. (Burgers.)
Phys. 230. Seminar.
Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are held each semester, with the con-
tents varied each year. One credit for each seminar each semester. CStaff.)
Phys. 231. Apflied Physics Seminar.
(One credit for each semester.) (Staff.)
Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar. (1, I)
First and second semesters. One meeting a week. (Kennard.)
Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics. (3, 3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 120 and Phys. 213. Nuclear properties
and reactions, nuclear forces, two, three, and four body problems, nuclear spectroscopy,
beta-decay, and related topics. (MacDonald.)
Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 200. A study of Einstein's special theory
of relativity and some consequences, and a brief survey of the foundations of genera]
relativity. (Weber.)
Phys. 237. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics. (3)
First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Classical field theory,
Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations, invariance properties, second quantization, renor-
malization, and related topics. (Sucher.)
Phys. 238. Quantum Theory— Selected Topes. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. (Staff.)
Phys. 239. Elementary Particles. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Survey of elementary particles and
their properties, quantvun field theory, meson theory, weak interactions, possible ex-
tensions of elementary particle theory. (Day.)
Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations. (3, 3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. A detailed study of acoustics and
the theory of vibrations. (Suavely.)
Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 213. Properties
of metals, lattice vibrations and specific heats, Boltzmann, Fermi-Dirac, and Bose
Einstein statistics, free electron gas theories, band theory of metals. (MontroU.)
< 100
Physics
Phys. 245. Special Topics in Applied Physics.
(2 credits each semester.) Two lectures a week. CStaff.)
Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics. (2, 2)
Prereqxaisites, advanced graduate standing and consent o£ the instructor. CBurgers.)
Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics. (2, 2)
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. CStaflF.)
Phys. 258. Quantum Field Theory. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. S-matrix, Feyimian
diagrams, scattering theory, renormalization, conservation laws, dispersion relations, and
recent non-perturbation approaches to field theory. (Toll.)
Phys. 260. High Energy Physics. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 237. Nuclear forces are studied by examin-
ing interactions at high energies. Meson physics, scattering processes, and detailed
analysis of high energy experiments. (Snow.)
Phys. 262, 263. Aerophysics. (3, 3)
Three lectures. Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. CP^O
Phys. 399. Research.
Credit according to work done, each semester. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hoiu:.
Prerequisite: an approved application for admission to candidacy or special permission
of the Physics Department. (Staff.)
S-pecial Physics Courses For High School Science Teachers
The courses in this section were especially designed for high school teachers
and are not applicable to B.S., M.S., or Ph.D. degrees in physics without special
permission of the Physics Department. However, these courses can be included
as part of a physics minor or as electives. No prerequisites are required.
Phys. 118 A. Atoms, Nuclei, and Stars. (3)
Three lectures per week. An introduction to basic ideas of the constitution and
properties of atomic and subatomic systems and of the overall structure of the vmiverse.
(Iskraut.)
Phys. 122 A. Properties of Materials. (3)
Three lectures per week. An introduction to the study of solid state physics and the
properties of fluids. CMaradudin.)
Phys. 160 A. Physics Problems. (2, 2, or 3)
Lectures and discussion sessions arranged. CLaster.)
Phys. 170 A. Applied Physics. (3)
Three lectures per week. (Montroll.)
Phys. 199. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of
Science Seminar. (2)
Arranged during summer session. Enrollment limited to participants in the N.S.F.
Summer Institute. Laboratory fee $5.00. (Laster, Staff.)
101 ►
PSYCHOLOGY
Professor and Head: Andrews.
Professors: gustad, ross and verplanck.
Associate Professors: mc ginnies, magoon, rosen and solem.
Assistant Professors: Anderson, heermann, pumroy, wegner and yarczower.
Lecturer: brady.
Students who are interested in the Honors Program of the Department
should arrange to discuss this program and their eligibihty for it with the Head
of the Department.
Psych. 1. Introduction to Psychology. (3)
First and second semesters. This course may be taken as Elective Group I of the Ameri-
can Civilization Program. A basic introductory course, intended to bring the student
into contact with the major problems confronting psychology and the more important
attempts at their solution. (McGinnies, Wegner, Yarczower.)
Psych. 2. Applied Psychology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Application of research methods
to basic human problems in business and industry in the professions, and in other
practical concerns of everyday life. (Solem, Heermann, Anderson.)
Psych. 4. Prohlems in Modern Psychology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Primarily for students in the Col-
lege of Arts and Sciences who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of
the field of psychology with particular emphasis on methodology. Consideration of in-
dividual differences, motivation, sensory and motor processes, learning, emotional be-
havior and personality. (Staff.)
Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Introduction to the psychology of
human personality and adjustment with a view toward increasing self-understanding
and developing an appreciation of the mental health movement and each individual's
stake in it. (Magoon, Rosen, Staff.)
Psych. 21. Social Psychology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Personality and behavior as in-
fluenced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social influences on motivation, learn-
ing, memory, and perception. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and
communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group processes.
(McGinnies, Wegner.)
Psych. 25. Child Psychology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Behavioral analysis of normal development and
normal socialization of the growing child. Leading theories of child nature and care,
and their implications. (Wegner, Staff.)
Psych. 26. Develofmental Psychology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Genetic approach to human motivation and ac-
complishment. Research on simpler animal forms, the child, fhe adolescent and the
adult in terms of the development of normal adult behavior. (Brady.)
< 102
Psycholog)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Graduate credits will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart-
ment of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing.
Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Psych. 1 and Math. 1, 5, or 10 or equiva-
lent. A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research;
measures of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in psychology
should take this course in the junior year. (Anderson, Heermann.)
Psych. 110. Educational Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or equivalent. Researches on fundamental psychological prob-
lems encountered in education. Measurement and significance of individual differences;
learning, motivation, transfer of training, and the educational implications of theories
of intelligence. CWegner.)
Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 21, senior standing, and consent of instructor.
A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems
in the field of social psychology. CMcGinnies, Wegner.)
Psych. 123. Language and Social Communication. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 21, senior standing, and consent of instructor.
The nature and significance of verbal and non-verbal communication in social psy-
chological processes, including examination of relevant theoretical approaches to sym-
bolic behavior. (Wegner, McGinnies.)
Psych. 128. Human Motivation. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 21. Review of research literature deal-
ing with determinants of human performance, together wdth consideration of the major
theoretical contributions in this area. (Verplanck.)
Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, two courses in psychology, including Psych.
5. The nature, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental disorders.
(Magoon, Piunroy, Rosen.)
Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. A study of basic
human factors involved in the design and operation of machinery and equipment. Or-
ganized for students in engineering, industrial psychology, and the biological sciences.
(Ross, Anderson.)
Psych. 140. Psychological Prohlems in Advertising. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. Psychological problems that arise in connec-
tion with the production and testing of advertising; techniques employed in attacking
these problems through research. (StafiF.)
Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 21. The interview, the questionnaire,
103 ►
Psychology
and other methods of obtaining evidence on human attitudes and reactions, as viewed
in the light of modem research evidence. (Anderson.)
Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology. (4)
First and second semesters. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite, Psych. 106. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. Primarily for
students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of the laboratory
methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. Emphasis is placed on in-
dividual and group participation in experiments, use of data, and preparation of re-
ports. CRoss, Yarczower.)
Psych. 148. Psychology of Learning. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145. Review and analysis of the major phenomena
and theories of hvmian and animal learning, including an introduction to the fields of
problem solving, thinking and reasoning behavior. (Verplanck, Yarczower.)
Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. Critical survey
of measuring devices used in counseling, educational and industrial practice with
an emphasis on the theory, development and standardization. Laboratory practice
in the administration and interpretation of a variety of commonly used tests is provided.
CGustad, Magoon.)
Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in psychology. A course designed to aid in
the understanding of the problems of people in a variety of work situations; serving
as an introduction to such technical problems as personnel selection, interviewing,
morale, supervision and management, and human relations in industry. Lecture, dis-
cussion and laboratory. CSolem, Heermann.)
Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 145. An introduction to research on the physiologi-
cal basis of human behavior, including considerations of sensory phenomena, motor
coordination, emotion, drives, and the neurological basis of learning. (Ross, Brady.)
Psych. 181. Animal Behavior. (3)
(Same as Zool. 181). Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study
of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning, sensory
processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mam-
mals. (Verplanck.)
Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology. (2-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of in-
dividual faculty supervisor. Integrated reading under direction, leading to the prepa-
ration of an adequately documented report on a special topic. (Staff.)
Psych. 195. Minor Prohlems in Psychology. O-^^
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty super-
visor. An individuahzed course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized
topic or research project vmder supervision. (Staff.)
-^ 104
Psychology
For Graduates
(All the following courses require consent of the instructor. Descriptions are
given in the Graduate School Catalog.)
Psych. 200. Proseminar: Professional As'pects of Psychological Science. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of faculty adviser. Survey of professional prob-
lems in psychology, including considerations of contemporary developments, profes-
sional ethics, hterature resources, formulation of critical research problems, and dis-
cussion of the major institutions requiring psychological services. (Staff.)
Psych. 201. Sensory Processes. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 180 and 211. (Ross.)
Psych. 202. Perception. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 211. (Andrews.)
Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. (Staff.)
Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychology.
(3,3)
First and second semesters. (Verplanck.)
Psych. 207. Learning Theory. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. (Verplanck, Yarczower.)
Psych. 208. Language and Thought. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 212. (Verplanck.)
Psych. 211, 212. Advanced General Psychology. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 145. (Ross, Yarczower.)
Psych. 220. Psychological Concepts in Mental Health. (3)
Second semester. (Gustad, Magoon, Rosen.)
Psych. 221. Seminar in Counseling Psychology. (3)
(Gustad, Magoon.)
Psych. 222. Seminar in Clinical Psychology. (3)
Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (Rosen, Pumroy.)
Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (Staff.)
Psych. 224. Advanced Procedures in Clinical and Counseling Psychology. (3)
(Staff.)
Psych. 225, 226. Practicum in Counseling and Clinical Procedures, (i-3, 1-3^
First and second semesters. (Magoon, Pumroy.)
Psych. 227. Occupational Development and Choice. (3)
Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 220 and permission of instructor. (Gustad.)
105 ►
Psychology
Psych. 228 QSame as Ed. 228). Seminar in Student Personnel. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Byrne, Gustad, Magoon.)
Ps^'ch. 229. Advanced Industrial Psychology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 161 or equivalent.
Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Performance. (3)
Second semester.
Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 148 or equivalent.
Psych. 232. Personnel Selection and Job Analysis. (3)
First semester.
Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 229 or equivalent.
Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques. (3)
Second semester.
Psych. 241. Mass Communication and Persuasion. (3)
Second semester.
Psych. 242. Seminar in Social Psychology. (3)
Second semester.
Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.
Psych. 251. Development of Predictors. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.
CSolem, Heermann.)
CRoss.)
(Solem.)
(Solem, Heermann.)
(Solem.)
(Anderson.)
(McGinnies.)
(McGinnies.)
(Gustad.)
(Andrews.)
Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 106.
(Andrews, Anderson, Heermann.)
Psych. 254. Factor Analysis. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 253.
Psych. 255. Semi^tar in Psychometric Theory. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 253.
Psych. 260. Individual Tests. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 150. Laboratory fee, $4.00.
Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 150.
(Andrews.)
(Andrews.)
(Magoon, Pumroy.)
(Rosen.)
Psych. 263. Research Methods in Psychodynamics. (3)
Alternate years. Prerequisite, Psych. 222 and permission of instructor.
(Rosen.)
M 106
Psychology, Sociology
Psych. 264. Projective Tests. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 260. Laboratory fee, $4.00. CPumroy.)
Psych. 265. Advanced Developmental Psychology. (3)
C Rosen, Pumroy.)
Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. CVerplanck, Rosen.)
Psych. 268, 269. Advanced Practicutn in Counseling and Clinical Procedures.
(1-3, 1-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 226 and consent of instructor.
CMagoon, Pumroy.)
Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 131. (Gustad, Rosen.)
Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disahilities. (3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Magoon.)
Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Psych. 264. (Gustad, Rosen.)
Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology. (3)
First semester. (Ross, Brady.)
Psych. 281. Seminar in Psychopharmacology. (3)
Alternate years. Prerequisite, one year of graduate study in psychology and consent
of instructor. (Ross, Brady.)
Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Prohlems. O'^^
First and second semesters. (Staff.)
Psych. 399. Research for Thesis. (^Credit arranged')
First and second semesters. (Staff.)
SOCIOLOGY
Professor and Head: hoffsommer.
Professors: lejins and melvin.
Associate Professor: shankweiler.
Assistant Professors: Anderson, coaxes, cussler, di bella, hirzel, mc elhenie
AND MOTZ.
Instrutors: franz, schmidt, bittinger (p.t.), bourdeau (p.t.), deshon,
DOWELL (p.t.), laws (p.T.), MARCHES (P.T.) AND WILSON (p.T.).
Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in
sociology excepting Soc. 5.
Sociology 1, 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalent are required for an under-
graduate major in sociology.
107 ►
Sociology
Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life. (3)
First and second semesters. Summer session. This course is one of a group of four
courses within Elective Group I of the American Civilization Program. It may also
be taken by students who qualify by tests to select substitute courses in the program
(provided the student has not taken the course as his Group I elective). Sociological
analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small town, and rural com-
munities; population distribution, composition and change; social organization.
CHoffsommer, Staff.)
Soc. 2. Princi'ples of Sociology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. The basic
forms of human association and interaction; social processes; institutions; culture; hu-
man nature and personality. (Cussler, Motz, Franz.)
Soc. 5. Anthropology. (3)
First semester. This course may be taken by students who qualify to select courses
within Elective Group II of the American Civilization Program. Introduction to
anthropology; origins of man; development and transmission of culture; backgrounds
of human institutions. (Anderson.)
Soc. 13. Rural Sociology. (3)
First semester. Rural life in America; its people, social organization, culture patterns,
and problems. CHoffsommer, Hirzel.)
Soc. 14. Urban Sociology. (3)
Second semester. Urban growth and expansion; characteristics of city populations;
urban institutional and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.)
Soc. 51. Social Pathology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Personal-social disorganization and
maladjustment; physical and mental handicaps; economic inadequacies; programs of
treatment and control. (Shankweiler, Franz.)
Soc. 52. Criminology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Criminal behavior and the
methods of its study; causation; typologies of criminal acts and offenders; punishment,
correction, and incapacitation; prevention of crime. (Lejins.)
Soc. 62. Social Institutions. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Nature and function of social
institutions; the perpetuation of behavior through customs and social norms; typical
contemporary American institutions. (Melvin.)
Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. A socio-
logical study of covirtship and marriage including consideration of physiological and
psychological factors. Inter-cultviral companions and practical consideration. Designed
for students in the lower division. (Shankweiler, Motz, Bourdeau.)
Soc. 71. Dynamics of Social Interaction. (3)
Prerequisite, Soc. 1 or equivalent. Social psychology of groups like committees, teams,
M 108
Sociology
clubs, sects, social movements, crowds and publics. Origin of the social self: role be-
havior, inter-group and intra-group relations. CStaff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Sociology 1 or its sociology equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite
to courses numbered 100 to 199.
Soc. 102. Intercultural Sociology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 2. On the basis of a comparative study of customs,
individual and group behavior patterns and institutions, this course studies the
ideologies of America and other modem societies. The analysis focuses on the
nature of the social processes and group behavior of various peoples having or
not having a written language. CMelvin.)
Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology. (3)
Second semester. A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention to
historical processes and the application of anthropological theory to the modem
situadon. (^Anderson.)
Soc. 106. Archeology. (3)
Second semester. A survey of human cultural developments as revealed by archeo-
logical methods, vidth materials to be dravim from selected areas of both Old and
New Worlds. (Anderson.)
Soc. 111. Sociology of Occupations and Careers. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 2 or equivalent and junior standing. The sociology
of work and occupational life in modem society. Changing occupational ideologies,
values and choices. Occupational status systems and occupational mobility. The social
psychology of career success. (Coates.)
Soc. 112. Rural-Urhan Relations. (3)
First semester. The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural
and urban life; migration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of studying
individual and national issues. Applied field problems. (Cussler.)
Soc. 113. The Rural Community. (3)
Second semester. A detailed study of rural life wdth emphasis on levels of living,
the family, school, and church and organizational activities in the fields of health,
recreation, welfare, and planning. (Hoffsommer, Hirzel.)
Soc. 114. The City. (3)
First semester. The rise of iu:ban civilization and metropolitan regions; ecological
process and structure; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and
planning. (Schmidt.)
Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 2, or permission of instructor. The soci-
ology of himian relations in American industry and business. Complex industrial and
business organizations as social systems. Social relationships within and between
industry, business, commiinity, and society. (Coates.)
109 ►
Sociology
Sac. 116. Military Sociology. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Soc. 2 or permission of instructor. Social
change and the growth of mihtary institutions. Complex formal military organizations.
Mihtary organizations as social systems. Military service as an occupation or profes-
sion. The sociology of military life. Relations between military institutions, civilian
communities and society. CCoates.)
Soc. 118. Community OTganization. (3)
First semester. Community organization and its relation to social welfare; analysis of
community needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neigh-
borhood projects. (DiBella, McElhenie.)
Soc. 121. Population. (3)
First semester. Popiolation distribution and growth in the United States and the
world; population problems and policies. CHirzel.)
Soc. 122. Population. (3)
Second semester. Trends in fertility and mortality, migrations, population estimates
and the resulting problems and policies. CHirzel.)
Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities. (3)
First semester. Basic social processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the
State; immigration groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minorities in
Europe. (Lejins.)
Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian. (3)
Second semester. A study of type cultures; cultural processes; and the effects of
acculturation on selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. CAnderson.)
Soc. 125. Cultural History of the Negro. (3)
First semester. The cultures of Africa south of the Sahara and the cultural adjust-
ments of the Negro in North and South America. (Anderson.)
Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service. (3)
First and second semesters. General survey of the field of social-welfare activities;
historical development; growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services,
private and public. (DiBella, McElhenie.)
Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion. (3)
First semester. Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and
the role of religion in social life. (Anderson.)
Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality. (3)
First semester. Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social
life; processes of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior.
(Motz, Cussler, Schmidt.)
Soc. 144. Collective Behavior. (3)
Second semester. Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; struc-
ture and functioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements, and the pubhc.
(Cussler.)
^ 110
Sociology
Soc. 145. Social Control. (3) . n u \.^
First semester. Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group influence on human be-
havior; problems of social control in contemporary society. Uvio .j
Soc. 147. Sociology of Law. (3) , . ^ i i j .i,..
First semester. Law as a form of social control; interrelation between egal and other
conduct no^s as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity;
aw a an integral part of the culture of the group; factors and processes operanv
in the formation of legal norms as determinants of human behavior. CLejms.;
Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency. (3) , r •
First semester. Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime;
Inatysis of factors underlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and F--^;-^.j^^^_^
Soc 154 Crime and Delinquency Prevention. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered
Tn alternate years with Soc. 156.) Mobilization of community -sources for tie
prevention of crime and dehnquency; area programs and projects. (.Lejms.J
Soc 156 Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered
rnatoa" years with'soc. 154.) Organization and functions of penal and correc-
tional institutions for adults and juveniles. ^^ J -^
Soc. 160. Interviewing in Social Work. QPA') _
1 (DiBella, McElhenie.)
Summer session only. ^
Soc. 161. The Sociology of War. (3)
First semester. The origin and development of armed forces as institutions; the social
!"utroFradons and results of war a's social conflict; the relations of P^ace and war
and revolution in contemporary civilization. ^
Soc. 162. Basic Principles and Current Practice in PuUic ^f^f^f^" j^^lhenie.)
Summer Session only. ^ '
Soc. 163. Attitude and Behavior ProhUms in Puhlic Sc^oo?^^J^- ^^^^^^-^^^
Summer Session only. t. i e a,
Soc. 164. The Family and Society. (3) , ^ , r i, v -i
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64 or equivalent. Study of the tamdy
as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations, historic developmen ,
changing structure and function; the interactions of marriage and Parenthood ^s-
organizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends. (Shankweiler, Motz.)
Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare. (3) • . f ivc
First semester. Programs of family and child welfare agencies; social services to ^mi^^^^^
and children; child placement; foster families. ^^ '^
ft; L'ieJ.°t/S'^ec2y prog^a. in .he U„W Sta.es. puUic a.U.a^ce.
social insurance.
Ill ►
Sociology
Soc. 174. PuUic Welfare. (3)
Second semester. Development and organization of the public welfare movement in
the United States, social legislation interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies
and institutions. (DiBella.)
Soc. 180. Small Group Analysis. (3)
Analysis of small group structure and dynamics. Review of research on small groups
in factories, mihtary service, schools and commimities. Presentation of techniques
used in the study of small groups. CFranz.)
Soc. 183. Social Statistics. (3)
First and second semesters. Measvures of central tendency and dispersion, use of
statistical inference in simple testing of null hypotheses, chi square, and labor saving
computational devices for correlation. Majors in sociology should take this course
in their junior year. (Schmidt.)
Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics. C3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 183, or equivalent. Provides refined statistical
research methods for advanced students in the social sciences. Sampling theory,
specialized correlation technique, advanced tests of significance, and other procedures.
CSchmidt.)
Soc. 186. Sociological Theory. (3)
First and second semesters. Development of the science of sociology; historical back-
grounds; recent theories of society. Majors in sociology should take this course in
their senior year. (Melvin, Hirzel.)
Soc. 191. Social Field Training. (1-3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, for social work field training, Soc. 131;
for crime control field training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to available
placements. Supervised field training in pubUc and private social agencies. The student
wiU select his particular area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a
definite program of in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, and
written program reports vidll be a required part of the course. (StaflF.)
Soc. 196. Senior Seminar. (3)
Second semester. Reqiaired of and open only to senior majors in sociology. Scope,
fields, and research methods of sociology; practical applications of sociological knowl-
edge. Individual study and reports. Sociology majors who expect to graduate in
mid-year should take this course in the preceding spring semester. (Holfsommer.)
Pot Graduates
Prerequisites for entrance into graduate study leading to an advanced
deoree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling
at least 24 semester hours) in Sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of Sociology
(including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of
comparable work in economics, political science, or psychology. Reasonable
substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted in the case of students
majoring in other departments who desire a graduate minor or several courses
in sociology.
< 112
Sociology
With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, 290, and 291, individual courses
numbered 200 to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years.
Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research. (3)
First semester. Selection and formulation of research projects; methods and techniques
of sociological investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology.
CHoffsommer.)
Soc. 215. Community Studies. (3)
First semester. Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and
growth, social structiue, social stratification, social mobility and social institutions;
analysis of particular commimities. CStaff.)
Soc. 216. Sociology of Occupations and Professions. (3)
First semester. An analysis of the occupational and professional structure of American
society, with special emphasis on changing roles, fimctions, ideologies and commimity-
relationships. CCoates.)
Soc. 221. Population and Society. C3)
Second semester. Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualita-
tive aspects; American and world problems. (Hirzel.)
Soc. 224. Race and Culture. (3)
Second semester. Race and culture in contemporary society; mobihty and the social
effects of race and culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson. )
Soc. 230. Comparative Sociology. (3)
Second semester. Comparison of the social institutions, organizations, patterns of
collective behavior, and art manifestations of societal values of various countries.
(Melvin.)
Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure. (3)
First semester. Comparative analysis of the development of human native, per-
sonaUty, and social traits in select social structures. CCussler.)
Soc. 246. Puhlic Opinion and Propaganda. (3)
Second semester. Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes; agencies and
techniques of communication; quantitative measurement of pubhc opinion. CMotz.)
Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology. (3)
First semester. Survey of the principal issues in contemporary criminological theory
and research. (Lejins.)
Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology. (3)
Second semester. Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.)
Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency. (3)
First semester. Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. CLejins.)
Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem. (3)
Second semester. An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile
delinquency in Maryland. CLejins.)
113 ►
Sociology, Speech and Dramatic Art
Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy. (3)
First semester. Emergence and development of social policy as related to social change;
policy-making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Melvin.)
Soc. 262. Family Studies. (3)
Second semester. Case studies of family situations; statistical studies of family trends,
methods of investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 263. Marriage and Family Counseling. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Soc. 64 or Soc. 164 or consent of instructor. A
sociological analysis of an emerging, family-centered profession: its interdisciplinary
development and professional organization: its basic methods of coordinating art
and science in solving family problems. Designed for advanced sociology majors or
allied fields for use in vocations such as teaching, medicine, the ministry and others
embodying the role of guidance. (Shankweiler.)
Soc. 264. The Sociology of Mental Health. (3)
First semester. A study of the sociological factors that condition mental health to-
gether with an appraisal of the group dynamics of its preservation. CMelvin.)
Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology. (3)
Second semester. Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory
of scientific method; principal issues and points of view. (Staff.)
Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory. (3)
First semester. Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American
theories of society. Required of graduate majors in sociology. (Melvin.)
Soc. 291. Special Social Problems. (Credit to he determined')
First and second semesters. Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.)
Soc. 399. Thesis Research. (Credit to he determined)
First and second semesters. (Thesis Adviser.)
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Professor and Head: strausbaugh.
Associate Professors: batka and hendricks.
Assistant Professors: aylward, conlon, dew, linkow, niemeyer, provensen
AND PUGLIESE.
Instructors: anapol, becker, craven, ellis, schmitt and starcher.
Assistant Instrzictors: Anderson, armacost, colvin, crews, kile, rodgers,
turner, WAGENER and WOLFE.
Lecturers: causey, shutts and Williams.
Graduate Assistant: duke.
^Speech 1. Public Speaking. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. Laboratory fee,
$1.00. The preparation and delivery of short original speeches; outside readings;
reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman year.
(Linkow, Staff.)
-^ 114
S'peech and Dramatic Art
Speech Clinic. No credit.
Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic is conducted in
individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation
with the respective speech instructor. (Conlon, Staff.)
S'peech 3. Fiindamentals of General American S'peech. (3)
Each semester. Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds, rhythms and
inflections of general American speech. Analysis of the physiological bases of speech
production and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This course is required
of speech majors, and recommended for foreign students and majors in nursery and
elementary education. (Becker, Staff.)
Speech 4. Voice and Diction. (3)
First and second semesters. Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation,
and phonation. May be taken concurrently with Speech 1. (Starcher, Staff.)
S'peech S, 6. Advanced Public Speaking. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1, or 7, or 18 and 19. Advanced
work on basis of Speech 1. Special emphasis is placed upon speaking situations the
students will face in their respective vocations. (Starcher, Staff.)
'^Speech 7. Piihlic Speaking. (2)
Each semester. Laboratory fee, $1.00. The preparation and delivery of speeches on
technical and general subjects. (Linkow, Staff.)
Speech 8, 9. Acting. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Basic principles of
histrionic practice. (Rodgers, Pugliese.)
Speech 10. Group Discussion. (2)
First and second semesters. A study of the principles, methods, and types of disciis-
sion, and their application in the discussion of contemporary problems.
(Linkow, Staff.)
Speech 11, 12. Debate. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. Pre-Law students may take Speech 11, 12, instead of
Speech 1. A study of the principles of argument, analysis, e\-idence, reasoning,
fallacies, briefing, and delivery, together with their application in public speaking.
(Anapol.)
Speech IZ. Oral Interpretation. (3)
First semester. The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of
students in the art of reading. (Provensen.)
Speech 14. Stagecraft. (3)
First semester. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Fundamentals of technical production. Empha-
sis on construction of scenery. (Schmitt.)
Speech 15. Stagecraft. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 14. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Technical pro-
duction. Emphasis on stage hghting. (Schmitt.)
115 ►
S'peech and Dramatic Art
S'peech 16. Introduction to the Theatre. (3)
First and second semesters. A general survey of the fields of the theatre.
(Pugliese.)
S'peech 17. Make-wp. (2)
Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Laboratory fee,
$2.00. A lecture-laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage make-up, cover-
ing basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. (Schmitt.)
* Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech. (I, J)
First and second semesters. Speech 18 prerequisite for Speech 19. This course is
designed to give those students practice in public speaking who cannot schedule
Speech 1. (Provensen, Staff.)
Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite for all courses in radio. The development,
scope, and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, including visits to
local radio and television stations, wdth guest lecturers from Radio Station WTO?
and Television Station WTOP-TV. CBatka.)
Speech 23. Parliamentary Law. (I)
First and second semesters. A study of the principles and apphcation of parliamentary
law as appUed to all types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's
Rules of Order. CStrausbaugh.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Speech 102. Radio Production. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 22 and consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis
is given to acoustic setup, casting, "miking," timing, cutting and the coordination of
personnel factors involved in the production of radio programs. (Batka.)
Speech 103, 104. Speech Composition and Rhetoric. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of rhetorical principles and models of speech
composition in conjunction with the preparation and presentation of specific forms
of public address. (Staff.)
Speech 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 3 for undergraduates. The occiir-
rence, identification and treatment of speech handicaps in the classroom. An introduc-
tion to speech pathology. (Craven.)
Speech 106. Clinical Practice. Cl to 5 credits, up to 9)
Each semester. Simimer session. Prerequisite, Speech 105. May be taken for 1-5
credit hours per semester. May be repeated for a total of 9 semester hours credit.
Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour. Clinical practice in various methods of corrective
procedures with various types of speech cases in the University clinic, veterans hos-
pitaFs, and the pubhc schools. (Conlon.)
* Speech 3 should be substituted as the requirement for non-English speaking students.
^ 116
S'peech and Dramatic Art
Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interfretation. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 13. Emphasis upon the longer reading. Pro-
gram planning. (Provensen.)
S'peech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children. (3)
Second semester. Admission by consent of instructor. An analysis of normal and
abnormal processes of speech and language development in children. (Hendricks.)
Speech 110. Advanced Group Discussion. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 10. Required in speech curriculum
and elective in other curricula. An examination of current research and techniques in
the discussion and conference including extensive practice in this area. (Linkovy.)
Speech 111. Seminar. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of instructor.
Required of speech majors. Present-day speech research. CStrausbaugh, Staff.)
Speech 112. Phonetics. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, wdth an
analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the international
phonetic alphabet. CConlon.)
Speech 113. Play Production. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 16 or consent of instructor. Development of
procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for pubhc performance.
(Pugliese.)
Speech 114. The Film as an Art Form. (3)
Laboratory' fee, $7.50. A study of the motion picture as a developing form of enter-
tainment, communication, and artistic expression. A series of significant American and
foreign films are \iewed to illustrate the artistic, historical and sociological trends of
the twentieth century. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 115. Radio in Retailing. (3)
First semester. Limited to students in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisite,
Speech 1 or 7. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Writing and production of promotional
programs for the merchandising of wearing apparel and housefumishings. Collabora-
tion with Washington and Baltimore radio stations and retail stores. (Batka.)
Speech 116. Radio Announcing. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 4 and 22 or consent of instructor. Laboratory
fee, $2.00. The theory and application of aU types of annoimcing. (Batka.')
Speech 117. Radio and Television Continuity Writing. (3)
First semester. Prereqmsite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. A study of the prin-
ciples, methods and limitations of writing for radio and television. AppKcation will
be made in the writing of general types of continuities and commercials. CAylward.)
Speech 119. Radio Acting. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22. A workshop course designed to give the
student practice in radio acting. (Pugliese.)
117 ►
S'peech and Dramatic Art
S'peech 120. Speech Pathology. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 105. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A continuation
of Speech 105, with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic speech disorders.
CHendricks.)
Speech 122. Radio Workshop. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 102 or 116. Laboratory fee, $2.00. A laboratory
course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. CBatka.)
Speech 124, 125. American Public Address. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Speech 1 or 7. The first semester covers
the period from colonial times to the Civil War period. The second semester covers
from the Civil War period through the contemporary period. CAnapol.)
Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, one course in public speaking. An analysis of speech
and language habits from the standpoint of general semantics. (Hendricks.)
Speech 129, 130. Play Directing. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, Speech 8 or consent of instructor. A lecture-laboratory course dealing with
the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine
as applied to the directing of plays. (Niemeyer.)
Speech 131. History of the Theatre. (3)
First semester. A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800.
(Niemeyer.)
Speech 132. History of the Theatre. (3)
Second semester. A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present.
(Niemeyer.)
Speech 133. Communication Processes in Conferences. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Speech 103 or 104 or the equivalent. Limited to stu-
dents at the off-campus centers. Group participation in conferences, methods of problem
solving, semantic aspects of language and the function of conferences in industry and
government. (Linkow.)
Speech 135. Instrumentation in Speech and Hearing Science. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. The use of electronic
equipment in the measurement of speech and hearing. (Linkow.)
Speech 136. Principles of Speech Therapy. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 120. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Differential diagnosis of speech and
language handicaps and the application of psychological principles of learning, motiva-
tion and adjustment in the treatment of speech disorders. (Hendricks.)
Speech 138. Methods and Materials in Speech Correction. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 120 or the equivalent. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The design and use
of methods and materials for diagnosis, measurement, and retraining of the speech-
handicapped. (Craven.)
Speech 139. Theatre Workshop. (3)
Given each semester. Prerequisite, Speech 8 or 14. A laboratory course designed to
M 118
S'peech and Dramatic Art
provide the student with practical experience in all phases o£ theatre production.
(StrausbaughO
S'peech 140. Principles of Television Production. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22. A study o£ the theory, methods, techniques
and problems of television production and direction. Units of study covering television
cameras and lenses, lighting theory and practices, scenery and properties, costumes
and makeup, graphic arts and special effects are included. Observation of production
procedures at nearby television stations. Application wall be made through crew
assignments for University-produced television programs. CBatka.)
Speech 141. Introduction to Audiometry. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Analysis of various
methods and procedures in evaluating hearing losses. Required for students whose con-
centration is in speech and hearing therapy. CCraven.)
Speech 142. Speech Reading and Auditory Training. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 3. Laboratory fee, $2.00. Methods of training
individuals vdth hearing loss to recognize, interpret, and understand spoken language.
Required for students whose concentration is in speech and hearing therapy.
(Conlon.)
Speech 146. Television News and Puhlic Affairs. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 117 or Journalism iOl. Training in presentation
of television news, interviews, discussions, and forums. (Batka.)
Speech 147. Analysis of Broadcasting Processes and Residts. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Survey of the more
common analytic approaches, methods, and results in the field of radio and television.
(Aylward.)
Speech 148. Television Direction. (3)
First semester. Two hour lecture, three hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech 22, 140.
Laboratory fee, $10.00. Principles of television direction including analysis of script,
casting, rehearsing, production, and video control. (Aylward.)
Speech 149. Television Workshop. (3)
Second semester. Two hour lecture, four hour laboratory. Prerequisites, Speech 22,
140 and 148, or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Aylward.)
Speech 150. Radio and Television Station Management. C2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Speech 22 or consent of instructor. Broadcasting regula-
tions, licenses, personnel functions, sales, advertising, and program and station promo-
tion. (Batka.)
Vor Graduates
The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed Gen-
eral Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army Audi-
ology and Speech Correction Center, Forest Glen, Maryland, under the direc-
tion of James P. Albrite, M.D., Director.
119 ►
Speech and Dramatic Art
Prerequisite for all courses, consent of instructor.
Speech 200. Thesis. (3, 6)
Credit in proportion to work done and results accomplished. CHendricks.)
Speech 201. Special Prohlems Seminar. (A Through K). C^^ 3)
(6 hrs. applicable toward M.A. degree.) Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and
consent of instructor. A. Stuttering; B. Cleft Palate; C. Delayed Speech; D. Articulation;
E. Cerebral Palsy; F. Voice; G. Special Problems of the Deaf; H. Foreign Dialect; I.
Speech Intelligibility; J. Neurophysiology of Hearing; K. Minor Research Problems.
CHendricks.)
Speech 202. Techniques of Research in Speech and Hearing. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology and audiology. Analysis
of research methodology including experimental techniques, statistical analysis and
preparation of reports for scientific investigations in speech and hearing science. Re-
quired of candidates for Master's degree in speech and hearing therapy. C Williams.)
Speech 203. Experimental Phonetics. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 112. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The application of experimental
methods in the quantitative analysis of the phonetic elements of speech. (Hendricks.)
Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing. (3)
Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instructor.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and
speech mechanisms. CGerlach.)
Speech 211. A, B, C, D. Advanced Clinical Practice. Ch 3 up to 12)
(6 hrs. applicable toward M.A. degree.) Prerequisite, 12 hours in speech pathology
and audiology. Laboratory fee, $1.00 per hour. Supervised training in the application
of clinical methods in the diagnosis and treatment of speech and hearing disorders.
(Craven.)
Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology. (3)
Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. (Lore.)
Speech 214. Clinical Audiometry. (3)
Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $3.00.
Testing of auditory acuity wdth pure tones and speech. (Shutts.)
Speech 216. Communication Skills for the Hard-of -Hearing. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, 3 hours in audiology and consent of instructor. Speech
reading, auditory training, and speech conservation problems in the rehabilitation of
the hard-of-hearing.
Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handi-
capped. (3)
Prerequisite, Speech 214. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A laboratory course in modem methods
of utilizing electronic hearing aids. (Shutts.)
^ 120
Speech and Dramatic Art, Zoology
Sfeech 218. Speech and Hearing in Medical Rehabilitation and Special Edu-
cation Programs. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and
consent of instructor. Administrative problems involved in the organization and opera-
tion of speech and hearing therapy under different types of programs. CHendricks.)
Speech 219. Speech Disorders of the Brain-Injured. (3)
Prerequisites, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent of instructor.
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Methods of evaluation and treatment of children and adults who
have suffered injury to brain tissue, with subsequent damage to speech and language
processes. CHendricks.)
Speech 220. Experimental Audiology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in audiology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study
of experimental techniques in the investigation of problems in audiology and psycho-
acoustics. (Hendricks.)
Speech 221. Communication Theory and Speech and Hearing Problems. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 hours in speech pathology and audiology and consent
of instructor. Analysis of current theories of communication as they apply to research
and therapy in speech and hearing. (Hendricks. )
ZOOLOGY
Professor and Head: wharton.
Professors: anastos and schoenborn.
Professor Emeritus: burhoe.
Associate Professors: brov^tst, haley and winn.
Assistant Professors: costello, grollman, highton, linder, rajmm and stross.
Lecturers: baker and gamin.
Research Associates: Clifford and ulmer.
Director, Seafood Processing Laboratory: dunker.
All zoology courses with laboratory have a laboratory fee of $8.00 per course
per semester.
Zool. 1. General Zoology. (4)
First and second semesters. Simmier session. Two lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Zool. 1 and Zool. 2 satisfy the freshman pre-medical require-
ment in general biology. This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals
with the basic principles of animal Kfe. Special emphasis is placed on human
physiology. (Wharton.)
Zool. 2. The Animal Phyla. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Zool. 1, or Bot. 1. A study of the anatomy, classification, and hfe histories
of representative animals, invertebrates and vertebrates. (Anastos.)
121 ►
Zoology
Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or equivalent. A comparative study of selected organ systems
in certain vertebrate groups. (Ramm.)
Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite,
Zool. 1. For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology.
(GroUman.)
Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite, Zool. 14. A continuation of Zool. 14. (Grollman.)
Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or equivalent. Basic principles of early development from
the ovum to the establishment of the organ systems. (Ramm.)
Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body. (2)
Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the main factors affecting the
growth and development of the child with special emphasis on normal development.
CStaflF.)
Zool. 75, 76. Journal Club. Q, J)
First and second semesters. One lecture a week. Prerequisites, permission of the
Department and a major in zoology. Reviews, reports and discussions of current
literature. CSchoenbom, Haley.)
Por Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology. (4)
Second semester. Occasional summer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry.
The general principles of physiological functions as shovvTi in mammals and lower
animals. (Schoenbom.)
Zool. 104. Genetics. (3)
First semester. Summer session. Two lectures and one discussion period a week.
Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. A consideration of the basic principles
of heredity. (Highton.)
Zool. 108. Animal Histology. (4)
Second semester. Occasional svmimer session. Two lectures and two three-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. A microscopic study of
tissues and organs of vertebrates with special emphasis on the mammal. Practice in
elementary histo-technique wall be included. (Brown.)
Zool 110. Parasitology. (4)
First semester. Occasional simimer session. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 1 and 2 or permission of the instructor. A study
-^ 122
Zoology
of the classification, morphology, life cycles and host relationships of animal parasites,
with emphasis on the parasites of man. (Haley.)
Zool. 111. Animal Parasitology. (4)
Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered in 1960-61. Two lectures and two
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 110 or equivalent. A study of
the classification, morphology, life cycles and host relationships of parasites of fish and
wildlife and of domestic animals. (Haley.)
Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology. (4)
First semester. Occasional simimer session. Two lectures and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology. An advanced course dealing
with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryology of the invertebrates, exclusive of
insects. (Linder.)
Zool. 121. Princi'ples of Animal Ecology. (3)
Second semester. Occasional summer session (4). Two lectures and one three-hour lab-
oratory period a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry.
Animals are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, physical and
chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, behavior, habits, and
distribution of animals are stressed. (Stross.)
Zool. 127. Ichthyology. (4)
Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. Two lectures and one two-
hour and one three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 5 and 20.
A course in anatomy, embrj'ology, distribution, habits and taxonomy of marine and
fresh water fish. (Winn.)
Zool. 128. Zoogeography. (4)
First semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two two-hour
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology, botany, or geology. Prin-
ciples governing the geographical distribution of living things, with particular reference
to ecological changes during geologic time. (Staff.)
Zool. 129. Vertebrate Zoology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
Zool. 1, 2, 5, and 20 or permission of the instructor. The identification, classification,
habits and behavior of vertebrates. (Winn.)
Zool. 130. Hydrobiology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites,
one year of zoology and one year of chemistry or permission of the instructor. The
study of freshwater and marine ecosystems, with particular emphasis on the physics,
chemistry and production biology of standing waters. (Stross.)
Zool. 181. Animal Behavior. (3) (_Same as Psych. 18 J)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor.
A study of animal behavior, including considerarions of social interactions, learning
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on
mammals. (Ross.)
123 ►
Zoology
Zool. 199S. National Science Foundation Summer Institute for Teachers of
Science and Mathematics. Seminar. (I)
Summer session. Seminar fee, $5.00. An integrated discussion of recent advances and
basic principles of biology. The program will include lectures by recognized authorities
in various fields of biology, laboratory demonstrations, and organized discussion groups.
Student participation vdll be encouraged. (Brown, Staff.)
For Graduates
Zool. 202. Animal Cytology. (4)
First semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 108. A study of cellular structure
with particular reference to the morphology and physiology of cell organoids and
inclusions. CBro\\'n.)
Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology. C.4')
Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 20. Mechanics of fertilization and
growth. A review of the important contributions in the field of experimental
embryology. CRamm.)
Zool. 204. Advanced Physiology. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi-
sites, Zool. 102, and one year of organic chemistry. The principles of general and cellu-
lar physiology as found in animal life. (Schoenbom.)
Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar. QCredit to he arranged.")
First and second semesters. Summer session. One lecture a week for each credit hour.
1. Cytology; 2. Embryology (General Embryology, Experimental Embryology, Inverte-
brate Embryology, Transplantation and Regeneration, Endocrines and Development);
3. Fisheries, 4. Genetics (Population Genetics); 5. Parasitology (General Parasitology,
Helminth ology. Fish Diseases); 6. Physiology (Physiology of Protozoa, Invertebrate
Physiology, Physiology of Fishes, Physiology of Development); 7. Systematics (Evolu-
tion, Herpetology, Ichthyology, Zoogeography); 8. Ecology (Experimental Ecology,
Marine Ecology, Radioisotopes in Ecology, Population Dynamics, Limnology); 9.
Behavior (Comparative Behavior, Fish Beha^dor, Electronic Instrumentation); 19.
Recent Advances (Microtechnique and Histochemistry, Russian biology). (Staff.)
ZooL 208. Special Prohlems in Zoology. CCredit to he arranged")
First and second semesters. Sxmimer session. 1. Cytology; 2. Embryology; 3. Fisheries;
5. Parasitology; 6. Physiology; 7. Systematics; 8. Ecolog)'^; and 9. Behavior. (Staff.)
Zool. 209. Advanced Parasitology. (4)
Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Three lectures and one three-
hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 110 or permission of the instructor.
A study of the nature, origin and physiology of parasitism with emphasis on concepts of
pathogenesis, immunity, epidemiology and diagnosis. (Haley.)
Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology. C4)
Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. TTiree lectures and one three-
M 124
Zoology
hour laboratory period a week. The principles and practices involved in the collection,
preservation and classification of animals. CHighton.)
Zool. 211, 212. Lectures in Zoology. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Three lectures a week. Advanced lectvires by outstanding
authorities in their particular field of zoology. As the subject matter is continually
changing, a student may register several times, receiving credit for several semesters.
CVisiting Lecturers.)
Zool. 21 5S. Fisheries Technology. (4)
To be offered as needed during the smnmer session at the Sea Food Processing Lab-
oratory, Crisfield, Maryland. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery re-
sources, methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and recent ad-
vances in the utilization of fishery products. CDimker.)
Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology. (4)
First semester. Alternate years. Not oflFered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 161, 162, Phys. 11, Zool. 102,
or permission of the instructor. A study of the structure and function of cells by
chemical, physical and microscopic methods. (Brown.)
Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics. (4)
Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. A consideration of recent
developments in genetics with emphasis on population genetics and evolution. Breed-
ing experiments vidth Drosophila will be conducted. (Highton.)
Zool. 223. Analysis of Animal Structure. (4)
Second semester. Alternate years. To be offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. The integration of morphological systems and appHca-
tion of physical laws to animal structures. (Ramm.)
Zool. 23 IS. Acarology. (3)
Summer session only. Lecture and laboratory. An introductory study of the Acarina
or mites and ticks with special emphasis on classification and biology. (Baker.)
Zool. 232S. Medical and Veterinary Acarology. (3)
Summer session only. Lecture and laboratory. The recognition, collection, culture, and
control of Acarina important to public health and animal husbandry wdth special em-
phasis on the transmission of diseases. (Camin.)
Zool. 233S. Agricultural Acarology. (3)
Summer session only. Lecture and laboratory. The recognition, collection, culture and
control of Acarina pests of crops and ornamentals. (Baker.)
Zool. 234. Experimental Mammalian Physiology. (4)
First semester. Two four-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 102 and
one year of chemistry above general chemistry. The theory, use, and appHcation to
research of instrumentation normally found in the physiology laboratory widi an intro-
duction to svirgical techniques on both large and small animals. (Grollman.)
125 ►
Zoology
Zool. 235. CompaTative Behavior. C^)
Second semester. Alternate years. Not offered 1960-61. Two lectures and two three-
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 121 and 181, or permission of
instructor. An advanced course that deals with comparative whole animal reactions
to the inanimate and animate environment. Particular emphasis is placed on the
correlation of field and laboratory studies. (Winn.)
Zool. 399. Research. (^Credit to he arranged.')
First and second semesters. Summer session. Work on thesis project only. 1. Cytology;
2. Embryology; 3. Fisheries; 5. Parasitology; 6. Physiology; 7. Systematics; 8. Ecology;
and 9. Behavior. (Staff.)
< 126
FACULTY
1960-1961
COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES
Administrative Officers
LEON PERDUE SMITH, Dean of the College and Professor of Romance Languages
B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930.
CHARLES MANNING, Assistant Dean of the College and Associate Professor of
English
B.S., Tufts College, 1929; m.a., Harvard University, 1931; ph.d.. University of North
Carolina, 1950.
Professors
ALFRED OWEN ALDRiDGE, Pvofessor of English
B.S., Indiana University, 1937; m.a.. University of Georgia, 1938; ph.d., Duke
University, 1942; docteur de l'universite de parts, 1956.
GEORGE ANASTos. Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Akron, 1942; m.a., Harvard University, 1947; ph.d., 1949.
THOMAS G. ANDREWS, Professor and Head of Psychology
B.A., University of Southern California, 1937; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1939;
PH.D., 1941.
WILLIAM T. AVERY, Professor and Head of Classical Languages and Literatures
B.A., Western Reserve University, 1934; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1937; fellow of the
AMERICAN academy IN ROME, 1937-39.
WILLIAM J. BAILEY, Research Professor of Chemistry
b.chem.. University of Minnesota, 1943; ph.d.. University of Illinois, 1946.
RICHARD H. BAUER, Professor of History
B.A., University of Chicago, 1924; m.a., 1928; ph.d., 1935.
CARL BODE, Professor of English
ph.b.. University of Chicago, 1933; m.a., Northwestern University, 1938; ph.d.,
1941; fellow of the royal society of literature of the united KINGDOM.
SUMNER o. burhoe, Professor Emeritus of Zoology
B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1925; m.s., Kansas State College, 1926; ph.d..
Harvard University, 1937.
VERNE e. chatelain, Professor of History
B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1925;
PH.D., University of Minnesota, 1943.
LEON w. COHEN, Professor and Head of Mathematics
A.B., Columbia University, 1923; a.m., 1925; ph.d.. University of Michigan, 1928.
127 ►
Faculty
JULES DE LAUNAY, Professor of Physics (Part time)
B.A., Oxford University, 1935; m.a., 1938; ph.d., Stanford University, 1939.
AVRON DOUGLis, ProfessoT of Mathematics
A.B., University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York University, 1948; ph.d., 1949.
JOHN E. FABER, ProfcssoT and Head of Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.
WILLIAM F. FALLS, ProfessoT of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1922; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1928; ph.d..
University of Pennsylvania, 1932.
PETER s. FARAGO, Visiting Research Professor of Physics
PH.D., Budapest University, 1940.
RICHARD A. FERRELL, ProfcSSOr of PhysicS
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; ph.d., Princeton Univer-
sity, 1952.
ROBERT E. FULLERTON, ProfcssoT of Mathematics
B.S., Heidelberg College, 1938; M.S., Syracuse University, 1940; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1945.
LUCIUS GARVIN, ProfessoT and Head of Philosophy
B.A., Brownn University, 1928; m.a., 1929; ph.d., 1933.
WESLEY M. GEWEHR, ProfessoT Emcrttus of History
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1911; m.a., 1912; ph.d., 1922.
FRANK GOODWYN, Profcssor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d.. University of
Texas, 1946.
FRANCIS B. GORDON, Visiting Professor of Microbiology
B.S., IlUnois Weslevan University, 1927; ph.d.. University of Chicago, 1936; m.d.,
1937.
ROSE M. GRENTZER, Professor of Music
B.A., Mus. ED., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1935; b.a., mus., 1936; m.a., 1939.
JOHN w. GUSTAD, Profcssor of Psychology and Director of the University Coun-
seling Center
B.A., Macalester College, 1943; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1948; ph.d., 1949.
P. ARNE HANSEN Professor of Microhiology
b.ph.. University of Copenhagen, 1922; m.s., 1926; ph.d., Cornell University, 1931.
SUSAN E. HARMAN, Professor of English
B.A., University of Nebraska, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1926.
CHARLES HERZFELD, Profcssor of Physics QPart time)
B. chem. e., CathoBc University, Washington, D. C, 1945; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1951.
-^ 128
Faculty
MAURICE R. HiLLEMAN, VisHing ProfessoT of MicTohiology
33. s., Montana State College, 1941; ph.d.. University of Chicago, 1944.
HAROLD c. HOFFSOMMER, Pwfessor and Head of Sociology
B.A., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.
STANLEY B. JACKSON, ProfcssoT of Mathematics
B.A., Bates College, 1933; m.a.. Harvard University, 1934; ph.d., 1937.
AUBREY c. LAND, PwfessoT and Head of History
B.ED., Southern Illinois University, 1934; jm.a.. State University of Iowa, 1938;
PH.D., 1948.
PETER P. LEjiNS, Professor of Sociology
MAGisTER PHiLosoPHiAE, University of Latvia, 1930; magister iuris, 1933; ph.d..
University of Chicago, 1938.
ELLIS R. LiPPiNCOTT, ProfcssoT of Chemistry
B.A., Earlham College, 1943; M.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1944; ph.d.,
1947.
MONROE H. MARTIN, Profcssor of Mathematics
B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1932.
JOHN R. MAYOR, Profcssor of Mathematics
B.S., Knox College, 1928; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1929; ph.d.. University of
Wisconsin, 1933.
JAMES G. MC MANAWAY, Pvofcssor of English
B.A., University of Virginia, 1919; m.a., 1920; ph.d.. The johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1931.
BRUCE L. MELViN, ProfcssoT of Sociology
E.S., University of Missouri, 1916; m.a., 1917; ph.d., 1921.
HORACE s. MERRILL, Profcssor of History
B.E., River Falls State College, 1932; ph.m.. University of Wisconsin, 1933; ph.d.,
1942.
ELLIOTT MONTROLL, Research Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1937; ph.d., 1940.
RAYMOND MORGAN, Profcssor of Physics
B.S., Indiana University, 1916; M.S., 1917; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania, 1922.
CHARLES D. MURPHY, Profcssor and Head of Eizglish
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; m.a.. Harvard University, 1930; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1940.
RALPH D. MYERS, Profcssor of Physics
B.A., Cornell University, 1934; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1937.
ERNST OPiK, Visiting Professor of Physics
Moscow Imperial University, 1916; ph.d., Tartu (Dorpat) University, 1923.
129 ►
Faculty
MICHAEL J. PELCZAR, JR., Pwfessor of MicTohiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., State University' of Iowa,
1941.
A. J. PRAHL, Professor of Foreign Langiiages and Associate Dean of the Grad-
uate School
M.A., Washington University, 1928; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1933.
GORDON vv. PRANGE, Professor of History
B.A., University of lovi^a, 1932; m.a., 1934; ph.d., 1937.
ERNEST F. PRATT, ProfessoT of Chemistry
B.A., University of Redlands, 1937; M.S., Oregon State College, 1939; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1942.
B. HARLAN RANDALL, ProfeSSOr of Music
B.MUS., Washington College, 1938.
wiLKiNS REEVE, Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1936; ph.d., University of Wisconsin, 1940.
CARL L. ROLLiNSON, Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Michigan, 1933; ph.d.. University of Illinois, 1939.
HENRY w. scHOENBORN, Professor of Zoology
A.B., DePauw University, 1933; ph.d.. New York University, 1939.
LEON P. SMITH, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences, and Professor, Romance
Languages
B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; PH.D., 1930.
s. FRED SINGER, Professor of Physics
B.E.E., Ohio State University, 1943; m.a., Princeton University, 1944; ph.d., 1948.
KARL L. STELLMACHER, Profcssor of Mathematics
master's degree, University of Gottingen, 1933; ph.d., 1936.
-WARREN L. STRAUSBAUGH, Profcssor and Head of Speech and Dramatic Arts
B.S., Wooster College, 1932; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1935.
WILLIAM J. sviRBELY, Profcssor of Chemistry
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1931; M.S., 1932; d.sc, 1935.
JOHN s. TOLL, Professor and Head of Physics
B.S., Yale University, 1944; m.a., Princeton University, 1948; ph.d., 1952.
HOMER ULRICH, Professor and Head of Music
M.A., University of Chicago, 1939.
FLETCHER P. VEITCH, Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.s., 1933; ph.d., 1935.
WILLIAM s. VERPLANCK, Profcssor of Psychology
B.S., University of Virginia, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d., Brovv^n University, 1941.
<3 130
Faculty
JOEL WARREN, Visithig Pwfessor of Microbiology
B.A., Yale University, 1936; m.a., Columbia University, 1938; ph.d., 1940.
JOSEPH WEBER, Profcssor of Electrical Engineering and Physics
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1940; ph.d.. The Catholic University of America, 1951.
FRED w. WELLBORN, Professor of History
B.A., Baker University, 1918; m.a., University of Kansas, 1923; ph.d., University of
Wisconsin, 1926.
G. w. WHARTON, Professor and Head of Zoology
B.S., Duke University, 1935; ph.d., 1939.
JAMES P. WHARTON, Professor and Head of Art
B.A., WofFord College, 1914; b.a., Duke University, 1914; Graduate, Maryland
Institute of Fine Arts, 1923; m.f.a.. University of Guanajuato, Me.xico, 1952.
JOHN R. WESKE, Visiting Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
DiPL. iNG. TECH. HocHSCHULE, 1923; M.S., Harvard, 1932; sc.d., 1934.
CHARLES E. WHITE, ProfcssoT of Chemistry
B.S., University of Marj'land, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.
G. FORREST WOODS, Profcssor of Chemistry
B.S., Northwestern University, 1934; b.a., 1935; M.S., Harvard University, 1937;
PH.D., 1940.
w. GORDON ZEEVELD, ProfessoT of English
B.A., University of Rochester, 1924; m.a.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1929;
PH.D., 1936.
a. e. zucker. Professor and Head of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.
Associate Professors
ROY s. ANDERSON, Associate Professor of Physics
A.B., Clark University, 1943; m.a., Dartmouth College, 1948; ph.d., Duke Univer-
sity, 1951.
CECIL R. BALL, Associatc ProfessoT of English
B.A., College of WiUiam and Mar}', 1923; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1934;
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955.
GEORGE F. BATKA, Associatc Profcssor of Speech and Dramatic Arts
B.A., Wichita University, 1938; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1941.
ALFRED J. BINGHAM, Associatc Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Yale University, 1933; ph.d., Columbia University, 1939.
JOHN w. BRACE, Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Swarthmore College, 1949; m.a., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1953.
131 >
Faculty
GEORGE M. BROWN, Associatc Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Emor)' University, 1942; M.S., 1943; m.a., Princeton University, 1946; ph.d.,
1949.
JOSHUA R. c. BROWN, Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., Duke University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d., 1953.
FRANKLIN D. cooLEY, Associate Profcssor of English
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; m.a.. University of Mar^'land, 1933;
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1940.
RAYMOND N. DOETSCH, Associate ProfcssoT of Microbiology
B.S., University of Illinois, 1942; M.S., Indiana University, 1943; ph.d.. University
of Maryland, 1948.
RICHARD A. GOOD, Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Ashland College, 1939; m.a.. University of Wisconsin, 1940; ph.d., 1945.
DONALD c. GORDON, Associate ProfcssoT of History
B.A., College of WiUiam and Mar}', 1934; m.a., Columbia Teachers College, 1938;
PH.D., Columbia University, 1947.
WILLIAM H. GRAVELY, JR., Associate ProfcssoT of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925; m.a.. University of Virginia, 1934;
PH.D., 1953.
A. JAMES HALEY, Associate Profcssor of Zoology
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., 1950; sc.d., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1955.
FRANCIS R. HAMA, Associate Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
M.E., Tokyo Imperial University, 1940; sc.d., 1952.
RICHARD HENDRICKS, Associate Profcssor of Sfeech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Franklin College, 1937; m.a., Ohio State University, 1939; ph.d., Ohio State
University, 1956.
WILLIAM F. HORNY ak, Associute Profcssor of Physics
B.E.E., City College of New York, 1944; M.S., California Institute of Technolog)',
1945; PH.D., 1949.
RICHARD w. iSKRAUT, Associatc Professor of Physics
B.S., City College of New York, 1937; ph.d., Leipzig University, 1941.
wiLHELMiNA jASHEMSKi, Associate Professor of History
B.A., York College, 1931; m.a.. University of Nebraska, 1933; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1942.
H. BRYCE JORDAN, Associatc Profcssor of Music
B.MUS., University of Texas, 1948; m.mus., 1949; ph.d.. University of North
Carolina, 1956.
CHARLES F. KRAMER, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages
PH.B., Dickinson College, 1911; m.a., 1912.
< 132
Faculty
NORMAN c. LAFFER, Associatc Pwfessor of Microbiology
B.S., Allegheny College, 1929; M.S., University of Maine, 1932; ph.d.. University
of Illinois, 1937.
HOWARD J. ILASTER, Associatc ProfcssoT of Phjsics
A.B., Harvard College, 1951; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957.
THELMA z. LAviNE, Associate Ptofessor of Philosofhy
B.A., Radcliffe College, 1936; m.a., 1937; ph.d., 1939.
JOHN LEMBACH, Associate Professor of Art
B.A., University of Chicago, 1934; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1937; ed.d.,
Columbia Teachers College, 1946.
WILLIAM M. MACDONALD, Associatc Profcssor of Physics
B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1950; ph.d., Princeton Universit)', 1955.
THOMAS M. MAGOON, Associatc Profcssor of Psychology and Assistant Director of
the University Counseling Center
B.A., Dartmouth University, 1947; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1951; ph.d., 1954.
CHARLES MANNING, Associatc Dcan of the College and Associate Professor of
English
B.S., Tufts College, 1929; m.a.. Harvard University, 1931; ph.d., University of
North Carolina, 1950.
HERMAN MARiL, Associatc Profcssor of Art
GRADUATE, Mar)'land Institute of Fine Arts, 1928.
EDWARD A. MASON, Associatc Profcssor of Molecidar Physics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Tech-
nology, 1950.
ELLIOTT M. Mc GiNNiEs, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Buffalo, 1943; m.a., BrowTi University, 1944; m.a.. Harvard
University, 1946; ph.d., 1948.
ARTHUR c. PARSONS, Associate Professor of foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.
HUGH B. picKARD, Associatc ProfcssoT of Chemistry
E.A., Haverford College, 1933; ph.d.. Northwestern University, 1938.
WILLIAM R. QUYNN, Associatc Profcssor of Foreign Langtiages
B.A., University of Virginia, 1922; m.a., 1923; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins Univer-
sity, 1934.
ALBERT ROSEN, Associatc Profcssor of Psychology
B.A., Universitv of Pittsburgh, 1940; m.a., University' of Mirmesota, 1948; ph.d.,
1952.
HOMER w. scHAMP, JR., Assoctate Professor of Molecular Physics
A.B., Miami University, 1944; M.S., University of Michigan, 1947; ph.d., 1952.
WALTER E. SCHLARETZKI, Associatc ProfessoT of Philosofhy
B.A., Monmouth College, 1941; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1942; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1948.
133 ►
Faculty
PAUL w. SHANKWEiLER, Associatc Pwfessor of Sociology
PH.B., Muhlenberg University, 1919; m.a., Columbia University, 1921; ph.d., Uni-
versity of North Carolina, 1934.
MAURICE R. siEGLER, Associate Profcssor of Art
GRADUATE, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts, 1921; certificate, Fontainebleau
School of Fine Arts, 1926; b.s., in architecture, Georgia School of Technology,
1930; M.F.A., University of Guanajuato, Mexico, 1956.
GEORGE A. SNOW, Associute Professor of Physics
B.S., College of the City of New York, 1945; m.a., Princeton University, 1947;
PH.D., 1949.
ALLEN R. soLEM, Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1938; m.a., Wayne University, 1948; ph.d., Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1953.
DAVID s. SPARKS, Associatc ProfessoT of History
B.A., Grinnell College, 1944; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1945; ph.d., 1951.
FAGUE K. SPRiNGMANN, Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus., Westminster Choir College, 1939.
ROLAND N. STROMBERG, Associate Professor of History
B.A., University of Kansas City, 1939; m.a., American University, 1945; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1952.
CALVIN F. STUNTZ, Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of Buffalo, 1939; ph.d., 1947.
JOSEPH T. VANDERSLicE, Associatc Professor of Molecular Physics
B.S., Boston College, 1949; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1952.
KATHRYN M. PAINTER WARD, Associute ProfcssoT of English
B.A., The George Washington University, 1935; m.a., 1936; ph.d., 1947.
KURT WEBER, Associatc ProfcssoT of English
B.A., Williams College, 1930; b.a., Oxford University, 1932; m.a., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1933; PH.D., 1940.
HOWARD E. WINN, Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., Bowdoin College, 1948; M.S., University of Michigan, 1950; ph.d., 1955.
Assistant Professors
FRANK G. ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Cornell University, 1941; ph.d.. University of New Mexico, 1951.
NANCY s. ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Colorado, 1952; m.a., Ohio State University, 1953; ph.d., 1956.
MARY L. ANDREWS, Assistant Professor of English
B.S., New York University, 1929; m.a., 1935; ph.d., 1941.
M 134
Faculty
THOMAS J. AYLWARD, ProfcssoT of Sfeech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949.
JACK c. BARNES, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Duke University, 1939; m.a., 1947; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1954.
OTHO T. BEALL, JR., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Williams College, 1930; m.a.. University of Minnesota, 1933; ph.d., Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, 1952.
EARL s. BEARD, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Baylor University, 1948; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1950; ph.d., 1953.
BERNARD G. BERENSON, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the
University Cojinseling Center
B.A., American Universit)', 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1957; ph.d., 1959.
JOEL H. BERMAN, Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., Juilliard School of Music, 1951; m.a., Columbia University, 1953.
ALFRED c. BOYD, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Canisius College, 1951; ph.d., Purdue University, 1957.
FURMAN A. BRiDGERS, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Duke University, 1925; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928.
SAMUEL E. BROWN, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Indiana University, 1934; m.a., 1946; ph.d., Yale University, 1955.
ELEANOR w. BULATKiN, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1950; ph.d., 1952.
GEORGE H. CALLCOTT, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of South Carolina, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1951; ph.d..
University of North Carolina, 1956.
JOHN CARRUTHERS, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
CHARLES H. COAXES, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., West Point, 1924; m.a., Louisiana State University, 1952; ph.d., 1955.
PAUL K. CONKIN, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., MilHgan College, 1951; m.a., Vanderbilt University, 1953; ph.d., 1957.
SARA E. coNLON, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1947; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1950.
ELLEN coRREL, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Douglas College (Rutgers University), 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953;
PH.D., 1957.
JOHN L. COULTER, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., American University, 1934; m.a.. University of North Carolina, 1936.
HERBERT A. CROSMAN, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Harvard University, 1938; m.a., 1944; ph.d., 1947.
135 ►
Faculty
MARGARET T. cussLER, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., New York State College of Teachers at Albany, 1933; m.a., Radcliffe College,
1941; PH.D., 1943.
THOMAS B. DAY, Assistant Research Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952; ph.d., Cornell University, 1957.
CONSTANCE P. DENT, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the
University Counseling Center
B.A., BuckneU University, 1951; m.a.. Temple University, 1951; ph.d., Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1958.
ROBERT L. DETENBECK, Assistant Research Professor of Physics
DONALD DEW, Assistant Professor of Sfeech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1956; ph.d.. State
University of Iowa, 1958.
EDWARD DiBELLA, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., Washington University, 1936; m.a., 1938.
EiTEL w. DOBERT, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1954.
GERTRUDE EHRLiCH, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Georgia State College for Women, 1943; m.a.. University of North Carolina,
1945; PH.D., University of Tennessee, 1953.
E. JAMES FERGUSON, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Washington, 1939; m.a., 1941; ph.d.. University of Wisconsin,
1951.
RUDD FLEMING, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Chicago, 1930; m.a., Cornell University, 1932; ph.d., 1934.
GILBERT GORDON, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Bradley University, 1955; ph.d., Michigan State University, 1959.
HANS GRiEM, Assistant Professor of Physics
ABiTUR, Max-Planck-Schule, Kiel, Germany, 1949; ph.d., Universitat Kiel, Germany,
1954.
SIDNEY GROLLMAN, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1949; ph.d., 1952.
FRANCIS s. GRUBAR, Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., University of Marj'land, 1948; m.a., 1949; m.a., Johns Hopkins University,
1952.
THOMAS w. HALL, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938; m.a., Middlebury College, 1950; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1958.
HUBERT p. HENDERSON, Assistant Professor of Music and Director of University
Bands
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1941; m.a., 1950.
M 136
Faculty
HERBERT H. HENKE, Assistant Professor of Music and Music Education
B.MUS.ED., Oberlin College, 1953; m.mus., 1954.
EMiL F. HEERMANN, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1952; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957; ph.d., 1959.
CHRiSTOPH A. HERiNG, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
PH.D., University of Bonn, 1950.
RICHARD T. HiGHTON, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.A., New York University, 1950; M.S., University of Florida, 1953; ph.d., 1956.
ROBERT K. HIR2EL, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1946; m.a., 1950; ph.d., Louisiana State University,
1954.
JOHN HORVATH, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
PH.D., University of Budapest, 1947.
ROLF o. HUBBE, Assistant Professor of Classical Languages and Literatures
B.A., Hamilton College, 1947; m.a., Princeton University, 1950; ph.d., 1950.
JAMES a. hummel. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1949; m.a.. Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d.,
1955.
RICHARD jaquith, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; m.s., 1942; ph.d., Michigan State Univer-
sity, 1955.
FRANTZ J. KASLER, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
DOKTORANDUM, University of Vienna, 1956; ph.d., 1959.
WILLIAM KASNER, Assistant Research Professor of Physics
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1951; ph.d.. University of Pittsburgh, 1957.
SITARAMA lakshmanan. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Annamalai University (India), 1946; m.a., 1949; ph.d.. University of Mary-
land, 1954.
CHARLES w. LESLIE, Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Victoria College, 1930; m.a.. University of Toronto, 1933; ph.d.. Harvard
University, 1945.
HARRIS J. LiNDER, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., Long Island University, 1951; M.S., Cornell University, 1955; ph.d., 1958.
IRVING LiNKOW, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; m.a., 1938.
LEONARD I. LUTWACK, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Wesleyan University, 1939; m.a., 1940; ph.d., Ohio State University, 1950.
WILLIAM G. MAiscH, Assistant Professor of Molectdar Physics
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1951; ph.d.. Brown University, 1956.
137 ►
Faculty
ALEXEi A. MARADUDiN, Assistant Research Professor in Physics
B.S., Stanford University, 1953; M.S., 1954; ph.d.. University of Bristol, 1957.
JERRY MARION, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Reed College, 1952; M.S., Rice Institute, 1953; ph.d., 1955.
MINERVA L. MARTIN, Assistant Professor of English
B.S., University of Alabama, 1931; m.a., Louisiana State University, 1937; ph.d.,
1940.
ANNIE L. MC ELHENIE, Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B., Franklin College, 1926; b.s., Hillsdale College, 1927; m.a., University of Chicago,
1941; Certificate Third Year, New York School of Social Work, Columbia Univer-
sity, 1951.
CHARLTON MEYER, Assistant Professor of Music
B.MUs., Curtis Institute, 1952.
CHARLES c. MisH, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1936; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1951.
ANNABELLE B. MOTZ, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1941; m.a., University of Chicago, 1943; ph.d., 1950.
JOHN V. MUELLER, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Counselor in the Uni-
versity Counseling Center
B.A., University of Iowa, 1954; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957; ph.d., 1959.
GRAciELA P. NEMES, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Trinity College, 1942; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1949; ph.d., 1952.
GROVER c. NiEMEYER, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., DePauw University, 1933; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1935; ph.d., Yale
University, 1942.
martin h. pearl. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1950; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1951; PH.D., Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, 1955.
JOHN PORTZ, Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Duke University, 1937; m.a.. Harvard University, 1941; ph.d., 1958.
HESTER B. PROVENSEN, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
LL.B., George Washington University, 1926; m.a., Emerson College, 1948.
RUDOLPH E. PUGLiESE, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Miami University, 1947; m.a., Catholic LFniversity, 1949.
DONALD K. PUMROY, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d.. Univer-
sity of Washington, 1954.
WILLIAM c. PURDY, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Amherst College, 1951; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.
-^ 138
Faculty
GORDON M. RAMM, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.A., University of Buffalo, 1949; m.a., 1950; ph.d., New York University, 1954.
MARGUERITE c. RAND, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Pomona College, 1919; m.a., Stanford University, 1921; ph.d.. University of
Chicago, 1951.
PATRICK w. RiDDLEBERGER, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Virginia Military Institute, 1939; m.a.. University of California, 1949; ph.d.,
1952.
GEORG J. RiEGER, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
DR. RER. NAT., University of Giessen, 1953; habilitation, 1955.
HELEN A. RrvLiN, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Rochester, 1949; m.a., Radcliffe College, 1950; d. phil., Oxford
University, 1953.
LEONARD s. RODBERG, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Johns Hopkins Universit)', 1954; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology,
1957.
WILLIAM G. ROSEN, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Illinois, 1943; M.S., 1947; ph.d., 1954.
LEONORA c. ROSENFiELD, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Smith College, 1930; m.a., Columbia University, 1931; ph.d., 1940.
HERBERT SCHAUMANN, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Westminster College, 1931; ph.d., Cornell University, 1935.
MARK SCHWEIZER, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
M.A., University of Maryland, 1931; ph.d., 1941.
GAYLE s. SMITH, Assistant Professor of English
B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; m.a., Cornell University, 1951; ph.d., 1958.
HENRY PHILLIP STEINBERG, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1954; ph.d.. Northwestern University, 1959.
EDWARD A. STERN, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1951; ph.d., 1955.
M. ELIZABETH STiTES, Assistant Professor of Art
B.ARCH., New York University, 1941.
RAYMOND G. STROSS, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Missouri, 1952; M.S., University of Idaho, 1954; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1958.
JOSEPH sucHER, Assistant Professor of Physics
E.S., Brooklyn College, 1952; ph.d., Columbia University, 1957.
RAYMOND THORBERG, Assistant ProfessoT of English
B.A., University of Alaska, 1939; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1946; ph.d., Cornell
University, 1954.
139 ►
Faculty
JAMES A. WALKER, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Amherst College, 1939; m.a.. Harvard University, 1941; ph.d., 1948.
NORMA WEGNER, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Hunter College, 1944; ri.a., Cornell University, 1946; ph.d.. University of
Connecticut, 1955.
HELMUT WEYMANN, Assistant Research Professor of Fluid Dynamics
DiPL. IN PHYSICS, Technische Hochschule Aachen, 1952; dr. rer. nat., 1954.
MATTHEW YARC20WER, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.B.A., College of the City of New York, 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1955;
PH.D., 1958.
MiSHAEL ZEDEK, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
M.S., Hebrew University, Jerusalem, 1952; ph.d., Harvard University, 1956.
Research Associates
ROBERT AYRES, Research Associate in Physics
A.B., University of Chicago, 1952; b.s., 1954; ph.d., University of London, 1958.
CARLETON M. CLIFFORD, Research Associate in Zoology
B.A., University of Vermont, 1954; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1958.
ROSEMARY coLDWELL HORSFALL, Research Associate in Physics
B.S., University of St. Andrews, 1954; ph.d.. University of Oxford, 1959.
PEGGY A. DIXON, Research Associate in Physics
B.A., Western Reserve University, 1950; M.S., University of Maryland, 1954; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1959.
ROBERT J. FALLON, Research Associate in Molecular Physics C'post-doctoraT)
B.A., Catholic University, 1954; M.S., 1955; ph.d., 1959.
JACK D. FiNDLEY, Research Associate in Psychology
B.A., Baylor University, 1951; ph.d., Columbia University, 1954.
LOUIS T. HO, Research Associate in Molecular Physics
B.A., Catholic University, 1953.
VENUGOPAL KESAvuLU, Research Associate in Molecular Physics Cfost-doctoral)
B.S., HONORS, University of Mysore, India, 1948; M.S., 1951; ph.d., New York
University, 1960.
YOG PRAKASH KULSBESHTHA, Research Associate in Physics
E.S., Agra College, 1949; M.S., Aligarh University, 1952; ph.d., 1955.
MANOj K. PAL, Research Associate in Physics
I.S., Presidency College, 1949; b.s., 1951; M.S., Calcutta University, 1953.
JEAN PERETTi, Research Associate in Physics
LicENCE-Es-sciENCEs, 1941; AgTCgation des Science Physique, 1951; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Grenoble, France, 1957.
< 140
Faculty
YOLANDA PRATT, Research Associate in Chemistry
B.A., Cornell University, 1938; ph.d., Columbia University, 1942.
SADAO ONEDA, Research Associate in Physics
E.S., Tohoku Universitj', 1956; d.s., Nagoya University, 1953.
SAMUEL B. scHNiTZER, Research Associate in Psychology
B.A., Temple Universit)', 1951; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953; ph.d.,
1958.
ERWIN TOBIAS, Research Associate in Molecular Physics Cfost-doctoraV)
B.S., Brookl\Ti College, 1956; ph.d., Princeton University, 1959.
JOHN w. TREMBLY, Research Associate in Molecttlar Physics
DAVID H. B. ULMER, Research Associate in Zoology
A.B., Duke University, 1946; ph.d., 1955.
STANLEY WEISSMAN, Research Associate in Moleciilar Physics C-post-doctoral')
B.S., Roosevelt University, 1953; ph.d., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1959.
Instructors
VALENTINA ADAMS, InstTttctOT of Foreign Languages
B.A., Sarah LawTence College, 1950; certificate of frexch language, Sorbonne,
University of Paris, 1954; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1959.
MALTHON M. ANAPOL, InstructoT of Specch and Dramatic Art
B.S., Rutgers University, 1949; m.a.. Temple University, 1953.
ROBERT T. ANDERSON, Instructor of Foreign Languages
A.B., University of Missouri, 1947; m.a.. University of Illinois, 1949; PH.D., Ohio
State University, 1958.
E. RHEDA BECKER, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Marj'land, 1956; m.a., 1957.
RICHARD D. BECKMAN, Instructor of English
B.A., Columbia University, 1953; m.a., Rochester University, 1954.
MELvnsr BERNSTEIN, Instructor of Music
A.B., Southwestern at Memphis, 1947; b. mus., 1948; m. mus., University of
Michigan, 1949; m.a.. University of North Carolina, 1954.
JOSEPH c. BLAIR, InstructoT of Foreign Languages
A.B., University of Maryland, 1951.
MARIE BOBORYKiNE, InstriictoT of Foreign Lwiguages
M.A., St. Petersburg Archeological Institute, 1914.
HUGO A. BOURDEAu, Instructor of Sociology
A.B., Tufts University', 1951; m.a., Boston University, 1952.
GEORGE p. BREWSTER, InstructoT of Mathematics
B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1916.
141 ►
Faculty
RAY B. BROWNE, InstTuctOT of English
B.A., University of Alabama, 1943; m.a., Columbia Oniversity, 1947; ph.d., Uni-
versity of California, Los Angeles, 1956.
DOROTHY BUTTS, Instructor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1951; m.ed., University of Virginia, 1954.
CHUNjEN c. CHEN, Instrtictor of Foreign Languages
B.S., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920.
JOHN c. CLENDENiN, Instructor of English
B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1935; m.a., Bucknell University, 1941.
SHEROD M. COOPER, JR., Instructor of English
B.S., Temple University, 1951; m.a., 1953.
PHYLLIS w. cowEN, Instructor of English
B.A., Hunter College, 1947; m.a.. University of Syracuse, 1948.
DOROTHY D. CRAVEN, InstructoT of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Missouri State Teachers College, 1945; m.a.. State University of Iowa, 1948.
CONSTANCE H. DEMAREE, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1944; m.a., 1945.
SHIRLEY K. DESHON, Instructor of Sociology
B.A., Smith College, 1946; ph.d., Yale University, 1959.
MARY F. DE VERMOND, Instructor of Music
B.MUS., Howard University, 1942; m.a., Columbia University, 1948; ed.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1959.
PETER DiAMADOPOuLos, Instructor of Philosophy
B.A., Harvard University, 1952; m.a., 1956; ph.d., 1957.
DENNIS w. DOWELL, Instructor of Sociology
B.S., Purdue University, 1957; M.S., 1959.
NORMA E. DUNN, Instructor of English
B.A., Madison College, 1946; m.a.. University of Pennsylvania, 1953.
THOMAS H. DYER, Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1924.
GERALD G. EGGERT, Instructor of History
B.A., Western Michigan University, 1949; m.a.. University of Michigan, 1951;
PH.D., 1960.
WILLIAM P. ELLIS, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Towson Teachers College, 1954; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1956.
GEORGE Foss, JR., Instructor of Music
JACOB G. FRANZ, Instriictor of Sociology
B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935; m.a., Colimibia Uni-
versity, 1939.
M 142
Faculty
RALPH D. FREENY, lllStrUCtOT of Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.
BERNARD FusARO, Instnictor of Mathematics
B.A., Svvarthmore College, 1950; m.a., Columbia University, 1954.
HELEN GARSTENS, Instructor of Mathematics
A.B., Hunter College, 1932.
MEYER GREENBERG, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Yeshiva University, 1934; m.a., Jewish Institute of Religion, 1944; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1956.
ROBERT s. HALLER, Instructor of English
B.A., Amherst College, 1955; m.a., Princeton Universit)', 1957.
PIERRE T. HAN, InstTuctOT of English
B.A., Catholic University of America, 1951; m.a., Columbia University, 1952.
ROBERT R. HARE, Instructor of English
B.A., Ohio State University, 1936; m.a.. University of Delaware, 1957.
DONALD F. HENZE, Instrtictor of Philosophv
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1950; ph.d., 1954.
HAROLD J. HERMAN, Instructor of English
A.B., University of Maryland, 1952.
JOSEPH A. JAMES, Instructor of Foreign Languages
A.B., Bates College, 1925; m.a.. West Virginia University, 1930.
RODERICK H. JELLEMA, Instructor of English
B.A., Calvin College, 1951; Post Graduate Diploma in English Studies, Edinburgh
University, 1954.
CAROL R. KARP, Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., Manchester College, 1948; m.a., Michigan State University, 1950; ph.d.. Uni-
versity of Southern California, 1959.
HAMiLL T. KENNY, InstructoT of English
B.A., Columbia University, 1924; m.a., 1925; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1951.
DELYNN M. KEVER, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1951; m.a., 1957.
F. DONALD LAWS, Instructor of Sociology
B.A., Hobart College, 1953; m.a., University of Maryland, 1955.
CHARLES N. LEE, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1955; m.a., 1958.
GUYDO R. LEHNER, Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., Loyola of Chicago, 1951; m.s., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d., 1957.
LEO R. LEMAiRE, Instructor of Foreign Languages
arbitur, Frankfort, 1926.
143 ►
Faculty
iNDA LEPSON, InstTuctOT of Mathematics
B.A., New York University, 1941; m.a., Columbia University, 1945.
PERRY LEViNSON, Instuictor of Sociology
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1951; m.a., University of Pennsylvania, 1953.
SHUH-YEsr Lu MAR, Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., Ginling College, 1928; M.S., Mount Holyoke, 1932.
JUSTIN G. MAC CARTHY, Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., St. John's University, 1936; ph.d.. University of Pittsburgh, 1955.
JOSEPH R. MARCHES, Instructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1952; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1953.
MARTHA J. MAXWELL, Instructor of Psychology and Comiselor in the University
Counseling Center
B.A., University of Maryland, 1946; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1959.
MARY B. Mc CLAY, Instructor of Mathematics
B.ED., Eastern Illinois State Teachers College, 1937; m.s.. University of Illinois,
1941.
ROBERT M. MYERS, Instructor of English
B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1941; m.a.. Harvard University, 1943; ph.d., Columbia
University, 1945.
ELIZABETH NELSON, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1944; m.a.. Mills College, 1949; m.a.. University
of Maryland, 1957.
ANN E. NORTON, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., S)T:acuse University, 1945; m.a., 1947.
LEONARD M. PITT, Instriictor of History
B.A., University of California at Los Angeles, 1952; m.a., 1955; ph.d., 1958.
OLIVER L. RICE, Instructor of English
b.mus.. Central CoUege, 1943; m.a., Columbia University, 1949.
EVELYN G. ROGERS, Instructor of English
B.A., Northwestern University, 1940; m.a.. University of Massachusetts, 1956.
MAY ROSWELL, Instructor of Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Dublin, 1936; certificate of teaching. University of Cam-
bridge, 1937; M.A., University of Maryland, 1957.
PHILIP ROVNER, InstructOT of Foreign Languages
B.A., The George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1949; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1958.
FRANK L. RYAN, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Michigan, 1947; m.a., Boston College, 1948.
JOHN F. SCHMIDT, Instructor of Sociology
B.A., University of Chicago, 1941; m.a., 1946; ph.d., 1950.
M 144
Faculty
CHARLES J. scHMiTT, InstriictOT of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Montana State University, 1953; m.a., University of Wisconsin, 1956; m.f.a.,
1959.
ROSE SEDGEwiCK, InstructoT of Mathematics
PH.B., Brown University, 1925; m.a., 1927; ph.d., 1929.
JULIUS c. SHEPHERD, Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., East Carolina Teachers' College, 1944; m.a., 1947.
WILLIAM E, STAHR, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1951; m.a., 1953.
E. THOMAS STARCHER, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; m.a.. University of Arkansas, 1948.
BARBARA H. STEVENSON, Instructor of English
B.A., University of California, 1938; m.a., 1939.
MARTHA c. STONE, Instructor of English
B.S., IN ED., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927; m.a.. University of Missouri,
1929.
JOHN A. THOMAS, Instrjictor of English
B.A., Brigham Young University, 1952; m.a., 1953.
PAUL TRAVER, Instructor of Music
b.mus.. Catholic University of America, 1955; m.mus., 1957.
BETTY R. VANDERSLiCE, Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., Upsala College, 1945; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1948.
JAMES WALT, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; m.a., University of Michigan, 1937; PH.D.,
1955.
CATHERINE M. WEAVER, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Michigan, 1918; m.a., Texas Christian University, 1929.
PAUL WARREN vs^HTNEY, Instructor of English
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1950; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1952.
JOHN M. WILSON, Instructor of Sociology
B.J., University of Missouri, 1954; m.a., Universit}' of Mar}'land, 1958.
JACQUELINE L. ZEMEL, Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., Queens College, 1949; m.a., Syracuse University, 1951.
Assistant Instructors
DELMAR c. ANDERSON, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., The Ohio State University, 1957; m.a., 1958.
JAMES WARD ARMACOST, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1956; m.a.. University of North Carolina, 1959.
145 ►
Faculty
NANCY T. CHAN, Assistant histmctor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Denison University, 1957.
BETTY J, coLviN, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Allegheny College, 1955; m.a.. University of Pittsburgh, 1958.
L. DENTON CREWS, JR., Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., David Lipscomb College, 1959.
DAGMAR R. HENNEY, Assistant Instrtictor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Miami, 1954; M.S., 1956.
SARA KILE, Assistant Instructor of Speech
B.A., Ohio State University, 1958; m.a., 1959.
HERBERT E. RODGERS, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Franklin College, 1956; m.s., Purdue University, 1958.
BILLY BRUCE WAGENER, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Muskingum College, 1956; m.a., Ohio State University, 1957.
GLENN J. WOLFE, Assistant Instructor of Speech and Dram-atic Art
B.S., Eastern Illinois University, 1955; m.a., State University of Iowa, 1959.
Lecturers
EDWARD w. BAKER, LecttircT in Zoology
B.S., University of California, 1936; ph.d., 1938.
JOSEPH V. BRADY, Lccturer in Psychology
B.S., Fordham University, 1943; ph.d., University of Chicago, 1951.
JOSEPH H. CAMiN, Lecturer in Zoology
B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; m.s., 1947; ph.d., 1951.
GEORGE D. CAUSEY, Lecturcr of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a., 1951; ph.d., Purdue University, 1954.
EDWIN R. SHUTTs, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Indiana State Teachers' College, 1933; m.a.. Northwestern University, 1947;
PH.D., 1950.
ABRAHAM siNKOv, Lccturer in Mathematics
B.S., City College of New York, 1927; m.a., Colimibia University, 1929; ph.d.,
George Washington University, 1933.
EARL R. STADTMAN, Lccturcr in Microbiology
B.S., University of California, 1942; ph.d., 1949.
HAROLD L. WILLIAMS, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Art
A.B., University of Nebraska, 1944; ph.d.. University of Minnesota, 1951.
-^ 146
Faculty
Assistants
GEORGE w. ANDREWS, Chemistry
GEORGE W. EASTMENT, MiCTohiology
WILLIS F. HARviLL, Chemistry
JOAN s. HERRELL, Chemistry
CHiEH HO, Physics
MARY JO MCGOVERN, Chemistry
DELYs SWAIN, Chemistry
CAROL L. THOMPSON, Chemistry
Graduate Felloxvs
JOHN REiDMAiER, Chemistry
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1957.
Teaching Fellows
AUGUST D. KUCHTA, DiiPont Teaching Fellow in Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.
HOWARD E. RUSKiE, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1956.
Research Fellows
STANLEY AKS, PhysicS
B.S., Brookl)Ti Polytechnic Institute, 1957.
ROBERT J. ARGAUER, Chemistry
B.S., Canisius College, 1958.
JAMES w. BARNHART, Chemistry
B.S., Washington Missionary College, 1957.
RAYMON BAYLOUNY, Chemistry
B.S., Seton Hall, 1954; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1958.
EDWARD FETTER, Chemistry
B.A., LaSalle University, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958.
ROBERT L. FORWARD, PhysicS
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., University of Cahfomia, 1958.
PHILIP H. GRAHAM, Chemistry
B.S., Washington State College, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.
STEPHEN c. HiRSCH, Chemistry
B.S., Brookl}Ti Pol)^echnic Institute, 1958.
147 ►
Faculty
JOHN R. HOOTON, Chemistry
B.S., East Texas State Teachers College, 1951; m.s., Texas A. & M., 1953.
LAWRENCE G. ISAACS, Chemistry
B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1956.
ROBERT B. ISAACSON, Chemistry
B.S., City College of New York, 1956.
DONALD G. JONES, Chemistry
B.S., Washington Missionary College, 1957.
JAMES M. ICNIGHT, PhysicS
B.S., Spring Hill College, 1954.
NOBUHiKO KUROKE, Chemistry
B.S., Kyoto University, 1943; ph.d., 1955.
VICTOR LATORRE-AGUILAR, PhysicS
B.S., San Marcos University, Lima, Peru, 1957.
RAY A. MALZAHN, Chemistry
B.A., Gustavus Adolphus, 1951; m.s.. University of North Dakota, 1953.
RICHARD MAYER, Chemistry
B.S., St. Johns University, 1955.
EiLERT A. OFSTEAD, Chemistry
B.S., St. Johns University, 1955.
SHIRLEY M. READ, Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.
REYNOLD M. SHONO, Chemistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1952; M.S., University of Haw^aii, 1957.
DEREK STEELE, Chemistry
B.sc, Birmingham University, 1956; ph.d., 1959.
VIGDOR TOPLITZ, Physics
B.S., M.I.T., 1958.
HAROLD G. THOMPSON, Chemistry
B.S., Wagner College, 1954; m.s., Syracuse University, 1956.
JOHN VAN DE CASTLE, Chemistry
B.S., St. John's University, 1955.
HARRY w. WEBER, JR., Chemistry
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1956.
FRANCIS E. WELSH, Chemistry
B.S., Rockhurst College, 1954.
•< 148
Faculty
JOSEPH xAviER, Chemistry
B.sc, Madras University (India), 1948; M.sc, Banaras Hindu University, 1952;
PH.D., Calcutta University, 1958.
KUNiHiKO YANO, Chemistry
B.S., Shizuoka University, 1953.
Research Assistants
ALBERT ALTMAN, PhysicS
E.S., Brookl)Ta College, 1954; M.S., University of AIar}'land, 1958.
LOUIS s. ARONiCA, Physics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1955.
JOHN BARACH, PhyStCS
B.A., Princeton University, 1957.
MARIANO V. BAUER, PhysicS
B.S., University of Mexico, 1956.
EDWARD E. BEASLEY, PhysicS
B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1944; m.s.. University cf Maryland, 1957.
ROBERT BENTO, PhysicS
E.S., Providence College, 1956; m.s.. University of Marj'land, 1959.
HANS BERG, PhysicS
ABiTURE, Gymnasium, Flensburg, Germany, 1951; Staatsexamen, Universitat Kiel,
Germany, 1957.
ANAND BHATIA, PhysicS
B.S., Delhi University, India, 1953; M.S., 1955.
DWIJENDRA L. BHATTACHARYA, PhysicS
E.S., Presidency College, Calcutta, India, 1944; m.s.. University College of Science
and Technology, Calcutta, India, 1946.
GEORGE R. BLAKLEY, Mathematics
A.B., Georgetown University, 1954.
YUNG-YI CHEN, PhyslcS
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
LAN-KEH CHI, Mathematics
LEOPOLDO COLEST, PhysicS
B.s. IN CHEMISTRY, Univcrsit)' of Mexico, 1953; B.s. in physics, 1954; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1959.
L.ANGDON T. CRANE, PhysicS
B.A., Amherst University, 1952; m.s.. Brown University, 1954.
ASHLEY A. CUNNINGHAM, PhysicS
A.E., University of California, 1957.
149 ►
Faculty
VITALY DANCHENKO, PJiysicS
B.S., Beria College, 1954.
JOHN A. DAviES, Physics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953> M.S., 1954.
RICHARD DAY, PhysicS
B.A., Villa Madonna College, 1957.
ALVIN D. DINHOFER, PhyStCS
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954.
WALTER R. DOWDLE, MicrohiologJ
B.S., University of Alabama, 1955; M.S., 1956.
CONSTANTINE EFTHYMIOU, MicTohiology
E.S., Athens Agricultural College, 1952; m.s., University of Maryland, 1958.
JACK R. GLEASON, PhyStCS
B.A., Bowling Green State University, 1957.
JOSE L. GRANDA, Chemistty
B.A., University of Qvaedo (Spain), 1950; m.d.. University of Madrid, 1956.
NEWTON I. GREENBERG, PhysicS
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1957.
CHARLES T. HALL, MicTohtology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
WILLIAM HARTE, PhysicS
B.S., Providence College, 1954; m.a., Dartmouth College, 1956.
GEORGE L. HINDS, PhysicS
B.A., Bowdoin College, 1955.
MORTON KAGAN, PhysicS
E.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1955; m.s.. University of Maryland, 1957.
ROGER P. KOHIN, PhysicS
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1953.
HOWARD KOPP, Molecular Physics
YUNG-CHANG LEE, PhysicS
B.S., National Taiwan University, China, 1955.
ALLEN m. lenchek, Phystcs
B.S., University of Chicago, 1957.
LUC LEPLAE, Physics
LicENCiE DE SCIENCE PHYSIQUE, University of Louwain Belgium, 1955.
FRANK S. LEVIN, PhysicS
E.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1955. ! .'
-< 150
Faculty
FUK WING LI, Physics
B.S., National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1957.
REIMER H. LINCKE, PhysicS
B.S., Vordiplom, University of Kiel, Germany, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland,
1959.
CARL A. LUDEMA>fN, PhysicS
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1956.
WILLLAM H. LUPTON, PhysicS
B.A., University of Virginia, 1950.
MORTON LUTZKY, PhysicS
E.S., City College of New York, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.
JAGADISHWAR MAHANTY, PhysicS
B.S., Ravenshaw College, 1949; M.S., Calcutta University, 1951; ph.d.. University of
Maryland, 1959.
SAROJINI MAHANTY, PJiysicS
B.S., Delhi University, India, 1949; M.S., 1951.
KENNETH MC CARTY, MolcCulaT PhysicS
B.S., Lehigh University, 1949; m.s., 1951.
KISHOR K. MEHTA, PhysicS
B.S., St. Xavaer's College, Bombay, India, 1958.
KISHIN MOORJANI, PhysicS
B.S., Delhi College, India, 1955; M.S., 1957.
THOMAS H. MORRISON, MicTohiology
A.B., Williams College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1958.
STAN M. NEUDER, PhysicS
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1955; M.S., University of Mar}'land, 1959.
BARRY W. NINHAM, PliysicS
B.S., University of Western Australia, 1956; M.S., 1958.
GOETZ OERTEL, PhysicS
ABiTUR, Oberschule, HeUbronn, Germany, 1953; vordiplom. University of Kiel,
Germany, 1956.
BINYORK OUYANG, PhysicS
B.S., National Taiwan University, China, 1955.
JOGESH c. PATi, Physics
B.S., Ravenshaw College, Cuttack, India, 1955.
LOUIS J. POUDRE, Physics
MEDICHARLA J. RAO, PhysicS
B.S., Andhra Universit}', India, 1954; M.S., 1955.
151 ►
Faculty
FRANCIS A. RYDER, PhysicS
B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1957.
MITTER p. SAWHNEY, PhysicS
B.S., HansRaj College, Delhi, India, 1953; M.S., Delhi University, Delhi, India, 1955.
KWANG Y. SHEN, PhysicS
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953.
JUNKICHI SOHMA, PhysicS
B.S., Hokkaido Imperial University, Japan, 1957.
ROBERT M. SORENSEN, Mathematics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956.
YE-YUNG TENG, PhysicS
B.S., National Taiwan University, Formosa, 1953.
ERNEST W. STALDER, PhysicS
B.S., Northwestern University, 1957.
STUART p. SUSKIND, MtCTohiology
B.S., Duke University, 1957.
VIGDOR L. TEPLITZ, PhysicS
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1958.
EVAN H. WALKER, PhySlCS
B.S., University of Alabama, 1955; M.S., 1956.
WILLIAM D. WALLACE, PhysicS
A.B., Eastern Michigan College, 1955.
WILFRED L. WAYLAND, Moleciihr PJiysics
ROBERT C. WENTWORTH, PhysicS
B.A., Swarthmore College, 1953; ph.d.. University of Maryland, 1960.
ROBERT M. WINTER, PhysicS
B.S., St. John's University College, 1954.
ALFRED c. wu, Physics
B.S., Wheaton College, 1955.
Graduate Assistants
JENNIFER ADAMS, English
E.A., University of Bristol, England, 1955.
YURDANUR AKOVALI, PhysicS
B.S., Institute of Experimental Physics, University of Ankara, Turkey, 1956; M.S.,
University of Ankara, Turkey, 1958.
ALFRED W. ALBERTS, Zoology
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1953.
-4 152
Faculty
R. F. ALLEN, Foreign Languages
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1956; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1958.
MOHAMED AL-MASHAT, Sociology
School of Law, Iraq, law diploma, 1950; a.b.. University of California (Berke-
ley), 1955; M.A., 1957.
LESLIE w. AYRES, Mathevmtics
B.A., Bennington CoUege, 1953.
CHARLES F. BAER, ZoologJ
B.A., Adrian College, 1959.
CORNELIUS W. BARRY, ZoologJ
B.S., St. John Fisher College, 1956.
REZA BEHIN, Zoology
B.S., Tehran University, 1956.
MARION BENNETT, Chemistry
A.B., Barnard College, 1959.
HAROLD c. BERRY, Mathematics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
ELEANOR C. BILLER, Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.
LEROY C. BLANKENSHIP, Microhiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954.
BRUCE A. BLOOMFiELD, Mathematics
B.A., University of Oregon, 1957.
JEROME BOHSE, PhysicS
B.S., University of Dayton, 1959.
ROBERT T. BOND, Chemistry
B.A., Southern Mississippi College, 1954.
CHARLES J. BONTEMPO, PhUoSOfhy
B.A., University of Maryland, 1952.
JOHN V. BOTSCHELLER, Chemistry
B.S., City College of Nevi' York, 1956; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1959.
BENJAMIN BRASHEARS, Sociology
A.A., University of Boston, 1955; b.a., Indiana University, 1957.
RICHARD B. BRIAN, Mathematics
B.S., Grove City College, 1953.
JOHN M. BRIDGES, PhysicS
B.S., Alabama Poljtechnic Institute, 1957.
153 ►
Faculty
EDWARD R. BURKE, PhysicS
B.S., St. Joseph's College, 1957.
JOHN J. BURKE, Mathematics
B.A., St. Peter's College, 1958.
STEVE A. BUTTER, Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1959.
RICHARD T. CAMARRA, Chemistry
B.S., Northeastern University, 1958.
WALTER CHAMBERS, English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.
EDDIE CHAN, MicTohiology
B.A., Texas Western College, 1954; m.a.. University of Texas, 1957.
DOROTHY CHANDLER, PhysicS
B.A., Goucher College, 1959.
CHIN-TSE CHEN, PhyStCS
B.S., National Taiwan University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1951.
EDWARD c. CHEVALIER, Chemistry
B.S., Clarkson College of Technology, 1958.
GARY D. CHRISTIAN, Chemistry
B.S., University of Oregon, 1959.
suE-NiNG CHU, Zoohgy
B.S., Barat College of the Sacred Heart, 1955.
JACK L. CLiNE, Mathematics
B.S., Frostburg State Teachers College, 1954.
BETTE M. CODER, Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959.
EILEEN J. COHEN, English
B.S., University of Marj'Iand, 1953; m.a., 1958.
LOWELL R. COMSTOCK, Chemistry
B.S., Concord College, 1959.
E. BRiNSON coNERLY, Chemistry
B.S., Millsaps College, 1959.
RITA s. COOK, Foreign Languages
GYMNASIUM MATURA, 1932; PH.D., University of Vienna, 1938.
BARBARA A. COVINGTON, English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.
JAMES ROBERT CULLEN, PhysicS
B.S., St. John's University, 1958.
M 154
Faculty
JAMES w. DEicHERT, Chemistry
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1959.
CHAKLES w. DICKINSON, CJiemistTy
B.CHEM., University of Minnesota, 1959.
ADRIAN ANATOLE DOLINSKY, PhysicS
B.S., Fordham University, 1958.
ANTHONY F. DORRZAPF, Chemistry
B.S., St. Peters College, 1959.
EDWARD DOYLE, Sociology
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958.
JAMES B. DUDLEY, Sociology
B.A., Beloit College, 1958.
VIRGINIA A. DUKE, Spcech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Marj'land, 1959.
KENNETH LEE ECKERLE, PhysicS
B.S., Indiana State Teachers' College, 1958.
ALENA ELBE, Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; m.s., 1958.
C. ASHLEY ELLEFSON, English
B.S., State College, LaCrosse, Wis., 1952; m.a., University of Iowa, 1955.
EDWARD G. ELSTE, JR., Chemistry
B.A., Western Maryland CoUege, 1959.
HUOO-LONG FANN, PhysicS
E.S., Taivi'an Normal University, Taipei, Taiwan, 1956.
CAROL J. GEARTY, Chemistry
B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan University, 1959.
THEo. FELSENTREGER, Mathematics
B.S., Chem. Engr., University of Maryland, 1958.
LEONARD w. FINE, Chemistry
B.S., Marietta College, 1958.
DONALD H. FLANDERS, Mathematics
B.A., Reed College, 1958.
HENRY E. FLEMING, Mathematics
B.A., Harpur College, 1958.
HELEN C. FLOEGE, Zoology
B.S., Radford College, 1959.
RICHARD FONG, PhysicS
B.A., Corpus Christi College, University of Cambridge, 1957.
155
Faculty
MELVm FRIEDMAN, PhysicS
B.S., Renssalaer Polytechnic Institute, 1959.
ROBERT GAUNTT, Mathematics
B.S., Purdue University, 1956; M.S., 1958.
wiLLARD GELLis, English
B.A., Hofstra College, 1958.
THEODORE J. GEORGIAN, Chemistry
A.B., Boston University, 1958.
KENNETH A. GILMORE, Zoology
B.S., Mississippi Southern College, 1959.
DONALD S. GOCHBERG, English
B.A., Bates College, 1955.
JOSEPH p. GOLDBERG, English
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952.
LEONARD GOLDINGER, English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1956.
MILTON B. GOLDINGER, Philosophy
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958.
MARGARET A. GRAYSON, Zoology
B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1948; M.S., 1954.
EDWARD F. GROUP, Chemistry
B.A., Hamilton University, 1957.
DOUGLAS HALL, PoTcign Languages
B.A., Wake Forest College, 1952.
JAMES M. HARDIN, Chemistry
B.A., Harvard University, 1959.
ERNEST A. HARRISON, Chemistry
A.B., Boston University, 1957.
JOHN R. HASTINGS, PhysicS
A.B., Princeton University, 1955.
NORBERT A. HEiNLY, Chemistry
B.S., Northwestern University, 1957.
PAUL w. HEEMANN, English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1958; m.a., 1959.
LETA JANE HOLMAN, ZoologJ
B.S., Texas Technological College, 1943.
rvAN HUBER, Zoology
A.B., Cornell University, 1954.
-^ 156
Faculty
RAYMOND s. HUDSON, Chemistry
A.B., Washington and Lee University, 1953.
HARRY W. HUIZINGA, Zoology
U.S., Michigan State University, 1956.
HENRY W. HURLBUTT, Zoology
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1955; M.S., 1957.
CHARLES J. HUSFELT, English
B.A., University of Marj'land, 1959.
KAREN JOHNSON, Mathematics
B.S., Moravian College, 1957.
DONALD E. JOHNSTON, Zoology
B.S., Wayne University, 1956.
DONALD G. JONES, Chemistry
B.S., Washington Missionary College, 1957.
DUVALL A. JONES, Zoology
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955.
EDWARD M. jozwiCKi, ChcmistTy
B.S., Davis and Elkins College, 1959.
KALPATARU KANUNGO, Zoology
i.sc, Ravenshaw College, 1949; b.sc, 1952; M.sc, University of Allahabad, 1955.
JOHN E. KARL, JR., Zoology
B.A., Allegheny College, 1951.
OTHMAR E. KECKSTEIN, PhysicS
B.S., University of Technology Graz, Austria, 1958.
LYDL\ D. KELLOGG, English
ED.M., Har\'ard Graduate School of Education, 1956.
THOMAS E. KENNY, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1955.
JOHN c. KERES2TESY, Chemistry
B.S., Middlebury College, 1958.
FRANKLIN P. KOONTZ, Microhiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.
SIMON R. KRAFT, Mathematics
B.A., George Washington University, 1955; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1957.
NOEL R. KRIEG, MicTohiology
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1955; M.S., 1957.
ALBERT R. LANDGREBE, Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1957.
157 ►
Faculty
RICHARD M. LANE, Zoology
E.S., Loyola College, 1959.
JOHN D. LEiDicH, Chemistry
A.B., Gettysburg College, 1959.
MADONNA LETZRING, English
B.A., College of St. Scholastica, 1957.
BENJAMIN H. LiM, Chemistry
B.A., Oberlin College, 1952; b.s.. University of Kentucky, 1957.
CHARLES L. LioTTA, Chemistry
B.S., BrookKTi College, 1959.
WALLACE LUSK, Foreign Languages
B.A., Walla Walla College, 1931; m.a.. University of Southern CaHfomia, 1934.
DOUGLAS MAASS, Chemistry
B.sc, University of London, 1956; m.sc, 1959.
ELLIS G. MACLEOD, Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
BARBARA L. MAGAW^, English
B.A., Louisiana State University, 1957.
EDWARD C. MANGOLD, PhysicS
B.S., RockhuTst College, 1959.
JAMES s. MARCHESE, Chemistty
A.B., Boston University, 1957; M.S., Northeastern University, 1959.
JOHN MARKo, Physics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959.
PETER H. MASERicK, Mathematics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; m.a., 1957.
ALDO MAZZELLA, PhysicS
B.A., Pomona College, 1959.
PATRICIA A. MC CANN, Chemistry
B.A., Dunbarton College of The Holy Cross, 1959.
VINCENT C. MC CARTHY, Zoology
B.A., Toronto University, 1953.
RICHARD E. MC GILL, Mathematics
B.A., Wooster College, 1954.
TERRENCE P. MC GOVERN, Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958.
^ 158
Faculty
JAMES C. MC GRODDY, PhysicS
B.S., St. Joseph's College, Philadelphia, 1958.
DALE A. MC KENZiE, Cheniisiry
B.S., University of Rhode Island, 1956.
CHARLES E. MEHLLNG, Zoology
B.A., Loyola College, Baltimore, 1954.
JOHN R. MERKEL, English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1956; m.a., 1959.
FREDERICK T. METCALF, Mathematics
B.A., Lake Forest College, 1957.
RAMAKANT MHATRE, ChcmistTy
M.sc, Siddharth College (Bombay), 1955; m.sc, Seth G.S. Medical School, 1957.
c. DAVLD MLLLER, Chemistry
A.B., Columbia College, 1952; M.S., University of Alaryland, 1959.
ERNEST J. MONCADA, English
B.A., University of Miami, 1952.
REYNALDO MORALES, PhysicS
B.S., St. Mary's College, 1959.
HARVEY MOREiNES, English
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1958.
JOHN MUTCHLER, Chemistry
B.S., Cornell University, 1959.
RAPHAEL c. MYERS, Chemistry
B.A., University of Virginia, 1957.
NORMAN A. NIELSEN, Chemistry
E.S., State College of Washington, 1958.
KATHERiNE A. o'neil. Chemistry
B.S., Allegheny College, 1959.
marie J. PANico, Eoreign Languages
A.B., Queens College, 1958.
JOHN C. PARKER, Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957.
VITHALBHAI L. PATEL, PhysicS
B.S., University of Baroda, India, 1956.
BARBARA c. PECK, English
B.A., University of Michigan, 1958.
ANTHONY R. PICCIOLO, Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955.
159
Faculty
FRANCIS X. POWELL, Chemistry
B.S., University of California, 1956.
DAVID A. POWER, MicTohtology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; M.S., 1959.
PHILIP J. PROVOST, Microhiology
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.
HERBERT B. puTZ, Mathematics
B.S., Rensselaer Poljrtechnic Institute, 1958.
MARY RAFFERTY, Zoology
B.A., Randolph-Macon Woman's College, 1958.
JOHN REDDO, VI, Chemistry
B.S., George Washington University, 1959.
YOUNG HO RHiE, Mathematics
B.S., Seoul National University, 1954; M.A., Emory University, 1957.
ROBERT S. RICKS, PhysicS
B.A., Reed College, 1958.
EDWARD c. ROSENZWEiG, Microhiology
B.A., Centre College, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1956; ph.d., 1959.
EUGENE E. RUDD, PhysicS
B.A., Central College, 1958.
MARK SAKITT, PhysicS
B.E.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1958.
VISHNU P. SAKSENA, Zoology
B.S., Banaras Hindu University, 1952; M.S., 1954.
THOMAS SAVAGE, Zoology
B.S., Cornell University, 1957.
MICHAEL J. SCHAP, English
B.A., Loyola College, 1959.
ANNA E. scHNiTZER, English
B.A., Hood College, 1959.
WOLFGANG w. SCHULZ, Chcmistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1958.
JOHN P. SCHUTZ, Microhiology
E.S., Moravian College, 1958.
PETEE B. SCHWARTZ, Mathematics
A.B., Hunter College, 1956; m.a., Emory University, 1957.
JULES p. SEIGEL, EugUsh
B.S., State University of New York, Cortland, 1959.
■< 160
Faculty
CHUN-SHAN SHEN, PhysicS
A.B., National Taiwan University, 1957.
CHiA-HUi SHiH, Physics
B.S., National Taiwan University, 1957.
JOHN E. SOLARSKI, JR., PhysicS
B.S., Villanova University, 1958.
DANIEL E. SONENSHINE, Zoology
B.S., City College of New York, 1954; PH.D., University of Maryland, 1959.
MICHAEL R. SPATA, Chemistry
B.S., St. John's College, 1958.
DAVID A. SPRECHER, Mathematics
B.A., University of Bridgeport, 1958.
RICHARD M. STEVENS, Zoology
B.A., University of Maine, 1951; m.a., 1958.
JOHN F. STOUT, Zoology
B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1957.
JOEL M. STUTMAN, ChemistTy
B.sc, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Science, 1956.
JIN-CHEN su. Mathematics
B.S., National Taiwan University, 1955.
NORMAN B. SUNSHINE, Chemistry
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1955.
STUART p. susKESTD, Chemistry
B.S., Duke University, 1957.
LOUIS H. TATEOSLAN, Chemistry
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1959.
DAVID F. TEMPLETON, JR., Mathematics
B.A., American University, 1956.
MELViN c. TEWS, Mathematics
B.S., Trinity College, 1957.
MITCHELL A. THiEL, Chemistry
B.S., Union College, 1950.
WILLIAM F. TIMMERMAN, JR., Zoology
B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1953.
ALLEN K. TRENCHARD, PhyStCS
B.S., Loj'ola University, 1951.
BALLARD E. TROY, PhysicS
B.S., Duke University, 1957.
161
Faculty
ANGELO A. voLPE, Chemistry
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1959.
ROBERT E. WALDEN, Chemistry
B.A., Hendxix College, 1959.
BETTY M. WALLACE, Chemistry
A.B., Washington University, 1942.
GRACE LEE WATSON, Zoology
A.B., Trinity College, 1956.
RICHARD J. WEINACHT, Mathematics
B.S., University of Notre Dame; M.S., Columbia University.
BETTY PERRY WHALEY, English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1942.
RICHARD D. WIDMAN, Zoology
B.S., GeorgetowTi University, 1952.
PHLETUS p. WILLIAMS, JR., Microhiology
B.S., Davis and Elkins, 1955; M.S., University of Maryland, 1959.
HOWARD WILSON, Mathematics
B.E.E., George Washington University, 1953.
BRUCE E. wrrzEL, Chemistry
B.S., Wagner College, 1958.
THERESA s. wu, Physics
B.S., National Taiwan University, 1958.
JOSEPH ZAMBERNARDI, Zoology
A.B., University of Alabama, 1952; M.S., 1956.
ESTELLE c. ZOLL, Chemistry
A.B., Boston University, 1957; m.a., 1959.
Baltimore Faculty
ADELE B. BALLMAN, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Goucher College, 1926; ph.d.. The Johns Hopkins University, 1935.
LESLIE c. cosTELLO, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954; ph.d., 1957.
CLARENCE T. DEHAVEN, InstructOT of Speech and Dramatic Art
A.B., Western Maryland College, 1930; m.a., Johns Hopkins University.
GAYLORD ESTABROOK, ProfcSSOr of PhjsicS
B.S., Purdue University, 1921; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922; M.S., Johns Hop
kins University, 1930; ph.d.. University of Pittsburgh, 1932.
^ 162
Faculty
CHARLES E. HOOPER, Graduate Assistant in Physics
B.S., Dartmouth College, 1954.
FRANCIS M. MILLER, Associatc ProfcssoT of Chemistry
B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1946; ph.d., Nortliwestem University, 1949.
ALLiE w. RiCHESoN, ProfcssoT of Mathematics
B.S., University of Richmond, 1918; m.a., Johns Hopkins University, 1925; ph.d.,
1928.
CLAIRE s. SCHRADIECK, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages
B.A., Goucher College, 1916; ph.d., Johns Hopkins University, 1919.
163 ►
COLLEGE
of
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION
Catalog Series 19604961
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
VOLUME 13
FEBRUARY 8, 1960
NO. 17
Bulletin of the University of Maryland published eight times in January; five times
in February; three times in May and September; twice in March, July and November;
once in April, June, August, October, and December.
Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
CONTENTS
GENERAL
University Calendar iv
Board of Regents vi
Officers of Administration vii
Chairmen, Standing Committees,
Faculty Senate x
The College 1
Organization 1
Objectives 2
General Information 3
The Program in American
Civilization 3
Academic Information 5
Degrees 5
Graduation Requirement 5
Junior Standing 5
Senior Residence Requirement. . 6
Programs of Study 6
Professional Objectives 6
Facilities Furnished 7
Air Science Instruction 7
Costs 7
Admission 8
Honors, Awards and Scholarships 8
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
Business Organization and
Administration 11
Accounting and Statistical
Control 15
Financial Administration 16
Industrial Administration 18
Insurance and Real Estate .... 18
Marketing Administration .... 20
Personnel Administration and
Labor Economics 21
Transportation Administration . . 22
Public Administration 23
Economics 23
Foreign Service and
International Relations 25
Geography 27
Government and Politics 30
Journalism and Public Relations 31
Office Management and
Techniques 34
Bureau of Business and
Economic Research 38
Bureau of Governmental
Research 39
Maryland Municipal League . . 39
COURSE OFFERINGS
Business Organization and Government and Politics 60
Administration 40 Journalism and Public Relations. . 65
Economics 50 Office Management and Techniques 67
Geography 54
Faculty 69
iii ►
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
FALL SEMESTER 1959
JANUARY 1960
4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
SPRING SEMESTER 1960
FEBRUARY
1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH
25 Friday— Maryland Day
APRIL
14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY
18 Wednesday— Military Day
26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day
May 27-] _ , ^ ,
T or Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations
29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises
30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE
4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises
SUMMER SESSION 1960
JUNE 1960
27 Monday— Summer Session Registration
28 Tuesday— Simmier Session Begins
AUGUST
5 Friday— Summer Session Ends
SHORT COURSES 1960
JUNE 1960
20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST
8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER
6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
FALL SEMESTER 1960
SEPTEMBER
12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration
19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER
23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER
20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961
3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday
25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
Jan. 26-1
Feb 1 f Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
SPRING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY
6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Alonday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH
25 Saturday— Maryland Day
30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL
MAY
JUNE
4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
17 Wednesday— Military Day
30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
2 Friday— Pre-Examination Studv Day
4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises
3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations
10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises
SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961
26 Monday— Summer Session Registration
27 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
AUGUST
4 Friday— Summer Session Ends
SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961
19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST
7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER
5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
Vice-Chairman 1968
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1960
The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasiirer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1961
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
Enos S. Stockbridge
Assistant Treasurer 1960
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. EwiNG TUTTLE 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
William C. Walsh 1968
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law. Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Principal Administrative Officers
WILSON H. ELKiNS, President
B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHix., 1936.
ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.
ALViN E. coRME^fY, Assistunt to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development
B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.
R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Faculty
B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.
Emeritus
HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc, Western Maryland College, 1938.
Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges
MYRON s. AiSENBERG, Dcun of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.
RONALD BAMFORD, Dean of the Graduate School
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.
GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.
RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College
B.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.
NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy
PH.c, South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.
LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health
B.A., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.
FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing
B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.
LADiSLAUs F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital
R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.
TRViN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticulture
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1933.
ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b., University of Maryland,
1917.
wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station
B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.
selma f. lippeatt, Dean of the College of Home Economics
B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; M.S., University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.
FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering
B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; M.S., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.
PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service
B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a.,
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.
J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
ph.b., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.
LEON p. smith. Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a., University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diploma le I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.
WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research
B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d., University of Louisville, 1929;
PH.D., (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946.
General Administrative Officers
G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.
THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Profcssor of Air Science and Head, Department of
Air Science
B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.
NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar
B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.
B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Student Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.
DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.
c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.
WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930.
LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.
GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men
B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S., University of Maryland, 1926.
GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.
ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
B.A., University of Massachusetts, 1941.
GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associatc Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant CBaltimore^
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.
HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries
B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.
ADELE H. STAMP, Dean of Women
B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1924.
GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical
Plant
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.
Division Chairmen
JOHN E. faber, jr., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.
HAROLD c. hoffsommer. Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences
B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.
wilbert j. huff, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences
B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.
CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.
ADOLF E. ZUCKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities
B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; M.A., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.
CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE
GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS
Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES
Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN-AID
Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH
Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES
Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS
Dr. Charles A. TafF (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES
Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE
Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE
Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP
Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE
Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES
Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman
THE COLLEGE
THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND IS IN AN UNUSUALLY FAVORABLE LOCATION
for Students of business, government and politics, economics, public ad-
ministration, geography, journalism and public relations, foreign service and
international relations. Dovmtovvm Washington is only twenty-five minutes
away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less than an hour
in the other. There is frequent transportation servdce from College Park to each
city. Assistance is given qualified students who wish to obtain a first-hand view of
the far-flung economic activities of the national government or to utilize the
libraries, government departments, and other facilities available in Washington.
The College of Business and Public Administration is a member of the
American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business.
Organization
The College comprises seven departments and two bureaus of research.
I. Department of Business Organization and Administration
1. Accounting and Statistics
2. Financial Administration
3. Industrial Administration
4. Insurance and Real Estate
5. Marketing Administration
(a) Advertising
(b) Foreign Trade
Cc) Retail Store Management
(d) Sales Management
6. Personnel Administration
7. Transportation Administration
(a) Airline and Airport Management
(b) Traffic Management
8. Public Administration
II. Department of Economics
III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations
IV. Department of Geography
V. Department of Government and Pohtics
VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations
VII. Department of Office Management and Techniques
1. Management and Office Automation
2. Office Techniques
1 ►
Objectives of the College
VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research
IX. Bureau of Governmental Research
X. Maryland Municipal League (AfEhated)
Objectives ,
The College of Business and Public Administration offers courses designed
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, publishing firms, small business
units, and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills
and techniques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography,
government and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools
and colleges. It supplies scientific training in administration to students and
prospective e.xecuti\es on a professional basis comparable to unixersity training
in the other professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession. The
College of Business and Public Administration offers its students courses of in-
struction which present general principles and techniques of management and
administration and brings together in systematic form the experiences and
practices of business firms and governmental units. This plan of education does
not displace practice i experience, but supplements and strengthens it by short-
ening the period of apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad
and practical knowledge of the major principles, policies, and methods of ad-
ministration.
During the first half of the college study program the student secures a
broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more technical
courses ofTcred in the last half of the curriculum. The managerial and operat-
ing points of view are stressed in the advanced courses in production, marketing,
labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, office management and public
administration. The purpose of the work offered is to aid the student as a pro-
spective executive in developing his ability to identify and to solve administrative
and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his organization, policies
and practices to changing social, political and economic situations.
The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. Large-
scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in some in-
dustries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the other hand,
industries and many situations which still call for the small business. If these
small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners and with
satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative that authentic
principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles of ethical con-
duct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses.
The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser-
vices is to prepare for effective management. The College of Business and Public
< 2
General Information, American Civilization Program
Administration, University of Maryland, was established to supply efFective ed-
ucation in administration to the young men and women whose task will be the
guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units result-
ing from industrial, social and political development and expansion.
General Information
Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed e.\-planation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled. University General and Academic Regidations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.
Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:
COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:
Dean
(College in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:
Dean
(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland
The Program in American Civilization
The University considers that it is important for every student to achieve
an appreciative understanding of this country, its history and its culture. It has
therefore established a comprehensive program in American civilization. This
program is also designed to provide the student with a general educational back-
ground.
Work in American civilization is offered at three distinct academic levels.
The first level is required of all freshmen and sophomores at the University
and is described below. The second level is for undergraduate students wishing
3 ►
American Civilizatioit Program
to carry a major in this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences).
The third level is for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see
the Graduate School Annoxincements).
All students receiving a baccalaureate degree from the University of Mary-
land must (except as specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) obtain
24 semester hours of credit in the lower division courses of the ^American Civiliza-
tion Program. Although the courses in the program are prescribed generally,
some choice is permitted, especially for students who demonstrate in classification
tests good previous preparation in one or more of the required subjects.
The 24 semester hours in American civilization are as follows:
1. Enghsh (12 hours, Eng. 1, 2 and 3, 4 or 5, 6), American histor\' (6
hours, H. 5, 6), and American government (3 hours, G. & P. 1) are required
subjects; however, students who qualify in one, two or all three of these areas
by means of University administered tests are expected to substitute certain
elective courses. Through such testing a student may be releasd from 3 hours
of English (9 hours would remain an absolute requirement), 3 hours of Amer-
ican histor)' (3 hours remaining as an absolute requirement), and 3 hours of
American government. Students released from 3 hours of English will take
Eng. 21 instead of Eng. 1 and 2. Those released from 3 hours in history will
take H. 56 instead of H. 5 and 6. Students who have been exempted from
courses in English, history or American government mav not take such courses
for credit.
2. For the 3 additional hours of the 24 hours required, students elect one
course from the following group (Elective Group I):
Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics. (Not open to fresh-
men. Students who may wish to take additional
courses in economics should substitute Econ. 31 for
Econ. 37).
Phil. 1— Philosophy of Modern Man
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychologv
(Students enrolled in the College of Business and Public Administration will
normally meet this requirement by taking Econ. 31 in the sophomore year.)
3. Students who, on the basis of tests, have been released from 3, 6 or 9
hours in otherwise required courses in English, American history or American
government (see 1 above), shall select the replacements for these courses from
any or all of the following groups: (a) more advanced courses in the same
department as the required courses in which the student is excused; or (b)
elective Group I (see 2 above), provided that the same course may not be used
as both a Group I and a Group II choice; or (c) Elective Group II. Group II
consists of the following 3-hour courses:
^ 4
Academic Information
H. 2, History of Modern Europe; either IL 51 or 52, The Humanities;
either Mus. 20, Survey of Music Literature or Art 22, History of American
Art; and Soc. 5, Anthropology.
Academic Information
DEGREES
The University confers the following degrees on students of Business and
Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number of grad-
uate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography, Journalism
and Public Relations, Government and Politics, the Bureau of Governmental
Research and the Bureau of Business and Economic Research available for
qualified graduate students. Applications for these assistantships should be made
directly to the Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. (See
the Graduate School Announcements for graduate rules and regulations.)
Each candidate for a degree must file in tne Office of the Registrar on a date
announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Candidates for
degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred and diplomas
are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional cases.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENT
A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit with an average of "C" in
courses suggested by the College in addition to the specified courses in air
science, physical activities and hygiene are required for graduation. A minimum
of 57 semester hours of the required 120 hours must be in upper division courses.
The student is required to have an average of "C" for courses used in meeting
the quantitative graduation requirements. The time required to complete the
requirements for the bachelor's degree for the average student is eight semesters.
A superior student, by carrying more than the average load, can complete the
work in a shorter period of time.
JUNIOR STANDING
To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester
hours of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In com-
puting this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses carry-
ing one or more credits which have been taken up to the time of computation
shall be included; courses carrying "O" credit shall not be included; courses with
grade "F" shall be included; courses in Basic Air Science, the physical education
required of all University students, and the health courses required of all
women students shall not be included.
Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication. University General and. Academic Regulations.
Academic Information
SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT
After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities, and
hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn a
subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of "C" or
better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may be trans-
ferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in the
selected curriculum must be met.
PROGRAMS OF STUDY
The College offers programs of study in economics, business administration,
office techniques, office management, public administration, government and
politics, geography, journalism and public relations, and some combination cur-
riculums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and in-
dustrial education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs.
PROFESSIONAL OBJECTIVES
The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises and
governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of:
(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modem
business world;
(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to
promote the free exercise of his activities; and
(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and ad-
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise.
In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should:
(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise oral and
written English;
(b) have some useful knowledge of the physical world in which he operates;
(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies;
(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study
of sociology, geography, politics, labor relations, marketing, and other subjects.
If the executive is to be successful in solving current and future busi-
ness and governmental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method
of collecting, analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant
manner, and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions
and to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present and
Academic Information
future professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probably the most im-
portant qualities in a successful executive are:
(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments;
(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina-
tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing
them.
FACILITIES FURNISHED
The teaching staflF and the curriculums of the College of Business and Pub-
lic Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing
a type of professional and technical education that wall aid the capable and am-
bitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity.
The college study programs on both the undergraduate and graduate levels
presuppose eflFective training in English, history, government, science, and mathe-
matics.* The program of study for any individual student may be so arranged
as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work, such as account-
ing, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administration, marketing ad-
ministration, personnel administration, office management, real estate practice,
insurance, journalism, public relations, government employment, office tech-
niques, teaching, and research.
AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION
All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are
required to take Basic Air Science for a period of two years. The successful
completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must be taken
by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University,
whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have the
required two years of air science will be required to complete the course or take
it until graduation whichever occurs first.
Selected students who meet the requirements of the Department of Air
Science may carry Advanced Air Science courses during their junior and senior
years and may receive, under conditions determined by the U.S.A.F., a regular
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University include $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; $400.00 board; $170.00 to $200.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $220.00 to $250.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A charge
"The major portion of this training is usually secured in the four years of high
school and the first two years of college.
7 ►
Honors, Awards and Scholarshi'ps
of $300.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of
Maryland.
A fee of $10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for ad-
mission. If a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is ac-
cepted in lieu of the matriculation fee.
For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Editor of Publications
for a copy of the publication, An Adventure in Learning.
ADMISSION
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of
Maryland at College Park.
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pattern of
subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each of social
studies and natural sciences are required. At least one unit of algebra is re-
quired and one unit of plane geometry is desirable. While foreign language is
desirable for certain programs no foreign language is required for entrance. Fine
arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
For a more detailed statement of admissions, write to the Editor of Publica-
tions for a copy of the publication, An Adventure in Learning.
Honors, Awards and Scholarships
THE dean's list OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS
Any student who has passed at least 14 hours of work in the preceding
semester, without failure of any course, and vdth an average grade on all
courses of at least 3.5, will be placed on the Dean's List of Distinguished
Students. This list is posted in the ofl&ce of the Dean of the College.
BETA GAMMA SIGMA
The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma was chartered in
1940. The purpose of this honorary society is to encourage and reward scholar-
ship and accomplishment among students of commerce and business administra-
tion; to promote the advancement of education in the art and science of business;
and to foster integrity in the conduct of business operations. Chapters of Beta
Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools holding membership in the Amer-
ican Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Third and fourth year stu-
dents in business administration are eligible; if in his third year, a student must
rank in the highest four per cent of his class, and if in his fourth year, he
must rank in the highest ten per cent in order to be considered for selection.
THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY
This is awarded annually to the student who has maintained the highest
scholastic standing during the entire course of study in business administration or
Honors, Awards and Scholarships
economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at New York University on November
7, 1907. The Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was chartered at the University
of Maryland in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional fraternity organized to
foster the study of business in universities; to encourage scholarship, social
activity, and the association of students for their mutual advancement by re-
search and practice; to promote closer afi&hation between the commercial world
and students of commerce; and to further a high standard of commercial ethics
and culture, as well as the civic and commercial welfare of the community.
Members are selected from the College of Business and Public Administration
on the basis of leadership, scholastic standing, and promise of future business
success.
PI SIGMA ALPHA FRED HAYS MEMORIAL AWARD
The Pi Sigma Alpha Fred Hays Memorial Award in Government and
Politics is awarded annually by the Department of Government and Politics to
the graduating senior who earns the highest grades among the majors in Gov-
ernment and Politics of the graduating class. The award is a cash award, not
less than $25.00, provided by an anonymous alumnus. This award is named
in memory of Fred Hays, an honor graduate and former student president of
Pi Sigma Alpha, the honorary pohtical science fraternity. Fred Hays was
killed in action in Korea.
SCHOLARSHIPS
The Alumni Association of the University provides a scholarship of $250.
Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism. The Board of Trustees
of A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc. has contributed $500 to provide a scholar-
ship in joumahsm to be awarded to a worthy senior in the College of Business
and Public Administration who is majoring in editorial journalism.
The Baltimore News-Post finances two $375 annual journalism scholarships.
The Montgomery County Press Association's $200 annual journalism scholar-
ship is awarded to a resident of that county.
The Maryland Motor Truck Association, Inc., provides an award of $500
annually to a student in his senior year concentrating in transportation who is
registered in the College of Business and Pubhc Administration.
Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc., Winston-Salem, North Carolina, provides a
$500 award to a senior in the College of Business and Pubhc Administration who
is concentrating in transportation vnth a major interest in motor transporta-
tion.
The Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants makes available
a scholarship of $200 for an outstanding senior student in accounting who is
registered in the College.
Honors, Awards and Scholarships
The Arthur Young and Co. Foundation, Inc., makes available a scholarship
of $750 for an exceptional senior student concentrating in accounting who is
registered in the College of Business and Public Administration.
10
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the departments.
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart-
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work-
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree.
I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of •producing
and distributing goods and services. Modem business administration requires
a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of organi-
zations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department of
Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and prob-
lems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and the
methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the essence
of administration and management.
STUDY PROGRAMS EST THE DEPARTMENT
The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to the
major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based
on the assiunption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather
that each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Busi-
ness Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a mini-
mum number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions,
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control.
The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, viz.
internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and
operations. External control is secured through the force of laws, and court,
board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex-
ternal or "social" control.
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS
During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart-
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete
11 ►
Business Organization and Administration Curriculum
the following basic subjects (or the equivalent) except as indicated in a par-
ticular curriculum:
Required Courses: Semester Hours
Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature * . . . 6
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 6
Math. 5, 6— Mathematics 6
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 4
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 4
B.A. 10, 1 1 —Organization and Control 4
G. & P. 1— American Government' 3
Elective Group I 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization i 6
B.A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 8
Speech 18, 1 9— Introductory Speech 2
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 6
Air Science and Physical Activities for Men 12
Health and Physical Activities for Women 8
Total specified requirements 66 or 70
A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis-
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. An
average of "C" in Business Administration courses is required for graduation.
Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan-
guage. If a foreign language is elected, 12 semester hours or the equivalent
must be completed with an acceptable grade.
JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS
During the junior and senior years each student in the Department is
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise:
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
B. A. 100— Financial Management 3
B. A. 1 50a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 1 50— Marketing Management 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
B. A. 130-Elements of Statistics 3
B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3
B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3
B. A. 180, 181-Business Law I, II 8
Total 32
' See American Civilization Program, page 3.
■< 12
Business Organization and Administration Curriculum
The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet the
requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, in
public administration, foreign service, commercial teaching, and in the fields
of business administration, such as: accounting and statistics, production ad-
mmistration, marketing, advertising, retailing, purchasing, foreign trade, trans-
portation, labor relations, real estate, insurance, investment and general finance.
Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate secretarial training courses.
COMBINED ADMINISTRATION AND LAW PROGRAM
When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum,
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed for
the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of air science, physical
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year
of college work before entering the Law School of the University of Maryland
must be done in residence at College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree
from the College of Business and Public Administration is conferred upon the
completion of the first year in the Law School with an average grade of "C"
or better. Ehgible candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of
Science by the CoUege of Business and Public Administration upon the concurrent
recommendation of the School of Law, University of Maryland. Business Law
cannot be used as credit in this combined curriculum.
MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac-
cepted m accordance with the procedures and requirements for the graduate
School. (See the Graduate School Announcements, Section IL)
THE GENERAL CURRICULUM IN ADMINISTRATION
This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in "a shorter
period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester.
Freshman Year j ^7^
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 2
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2
Eng. 1, 2-Composition and Readings in American Literature' 3 3
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control o o
Math. 5 and 6 '.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'..'. 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government ' 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2
Hea. 4— Community Health (women) ' [ .'[ ^ * 2
Physical Activities (men and women) . . . . [ 1
Elective Group I !!!!!!!! 3
"^"^ Is Is
'See American Civilization Program, page 3.
13 ►
Business Organization and Administration Curriculum
f—Semester—y
Sophomore Year I 11
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
B. A, 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 4 4
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3
Electives (women) 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (nien) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 17 17
Junior Year
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
B. A. 140— Financial Management . . 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3
B. A. 1 50a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 150— Marketing Management . . 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management . . 3
Electives in Business and Public Administration, Economics, or
other approved subjects 3 6
Total 15 15
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181-Business Law, I, II 4 4
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3
Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or
B. A. 184-Public Utilities 3
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation 3
B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3
B. A. 189— Government and Business . . 3
Electives in Business & Public Administration, Economics or
other approved subjects 3 6
Total 16 16
Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty adviser from
courses in accounting, statistics, geography, public utilities and public ad-
ministration, secretarial training, or other courses that will aid the student
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or
major when desired in:
1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration
2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration
3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration
4. Insurance and Real Estate S. Public Administration
' See American Civilization Program, page 3.
M 14
Accounting and Statistical Control Curriculum
1. ACCOUNTING AND STATISTICAL CONTROL
Internal control in modem business and governmental organizations is a
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com-
plexity of current governmental units and business enterprises has emphasized
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control
intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces-
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts.
This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob-
lems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career
as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer,
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer.
In order to provide for practical ex-perience arrangements have been made
with firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the Dis-
trict of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting.
This training is provided bet^veen semesters of the senior year (approximately
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad-
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship training
before graduation.
Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years.
The following study program provides courses for those wishing to con-
centrate in this important field:
r— Semester—^
Junior Year I IJ
B. A. 110, 11 1— Intermediate Accounting 3 3
B. A. 121— Cost Accounting . . 4
B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting , 4
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics . . 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
B. A. 140— Financial Management . . 3
B, A. 1 50a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 150— Marketing Management , . 3
Elective 3
Total 16 16
15 ►
Accounting and Statistical Control Curriculum
, — Semester— ^
Senior Year I 11
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management ' . . 3
B. A. 1 24— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice
or B. A. 1 1 8— Governmental Accounting 3
B. A. 126— Advanced Accounting Theor)' and Practice.... .. 3
B. A. 122— Auditing Theory and Practice 3
B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice . . 3
B. A. 169— Industrial Management 3
B. A. ] 80, 181-Business Lau 4 4
Electives . . 3
Total 16 16
The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid of his
adviser, from the following list of subjects, such courses as will best meet his needs:
B.A. 100-Office Operations and Manage- B. A. 184-Public UtiHties (3)
ment (3) B. A. 210— Advanced Accounting Theory
B. A. 1 16-Public Budgeting (3) (2-3)
B. A. 1 18— Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3)
B. A. 125-C.P.A. Problems (3)* B. A. 221, 222-Seminar in Accounting
B.A. 129— Apprenticeship in Account- (arranged) (3)
ing (0) B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3)
B. A. 132— Sample Surveys in Business B. A. 228— Piesearch in Accounting
and Economics (3) (arranged) (3)
B. A. 133— Statistical Research and Con- B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in
trol Techniques (3) the fields of Control and Organization
B.A. 134— Statistical Quahty Control (3) (arranged) (3)
B.A. 135— Time Series Analysis and Fore- Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Sys-
casting (3) tems (3)
B.A. 141— Investment Management (3) Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles
B.A. 143-Credit Management (3) (3)
B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Manage- Econ. 1 34— Contemporary Economic
ment (3) Thought (3)
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial State- Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation
ments (3) (3)
B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)
2. FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION
A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an efiFective finan-
cial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enterprises must
be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on credit, and the activi-
ties of local, state, and federal government depend, in large part, on taxation and
borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated structure of financial institutions,
*C.P.A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public accounting.
Such students should plan their study program so as to meet the professional examination
requirements of the state in which they expect to take the examination or to practice.
M 16
Financial Administration Ctirriculuni
both private and public, has evoh'ed together with a wide variety of financial in-
struments. The methods used are equally varied and complicated. Since the
financing service is so pervasive throughout our economic life and because it is an
expense which must be borne by the ultimate purchaser, the management of the
finance function is endowed with a high degree of public interest.
This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa-
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him
in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form
sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest-
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e. g., in
departments regulating banking operations, international finance- the issuance
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and oper-
ated or controlled by the government.
Students wishing to form a concentration in financial administration should
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years; the
program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows:
Junior Year
Econ. 140— Money and Banking
B. A. 140— Financial Management
B. A. 1 30— Elements of Business Statistics
B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting
B. A. 166— Business Communications
B A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization
B. A. 1 50— Marketing Management
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Busi-
ness and Public Administration
Total
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181-Business Law
B. A. 169— Industrial Management
B. A. 141— Investment Management
B. A. 143— Credit Management
B. A. 160— Personnel Management
Econ. 160— Labor Economics
B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management
Electives
Total
-Semester—
I II
15
16
16
4
3
3
3
16
17
the aid of the adviser from the following
B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems in
the Field of Financial Administration
(arranged)
Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and
Prices (3)
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation
(3)
Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex-
change (3)
Econ. 240— Seminar in Monetary Theory
and Policy
Industrial Administration Curriculum
Selection of electives may be made with
list of subjects:
B. A. 100— Office Operations and Manage-
ment (3)
B. A. 123-Income Tax Accounting (4')
Econ. 147— Business Cycles (3)
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial State-
ments (3)
B.A. 184-Public Utilities (3)
B. A. 190-Life Insurance (3)
B.A. 191— Property Insurance (3)
B.A. 196-Real Estate Finance (3)
B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Manage-
ment (3)
3. INDUSTRIAL ADMINISTRATION
This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech-
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student becomes familiar
with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings,
and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized, as well as effective
methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials and
machines.
The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the College,
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful
place in this field of effort are:
B. A. 100-Office Operations and Manage- *B.
ment (3) B.
*B.A. 121-Cost Accounting (4)
B.A. 122, 127-Auditing (3, 3) B.
B. A. 132— Sample Surveys in Business
and Economics (3) B.
B. A. 133-Statistical Research and Con- ""B.
trol Techniques (3)
B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) "^B,
*B.A. 163-Industrial Relations (3)
B.A. 166— Business Communications (3) B.
"B.A. 167-Job Evaluation and Merit
Rating (2)
4. INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE
Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices
* These courses are specific requirements for students concentrating in industrial
administration.
A. 1 69— Industrial Management (3)
A. 1 70 — Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
A. 171— Industrial and Commercial
Traffic Management (3)
A. 172— Motor Transportation (3)
A. 177 — Motion Economy and Time
Study (3)
A. 178— Production Planning and
Control (2)
A. 265 — Development and Trends in
Industrial Management (3)
^ 18
Insurance and Real Estate Curriculum
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists— real estate brokers,
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real
estate— are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student
will provide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life
Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.),
and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value.
Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. The
program for the junior and senior years is outlined below.
/^Semester— ^
Junior Year I U
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
B. A. 1 40— Financial Management 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3
B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 1 50-Marketing Management . . 3
B. A. 190-Life Insurance 3
B. A. 191— Property Insurance . . 3
B. A. 195-Real Estate Principles 3
B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance . . 3
Elective . . 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181-Business Law 4 4
B. A. 1 69— Industrial Management . . 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
B. A. 160— Personnel Management . . 3
B. A. 141— Investment Management 3
B. A. 194— Insurance Agency Management 3
B, A. 197— Real Estate Management . . 3
Electives 3 3
Total 16 16
Selection of electives may be made vdth the aid of the adviser from the
follovidng and other subjects:
Soc. 114-The City (3) Econ. 147-Business Cycles (3)
Soc. 173— Social Security (3) B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Manage-
Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and ment (3)
Prices (3) B. A. 151-Advertising (3)
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation B. A. 166— Business Communications (3)
(3) B. A. 189— Business and Government (3)
B. A. 100— 0£Ece Operations and Manage- B. A. 290— Seminar in Insiuance (3)
ment (3) B. A. 29 5 -Seminar in Real Estate (3)
B. A. 123 — Income Tax Accounting (4)
19 ►
Marketing Administration Curriculum
5. MARKETING ADMINISTRATION
Modem business administxation is concerned largely with marketing ac-
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major por-
tion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The ideals
of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enterprise
are closely related to present-day marketing organization and practice. Effec-
tive solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success of
the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. If
the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods,
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transporta-
tion, financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate
action taken by qualified technicians and executives.
The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the student
an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems connected
with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and practices. The
student who elects this field of concentration may develop his aptitudes, on the
technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing advertising copy,
and on the administrative level develop his abilities for organizing, planning,
and directing the various activities in the field of marketing.
Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student
in preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He
may form a concentration in:
a. General Marketing d. Retail Store Management
b. Advertising c. Sales Management
c. Foreign Trade
B. A. 100 — Office Operations and Man- B. A. 165— Business Communications (3)
agement (3) B. A. 170— Transportation Services and
B. A. 132 — Sample Surveys in Business Regulation (3)
and Economics (3) B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial
B. A. 133— Statistical Research and Con- Traffic Management (3)
trol Techniques (3) B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3)
*B. A. 143-Credit Management (3) B. A. 190-Life Insurance (3)
Econ. 147— Business Cycles (3) B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3)
*B.A. 151-Advertising (3) B.A. 195-Real Estate Principles (3)
B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout B. A. 250— Problems in Sales Manage-
(3) ment (3)
*B. A. 153-Purchasing Management (3) B. A. 251 -Problems in Advertising (3)
*B. A. 154-Retail Store Management (3) B. A. 252-Problems in Retail Store
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan- Management (3)
disirig (3) B. A. 257— Seminar in Marketing Man-
B. A. 156— Marketing Research Methods agement (arranged) (3)
(3) B. A. 258-ResearcIi Problems in Market-
B. A. 158— Advertising Problems (3) ing (arranged) (3)
B.A. 1 59— Newspaper Advertising (3)
* These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in mar-
keting management.
M 20
Personnel Administration and Labor Economics Curriculum
For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made
from the following courses:
*Econ. 1 36— International Economic
Policies and Relations (3)
Econ. 137— Economics of National
Planning (3)
*Econ. 149 — International Finance and
Exchange (3)
B. A. 151— Advertisino Programs and
Campaigns (3)
*B. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3)
*B. A. 1 70— Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
*B. A. 173— Water Transportation (3)
B. A. 189— Government and Business (3)
Ec. Geog. 4— Regional Geography of the
Continents (3)
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of
the United States and Canada (3, 3)
Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufac-
turing in the United States and Can-
ada (3)
Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3)
Geog. 1 15— Peoples of Latin America (2)
Geog. 120— Economic Geography of
Europe (3)
Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De-
velopment of Africa (3)
Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia
(3,3)
Geog. 180, 1 8 1 —Principles of Geography
(3, 3)
Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog.
of Europe and Africa (3, 3)
O. PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION AND LABOR ECONOMICS
Recent developments of large scale operation on the part of both private
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing importance of personnel
relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious cooperation between
employer and employee. The interests of the public, the owners, and the
management, as well as those of the employees may be greatly affected by
the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. The growth
of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the increased par-
ticipation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created problems
for which business management, union ofiBcials, and government representa-
tives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily. The govern-
ment, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to deal effectively
with these problems. They should have broad training and technical informa-
tion in the fields of business and public administration, economics, and psychol-
ogy, together with suitable personalities. They must be able to approach these
problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices.
Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human
eflFort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective work-
ing force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employ-
ment in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corpora-
tions, educational institutions and charitable organizations.
*These courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration in
foreign trade.
21
Transportation Administration Curriculum
A student may select from the following courses those which will, in
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter.
*B. A. 163-Industrial Relations (3)
*B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and
Court Decisions (3)
^'B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit
Rating (2)
'■B.A. 169-Industrial Management (3)
G. & P. 1 1 1 - Public Personnel Admin-
istration (3)
Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3)
Psych. 21— Social Psychology (3)
Psych. 161— Industrial Psychology (3)
G. & P. 214— Problems in Public Person-
nel Administration (arranged) (3)
B. A. 262— Seminar in Contemporary
Trends in Labor Relations (3)
B. A. 265— Development and Trends in
Industrial Management (3)
B. A. 266 — Research in Personnel Man-
agement (arranged) (3)
B. A. 267— Research in Industrial Rela-
tions (arranged) (3)
B. A. 269 — Studies of Special Problems
in Employer-Employee Relationships
(arranged) (3)
B. A. 271— Theory of Organization (3)
7. TRANSPORTATION ADMINISTRATION
The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach-
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being proficient
in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, water, and air
transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our very existence. This
curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air transportation.
The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the
college will aid the student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields
of air, water, highway, and railway transportation. This curriculum besides
preparing for positions with carriers also fits the student for industrial traffic
management, trade association and government work in transportation. (To
major in transportation administration the student must complete 15 hours of
the courses listed below including B.A. 171):
B.A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3) B.A. 175— Airline Administration (3)
B.A. 1 70— Transportation Services and
Regulation (3)
B.A. 171— Industrial and Commercial
Traffic Management (3)
B. A. 172-Motor Transportation (3)
B. A. 172a— Motor Carrier Administration
(3)
B. A. 173— Water Transportation (3)
B.A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation
B. A. 176 — Problems in Airport Manage-
ment (3)
B.A. 184-Public Utilities (3)
B. A. 270— Seminar in Air Transportation
(3)
B. A. 275— Seminar in Motor Transporta-
tion (3)
B. A. 277— Seminar in Transportation (3)
B. A. 284-Seminar in Public Utilities (3)
(3)
Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the
curriculum.
* These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration
in personnel administration and labor economics.
22
Public Administration, Economics Curriculums
8. PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of our
economic, political and social life has been developing for a number of years so
that now the government is the largest business enterprise in the country. In
addition to the Federal Government, state and local government agencies have
called upon the universities to aid in training young men or women for effective
public service. Students desiring a specialized training in the broad field of
government service should take the regularly established curriculum in Govern-
ment and Politics appearing in pages 30-31 of this catalog and select electives
from the following:
G. &. P. Ill— Public Personnel Administration (3)
G. & P. 112— Public Financial Administration (3)
G. & P. 181 -Administrative Law (3)
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (2, 2)
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting (4, 4)
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics (3)
B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization (3)
B. A. 189— Business and Government (3)
Econ. 140— Money and Banking (3)
Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the pro-
gram. Students pursuing this curriculum should arrange their programs under
the supervision of the Department of Government and Politics.
11. ECONOMICS
The program of studies in the field of economics is designed to meet the
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale in
this division of the social sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the
professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of business
or public administration, or foreign service, or social service administration,
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work.
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree.
(He should consult the Graduate School Announcements for the general require-
ments for the advanced degrees.)
REQUIREMENTS FOR AN ECONOMICS MAJOR
In addition to the University requirements in social studies, English, air
science, hygiene, and physical activities, the student majoring in economics is
required to complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in economics with an
average grade of not less than "C". Required courses are Econ. 4, 5, 31, 32,
102 and 132. B.A. 130 (Statistics) is also required and B.A. 20 and 21 (Ac-
counting) are recommended. Other courses in economics to meet the require-
ments of the major are to be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser. Business
23 ►
Economics Curriculum
Administration courses which may count as economics credit are B.A. 130, 132,
133, 164, 184, 189.
Economics majors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences must, of
course, fulfill all the specific requirements of that College, including 12 semester
hours of foreign language and 12 semester hours of natural science and mathe-
matics.
Economics majors enrolled in the College of Business and Public Adminis-
tration may elect to take a foreign language or, in lieu of foreign language,
may take B.A. 10 and 11 and Geog. 1 and 2. All B.P.A. students must take 6
semester hours of mathematics, but may substitute B.A. 20 and 21 for natural
science.
A student who elects economics as a major will normally have earned 10
semester hours credit in the lower division courses in economics prior to begin-
ning the advanced work of the junior year. These lower division courses must be
completed with an average grade of not less than "C".
The specific courses comprising the student's program of study should be
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms o£ the student's objectives
and major interest. Attention is directed to requirements under the American
Civilization Program.
STUDY PROGRAM FOR ECONOMICS MAJOR
/^Semester-
Freshman Year I 11
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 18, 19 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government ^ 3
Foreign Language or B. A. 10, 1 1 3-2 3-2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2
Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Elective . . 3
Total 17-18 17-18
* See American Civilization Program, page 3.
24
Foreign Service and International Relations Curriculum
r-Semester-^
Sophomore Year I II
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
Foreign Language or Geog. 1, 2 3-2 3-2
Natural Science or B. A. 20, 21 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization * 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (nien) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 15-18 15-18
Junior Year
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 3
Econ. 102— National Income Analysis . , 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics . . 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems . . 3
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Busi-
ness Administration " 6 6
Total 15 15
Senior Year
Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Relations or
B. A. 184-Public Utilities 3
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation . . 3
Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Busi-
ness Administration ^ 12 12
Total 15 15
III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS
If a student expects to enter the foreign servdce, he should be well grounded
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his anticipated
location as well as in the general principles and practices of organization and
administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training can be
secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or more
extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned. The in-
dividual program in either instance, however, should be worked out under the
guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is offered as a
guide in the selection of subjects. Attention is directed to requirements under
the American Civilization Program.
^ See American Civilization Program, page 3.
" Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the junior and senior level.
25 ►
Foreign Service and International Relations Curriculum
Freshman Year
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature
G. & P. 1— American Government ^
Foreign Language (Selection)
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments
Math. 5, 6 or 10, 11
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)
Hea. 4— Community Health (women)
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women)
Physical Activities (men and women)
Elective
Total
19
-Semester—
II
3
3
2
2
3
2
2
1
3
19
Sofhomore Year
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Foreign Language (Continuation of freshman year selection) 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 3 3
G. & P.— Comparative Government, selection in accordance
with the student's need 2 2
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 16-18 16-18
Junior Year
B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics . . 3
G. & P. 101 -International Political Relations . . 3
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems . . 3
Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs 3 3
Electives to meet student's major interest 3 3
Total 15 15
* Those exempted by University examination shall select a substitute course as indi-
cated on page 4, paragraph 3, or in government and politics.
^See American Civilization Program, page 3.
-< 26
Geography Curriculum
t^Semester—^
Senior Year I 11
G. & P. 102-Intemational Law . . 3
G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations 3
G. & P. 131, 1 32-ConstitutionaI Law 3 3
B. A. 1 89— Government and Business 3
Econ. 1 32— Advanced Economic Principles or Econ. 134, Con-
temporary Economic Thought 3
G. & P. 181— Administrative Law . . 3
Econ. 136— International Economic Policies and Pielations .... 3
Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange . . 3
Electives to meet student's major interest . . 3
Total 15 15
SUGGESTED ELECTIVES:
American History 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146.
European History 175, 176, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; His-
tory 195— The Far East.
Government and PoHtics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 108, 154, and 197.
IV. GEOGRAPHY
This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con-
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and
analyzing the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and
social activities. The student interested in international trade, international
political relations, diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations
will find the courses in this department of great practical value. Work is
offered on both the undergraduate and the graduate levels.
Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools
and those who are planning to enter the fields of business and public ad-
ministration, or foreign service, will find courses in geography of material
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to
meet the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or
minor, or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult
the Graduate School Announcements for the general requirements for the
advanced degrees.
REQUIREMENTS FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE MAJOR IN GEOGRAPHY
A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in air science,
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is re-
quired for graduation. Only courses in which the student receives a grade
of "C" or above will be counted toward the major.
27 ►
Geography CuTTiculum
The specific requirements for the geography major are:
I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3);
Geog. 40 and 41 (3,3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other geography courses
numbered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a
total of 39 hours in geography.
II. Social Sciences-G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3,3); H. 5, 6 (3,3);
Soc. 105 (3); a total of 18 semester hours.'
III. Natural Sciences-Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3); Agron. 114
or equivalent (4); Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours.
IV. English-Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19
(1, 1); a total of 14 semester hours.^
V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one lan-
guage, unless an advanced course is taken.
VI. Air Science, hygiene, and physical activities. The present University
requirement is 12 semester hours in air science and physical activities for able-
bodied male students. Women students are required to take 8 semester hours
credit in hygiene and physical activities.
A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to be-
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken dur-
ing the freshman and sophomore years. Only courses in which the student
receives a grade of "C" or above will be counted toward the major.
A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30
(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable.
For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography,
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly
interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele-
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology, and of political
organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource utilization
and the social consequences.
The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography
in terms of the student's objective and major interests. Attention is directed
to requirements under the American Civilization Program.
^ See American Civilization Program, page 3.
28
Geogru'phy Curriculum
CARTOGRAPHY AND PLANNING
Special study programs are available for those who wish to concentrate
in cartography, and for those who wish to prepare for geographic work in
planning agencies.
STUDY PROGRAM FOR GEOGRAPHY MAJORS
Freshman Year 1
Geog. 10, 1 1— General Geography 3
Chem. 1 —Introductory Chemistry 4
Bot. 1— General Botany
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1
G. & P. 1— American Government ^ 3
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3
Foreign Language 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2
Hea. 4— Community Health (women)
Physical Activities (men and women) 1
Total 20
So'phomore Year
Geog. 30— Principles of Morphology 3
Geog. 35— Map Reading and Interpretation
Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 3
Geog. 4 1 —Introductory Climatology
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3
Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in Literature. ... 3
Foreign Language 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1
Total 16-18
Junior Year
Bot. 1 1 3— Plant Geography 2
Agron. 1 14— Soil Geography
Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3
Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 6
Electives, with adviser's consent 6
Total 17
Senior Year
Geog. 1 70— Local Field Course 3
Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 6
Electives, with adviser's consent 6
Total 15
-Semester—
II
3
4
1
3
3
2
2
1
17
3
3
3
3
2
1
16-18
4
3
3
3
3
16
6
3
12
* See American Civilization Program, page 3.
29 ►
V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS
In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1)
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other
courses offered by the Department. Exemption from G. & P. 1 by University
examination is equivalent to this prerequisite, and students exempted may not
take G. & P. 1 for credit. Students taking this course of study, who are not
so exempted, must complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In
this curriculum, at least 33 hours of Government and Politics, in addition to
G. & P. 1, or its equivalent, must be completed with a grade of "C" or
better. (3) The electives of the junior and senior years are to be chosen
from the list suggested below, unless consent to take other courses is obtained
from the Head of the Department. Electives in Government and Politics
and in related fields are to be chosen to make an integrated course of study.
Attention is directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program.
/Semester—^
Freshman Year I 11
G. & P. 1— American Government * 3
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Math. 5, 6 or 10, 1 1 3 3
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Foreign Language 3 3
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women) 2
Hea. 4— Community Health (women) . . 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Elective . . 3
Total 18 18
Sophomore Year
G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration 3
G. & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psych.
1 (Introduction to Psychology) or Soc. 52 (Criminology) . . 3
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ^ 3 3
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 16-18 16-18
* Those exempted by University examination shall select a substitute course as in-
dicated on page 4, paragraph 3, or in Government and Politics.
' See American Civilization Program, page 3.
M 30
Journalism and Public Relations Curriculum
r-Semester—\
Junior Year I II
G. & P. 7 or 9, 8 or 1 0— Comparative Government 2 2
G. & P. 1 10-Public Administration 3
G. & P. 141-History of Political Theory 3
G. & P. 174-PoliticaI Parties 3
G. & P. ] 24— Legislatures and Legislation . . 3
G. & P.-CElective) 3
Electives 6 9
Total 17 17
Senior Year
G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 3
G. & P. 131-132-Constitutional Law 3 3
One full year of advanced Economics or B.A. courses 3 3
Electives 6 9
Total 15 15
Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above; any history
courses related to the student's integrated course of study.
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Sys- B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court
terns Decisions
Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles B. A. 180, 181— Business Law
Econ. 134— Contemporar)' Economic B. A. 189— Business and Government
Thought Phil. 155— Logic
Econ. 140— Money and Banking Psych. 21— Social Psychology
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation Psych. 122— Advanced Social Psychology'
Econ. 160— Labor Economics Soc. 52— Criminology
B. A. 130— Elements of Business Soc. 147— Sociology of Law
Statistics Soc. 186— Sociological Theory
VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
The Department oflFers two professional majors for undergraduate students
of superior writing ability: one in editorial journalism, for those who seek
beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public relations, for those
who plan to work in public relations, in public information, or on company pub-
lications. The curricula also provide the foundation for a broad education, in
addition to understanding of the significance and responsibilities of communica-
tions professions as integral forces in society.
A student may take as many as 12 semester hours in a subject other than
his major in addition to requirements. Specialized jobs are most attractive
financially. Journalism majors ordinarily elect secondary concentrations in such
fields as agriculture, home economics, business administration, advertising, for-
eign language, science, social and political sciences, psychology, philosophy.
Public relations majors choose theirs from business administration, advertisino,
political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. Other electives may
be approved by the adviser in this Department.
31 ►
Journalism and Puhlic Relations Curriculum
Office Techniques may be taken for lower-division elective credit (courses
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart-
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot
type at least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking
Journalism 10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial
or public relations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and short-
hand for lower-division elective credit.
Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more)
are required for graduation in this Department, the student should use his
electives and required courses the first two years to work off all prerequisites
for his upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an
upper-division elective.
To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of air science and physical ac-
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2.0 ("C").
To enroll in an upper-division course in this Department, a major must
have earned at least "B" in Journalism 10 or 11. A major who makes less than
a "C" in an upper-division required course is asked to repeat the course and/or
change his major.
A student may declare his major in this Department when he enrolls in it
at the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that
time until graduation by the same adviser in the Department. In no case, how-
ever, can one be graduated with a major in this Department wdthout having
spent at least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula.
Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their col-
lege residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers.
The Department maintains close working relations with professionals and
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers,
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the
Department's technical courses. The student is notified in advance of each
event, and his participation is required.
A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training on
the Baltimore Sunpa^pers or Baltimore News-Post and on nearby weeklies.
Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun or
News-Post reporters on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students
spend one afternoon a week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk.
Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of
study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take
more than a course or two.
Listed below are the required curricula in journalism and in public rela-
tions. Each curriculum requires a minimum of 30 hours in the Department, and
not more than 40 hours in the Department is permitted.
-^ 32
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
Journalism and Public Relations Curriculum
LOWER-DIVISION CURRICULA (JOURNALISM, PUBLIC RELATIONS)
JOURNALISM STUDY PROGRAM
r-Semester-^
Freshntan Year 1 II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
Elective Group P 3
G. & P. 1— American Government ' . . 3
Geog. I, 2— Economic Resources and Econ. 4, 5— Economic
Developments (or foreign language) 4-3 4-3
Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance
Cor natural science) 3-4 3-4
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory' Speech
Physical Activities (men and women)
Hea. 2— Personal Health (women)
Hea. 4— Community Health (women)
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men)
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
Joum. 10— Introduction to Journalism 3
Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6— Historv' of American Civilization 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
B. A. 10, 1 1 —Organization and Control (or foreign language) 2-3 2-3
Physical Actinties (men and women) 1 1
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Elective . . 3
Total 17 17
Junior Year
Journ. 1 60— News Editing I 3
Joum. 163— Newspaper Typography 3
Joum. 176— Newsroom Problems . . 3
Joum. 181— Press Photography . . 3
G. & P. ] 78-Pubhc Opinion 3
Phil. 130— Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization, or
Phil. 154— Political and Social Philosophy . . 3
Electives 7 7
Total 16 16
Senior Year
Joum. 161— News Editing II . . 3
Joum. 165— Feature Writing . . 3
Joum. 175— Reporting of Pubhc Affairs 3
Joum. 1 9 1 —Law of the Press . . 3
Joum. 192— History of American Journalism 3
B. A. 189— Business and Government (either semester) .... 3
Electives 7 7
Total 16 16
* See American Civilization Program, page 3.
33 I
Office Management and Techniques Curriculums
PUBLIC RELATIONS STUDY PROGRAM
Requirements for the first two years of the public relations curriculum are
the same as those in the journalism program (see above).
The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the
public relations student who plans to work for a public relations firm or in
a public relations department.
For electives preparatory to public relations work in business, the student
should look to at least the following fields: business administration, advertis-
ing, economics, business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For
government public relations work: public administration, American history, in-
ternational relations, political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any public
relations major may be found in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio,
and education.
r-Semester—y
junior Year I II
Joum. 160— News Editing I 3
Joum. 165— Feature Writing 3
P. R. 166-Public Relatic.ns 3
Joum. 181— Press Photography . . 3
P. R. 194-Public Relations Cases 2
Phil. 130— Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization, or
Phil. 154-Political and Social Philosophy . . 3
Electives 8 7
Total 16 16
Senior Year
P. R. 1 70— Publicity Techniques 3
P. R. 171— Industrial Journalism . . 2
Journ. 161— News Editing II, or Joum. 162— Community Jour-
nalism, or Joum. 175— Reporting of Public Affairs . . 3
Journ. 191— Law of the Press . . 3
P. R. 195-Seminar in Public Relations 2
G. & P. 178-Public Opinion 3
Electives 8 8
Total 16 16
VII. OFFICE MANAGEMENT AND TECMNIQUES
1. MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
As business administrators become increasingly dependent upon records of
all types to control their business activities, clear channels of information and
communication are increasingly difficult to establish and maintain. Astute
management finds through office automation a valuable communicative tool in
the planning, organizing, controlling, and coordinating of business data so that
the objectives of an enterprise can be achieved most effectively. Consequently,
< 34
Office Management and Techniques Curriculums
today simplified data processing is becoming mandatory in private and public
administration.
The student interested in this field should realize that his background edu-
cation should include a broad understanding of business and administration in
general. In addition, it is essential that the student develop the abihty to
analyze effectively the elements in an administrative situation while recognizing
the functional needs of an organization. The program of studies in manage-
ment and office automation is designed to meet the needs of students who
wish to concentrate on developing managerial skills and competencies in data
processing as they apply to the functional fields of finance, marketing, produc-
tion, personnel and accounting. Because of the rapidly increasing develop-
ments in office automation in all types of business, the following curriculum
will be a valuable aid in preparing for a career in this field of administration.
Attention is directed to requirements under the American Civilization Program.
MANAGEMENT AND OFFICE AUTOMATION
/—Semester—^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
iVlath. 5, 6— General Mathematics, Mathematics of Finance .... 3 3
G. & P. 1— American Government ' 3
Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology . . 3
Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2
Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 2
B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 ]
Total 18 18
Sophomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization ' 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4
B. A. 14-Sur\'ey of Office Machines 2
O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting . . 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 16-18 16-18
' See American Civilization Program, page 3.
35
Of[ice Management and Techniques Curriculum^
f— Semester-
Junior Year I II
B. A. 166— Business Communications 3
B. A. 1 12— Records Management . . 2
B. A. 100— Office Operations and Management 3
B. A. 101— Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. .. . .. 3
B. A. 121-Cost Accounting . . 4
B. A. 1 30— Elements of Business Statistics 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics , . 3
B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 169— Industrial Management . . 3
Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Total 16 16
Senior Year
B. A. 1 02— Electronic Data Processing Systems 3
B. A. 180, 181-Business Law 4 4
B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3
B. A. 103— Office Automation and Management Problems.... .. 3
B. A. 150— Marketing Management . . 3
Electives 6 6
Total 16 16
2. EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL
This program will appeal to those who realize that positions in secretarial
service require much more than office skills (typewriting and shorthand). This
curriculum is designed primarily to prepare students for a secretarial career with
administrative responsibilities. The development of the student's capacity to
plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in this
curriculum. These are essential tools, but an understanding of management
and a broad background in the humanities is important for the more respon-
sible positions.
PLACEMENT EXAMINATION
Students with previous training in shorthand and/or typewriting are re-
quired to take a placement examination in those subjects at the time of their
first registration in a shorthand or typewriting course at the University.
If a student with previous training is unable to meet the prerequisite stand-
ard of achievement for the advanced courses, he may change to a less advanced
course with less than regular credit.
Credit will be given only for the work done in residence.
-^ 36
Office Management and Techniques Curriculums
RECORD OF COMPETENCY
Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in office techniques
sequences, before they may progress to the next advanced course. A major
earning less than a "C" grade in an advanced course is asked to repeat the
course.
The following program of study is designed to develop potential aptitudes
to an effective end. Attention is directed to requirements under the American
Civilization Program.
COMBINED EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL AND
BUSINESS TEACHING CURRICULUM
Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education in
such a manner as to qualify themselves for business teaching in high schools.
EXECUTIVE SECRETARIAL PROGRAM
r-Semester—^
Freshman Year I II
Eng. 1 , 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3
G. &. P. 1— American Government' 3
Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology ' . . 3
Elect Math. 5, 6; H. 1,2 or year of science' 3 3
O. T. 1, 2— Principles of Typevniting, Intermediate Type-
writing 2 2
O. T. 12, 13-Principles of Shorthand 3 3
Sp. 1 8, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1
Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (women) 2 2
A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 18 18
So'phomore Year
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3
H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization * 3 3
Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3
O. T. 16, 18-Advanced Gregg Shorthand 2 2
O. T. 17, 1 9— Problems in Gregg Transcription 2 2
O. T. 10— Ofl&ce Typewriting Problems 2
B. A. 14-Survey of Office Machines . . 2
A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Science (men) 2 2
Physical Activities (men and women) 1 1
Total 16-17 16-17
' See American Ci\'ilization Program, page 3.
*Any student failing the University entrance examination in mathematics is re-
quired to satisfactorily complete Math. 0, Basic Mathematics the first semester enrolled
in this program.
37 ►
Bureau of Business and Economic Research
r-Semester—^
Junior Year I II
B. A. 20, 21-Principles of Accounting 4 4
O. T. 1 10— Administrative Secretarial Procedures 3
B. A. 100— Office Operations and Management . . 3
B. A. 166— Business Communications 3
Econ. 140— Money and Banking . . 3
B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3
B. A. 1 12— Records Management . . 2
Elect courses at 100 level in Sociology, Government and Politics,
Psychology, Humanities 3 3
Total 16 15
Senior Year
B. A. 180, 181-Business Law 4 4
B.A. 101- Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. ... 3
B. A. 1 02— Electronic Data Processing Systems .. 3
O. T. 1 14— Secretarial Office Experience . . 3
Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3
B. A. 1 60— Personnel Management . . 3
Electives 6 3
Total 16 16
VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH
The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is a laboratory for the
practical siudy of business and economic problems. It has three principal func-
tions: first, to train students in the field of business and economic research; sec-
ond, to disseminate information concerning business and economic conditions
in Maryland, or which affect Maryland interests, and third, to offer advice on
research procedures and sources to interested business firms, governmental units,
and civic groups.
Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of techniques
and principles studied in the class room to actual business and governmental
problems.
The Bureau— through its direct contact with business, government, labor and
the professions and in its research into problems in these fields— serves as an
important source of information relative to business and economic conditions and
developments in this region. This information is made available, in part, by
means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the Bureau. This
service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual business firms,
official agencies, and civic organizations within the state who request advice in
the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important
bearing upon public welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be of real
service to such organizations.
M 38
IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH
The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and
personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Govern-
mental Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily
to the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau en-
gages in research and publishes findings with reference to local, state and national
government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service to units
of government in Maryland. It serves as a clearing house of information for
the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The Bureau furnishes
an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure practical experience in
research in government problems.
The Municipal Technical Advisory Service, established in 1959 as a division
of the Bureau, provides consulting services, on a practical level, to the municipal
governments of the State. These services are available in so far as practicable
in the fields of organization and management, engineering and public works,
municipal ordinance and charter drafting, and public information.
X. MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE
The oflBce of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers services
to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal affairs.
It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The League's mailing
address is Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park, Maryland.
39
COURSE OFFERINGS
The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course for
which an insuflBcient number of students have registered to warrant giving the
course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another course.
Courses are designated by numbers as follows:
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates.
100 to 199: Courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not all courses num-
bered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.
200 to 299: courses for graduates only.
A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with a double
number extends through two semesters. Courses not otherwise designated are lecture
courses. The number of credit hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses
after the title of the coiuse. A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester,
giving the hours, places of meeting, and other information required by the student in
making out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register.
BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
Professors: Frederick, calhoun, clemens, cook, cover, fisher, gentry,
PYLE, REID, SYLVESTER, SWEENEY, TAFF, WEDEBERG AND WRIGHT.
Associate Professors: dawson, nelson and spivey.
Assistant Professors: Anderson, ashmen, daiker, edelson and lee.
Instructors: clickner, heintze, heye, himes, wagner and watrous.
Lecturer: tierney.
B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control. C2, 2)
First and second semesters. Required in all business administration curriculimis. A
survey course treating the internal and functional organization of a business enterprise.
B.A. 11 includes industrial management, organization and control
B.A. 14. Survey of Office Machines. (2)
Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The various types of office
business machines are surveyed, their capacities and special functions compared. Skilj
is developed through actual use and demonstration of such machines as: accounting,
duplicating, dictating and transcribing, adding and calcvdating, and other functional
types of machines and equipment. The course is designed also to give special training
in the handling of practical business problems with machine applications.
B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Required in all business organization curriculimis. Pre-
requisite, sophomore standing. The fundamental principles and problems involved in
accounting for proprietorships, corporations and partnerships.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
B.A. 100. Office Operations and Management. C3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. Deals with the principles of scientific management as
< 40
Business Organization and Administration
they apply to the examination, improvement, installation, and operation of the most
effective paperwork methods and systems that a given organization can use to achieve
its objectives. Procedure flow analysis and form design for control of paperwork;
process, work distribution, and layout charts, distribution of authority and responsi-
bility for oflBce activities are among the areas considered.
B.A. 101. Integrated Data Processing for Internal Control. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Comprises the bridge between
accounting principles and the actualities of handling a large volume of data in modem
business and government operations. Considers the measures necessary to marshall
accounting and other information for internal control and for service to management
at all levels. The basic principles involved in the combining of accounting and re-
cording machines through a keyboard "language" that is "understood" by other ma-
chines will be presented. Punched-card tabulating and punched-tape methods are
studied. Graphic flowchart methods are used to integrate these data-gathering tech-
niques into normal accounting and reporting processes.
B.A. 102. Electronic Data Processing Systems. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 101, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $10.00. The electronic digi-
tal computer and its use as a business data processer. The course includes the fol-
lowing areas: (1) organization of business information; (2) characteristics of commer-
cially available equipment; (3) flow charts; (4) problems in reduction of processes
to component parts; and (5) programming typical internal control problems in bus-
iness and government.
B.A. 103. Office Automation and Management Problems. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 101 or B.A. 102. Administrative problems experienced in intro-
ducing computer systems, feasibility studies, and the efl^ect of ofEce automation upon
management and organization applied to case situations. Procedure distribution charts,
flow diagrams, process charts, and other tools used by the methods analysts are de-
veloped in actual situations.
B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors
in accounting or consent of instructor. A comprehensive study of the theory and prob-
lems of valuation of assets, application of funds, corporation accounts and statements,
and the interpretation of accounting statements.
B.A. 112. Records Management. (2)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Spe-
cific management methods and techniques that have proved valuable in the creation,
use, maintenance, protection and disposition of records are studied.
B.A. 116. Public Budgeting. (3)
Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 32. A study of budgetary administration in the United
States, including systems of financial control and accountabflity, the settlement of
claims, centralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations.
B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or consent of instructor. The content of this course covers the
scope and functions of governmental accoiuiting. It considers the principles generally
41 ►
Business Organization and Administration
applicable to all forms and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adapt-
able to all governments.
E.A. 121. Cost Accounting. (4)
Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting or consent of
instructor. A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those
for job order, process and standard cost accovmting systems.
B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. A study of the principles and problems of
auditing and application of accounting principles to the preparation of audit working
papers and reports.
B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting. (4)
Prerequisite, a grade of "B" or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent
of instructor. A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Laws, using illus-
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of returns.
B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. Advanced accounting theory ap-
plied to specialized problems in partnerships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and
consolidations, receiverships and liquidations; also budgeting and controllership.
B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, or consent of instructor. A study of the nat-
ure, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means of the preparation of solutions
to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the various account-
ing fields.
B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 122. Advanced auditing theory, practice and re-
port writing.
B.A. J 28. Advanced Cost Accounting. (2)
Prerequisite, B.A. 121. A continuation of basic cost accounting with special emphasis
on process costs, standard costs, joint costs and by-product costs.
B.A. 129. Apprenticeshij) in Accounting. (0)
Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours in accounting and the consent of the
accounting staff. A period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known firms
of certified public accomitants from about January 15 to February 15, and for a
semester after graduation.
BA. 130. Elements of Business Statistics. (3)
Prerequisite, junior standing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, $3.50. An
introductory course. Emphasis is placed upon statistical inference. Topics covered
include statistical observation, frequency distributions, averages, measures of varia-
bility, elementary probability, sampling distributions, problems of estimation, simple
tests of hypotheses, index numbers, time series, graphical and tabular presentation.
Selected applications of the techniques are drawn from economics, industrial manage-
ment, marketing and accoimting.
-< 42
Business Organization and Administration
B.A. 132. Sample Surveys in Business and Economics. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. A general course in
scientific sample sur\ey techniques. Review of elementary probability, characteristics
of good estimators, estimates of observation, simple random sampling, stratified random
sampling, cluster sampling, comparison of various sample designs, cost functions,
examples of actual survey practices.
B.A. 133. Statistical Research and Control Techniques. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Review of ele-
mentary probability. Population distributions. Sampling distributions: binomial,
Poisson, normal, "t", chi-square and F. Estimates and tests of hypotheses concerning
the mean, variance and other parameters. Introduction to analysis of variance, linear
regression and correlation. Introduction to quality control and acceptance sampling.
B.A. 134. Statistical Quality Control. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Statistical funda-
mentals, theory, construction and use of control charts, acceptance sampling by
attributes and variables, work sampling and other industrial applications of statistics.
B.A. 135. Time Series Analysis and Forecasting. (3)
First semester of even-numbered years. Alternates with B.A. 132. Prerequisite, B.A.
133. Laboratory fee, $3.50. Qassical time series analysis, trend, periodic and irregular
components, seasonal adjustment, growth curves, recent developments in time series
analysis, techniques of forecasting such quantities as labor force, capital formation,
demand and sales.
B.A. 140. Financial Management. C3)
Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and Econ. 140. This course deals with principles and practices
involved in the organization, financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the
various types of securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk,
and control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Emphasis on solution of
problems of financial policy faced by management.
B.A. 141. Investment Management. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the principles and methods used
in the analysis, selection, and management of investments; investment programs,
sources of investment information, security price movements, government, real estate,
public utihty, railroad, and industrial securities.
B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the organization and manage-
ment of the Commercial Bank, the operation of its departments, and the methods used
in the extension of commercial credit.
B.A. 143. Credit Management. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the nature of credit
and the principles appUcable to its extension and redemption for mercantile and con-
svuner purposes; sources of credit information and analysis of credit reports; the or-
ganization and management of a credit department for eflFective control. Recent de-
velopments and effective legal remedies available.
43 ►
Business Organization and, Administration
B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. Advanced course designed for students spe-
cializing in finance. Emphasis is placed upon the techniques employed by executives
in their appUcation of financial management practice to selected problems and cases.
Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used
by business enterprises.
B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements. (3)
Prerequisites, B.A. 21, B.A. 140. Analysis of financial statements for the guidance
of executives, directors, stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items;
determination and interpretation of ratios.
B.A. 150a. Marketing Pri^iciples and Organization. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductory course in the field of marketing.
Its purpose is to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operating,
institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, natural
products, services, and manufactured goods.
B.A. 150. Marketing Management. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 150a. A study of the work of the marketing division in a going
organization. The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on the
determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing of various
forms of manufactured products. '
B.A. 151. Advertising. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. A study of the role of advertising in the
American economy; the impact of advertising on our economic and social life, the
methods and techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the
newspaper, magazine, and other media in the development of an advertising campaign,
modern research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organi-
zation of the advertising business.
B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layotit. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 151, and senior standing. A study of the prac-
tices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The student will participate in ex-
ercises designed to teach him the essential principles of writing copy for various media
and presenting ideas in visual form. The course deals with the development of ideas
rather than art forms.
B.A. 153. Ptirchasing Management. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Determining the proper
sources, quality and quantity of supplies, and methods of testing quality; price policies,
price forecasting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation; budgets and standards of
achievement. Particular attention is given to government purchasing and methods and
procedures used in their procurement.
B.A. 154. Retail Store Management. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Retail store organization,
location, layout and store policy; pricing policies, price lines, brands, credit policies,
records as a guide to bujdng; purchasing methods; supervision of selling; training and
supervision of retail sales force; and administrative problems.
-^ 44
Business Organization and Administration
B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 154. Designed to develop skill in the planning
and control of merchandise stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit
control procedures, mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the
gross margin-expense-net earnings relationships.
B.A. 156. Marketing Research Methods. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 130 and B.A. 150. This course is intended to
develop skill in the use of scientific methods in the acquisition, analysis and interpre-
tation of marketing data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing research, the
planning of survey projects, sample design, tabulation procedure and report prepa-
ration.
B.A. 157. Foreigji Trade Procedure. (3)
Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Functions of various exporting agencies;
documents and procedures used in exporting and importing transactions. Methods of
procuring goods in foreign countries; financing of import shipments; clearing through
the customs districts; and distribution of goods in the United States.
B.A. 158. Advertising Problems. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151. This course is concerned vdth the way in
which business firms use advertising as a part of their marketing program. The case
study method is used to present advertising problems taken from actual business
practice. Cases studied illustrate problems in demand stimulation, media selection,
advertising research, testing, and statistical control of advertising.
B.A. 159. News'pa'per Advertising. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151. A study of the problems of newspaper ad-
vertising with special attention to the needs of retail business. The course covers lay-
out, production methods, sales techniques, and classified advertising. Students are en-
couraged to work in the advertising departments of campus and nearby publications
for actual experience.
B.A. 160. Personnel Management. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 160. This course deals v^dth the problems of directing and super-
vising emplovees under modem industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel ad-
ministration are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance
of human relations in this field.
B.A. 163. Industrial Relations. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160 and senior standing. A study of the develop-
ment and methods of organized groups in industry with reference to the settlement of
labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor union and employer associa-
tion activities, arbitration, mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade agree-
ments, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and in-
junctions.
B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160 and senior standing. Case method analysis of
the modem law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.
45 ►
Business Organization and Administration
B.A. 166. Business Comniunications. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of the
principles of effective written communications in business. The fundamental aim is
to develop the ability to write clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters
and reports.
B.A. 167. ]oh Evaluation and Merit Rating. (2)
First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 160, B.A. 169 and senior standing. The investiga-
tion of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study of the development and
administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and writing job descriptions, setting up a
job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to pay scales. Study of various em-
ployee merit rating programs, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating.
B.A. 169. Industrial Management. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Econ. 160 and B.A. 11. Studies the opera-
tion of a manufacturing enterprise. Among the topics covered are product develop-
ment, plant location, plant layout, production planning and control, methods analysis,
time study, job analysis, budgetary control, standard costs, and problems of supervision.
B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general course covering the five fields of transportation,
their development, service and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other
transportation courses.)
B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Covers the details of classification and rate construction for
ground and air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications
is provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of shipping
and receiving and is required for all majors in transportation administration.
B.A. 172. Motor Transportation. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The development and scope of the motor
carrier industry, different types of carriers, economics of motor transportation, services
available, federal regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost to highway users,
highway barriers.
B.A. 172a. Motor Carrier Administration. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 170 and 172. Over the road and terminal opera-
tions and management, the use of management controls, management organization.
Interstate Commerce Commission pohcy as affecting management decisions.
B.A. 173. Water Transportation. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Water carriers of all types, development and types of services,
trade routes, inland waterways, company organization, the American Merchant Marine
as a factor in national activity.
B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The air transportation system of the United States; airways,
airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of
commercial air transportation; economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling of
passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services.
-^ 46
Business Organization and Administration
B.A. 175. Airline Administration. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 174. Practices, systems and methods of airline management; actual
work in handling details and forms required in planning and directing maintenance,
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and other
manuals of various companies.
B.A. 176. Prohlems in Airport Management. (3)
Prerequisite, B.A. 174. Airports classified, aviation interests and community needs,
airport planning, construction, building problems. Airports and the courts. Manage-
ment, financing, operations, revenue soiurces.
B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 169 and senior standing. A study of the prin-
ciples of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion study, the fundamentals of time
study, job evaluation, observations, standard times, allowances, formula construction and
wage pajinent plans.
B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control. (2")
First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 169 and senior standing. An analysis of the
man-, material-, and machine requirements for production according to the several tj^es
of manufacture. The development and application of inventory records, load charts,
production orders, schedules, production reports, progress reports and control reports.
One lecture period and one laboratory period each week.
B.A. 179. Prohlems in Swpervision. (3)
Prerequisites, B.A. 160, B.A. 169 and senior standing. A case study course in prob-
lems of management and administration viith emphasis upon analysis and reasoning
applied toward a solution.
B.A. 180, 181. Business Law. (4, 4)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Required in all business
organization curriculums. Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable
instnmients, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales.
B.A. 184. Public Utilities. (3)
Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. Using the regulated industries as
specific examples attention is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse
fields as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, government control
of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation,
finance, engineering and management.
B.A. 189. Business and Government. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. A study of the
role of government in modem economic Hfe. Social control of business as a remedy for
the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of
and limitations on government regulation of private enterprise.
B.A. 190. Life Insurance. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general sun'ey of life insurance:
Its institutional development, selection of risks, mathematical calailations, contract pro-
47 ►
Business Organization and Administration
visions, kinds of policies, their functional uses, industrial and group contracts and
government supervision.
B.A. 191, Property Insurance. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the insurance coverages
written to protect individuals and businesses; fire, extended coverage, business interrup-
tion, automobile, liability, fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine. Hazards,
rate-making, legal principles, standard forms and business practices are discussed.
B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 190 or 191. This course deals with the more
practical problems and policies of the insurance agent, manager, or broker; the manage-
ment of his own organization and its relations wdth the pubhc and home ofl&ces. Ad-
vanced topics in life insurance and additional coverages in property insurance are con-
sidered also.
B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course covers the nature and
uses of real estate, real estate as a business, basic legal principles, construction prob-
lems and home ovmership, city planning, and public control and ownership of real
estate.
B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course includes consideration
of the factors influencing real estate values, methods and techniques in the general
appraisal of real estate by brokers and professional appraisers, and general problems in
real estate financing.
B.A. 197. Real Estate Management. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 195 or 196. A study of mortgage banking in
its relation to real estate operations, various financial institutions, and the general
economy, and a study of real property management with its responsibilities to ovmers,
tenants, employees, and the public.
Vor Graduates
(Graduate standing and consent of instructor required.)
B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory. (2-3)
Prerequisites, B.A. Ill and graduate standing.
B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting. (3)
B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 226. Accounting Systems. (3)
B.A. 228. Research in Accounting.
(Arranged.)
M 48
Business Organization and Administration
B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Organiza-
tion.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management. Ci-3)
Prerequisites, Econ. 140, B.A. 21, B.A. 140.
B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Administration.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management. (3)
BA. 251. Problems in Advertising. (3)
B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management. (3)
B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management. C3)
B.A. 266. Research in Personnel Management.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relationships.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation. (3)
B.A. 271. Theory of Organization. (3)
B.A. 275. Seminar in Motor Transportation. (3)
B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation. (3)
B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations.
(Arranged.)
B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities. (3)
B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance. (3)
B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate. (3)
B.A. 399. Thesis.
(Arranged.)
49 ►
ECONOMICS
Professors: dillard, gruchy and hamberg.
Lecturers: de beers and johnson.
Associate Professors: grayson and gurley.
Assistant Professors: dalton, glade, measday, shelby and smith.
Instructors: andersen, barrett, day and dodge.
Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments. {2, 2)
First and second semesters. Freshman requirements in business administration cur-
riculums. An introduction to modem economic institutions— their origins, develop-
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and age of mass
production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western Europe and the United
States. (Dillard, Staff.)
Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the
business administration curriculums. In Econ. 31 basic concepts, the monetary system,
the national accounts, national income analysis, and business cycles are introduced.
In Econ. 32 emphasis is placed on price theory, distribution, international trade, and
economic development. (Grayson, Staff.)
Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics. (3)
First and second semesters. Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31
and 32. Not open to freshmen or to B. P. A. students. A survey of the general prin-
ciples underlying economic activity. This is the basic course in economics for the
American Civilization Program for students who are unable to take the more complete
course provided in Econ. 31 and 32. (Smith, Staff.)
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Econ. 102. National Income Analysis. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics majors.
An analysis of national income accounts and the level of national income and em-
ployment. (Hamberg, Staff.)
Econ. 130. Mathematical Economics. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 and 132 or permission of instructor. A
course designed to enable economics majors to understand the simpler aspects of
mathematical economics. Those parts of the calculus and algebra required for econ-
omic analysis will be presented.
Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of the
theory and practice of various types of economic systems. The course begins with an
examination and evaluation of the capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of
alternative types of economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism.
(Gruchy.)
< 50
Economics
Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for economics majors.
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special attention to
recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. CGrayson.)
Econ. 134. Contewporar)' Economic Thought. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and senior standing. Graduate students should
take Econ. 232. A survey of recent trends in American, English, and continental
economic thought with special attention to the work of such economists as W. C.
Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other contributors
to the development of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A descriptive and theoretical analysis
of international trade. Full consideration is given to contemporary problems facing
international trade and to the impact of governmental policy upon international com-
mercial relations. CdeBeers.)
Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37 and senior standing. Graduate students
should take Econ. 233. An analysis of the principles and practice of economic plan-
ning vdth special reference to the planning problems of Great Britain, Russia, and
the United States. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 138. Economics of the Soviet Union. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the organization,
operating principles and performance of the Soviet economy with attention to the
historical and ideological background, planning, resources, industry, agriculture, domestic
and foreign trade, finance, labor, and the structure and growth of national income.
(Dodge.)
Econ. 140. Money and Banking. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the organiza-
tion, functions, and operation of our monetary, credit, and banking system; the relation
af commercial banking to the Federal Reser\-e System; the relation of money and credit
:o prices; domestic and foreign exchange and the impact of public policy upon banking
and credit. (Glade, Hamberg, Shelby.)
Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 32 and 140. A study of recent domestic and
international monetary policies, their objectives and theoretical foundations. (Gurley.)
Econ. 142. Public Finance and Taxation. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of government
fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of public revenue, the ta.x system, gov-
ernment budgets, and the public debt. (Grayson.)
Econ. 147. Business Cycles. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the causes of depressions and
unemployment, cyclical and secular instability, theories of business cycles, antl the
problem of controlling economic instability. (Shelby.)
51 ►
Economics
Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140; Econ. 136 recommended. This course
considers the theory and practice of international finance and exchange. The increased
importance of public authority in foreign trade, international policies, and finance is
given due emphasis. (deBeers.}
Econ. 160. Labor Economics. C3}
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical development
and chief characteristics of the American labor movement are first surveyed. Present-
day problems are then examined in detail: wage theories, unemployment, social security,
labor organization, and collective bargaining. (Dalton, Measday, Smith.)
Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American
economy; price policies in difFerent industrial classifications of monopoly and competi-
tion in relation to problems of public policy. CSmith.)
Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the technology, economics
and geography of twenty representative American industries. (Clemens.)
For Graduates
Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132. Price, output, and distribution analysis as
developed by Chamberlin, Trifi&n, Hicks and others. Considerable attention is given
to contributions in periodicals. (Grayson.)
Econ. 201. Advanced Micro-Economic Analysis. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 200 or consent of instructor. A review and
critical analysis of resource allocation and the theory of the firm, including recent
developments in linear programming, activity analysis, and input-output analysis.
Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 102 or equivalent. National income accounting;
determination of national income and employment especially as related to the modem
theory of effective demand; consumption function; multiplier and acceleration prin-
ciples; the role of money as it affects output and employment as a whole; cyclical
fluctuations. (Dillard.)
Econ. 204. Origins and Develo-pment of Ca'pitalism. (3)
Study of the transition from feudalism to capitalism and the subsequent development
of leading capitalist institutions in industry, agriculture, commerce, banking, and the
social movement.
Econ. 205. Economic Develo'pment of Underdeveloped Areas. (3)
Principles and problems of economic development in underdeveloped areas; policies
and techniques which hasten economic development. (Johnson.)
Econ. 206. Seminar in Economic Development. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 205 or consent of instructor. Problems and policies of economic
development in specified underdeveloped areas. (Johnson.)
^ 52
Economics
Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought. C3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. A study ot the
development of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, canonists,
mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic
policy. (Dillard.)
Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. A study of
various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic thought, particularly the
classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic
thought and the socialists. (Dillard.)
Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of recent developments in the field of institu-
tional economic theory in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 234. Economic Growth in Mature Economies. (3)
Given in sequence with Econ. 232 and 233. Analysis of policies and problems for
achieving stable economic growth in mature economies such as the United States, the
United Kingdom, and the Scandinavian countries. (Gruchy.)
Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations. (3)
(Arranged.) A study of selected problems in International Economic Relations.
(deBeers.)
Econ. 237. Special Seminar in Economic Growth and Development. (3)
Visiting academic and government economists who are specialists in various aspects of
economic growth and development \\'ill address the seminar on special topics. Students
may enroll for credit and write papers under the supervision of the facult)' member
directing the seminar.
Econ. 238. Seminar in Economic Development of the Soviet Union. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 138 or consent of instructor. Measurement and evaluations of
Soviet economic development including interpretation and use of Soviet statistics,
measurement of national income and rates of growth, fiscal and monetary' policies,
investment policies and technological change, planning and economic administra-
tion, manpower and wage policies, foreign trade and foreign aid policies, intra-
Bloc relations, and selected topics in Bloc development.
Econ. 240. Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy. (3)
Theories of money, prices, and national income mth emphasis on recent develop-
ments. Monetary theories of income fluctuations. Domestic and international monetary
policies. (Gurley.)
Econ. 242. Public Finance and Fiscal Policy. (3)
Prerequisite, Econ. 142 or consent of instructor. Taxation, public expenditures, and
public debt; the use of fiscal policy as a stabilization device against inflation and
recession.
Econ. 247. Economic Growth and Instability. (3)
Second semester. An analj^ical study of long-term economic growth in relation to
53 ►
Economics, Geography
short-term cyclical instability. Attention is concentrated on the connection between
accumiiiation ot capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and business
cycles. Earlier v\Titings as well as recent growth models are considered. (Hamberg.)
Econ. 248. The Economics of Technical Change. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the determinants
and impact of inventions and innovations. Attention is given to the qualitative and
quantitative aspects of technical change, both at the micro-economic and macro-
economic levels, and under different conditions of economic development. (Hamberg.)
Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries. (3)
(Arranged.) (Qemens.)
Econ. 399. Thesis.
(Arranged.)
GEOGRAPHY
Professors: van royen and hu.
Consulting Professor: roterus.
Lecturers witJi rank of Professor: lemons and mc bryde.
Lecturer: van bergen van der grijp.
Associate Professor: augelli.
Assistant Professors: ahnert, curry, deshler, hooson and mc Arthur.
Research Associate: syme.
Research Assistants: blenk and groves.
Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources. (2, 2)
First and second semesters. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week
for Geog. 1; two lecture periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the business
administration curriculums. General comparative study of the geographic factors under-
lying production economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog-
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Deshler, Staff.)
Geog. 10, 11. General Geography. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Required of all majors in geography; recommended for
all minors; Geog. 10 is suggested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education and
others who may desire a background in geography and its application to problems of
their respective fields. Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the
content, philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for
the understanding of world problems. (Augelli.)
Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography. (3, 3)
(Not offered on College Park campus.)
Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology. (3)
First semester. A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their
geographic distribution, incluchng subordinate land forms. Major morphological pro-
cesses, the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of
land forms and land use problems. (Ahnert.)
< 54
Geography
Geog. 35. Map Interpretation and Map Problems. (3)
First and second semesters. Interpretation of landforms and man-made features on
American and foreign maps. Functions, use, and limitations of various t\'pes of maps,
with emphasis upon topographic maps. Problems of use and interpretation. (Ahnert.)
Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology. (3)
First and second semesters. An introductory study of the weather. Properties and
conditions of the atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circu-
lation and conditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic
distribution patterns. Practical applications. (Curry, Ahnert.)
Geog. 41. hitroductory Climatology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. Climatic
elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of world climates and
relevance of climatic differences to human activities. (Curry.)
Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate. (2)
Summer only. An introduction to the principal causes of the weather and the major
types of climate, with special emphasis upon North America.
Vor Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo- America. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor.
A study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of eastern
United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of the physical
basis for present-day diversification of development, and the historical geographic
background. (McArthur.)
Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo-America. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor.
A study of vv'estern United States, western Canada and Alaska along the lines
mentioned under Geog. 100. (McArthur.)
Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States. (2)
Simimer only. Permission of instructor. A general study of the regions and resources
of the United States in relation to agricultural and industrial development and to
present-day national problems.
Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic concepts de-
signed exclusively for teachers. Stress will be placed upon the philosopby of geography
in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of geog-
raphy, source materials, and the problems of presenting geographic principles.
Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions. (3)
Second semester. A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects
of the world's principal human-geographic regions, including Europe, Anglo-America,
the Soviet Union, the Far Fast, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the causal factors
of differentiation and the role geographic differences play in the interpretation of the
current world scene. This course is designed especially for teachers.
55 ►
Geogra'phy
Geog. 105. Geogra'phy of Maryland and Adjacent Areas. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of the instructor. An analysis
of the physical environment, natural resources, and population in relation to agri-
cultiure, industry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland and adjacent areas.
Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland. (2)
Summer only. Permission of instructor. The geographic regions of Maryland and
their principal characteristics, especially in relation to the development of home studies
and other projects.
Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America. (3)
First semester. An analysis of the physical framework, broad economic and his-
torical trends, cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America,
the West Indies, and parts of Colvmibia and Venezuela. (Augelli.)
Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America. (3)
First semester. A survey of natiual environment and resources, economic develop-
ment and cultural diversity of the South American republics, vAth emphasis upon
problems and prospects of the countries. CAugeUi.)
Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe. (3)
First semester. The natiual resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and
industrial development and to present-day economic and national problems.
CHooson, Van Royen.)
Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa. (3)
Second semester. The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultiual and
mineral production; the various stages of economic development and the potentialities
of the future. (Deshler.)
Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography. (3)
First and second semesters. Problems of development of colonial areas, with special
emphasis upon the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle-
ment in the tropics.
Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and Eastern
Asia. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Indo-China,
and the East Indies; natural resources, population, and economic acti\aties. Com-
parisons of physical and human potentialities of major regions and of their economic,
social and political development. CHu.)
Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geo-
graphical distribution and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural
patterns of China, Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique
characteristics of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks
on life, contemporary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially
for students of the social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign service,
foreign trade, education, and international relations. CHu.)
^ 56
Geography
Geog. 140. Soviet Lands. (3)
First and second semesters. The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geo-
graphic factors in the expansion of the Russian state. The geography of agricultural
and industrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems,
and diversity of population. (Hooson.)
Geog. 146. The Near East. (3)
First semester or second semester. The physical, economic, political, and strategic
geography of the lands between the Mediterranean and India.
Geog. 150. HistOTy and Theory of Cartography. (3)
First semester. The development of maps throughout history. Geographical orien-
tation, coordinates, and map scales. Map projections, their nature, use and limitations.
Principles of representation of featvues on physical and cultural maps. Modern uses
of maps and relationships between characteristics of maps and use types.
(van Bergen van der Grijp.)
Geog. 151, 152. Cartography and Graphics Practicuni. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. One hour lecture and two two-hour laboratorv periods
a week. Tecliniques and problems of compilation, design, and construction of various
types of maps and graphs. Relationships between map making and modem methods of
production and reproduction. Trips to representative plants. Laboratory work directed
toward cartographic problems encountered in the making of non-topographic maps.
Geog. 153. PTohlems of Cartographic Representation and Procedure. (3)
First and second semesters. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratorv a week.
Study of cartographic compilation methods. Principles and problems of s}Tnbolization,
classification, and representation of map data. Problems of representation of features
at different scales and for different purposes. Place-name selection and lettering; stick-
up and map composition. (van Bergen van der Grijp.)
Geog. 154. Problems of Map Evaluation. (3)
First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means of
determining map reliability, map utility, and source materials. Nature, status, and
problems of topographic mapping in different parts of the world. Non-topigraphic
special use maps. Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability.
Geog. 155. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation. (3)
First and second semesters. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis on the recognition of land-
forms of different tvpes and man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other
data that may be derived from aerial photographs. Tv'pes of aerial photographs and
limitations of photo interpretation. (Ahnert.)
Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography 1. Agricultural Resources. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2 or Geog. 10. The nature of agricultural
resources, the major types of agricixlrural exploitation in the world, and the geographic
distribution of certain major crops and animals in relation to the physical en\ironment
and economic geographic conditions. Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.)
57 ►
Geogra'phy
Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography U. Mineral Resources. (3)
Second semester. Prereqxiisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. The nature and geo-
graphic distribution of the principal power, metallic and other minerals. Economic
geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. Consequences of geographic distribution
and problems of conservation. (Van Royen.)
Geog. 170. Local Field Course. (3)
First semester. Training in geographic Held methods and techniques. Field observa-
tion of land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture
per week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for under-
graduates. (Ahnert.)
Geog. 180. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and
basic principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic
thought; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and methods
of geographic research. CHu.)
Geog. 190. Political Geography. (3)
Second semester. Geographical factors in national power and international relations;
an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and "geostrategy," with special reference to
the current world scene. (Augelli.)
Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation. (3)
Second semester. The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface; patterns
of transport routes; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions of the
natural environment centers and their distribution. CMcArthur.)
Geog. 197. Urban Geography. (3)
First semester. Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location
with reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities will be
analyzed. Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be appraised.
(McArthur.)
Geog. 199. Topical Investigations. Ci-3)
First and second semesters. Independent study under individual guidance. Choice
of subject matter requires joint approval of adviser and Head of the Department of
Geography. Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24
hours of geography. (Staff.)
For Graduates
Geog. 200. Field Course. (3)
Field work in September, conferences and reports during first semester. Practical
experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive training in field methods
and techniques and in the preparation of reports. For graduate students in geography.
Open to other students by special permission of the Head of the Department of
Geography. (Staff.)
Geog. 210, 211. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 110, 111 or consent of instructor.
An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial development, exploitation of
mineral resources, and land utilization. (McBryde, Augelli.)
< 58
Geography
Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent o£ instructor.
Analysis of special problems concerning the resources and development of Europe
and Africa. (Van Royen, Deshler.)
Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East
Asia wdth emphasis on .special research methods and techniques applicable to the prob-
lems of this area. CHu.)
Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U.S.S.R. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography.
Emphasis on the use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian
and Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. (Hooson.)
Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East. (3)
First and second semesters.
Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography. QCredit arranged^
First and second semesters. The historical and mathematical background of carto-
graphic concepts, practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical
approaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of
specific cartographic problems investigated by the students.
(McBryde, van Bergen van der Grijp.)
Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology. C3)
First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Advanced study of
elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles of climatic classification.
Special analysis of certain climatic tj^es. (Lemons.)
Geog. 261. Applied Climatology. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent of instructor. Study of prin-
ciples, techniques, and data of micro-climatology, physical and regional climatology
relating to such problems and fields as transportation, agriculture, industry, urban
planning, human comfort, and regional geographic analysis. (Lemons.)
Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climxitology. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Selected topics in
meteorology and chmatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced students.
(Lemons.)
Geog. 280. Geomorphology. (3)
Second semester. An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphic processes
and land forms; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems.
(Van Royen.)
Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography, (i-3)
First and second semesters. Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field
of geography. To be taken only with joint consent of adxiser and Head of the
Department of Geography. (StaflF.)
Geog. 399. Dissertation Research. (.Credit to he arranged')
First and second semesters and summer. (Staff.)
59 ►
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Professors: plischke, burdette, steinmeyer and wengert.
Associate Professors: Anderson, harrison and hathorn.
Assistant Professor: alford.
Instructors: alperin, byrd, dawson, Hamilton and lee.
Lecturers: larson and reals.
G. &• P. 1. American Government. (3)
Each semester. This course is designed as the basic course in government for the
American Civilization Program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the United
States— national, state, and local.
G. 5; P. 3. Principles of Government and Politics. (3)
Each semester. A study of the basic principles and concepts of political science.
G. & P. 4. State Government and Administration. (3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions
of state government in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government
of Maryland.
G. &• P. 5. Local Government and Administration. C3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions
of local govenmient in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government
of Maryland cities and counties.
G. &■ P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth. (2^
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of the United
Kingdom and the British Dominions.
G. & P. 8. The Governments of Continental Euro'pe. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of the governments
of France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany, and the Scandinavian coimtries.
G. & P. 9. The Governments of Latin America. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of Latin American
goverrmients, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico.
G. & P. 10. The Government of the Par East. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of China and
Japan.
G. & P. 97. Major Foreign Governments. (3)
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of characteristic governmental institutions
and pohtical processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France,
Germany, Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course
and also obtain credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10.
-< 60
Government and Politics
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
G. &• P. 101. International Political Relations. (3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying
international relations, the influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism,
and the development of foreign policies of the major powers.
G. & P. 102. International Law. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. Fundamental principles governing the
relation of states, including matters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace,
and persons; treatment of aliens; treaty-making; diplomacy; and the laws of war and
neutrality.
G. & P. 104. Inter-American Relations. (3)
Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An analytical and historical study of the Latin-American
policies of the United States and of problems in our relations with individual countries,
with emphasis on recent developments.
G. &■ P. 105. Recent Par Eastern Politics. (3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent
political events in the Far East and their influence on world politics.
G. & P. 106. American Foreign Relations. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the con-
duct of American foreign relations, vdth emphasis on the Department of State and the
Foreign Service, and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States.
G. &• P. 108. International Organization. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1 . A study of the objectives, structure,
fimctions, and procedures of international organizations, including the United Nations
and such functional and regional organizations as the Organization of American States.
G. Sr P. 110. Princi'ples of Puhlic Administration. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of public administration in the
United States, giving special attention to the principles of organization and management
and to fiscal, personnel, planning, and public relations practices.
G. (sr P. 111. Puhlic Personnel Administration. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B.A. 160. A survey of public personnel
administration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency,
classification, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training,
discipline, employee relations, and retirement.
G. &■ P. 112. Puhlic Financial Administration. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. A survey of governmental
financial procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the admin-
istration of public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the machinery
of control through pre-audit and post-audit.
G. &• P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comprehensive study of legislative organi-
61 ►
Government and Politics
zation, procedure, and problems. The course includes opportunities for student con-
tact with Congress and with the Legislature of Maryland.
G. & P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A systematic inquiry into the
general principles of the American constitutional system, with special reference to the
role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution;
the position of the states in the federal system; state and federal powers over commerce;
due process of law and other civil rights.
G. & p. 133. Administration of Justice. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1 . An examination of civil and criminal court
structure and procedures in the United States at all levels of government, with special
emphasis upon the federal judiciary.
G. & P. 141. History of Political Theory. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories set
forth in the works of writers from Plato to Bentham.
G. & P. i42. Recent Political Theory. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of 19th and 20th century political
thought, with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and fascism.
G. & P. 144. American Political Theory. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth of
American political concepts from the colonial period to the present.
G. & P. 154. Problems of World Politics. (3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of inter-
national scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students
are required to report on readings from current literature.
G. & P. 174. Political Parties. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination of
American political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership.
G. &• P. J 78. Public Opinion. (3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1 . An examination of public opinion and its efiFect
on political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propaganda,
and pressure groups.
G. &■ P. IBl. Administrative Law. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the discretion exercised by ad-
ministrative agencies, including analysis of their functions, their powers over persons
and property, their procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.
G. &■ P. 191. The Government and Administration of the Soviet Union. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the adoption of the communist
philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its governmental structure, and of the administration
of government policy in the Soviet Union.
^ 62
Government and Politics
G. & P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of major political institutions, such
as legislatures, executives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in selected
foreign governments.
For Graduates
G. &■ P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization. (3)
A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations.
G. &■ P. 202. Seminar in International Law. (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive and
procedural international law.
G. & P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institiitions. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the background and de-
velopment of American government.
G. & P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations. (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in American foreign
policy and the conduct of American foreign relations.
G. &■ P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions. (3)
Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in governmental
and political institutions in governments throughout the world.
G. & P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent fed-
eral-state relations.
G. &• P. 2i3. Problems of Public Administration. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
administration.
G. & P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public per-
sonnel administration.
G. 6- P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study in the field of Maryland state and local
government.
G. &■ P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative planning
and management in government.
G. Br P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for indi\'idual study and reading in the use of the corporate
form for governmental administration. The topics for study will relate to the use of
the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the cases of the Tennessee
Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and local housing authorities.
63 ►
Government and Politics
G. & P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public
opinion.
G. & P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the composition and
organization of legislatures and about the legislative process.
G. & P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics. (3)
Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of political
organization and action.
G. & P. 225. Man and the State. (3)
Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory as liberty,
equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty, national-
ism, and the organic state.
G. & P. 232. Seminar in Public Law. (3)
Reports on topics assigned fur individual study and reading in the fields of constitu-
tional and administrative law.
G. &■ P. 257. Bibliogra'phy of Government and Politics. (3)
Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics and instruction
in the use of government documents.
G. & P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National L (3)
Summer session only.
G. &■ P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International L (3)
Summer session only. - ,
G. & P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National U. (3)
Summer session only.
G. & P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International U. QS')
Summer session only.
G. &• P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics. (3)
Credit according to work accomplished.
G. 6- p. 28 L Departmental Seminar. QNo credit')
Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the Department. Registration for two semes-
ters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire Departmental staff in
full meeting.
G. & P. 399. Thesis Research.
(Arranged).
< 64
JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Professor: crowell.
Associate Professors: krimel and newsom.
Assistant Professor: bryan.
Instrtictor: severin.
JOURNALISM COURSES
Joum. 10. Introduction to Journalism. (3)
Two lectures, two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisites, at least average grade
of "C" in Eng. 1 and 2. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Survey of journalism. Laboratory
time spent in writing news-story exercises assigned by instructor. "B" in Joum. 10 or
11 is prerequisite, for majors in this Department, to all upper-division courses in the
Department.
Joum. 11. News Reporting. (3)
Each semester. Two lectures, two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite, Joum.
10. Laboratory fee, $3.00. More specialized types of news stories.
Joum. 101. Radio News Reporting. (2)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory hours each week. Prerequisite,
Sp. 22. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Theory' and practice in radio news reporting.
Joum. 160. News Editing I. (3)
Each semester. Two lectures, two hours of laboratory each week. Laboratory fee,
$3.00. Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing.
J own. 161. News Editing II. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures, three hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun or
Baltimore News-Post desk each week, arranged. Headwoiting, makeup, rewriting, copy
editing.
Joum. 162. Community Journalism. (3)
Each semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory work on a weekly newspaper
each week, arranged. Introduction to community and weekly newspaper.
Joum. 263. Newspaper Typography. (3)
First semester. Introduction to newspaper typography, practice in laying out and
making up advertisements and newspaper pages.
Joum. 165. Feature Writing. (3)
Each semester. Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles.
Joum. 173. Scholastic Journalism. (2)
Summer. Introduction to theory and practice in production of high school and junior
high publications.
Joum. 174. Editorial Writing. (2)
Second semester. Theory and practice in editorial uniting.
65 ►
Journalism and Puhlic Relations
Journ. 175. Reporting of Piihlic Affairs. (3)
First semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory time spent each week on regular
beat for Baltimore Sim or Baltimore News-Post, by arrangement. Advanced reporting;
city, county, federal beats.
journ. 176. Newsroom Problems. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, free-
dom and responsibilities of the press.
Journ. 181. Press Photography. (3)
First and second semesters. One lecture, four hours of laboratory each week. Prerequi-
site, junior major standing in the Department. Laboratory fee, $6.00, provides demon-
stration supplies, maintenance. Shooting, developing, printing of news and feature
pictures. Equipment provided by University. Student furnishes own supplies needed
in course.
Journ. 182. Advanced Press Photography. (2)
First semester. One lecture, two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, Journ. 181
or equivalent. Advanced shooting, developing, printing of news and feature pictures.
Equipment provided by University. Student furnishes own supplies needed in course.
Journ. 184. Picture Editing. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite, Journ. 181. Theories and exercises in handling pictures
for the press.
Journ. 191. Law of the Press. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, senior standing. Non-legal introduction to libel, right
of privacy, fair comment and criticism, privilege, contempt by publication, Maryland
press statutes.
Journ. 192. History of American Journalism. (3)
First semester. Historical background of American journalism.
Journ. 196. Prohlenis in Journalism. (2)
Second semester. Group and individual projects in problems of journalism.
PUBLIC RELATIONS COURSES
P. R. 166. Puhlic Relations. (3)
Each semester. Survey of public relations, general orientation, principles, techniques.
P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques. (3)
Each semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Strategy and techniques of publicity operations.
Orientation, practice in use of major media of public communications.
P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite for public relations majors, senior standing. Introduction
to industrial communications, management and production of company publications,
public relations aspects of industrial journalism.
M 66
Office Management and Techniques
P. R. 1S6. Public Relations of Government. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of public relations, publicity, propa-
ganda, information services in public administration.
P. R. 194. Ptihlic Relations Cases. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite, P. R. 166. Study of cases in public relations, with
particular attention to policy formulation, strategy, ethical factors.
P. R. 195. Seminar in Public Relations. (2)
Each semester. Group and individual research in public relations.
OFFICE MAiNAGEMENT AND TECHiNIQUES
Professor: Patrick.
Instructors: Anderson, brown, carver and o'neill.
O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting. (2)
First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of in-
structor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The goal of this course is the attainment of the
ability to operate the tj^pewriter continuously with reasonable speed and accuracy by
the use of the "touch" system.
O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting. (2)
First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade
of "C" in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Drills for im-
proving speed and accuracy and an introduction to office production typewriting.
This course must be completed prior to enrollment in O. T. 16.
O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems. (2)
First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade
of "C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, $7.50. A course to
develop the higher degree of accuracy and speed possible and to teach the advanced
techniques of typewriting with special emphasis on production.
O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand. (3, 3)
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Five periods per week. This course aims to de-
velop the mastery of the principles of Gregg Shorthand. In O. T. 13 special emphasis
is placed on developing dictation speed.
O. T. 16, 18. Advanced Gregg Shorthand. (2, 2)
Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 and O. T. 13
or consent of instructor. O. T. 17 and O. T. 19 must be taken concurrently with
O. T. 16 and 18 respectively. Emphasis is placed on vocabulary development and
new matter dictation for sustained speed at the highest level possible under varying
conditions. O. T. 18 is a continuation of background knowledge and an intensive
development of recording skills through office-style dictation and vocational dictation
based on terminology used in various types of businesses.
O. T. 17, 19. Problems in Gregg Transcription. (2, 2)
Four periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 and
67 ►
Office Management and Techniques
O. T. 13 or consent of instructor. Laboratory fee, per semester, $7.50. O. T. 16 and
18 must be taken concurrently with O. T. 17 and O. T. 19 respectively. A course
designed to build speed, accuracy and correct form in the transcription of shorthand
notes. Transcription is under timed conditions with emphasis on production involving
quantity and quality in the finished product. O. T. 19 is a continued integration of
the knowledge and skills previously attained with particular emphasis on transcriptional
problems.
O. T. 110. Administrative Secretarial Procedures. (3}
First semester. Prerequisite, O. T. 18 and 19 or consent of the instructor. The
nature of office work; the secretary's fimction in communication, inter-company and
public relations, handling records, supplies and equipment; and in direction of the
office staflF. Standardization and simpHfication of office forms and procedures in rela-
tion to correspondence, mailing, receiving callers, telephoning, handling conferences,
and securing business information. Business etiquette and ethics.
O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice. (3)
First and second semesters. Six periods per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and
completion of O. T. 110. The purpose of this covirse is to give laboratory and office
experience to senior students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience under
supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written report on an
original problem previously approved.
< 68
FACULTY
1960-1961
COLLEGE OF
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
Administrative Officers
J. FREEMAN PYLE, PvofessoT of Marketing and Economics and Dean of the
College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.
JAMES H. REiD, Professor of Marketing and Assistant Dean of the College of
Business and Public Administration
B.S., University of Iowa, 1923; m.a., American University, 1933.
Professors
FRANKLIN L. BURDETTE, Professor of Government and Politics, and Director of
the Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., Marshall College, 1934; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1935; m.a., Princeton
University, 1937; ph.d., 1938; ll.d., Marshall College, 1959.
CHARLES E. CALHOUN, Profcssor of Finance
A.B., University of Washington, 1925; m.b.a., 1930.
ELI w. CLEMENS, Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois, 1934; ph.d..
University of Wisconsin, 1940.
J. ALLAN COOK, Professor of Marketing
B.A., William and Mary, 1928; m.b.a., Harvard University, 1936; ph.d., Columbia
University, 1947.
JOHN H. COVER, Professor and Director of the Bureau of Business and Economic
Research
B.S., Columbia University, 1915; a.m., 1919; ph.d., 1927.
ALFRED A. CROWELL, Profcssor and Head of the De'partment of Journalism and
Public Relations
A.B., University of Oklahoma, 1929; m.a., 1934; m.s.j., Northwestern University,
1940.
DUDLEY DiLLARD, Professor and Head of the De'partment of Economics
B.S., University of California, 1935; ph.d., 1940.
ALLAN J. FISHER, Professor of Accounting and Finance
B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1928; litt.m., University of Pitts-
burgh, 1936; PH.D., 1937.
69 ►
Faculty
JOHN H. FREDERICK, Professor mid Head of the Department of Business Organi-
zation
B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 1918; m.a.. University of Penn-
sylvania, 1925; PH.D., 1927.
DwiGHT L. GENTRY, ProfcssoT of Marketing
A.B., Elon College, 1941; m.b.a.. Northwestern University, 1947; ph.d.. University
of Illinois, 1952.
ALLAN G. GRUCHY, ProfcssoT of Econotntcs
B.A., University of British Columbia, 1926; m.a., McGill University, 1928; ph.d.,
University of Virginia, 1931.
DANIEL HAMBERG, ProfessoT of Economics
B.S., Universit)' of Pennsylvania, 1945; m.a., 1947; ph.d., 1952.
CHARLES Y. Hu, Professor of Geography
B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1930; m.a.. University of California, 1936;
PH.D., University of Chicago, 1941.
ARTHUR s. PATRICK, ProfcssoT of Office Management and Business Education
B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1931; m.a., University of Iowa, 1940; ph.d., American
University, 1956.
ELMER PLISCHKE, Profcssor and Head of the Department of Government and
Politics
ph.b., Marquette University, 1937; m.a., American University, 1938; ph.d., Clark
University, 1943.
REUBEN G. STEINMEYER, ProfessoT of Govemment and Politics
A.B., American University, 1929; ph.d., 1935.
CHARLES T. SWEENEY, Profcssor of Accounting
B.S., Cornell University, 1921; m.b.a.. University of Michigan, 1928; c.p.a., Iowa,
1934; Ohio, 1936.
HAROLD F. SYLVESTER, ProfcssoT of Personnel Administration
PH.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1938.
CHARLES A. TAFF, Profcssor of Transportation
B.S., University of Iowa, 1937; m.a., 1941; ph.d., University of Maryland, 1952.
WILLIAM VAN ROYEN, Profcssor and Head of the Department of Geography
M.A., Rijksuniversiteit Utrecht, 1925; fh.d., Clark University, 1928.
srvERT M. WEDEBERG, Profcssor of Accounting
b.b.a., University of Washington, 1925; c.p.a., Mar)'land, 1934; a.m., Yale Uni-
versity, 1935.
NORMAN WENGERT, Profcssor of Govemment and Politics
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1938; m.a., Fletcher School, 1939; ll.b., University
of Wisconsin, 1942; ph.d., 1947.
M 70
Facility
HOWARD w. WRIGHT, Pfofessor of Accounting
B.S., Temple University, 1937; m.a.. University of Iowa, 1940; c.p.a., Texas, 1940;
PH.D., University of Iowa, 1947.
Consulting Professor
VICTOR ROTERUS, Consulting Professor of Geogra-phy
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1930; m.s., 1931.
Associate Professors
THORNTON H. ANDERSON, Associate Profcssor of Government and Politics
A.B., University of Kentucky, 1937; m.a., 1938; ph.d.. University of Wisconsin,
1948.
JOHN P. AUGELLi, Associate Professor of Geography
B.A., Clark University, 1943; m.a., Harvard University, 1949; ph.d., 1951.
JOHN H. CUMBERLAND, Assoctate Profcssor and Assistant Director of the Bureau
of Business and Economic Research
B.A., University of Marj^land, 1947; m.a.. Harvard University, 1949; ph.d., 1951.
TOWNES L. DAWSON, Associate Professor of Business Law
B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; b.a., U. S. Merchant Marine Academy, 1946;
M.B.A., University of Texas, 1947; ph.d., 1950; ll.b., 1954.
HENRY w. GRAYSON, Associate Profcssor of Economics
B.A., University of Saskatchewan, 1937; m.a.. University of Toronto, 1947; ph.d.,
1950.
JOHN G. GURLEY, Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., Stanford University, 1924; ph.d., 1951.
HORACE V. HARRISON, Associate Professor of Government and Politics
B.A., Trinity University, Texas, 1932; m.a.. University of Texas, 1941; ph.d., 1951.
GUY B. hathorn, Associatc Professor of Government and Politics
B.A., University of Mississippi, 1940; m.a., 1942; ph.d., Duke University, 1950.
DONALD w. KRiMEL, Associate Profcssor of Public Relations
B.ED., Illinois State Teachers College, 1941; ph.m.. University of Wisconsin, 1946;
PH.D., 1955.
BOYD L. NELSON, Associate Professor of Statistics
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; m.a., 1948; ph.d., 1952.
D. EARL NEwsoM, Associate Professor of Journalism
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.S.J., Northwestern University, 1949; ed.d.,
Oklahoma State University, 1957.
71 ►
Faculty
CLINTON sprvEY, Associate Professor of Industrial Management v
B.S., University of Illinois, 1946; m.s., 1947; ph.d., 1957. J
Assistant Professors
FRANK o. AHNERT, Assistant Professor of Geography
DR. PHIL., Heidelberg University, 1953.
ALBERT L. ALFORD, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics
A.B., University of Akron, 1948; a.m., Princeton University, 1951; ph.d., 1953. ^
HENRY ANDERSON, Assistant Professor of Statistics
B.A., University of London, 1939; m.b.a., Columbia University, 1948; ph.d., 1959.
ROY ASHMEN, Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1935; m.s., Columbia University, 1936; ph.d..
Northwestern University, 1950.
CARTER R. BRYAN, Assistant Professor of Journalism
B.A., University of California, 1937; ph.d.. University of Vienna, Austria, 1940.
JOHN A. DAiKER, Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; m.b.a., 1951; c.p.a.. District of Columbia, 1949.
JOHN H. DALTON, Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., University of California, 1943; ph.d., 1955. I
WALTER w. DESHLBR, Assistunt ProfcssoT of Geography j
B.S., Lafayette College, 1943; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1952; ph.d., 1957. J
CHARLES B. EDELSON, Assistant Professor of Accounting ■
B.B.A., University of New Mexico, 1949; m.b.a., Indiana University, 1950; c.p.a.,
Maryland, 1951.
WILLIAM P. GLADE, JR., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.B.A., University of Texas, 1950; m.a., 1951; ph.d., 1955.
DAVID J. M. HoosoN, Assistant Professor of Geography <
B.A., Oxford University, England, 1948; m.a., 1950; ph.d., London University, 1955.
LEROY L. LEE, Assistant Professor of Accounting
A.B., George Washington University, 1948; a.m., George Washington University,
1952; C.P.A., Maryland, 1949.
NEIL M. Mc ARTHUR, Assistant ProfcssoT of Geography
B.A., University of Western Ontario, 1948; m.a., 1950; ph.d.. University of Michi- .
gan, 1955.
WALTER s. MEASDAY, Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., William and Mary, 1945; ph.d., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955.
MAURICE E. o'donnell, Assistunt Director and Assistant Professor, Bureau of
Governmental Research
B.S., Eastern Illinois State, 1948; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; ph.d., 1954.
M 72
Faculty
c. DONALD SHELBY, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1947; ph.d., University of California, 1955.
SPENCER M. SMITH, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Iowa, 1941; m.a., 1942; ph.d., 1948.
Instructors
ROBERT J. alperin, Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; m.a., 1952; ph.d.. Northwestern University, 1959.
ARTHUR T. ANDERSEN, Instrjictor in Economics
B.A., City College of New York, 1954.
CHARLES R. ANDERSON, Instructor in Office Management and Techniques
B.S., University of Maryland, 1957; m.ed., 1959.
CHARLES E. BARRETT, Instructor in Economics
A.B., Loyola College, 1942; m.a., University of Maryland, 1950.
JAMES G. BROWN, Instructor of Office Management and Techniques
B.A., George Washington University, 1948; m.a., 1949.
ELBERT M. BYRD, Instructor in Government and Politics
B.S., American University, 1953; m.a., 1954; ph.d., 1959.
VIOLET M. CARVER, Instructor of Office Techniques
B.S., State Teachers College, Indiana, Pa., 1955; m.ed., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1958.
EDWIN K. CLiCKNER, Instructor in Business Organization
B.S., American University, 1951; m.a., 1955.
EDWARD DAWSON, Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., University of California, (Berkeley), 1937.
ERNEST H. DAY, Instructor in Economics
A.B., Oberlin College; ll.b., George Washington, 1950; m.a., 1955.
NORTON T. DODGE, Instructor in Economics
A.B., Cornell University, 1948; m.a., Harvard University, 1951.
WILLIAM R. HAMILTON, JR., Instructor in Government and Politics
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1954; m.a.. University of Maryland, 1956.
ROBERT A. heintze, InstructOT in Industrial Management
B.A., George Washington University, 1953; m.b.a., Syracuse University, 1956.
CHARLES F. HEYE, Instructor in Business Organization
B.B.A., University of Texas, 1943; m.b.a.. University of Maryland, 1947.
ROBERT s. HiMES, Instructor in Accounting
B.C.S., Benjamin Franklin University, 1939; m.c.s., 1940; b.s., American Universitv,
1951; M.B.A., 1955.
OLIVER LEE, Instrtictor in Government and Politics
B.A., Harvard University, 1951; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1955.
73 ►
Faculty
JANE H. o'neill, Instrtictor in Office Techniques
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932.
WERNER J. SEVERiN, Instructor in Press Photography
B.A., University of Missouri, 1956; m.a., 1959.
JOHN w. WAGNER, InstTUCtOT in Accounting
B.S., University of Maryland, 1956; c.p.a., Maryland, 1956.
wiLMER A. WATROUS, InstTUCtoT of Industrial Management
B.S., University of California, 1940; m.a., 1946.
Lecturers
ALAN REALS, Lecturer in Government and Politics and Executive Secretary of
the Maryland Municipal League
B.A., Colgate University, 1954; m.p.a., Syracuse University, 1955.
JOHN s. DE BEERS, LecturcT in Economics
B.A., Cornell University, 1937; ph.d.. University of Chicago, 1951.
DERK H. G. VAN BERGEN VAN DER GRijp, Lecturer in Geografhy QCartography')
GRAD., Royal Military Academy of the Netherlands, 1927; grad., Photogrammetry,
Delft Technical University, 1935; grad.. Topographic Training Centre, N.E.I. ,
1938; Col. Neth. Army (Ret.)
EDGAR A. J. JOHNSON, Lccturcr in Economics
B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; m.a.. Harvard University, 1924; ph.d., 1929.
HAROLD LARSON, LecturcT in Government and Politics
B.A., Morningside College, 1927; m.a., Columbia University, 1928; ph.d., 1943.
HOYT LEMONS, Lecturcr in Geography
B.ED., Southern Illinois University, 1936; m.a., University of Nebraska, 1938;
PH.D., 1941.
F. WEBSTER MCBRYDE, Lecturer in Geography
B.A., Tulane University, 1930; ph.d., University of California, 1940.
MILTON B. MILLON, Assoctate and Lecturer, and Director of the Municipal Tech-
nical Advisory Service, Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., University of Maryland, 1950; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1952.
HENRY w. MOORE, JR., Lecturer in Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; m.a., Yale University, 1952.
JOHN L. TiERNEY, Lecturer in Business Law
A.B., University of Minnesota, 1929; ll.b.. University of Wisconsin, 1938; ll.m.,
George Washington, 1956.
M 74
Faculty
Research Associates
EDMUND c. MESTER, ReseuTch Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., University of Maryland, 1948; m.a., 1949.
NORMAN DALE o'rannon. Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic
Research
B.A., Texas A & M, 1957; m.a., University of Virginia, 1958.
Faculty Members Teaching Ahroad
JOHN a. bottomlby, M.A Instructor in Economics
BERNARD E. Dupuis, M.A Lecturer in Government and Politics
ROBERT Y. DURAND, M.B.A Instructor in Business Administration
DAVID M. EARL, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics
CHARLES HAMMOND, JR., PH.D Lecturer in Economics
JOHN J. HEBAL, PH.D Lccturcr in Government and Politics
WALTER V. HOHENSTEiN, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics
TERRY HOY PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics
PAUL s. JACOBSON, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics
IRA s. LOWRY, PH.D Lccturcr in Economics
ARTHUR A. MANDEL, PH.D Lecturer in Economics
THEODORE MCNELLY, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics
STANLEY MILLER, PH.D Lccturcr in Economics
JANUS POPPE, PH.D Lecturer in Economics
EUGENE s. POWELL, M.A Lecturer in Government and Politics
DONALD E. TOTTEN, M.s Instructor in Geography and Assistant to Director
JOHN w. WORTMAN, PH.D Lecturer in Government and Politics
75
COLLEGE
of
EDUCATION
Catalog Series 19604961
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
VOLUME 14
MARCH 13, 1960
NO. 3
University of Maryland Bulletin is published one time in February; three times in
March and April; four times in May and June; two times in September, October,
November, and December.
Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mail matter
under the Act of Congress of August 24, 1912.
CONTENTS
GENERAL
University Calendar iv
Board of Regents vi
Officers of Administration vii
Chairmen, Standing Committees,
Faculty Senate x
The College 1
Special Facilities and Activities ... 1
Undergraduate Programs 2
Admission Requirements 2
General Information 3
Air Science Instruction 4
Physical Education and Health. 4
Guidance in Registration 4
Junior Standing 4
Certification of Teachers 5
Degrees 5
Costs 5
Graduate Studies 6
Status 6
Registration 6
Masters' Degrees 6
Doctors' Degrees 6
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
General Requirements of the
College 8
Majors and Minors 8
Academic Education 9
Agricultural Education 12
Art Education 12
Business Education 14
Childhood Education 16
Elementary Education 18
Home Economics Education 22
Industrial Education 23
Music Education 30
Physical Education and Health
Education 32
COURSE OFFERINGS
Education 40
Business Education 50
Childhood Education 51
Home Economics Education 52
Human Development Education, . 53
Industrial Education 56
Music Education 63
Science Education 65
Special Education 66
Faculty 67
Cooperating StaflF Members 72
OfiF-Campus Supervising Teachers 73
ui
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
FALL SEMESTER 1959
JANUARY 1960
4 Monday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
21-27 Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
SPRING SEMESTER 1960
FEBRUARY
1-5 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
8 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Monday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH
25 Friday— Maryland Day
APRIL
14 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
19 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY
18 Wednesday— MiHtary Day
26 Thursday— Pre-Examination Study Day
. '^ _> Friday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations
29 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises
30 Monday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE
4 Saturday— Commencement Exercises
SUMMER SESSION 1960
JUNE 1960
27 Monday— Simimer Session Registration
28 Tuesday— Summer Session Begins
AUGUST
5 Friday— Summer Session Ends
SHORT COURSES 1960
JUNE 1960
20-25 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST
8-13 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER
6-9 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
M iv
Jan. 260
Feb. 1|
UNIVERSITY CALENDAR
FALL SEMESTER 1960
SEPTEMBER
12-16 Monday to Friday— Fall Semester Registration
19 Monday— Instruction Begins
NOVEMBER
23 Wednesday— Thanksgiving Recess Begins After Last Class
28 Monday— Thanksgiving Recess Ends 8 a.m.
DECEMBER
20 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Begins
JANUARY 1961
3 Tuesday— Christmas Recess Ends 8 a.m.
20 Friday— Inauguration Day Holiday
25 Wednesday— Pre-Examination Study Day
Thursday to Wednesday, inclusive— Fall Semester Examinations
SPRING SEMESTER 1961
FEBRUARY
6-10 Monday to Friday— Spring Semester Registration
13 Monday— Instruction Begins
22 Wednesday— Washington's Birthday Holiday
MARCH
25 Saturday— Maryland Day
30 Thursday— Easter Recess Begins After Last Class
APRIL
4 Tuesday— Easter Recess Ends 8 a.m.
MAY
17 Wednesday— Military Day
30 Tuesday— Memorial Day, Holiday
JUNE
2 Friday— Pre-Examination Study Day
4 Sunday— Baccalaureate Exercises
3-9 Saturday to Friday, inclusive— Spring Semester Examinations
10 Saturday— Commencement Exercises
SUMMER SESSION 1961
JUNE 1961
26 Monday— Summer Session Registration
27 Tuesday— Simimer Session Begins
AUGUST
4 Friday— Summer Session Ends
SHORT COURSES 1961
JUNE 1961
19-24 Monday to Saturday— Rural Women's Short Course
AUGUST
7-12 Monday to Saturday-4-H Club Week
SEPTEMBER
5-8 Tuesday to Friday— Firemen's Short Course
V ►
BOARD OF REGENTS
and
MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Term
Expires
Charles P. McCormick
Chairman 1966
McCormick and Company, 414 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Edward F. Holter
V ice-Chairman 1968
The National Grange, 744 Jackson Place, N.W., Washington 6
B. Herbert Brown
Secretary 1960
The Baltimore Institute, 10 West Chase Street, Baltimore 1
Harry H. Nuttle
Treasurer 1966
Denton
Louis L. Kaplan
Assistant Secretary 1961
5800 Park Heights Avenue, Baltimore 15
Enos S. Stockbridge
Assistant Treasurer 1960
10 Light Street, Baltimore 2
Thomas W. Pangborn 1965
The Pangborn Corporation, Pangborn Blvd., Hagerstown
Thomas B. Symons 1963
Suburban Trust Company, 6950 Carroll Avenue, Takoma Park
C. EwiNG TuTTLE 1962
907 Latrobe Building, Charles and Read Streets, Baltimore 2
William C. Walsh 1968
Liberty Trust Building, Cumberland
Mrs. John L. Whitehurst 1967
4101 Greenway, Baltimore 18
Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of nine
years each, beginning the first Monday in June.
The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of the
Board.
The State lavi^ provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
-^ vi
OFFICERS OF ADMINISTRATION
Principal Administrative Officers
WILSON H. ELKiNS, President
B.A., University of Texas, 1932; m.a., 1932; b.litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D. PHIL., 1936.
ALBiN o. KUHN, Executive Vice President
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; ph.d., 1948.
ALViN E. CORMENY, Assistant to the President, in Charge of Endowment and
Development
B.A., Illinois College, 1933; ll.b., Cornell University, 1936.
R. LEE HORNBAKE, Dean of the Facility
E.S., State Teachers College, California, Pa., 1934; m.a., Ohio State University, 1936;
PH.D., 1942.
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR., Assistant, President's Office
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; ph.d., 1952.
Emeritus
HARRY c. BYRD, President Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; ll.d., Washington College, 1936; ll.d., Dickin-
son College, 1938; d.sc. Western Maryland College, 1938.
Administrative Officers of the Schools and Colleges
MYRON s. AisENBERG, Dean of the School of Dentistry
D.D.S., University of Maryland, 1922.
VERNON E. ANDERSON, Dean of the College of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; m.a., 1936; ph.d.. University of Colorado, 1942.
RONALD BAMFORD, Dcan of the Graduate School
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; ph.d.,
Columbia University, 1931.
GORDON M. CAIRNS, Dean of Agriculture
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; ph.d., 1940.
RAY w. EHRENSBERGER, Dean of University College
E.A., Wabash College, 1929; m.a., Butler University, 1930; ph.d., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1937.
NOEL E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy
ph.c. South Dakota State College, 1929; b.s., 1929; M.S., University of Maryland,
1932; PH.D., 1933.
LESTER M. FRALEY, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and
Health
B.A., Randolph-Macon CoUege, 1928; m.a., 1937; ph.d., Peabody College, 1939.
vii ►
FLORENCE M. GiPE, Dean of the School of Nursing
B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937; M.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1940;
ED.D., University of Maryland, 1952.
LADisLAus F. GRAPSKi, Director of the University Hospital
R.N., Mills School of Nursing, Bellevue Hospital, New York, 1938; b.s., University
of Denver, 1942; m.b.a. in Hospital Administration, University of Chicago, 1943.
jRviN c. HAUT, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department
of Horticidture
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; ph.d..
University of Maryland, 1933.
ROGER HOWELL, Dean of the School of Law
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; ph.d., 1917; ll.b.. University of Maryland,
1917.
wiLBERT J. HUFF, Director, Engineering Experiment Station
B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc. Chon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.
SELMA F. LiPPEATT, Dean of the College of Home Economics
B.S., Arkansas State Teachers College, 1938; m.s.. University of Tennessee, 1945;
PH.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1953.
FREDERIC T. MAVIS, Dean of the College of Engineering
B.S., University of Illinois, 1922; m.s., 1926; c.E., 1932; ph.d., 1935.
PAUL E. NYSTROM, Director, Agricultural Extension Service
B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; m.p.a..
Harvard University, 1948; d.p.a., 1951.
J. FREEMAN PYLE, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration
PH.B., University of Chicago, 1917; m.a., 1918; ph.d., 1925.
LEON P. SMITH, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences
B.A., Emory University, 1919; m.a.. University of Chicago, 1928; ph.d., 1930;
Diplome de I'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932.
WILLIAM s. STONE, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical
Education and Research
B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; m.d.. University of Louisville, 1929;
PH.D., (hon.). University of Louisville, 1946.
General Administrative Officers
G. WATSON ALGiRE, Director of Admissions and Registrations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930; M.S., 1931.
THEODORE R. AYLESWORTH, Professor of Air Science and Head, Department of
Air Science
B.S., Mansfield State Teachers College, 1936; m.s., University of Pennsylvania, 1949.
NORMA J. AZLEiN, Registrar
B.A., University of Chicago, 1940.
B. JAMES BORRESON, Executive Dean for Shident Life
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1944.
DAVID L. BRiGHAM, Director of Alumni Relations
B.A., University of Maryland, 1938.
c. WILBUR cissEL, Director of Finance and Business
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932; m.a., 1934; c.p.a., 1939.
WILLIAM w. coBEY, Director of Athletics
A.B., University of Marj'land, 1930.
LESTER M. DYKE, Director of Student Health Service
B.S., University of Iowa, 1936; m.d.. University of Iowa, 1926.
GEARY F. EPPLEY, Dean of Men
B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; m.s., University of Maryland, 1926.
GEORGE w. FOGG, Director of Personnel
B.A., Universit}' of Maryland, 1926; m.a., 1928.
ROBERT J. MCCARTNEY, Director of University Relations
3. a.. University of Massachusetts, 1941.
GEORGE w. MORRISON, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical
Plant (Baltimore')
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; e.e., 1931.
HOWARD ROVELSTAD, Director of Libraries
B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; m.a., 1937; b.s.l.s. Columbia University, 1940.
ADELE H. STAMP, Dea7i of Wovien
B.A., Tulane University, 1921; m.a.. University of Marj'land, 1924.
GEORGE o. WEBER, Director and Supervising Engineer, Defartment of Physical
Plant
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933.
D'wision Chairmen
JOHN E. FABER, JR., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences
B.S., University of Marj'land, 1926; M.S., 1927; ph.d., 1937.
HAROLD c. HOFFsoMMER, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences
B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; m.a., 1923; ph.d., Cornell University, 1929.
wiLBERT J. HUFF, Chairman of the Division of Physical Sciences
B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; b.a., Yale College, 1914; ph.d., Yale Uni-
versity, 1917; D.sc, (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927.
CHARLES E. WHITE, Chairman of the Lower Division
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; ph.d., 1926.
ADOLF E. zucKER, Chairman of the Division of Humanities
B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; m.a., 1913; ph.d.. University of Pennsylvania,
1917.
CHAIRMEN, STANDING COMMITTEES, FACULTY SENATE
GENERAL COMMITTEE ON EDUCATIONAL POLICY
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON ADMISSIONS
Dr. Russell G. Brown (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INSTRUCTIONAL PROCEDURES
Dr. Ronald Bamford (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHEDULING AND REGISTRATION
Dr. Robert Rappleye (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROGRAMS, CURRICULA AND COURSES
Dr. Irvin C. Haut (Graduate School), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-tN-AID
Dr. Paul Nystrom (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY RESEARCH
Dr. Edward J. Herbst (Medicine), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PUBLIC FUNCTIONS AND COMMENCEMENTS
Mr. B. James Borreson (Executive Dean for Student Life), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON LIBRARIES
Dr. Charles Murphy (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON UNIVERSITY PUBLICATIONS
Dr. Charles A. TaflF (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT LIFE AND ACTIVITIES
Dr. L. Morris McClure (Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT PUBLICATIONS AND COMMUNICATIONS
Dr. Franklin Cooley (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT DISCIPLINE
Dr. Allan J. Fisher (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON RELIGIOUS LIFE
Professor Louis E. Otts (Engineering), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT HEALTH AND WELFARE
Dr. Marvin H. Eyler (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SELF-HELP
Dr. Warren R. Johnson (Physical Education), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON INTERCOLLEGIATE COMPETITION
Dr. Clyne S. Shaffner (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON PROFESSIONAL ETHICS, ACADEMIC FREEDOM AND TENURE
Dr. Peter Lejins (Arts and Sciences), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON APPOINTMENTS, PROMOTIONS AND SALARIES
Dr. William E. Bickley (Agriculture), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON FACULTY LIFE AND WELFARE
Dr. Guy B. Hathom (Business and Public Administration), Chairman
COMMITTEE ON MEMBERSHIP AND REPRESENTATION
Dr. Joseph C. Biddix (Dentistry), Chairman
THE COLLEGE
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION MEETS THE NEEDS OF THE FOLLOWING CLASSES
of Students: (1) persons preparing to teach in secondary schools, elementary
schools, kindergarten, and nursery schools; (2) present or prospective teachers
who wish to supplement their preparation; (3) students preparing for edu-
cational work in the trades and industries; (4) graduate students preparing for
teaching, supervisory, or administrative positions; (5) students whose major
interests are in other fields, but who desire courses in education.
Special Facilities and Activities
RESEARCH AND TEACHING FACILITIES
Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capi-
tal, unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and
faculty. The Library of Congress, the library of the United States Office of
Education, and special libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as
well as the information services of the National Education Association, American
Council on Education, United States Office of Education, and other institutions,
public and private. The school systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore,
and the counties of Maryland oflFer generous cooperation.
THE INSTITUTE FOR CHILD STUDY
The Institute for Child Study carries on the following activities: (1) it under-
takes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and sjTithesizes research
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes,
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teach-
ers in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems; (4) it oflFers
field training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, prepar-
ing them to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of
human development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for
Child Study.
The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all partici-
pants it provides opportunities for ( 1 ) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge
about children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) train-
ing for study-group leaders for in-service child study programs; (4) planning in-
service programs of child study for teachers and pre-ser\dce courses and labora-
tory experiences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance,
and school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human de-
velopment and behavior. Special announcements of the workshop are available
about March 15 of each year and advanced registration is required because the
1 ►
special Facilities, Undergraduate Programs
number of participants must he limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the
Director, Workshop on Child Development and Education.
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
The Industrial Education Department is housed in a new building known
as the J. Milton Patterson Building. The facilities of this building are devoted
exclusively to the work of the Department. There are ten shops, a drafting room,
library, conference room and two classrooms. All of the shops are adequately
equipped with modem tools and machines.
THE UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND NURSERY SCHOOL AND
KINDERGARTEN
The University of Maryland operates a nursery school and kindergarten on
the campus in which students majoring in Childhood Education receive trammg
and practical experience.
PROFESSIONAL AND PRE-PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
The Colleoe of Education sponsors two professional organizations: Phi Delta
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in education, and Iota
Lambda Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in industrial education. Both
fraternities have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding profes-
sional leadership in their fields of service.
The College of Education also sponsors a chapter of the Student National
Education Association. This chapter is open to undergraduate students on the
College Park campus.
COURSES OUTSIDE OF COLLEGE PARK
Throuoh the University College, a number of courses in education are
offered in^Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to meet the needs
of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a part-time basis,
a student may complete a part of the work required for an undergraduate or
Graduate degree.
Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests toi
the Dean, University College, College Park, Maryland.
Undergraduate Programs
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park.
Undergraduate Programs
In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern
of subject matter. Of the sixteen required units, four (4) units of English and
one unit each of social sciences, natural sciences, and mathematics are required.
Additional units in mathematics, natural sciences, and social sciences are desir-
able for a program that permits the greatest amount of flexibility in meeting the
requirements of various College of Education curricula. While a foreign language
is desirable for certain programs, no foreign language is required for entrance.
Fine arts, trade and vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. Every
prospective applicant should be certain that his preparation in mathematics is
adequate for any program that he might wish to enter. A special fee is charged
for all remedial work in mathematics with the exception of the course in solid
geometry.
Students are referred to the publication An Adventure in Learning for a
complete statement of requirements for admission to the diflFerent curricula in
the College of Education.
Candidates for admission whose high school or college records are consistently
low are strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Detailed information concerning fees and expenses, scholarships and awards,
student life, and other material of a general nature, may be found in the Uni-
versity publication titled An Adventure in Learning. This publication may be ob-
tained on request from the Office of University Relations, North Administration
Building, University of Maryland at College Park. A detailed ex-planation of the
regulations of student and academic life, may be found in the University publica-
tion titled, University General and Academic Regulations. This is mailed in
September of each year to all undergraduate students, and again in February to
all new undergraduate students not previously enrolled in the preceding fall
semester.
Requests for course catalogs for the individual schools and colleges should
be directed to the deans of these respective units, addressed to:
COLLEGES LOCATED AT COLLEGE PARK:
Dean
(College in which you are interested)
The University of ^laryland
College Park, Maryland
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS LOCATED AT BALTIMORE:
Dean
(School in which you are interested)
The University of Maryland
Lombard and Greene Streets
Baltimore 1, Maryland
Undergraduate Programs
AIR SCIENCE INSTRUCTION
All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are
required to take Basic Air Science training for a period of two years. The suc-
cessful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it must be
taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the Uni-
versity, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not
have the required two years of R.O.T.C. training will be required to complete
the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first.
Selected students who wish to do so may carry Advanced Air Science courses
during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve commission
in the United States Air Force.
For further details concerning the requirements in air science, vmte to the
Editor of Publications for the Department of Air Science catalog.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH
AU undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sopho-
mores, irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than
six semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical
education. These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first
two years of attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or
not. Transfer students who do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent,
must complete them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Stu-
dents with military service may receive credit for these required courses by apply-
ing to Room 140, Cole Activities Building.
GUIDANCE IN REGISTRATION
At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty
guidance during the first year in the Orientation to Education course required
of all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty
member in the College of Education responsible for his teaching major. While
it may be possible to make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for
students from other colleges who have not already entered upon the sequence ot
professional courses, it is highly desirable that the student begin his professional
work in the freshman year. Shidents who intend to teach (except Vocational
Agriculture) shoidd register in the College of Education, in order that they may
have the continuous counsel and guidance of the faculty directly responsible for
teacher education at the University of Maryland.
JUNIOR STANDING
To earn junior standing a student must complete fifty-six (56) semester hours
of academic credit with an average grade of "C" (2.0) or better. In computing
Undergraduate Programs
this average, the following provisions apply: all academic courses carrying one or
more credits which have been taken up to the time of computation shall be
included; courses carr)'ing "0" credit shall not be included; in every course
only the most recent grade shall be counted; courses with grade of "F" shall be
included; courses in Basic Air Science, the physical education required of all
University students, and the health courses required of all women students
shall not be included. Courses in Advanced Air Science and courses in health
or physical education which are taken as electives shall be included.
Detailed regulations pertaining to junior standing are presented in full in
the publication, University General and Academic Regulations.
The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work
of the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the junior year profes-
sional courses, a student must have attained junior status.
CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS
The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high
schools of the state only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. The several curricula of
the College of Education fulfill State Department requirements for certification.
Students intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any
other city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certification
requirements from these areas and be guided thereby in the selection of courses.
Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information.
The teacher education program is accredited by the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education.
DEGREES
The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed
for a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of
Science. Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B.A.
degree. Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the
B. S. degree.
COSTS
Actual annual costs of attending the University' include: $185.00 fixed
charges; $101.00 special fees; S400.6o board; $170.00 to $200.00 lodging for
Maryland residents, or $220.00 to $250.00 for residents of other states and
countries. A matriculation fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A fee of
$10.00 must accompany a prospective student's application for admission. If
a student enrolls for the term for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu
of the matriculation fee. A charge of $300.00 is assessed to all students who
are non-residents of the state of Maryland.
5 ►
Graduate Studies
For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Editor of Publica-
tions for the publication An Adventure in Learning.
Graduate Studies
GRADUATE STATUS
For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 se-
mester credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or
master's degree from a college or university of recognized standing. This require-
ment may be interpreted so that foundation work in fields other than education
may be accepted in cases of graduate students not preparing for school work. The
student must also satisfy the Graduate School as to his ability to do graduate
work.
All Tiew graduate students in education are required, during the first semester
of graduate work, to take a test battery. A testing fee of $5.00 will be charged
on first registration.
REGISTRATION
A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School.
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates
of registration on blanks obtained from the ofi&ce of the Dean of the Graduate
School. For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School
Announcements.
masters' degrees
A graduate student in education may matriculate for a Master of Education
or a Master of Arts degree. For requirements of these degrees, the student should
consult both the Graduate School Announcements and the duplicated material
issued by the College of Education. On matriculation, the student should select a
faculty adviser.
A sixth year program preparing for advanced graduate specialist work in
education is offered.
doctors' degrees
Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy in education or a Doctor of
Education degree are administered for the Graduate School by the Department of
Education. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both
the Graduate School Announcements and the statement of policy relative to
doctoral programs in education. If the student has not already made arrangements
with a member of the faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman
of the Education Committee on Doctoral Programs regarding a proper adviser.
CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES
The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for
each curriculum are as follows:
Academic Education
English— Marie D. Bryan
Foreign Languages— Staff
Mathematics— John R. Mayor, Helen Garstens
Natural Sciences— Orval L. Ulry
Social Studies— Robert G. Risinger, Jean Grambs
Speech— Warren Strausbaugh (minor only)
Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture)
H. Palmer Hopkins
Art Education
Edward L. Longley, Jr.
Business Education
Arthur S. Patrick
Childhood Education
James L. Hymes, Jr.
Margaret A. Stant
Elementary Education
Alvin W. Schindler
Marie Denecke
Glenn O. Blough
Ann Cimino
Leo W. O'Neill
Home Economics Education
Mabel S. Spencer
Industrial Education
Donald Maley
Edmund D. Crosby
Paul E. Harrison
Eckhart Jacobsen
George R. Merrill
Carl S. Schramm
William F. Tiemey
Music Education
Herbert H. Henke
Physical Education (Men)
Albert W. Woods
Physical Education (Women)
Dorothy R. Mohr
7 ►
General Requirements
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE COLLEGE
A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College
of Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for
graduation be less than 128.
The following are minimum requirements for graduation: English— 12
semester hours; social studies— 12 semester hours as follows: G. & P. 1— Amer-
ican Government; H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization; and one of the fol-
lowing courses: Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life, Phil. 1— Philosophy for Mod-
em Man, Psych. 1 —Introduction to Psychology, Econ. 31— Principles of Eco-
nomics, or Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics; science or mathematics— 6 se-
mester hours; education— 20 semester hours; speech— 3 semester hours; physical
education and military science as required by the University. (Students who quali-
fy in classification tests in English, American history, or American government
will be exempted from a three-hour requirement in the area concerned and will
select a replacement from a set of courses designated. (See the publication An
Adventure in Learning.")
Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in
major and minor fields must be "C" or higher. A general average of "C" or higher
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching,
a student must have a grade foint average of 2.30, a doctor's certificate indicat-
ing that the applicant is free of communicable diseases, and the consent of the
instructor in the appropriate area. Application must he made with the appropri-
ate adviser hy the middle of the semester which precedes the one in which stu-
dent teaching will he done.
Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education
must be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean.
Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are pre-
paring to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the Col-
lege of Education.
MAJORS AND MINORS
Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art, music,
physical education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily se-
lect both a teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula
may select minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a
minor when necessary to permit the development of an approved area such as
psychology, human development, or sociology.
Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those se-
lecting one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only
one methods course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select
an academic major and a special fields minor, or vice versa, must take methods
courses in both the major and minor fields, and should divide their student teach-
ing between the two fields.
-< 8
ACADEMIC EDUCATION
Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum require-
ments in English and social sciences, plus the following:
CO Foreign language for candidates for the Bachelor of Arts degree: 12
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of
foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who
enters wdth four years of language credits nor of candidates for the
Bachelor of Science degree unless specified in the curriculum.
(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours.
(3) Education, 22-25 semester hours.
(4) Speech, 3 semester hours.
All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the pre-
ceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter
fields.
The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows:
English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows:
Composition and Literature 12 semester hours
American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours
Electives 21 semester hours
A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives.
Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser.
Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required,
of which at least 18 hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American
history and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in ad-
vanced courses. For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified
below, less the electives.
History (including one year each of American and European
history) , 18 semester hours
Economics, sociology, government, consumer education, or
geography 6 semester hours
Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours
Electives should be chosen so that of the 18 hours of electives there vidll be
a total of at least 3 in economics, 3 in geography, 3 in government and poHtics,
and 3 in sociology.
9 ►
Academic Education Curriculum
Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or
Spanish are required to take Comparative Literature 101 
Open Library
